10-K 1 d272200d10k.htm 10-K 10-K
Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND

EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 1-8198

HSBC FINANCE CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   86-1052062
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois   60045
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(224) 544-2000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Floating Rate Notes due April 24, 2012

  New York Stock Exchange

5.9% Notes due June 19, 2012

  New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Notes due July 19, 2012

  New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Notes due September 14, 2012

  New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Notes due January 15, 2014

  New York Stock Exchange

5.25% Notes due January 15, 2014

  New York Stock Exchange

5.0% Notes due June 30, 2015

  New York Stock Exchange

5.5% Notes due January 19, 2016

  New York Stock Exchange

Floating Rate Notes due June 1, 2016

  New York Stock Exchange

6.875% Notes due January 30, 2033

  New York Stock Exchange

6% Notes due November 30, 2033

  New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares (each representing one-fortieth share of

6.36% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, $.01 par,

$1,000 liquidation preference)

  New York Stock Exchange

Guarantee of Preferred Securities of HSBC Finance Capital Trust IX

  New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨      Accelerated filer   ¨      Non-accelerated filer   x      Smaller reporting company   ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ

As of February 24, 2012, there were 68 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding, all of which are owned by HSBC Investments (North America) Inc.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

 

 


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part/Item No

          Page  

Part I

               

Item 1.

    

Business:

  
    

Organization History and Acquisition by HSBC

     4   
    

HSBC North America Operations

     4   
    

HSBC Finance Corporation Operations

     4   
    

Funding

     8   
    

Employees and Customers

     8   
    

Regulation and Competition

     8   
    

Corporate Governance and Controls

     13   
    

Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements

     13   

Item 1A.

    

Risk Factors

     14   

Item 1B.

    

Unresolved Staff Comments

     24   

Item 2.

    

Properties

     24   

Item 3.

    

Legal Proceedings

     24   

Item 4.

    

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     24   

Part II

               

Item 5.

    

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

     24   

Item 6.

    

Selected Financial Data

     25   

Item 7.

    

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

  
    

Executive Overview

     27   
    

Basis of Reporting

     42   
    

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

     46   
    

Receivables Review

     53   
    

Real Estate Owned

     55   
    

Results of Operations

     57   
    

Segment Results — IFRS Basis

     64   
    

Credit Quality

     69   
    

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     92   
    

Fair Value

     97   
    

Risk Management

     99   
    

New Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted in Future Periods

     109   
    

Glossary of Terms

     110   
    

Credit Quality Statistics

     113   
    

Analysis of Credit Loss Reserves Activity

     115   
    

Net Interest Margin

     117   
    

Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

     119   

Item 7A.

    

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     121   

Item 8.

    

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     121   
    

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

     211   

Item 9.

    

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     212   

Item 9A.

    

Controls and Procedures

     212   

Item 9B.

    

Other Information

     212   

 

2


Table of Contents

Part/Item No

          Page  

Part III

               

Item 10.

    

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     212   

Item 11.

    

Executive Compensation

     224   

Item 12.

    

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     253   

Item 13.

    

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

     254   

Item 14.

    

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     256   

Part IV

               

Item 15.

    

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     257   

Index

     260   

Signatures

     263   

 

3


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

PART I

Item 1.    Business.

 

Organization History and Acquisition by HSBC

 

HSBC Finance Corporation is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (“HSBC North America”), which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc (“HSBC”). HSBC Finance Corporation, which traces its origin to 1878, operated as a consumer finance company under the name Household Finance Corporation for most of its history. Its principal business is to act as a holding company for its subsidiaries. In this Form 10-K, HSBC Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries are referred to as “we,” “us” or “our.”

HSBC North America Operations

 

HSBC North America is the holding company for HSBC’s operations in the United States. The principal subsidiaries of HSBC North America at December 31, 2011 were HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. (“HUSI”), a U.S. bank holding company, HSBC Markets (USA) Inc., a holding company for certain global banking and markets subsidiaries, and HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc. (“HTSU”), a provider of information technology and centralized operational and support services including human resources, tax, finance, compliance, legal, corporate affairs and other services shared among the subsidiaries of HSBC North America. HUSI’s principal U.S. banking subsidiary is HSBC Bank USA, National Association (together with its subsidiaries, “HSBC Bank USA”). Under the oversight of HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation works with its affiliates to maximize opportunities and efficiencies in HSBC’s operations in the United States. These affiliates do so by providing each other with, among other things, alternative sources of liquidity to fund operations and expertise in specialized corporate functions and services. This has historically been demonstrated by purchases and sales of receivables between HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Finance Corporation and a pooling of resources within HTSU to provide shared, allocated support functions to all HSBC North America subsidiaries. In addition, clients of HSBC Bank USA and other affiliates are investors in HSBC Finance Corporation’s debt and preferred securities, providing significant sources of liquidity and capital to HSBC Finance Corporation. HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., a Delaware corporation, registered broker dealer and a subsidiary of HSBC Markets (USA) Inc., historically led or participated as underwriter of domestic issuances of HSBC Finance Corporation’s term debt and asset-backed securities. While HSBC Finance Corporation has not received advantaged pricing, underwriting fees and commissions paid to HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. historically have benefited HSBC as a whole.

HSBC Finance Corporation Operations

 

HSBC Finance Corporation’s subsidiaries have historically provided lending products to middle-market consumers in the United States. HSBC Finance Corporation has been the principal fund raising vehicle for the operations of its subsidiaries.

Our lending products currently include MasterCard(1), Visa(1), American Express(1) and Discover(1) credit card receivables as well as private label receivables. A portion of new credit card and all new private label receivable originations are sold on a daily basis to HSBC Bank USA. We also offer specialty insurance products in the United States and Canada. Historically, we also provided several other types of loan products in the United States including real estate secured, personal non-credit card and auto finance loans as well as tax refund anticipation loans and related products, all of which we no longer originate. In August 2011, HSBC, through its wholly owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance Corporation, HUSI, and other wholly-owned affiliates, agreed to sell its Card

 

(1) 

MasterCard is a registered trademark of MasterCard International Incorporated (d/b/a MasterCard Worldwide); Visa is a registered trademark of Visa, Inc.; American Express is a registered trademark of American Express Company and Discover is a registered trademark of Discover Financial Services.

 

4


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation (“Capital One”). The sale is expected to close in the second quarter of 2012. Upon completion of this sale, substantially all of our remaining operations will be in run-off.

Through June 30, 2011, we reported the results of our operations in two reportable segments: Card and Retail Services and Consumer. These segments were managed separately and were characterized by different middle-market consumer lending products, originations processes and locations. As a result of the previously announced sale of our Card and Retail Services business in August 2011, we began reporting these operations as discontinued operations in the third quarter of 2011. Because our segment results are reported on a continuing operations basis, we have one remaining reportable segment: Consumer.

Information about businesses or functions that fall below the segment reporting quantitative threshold tests, such as our Insurance Services and Commercial operations, as well as certain corporate and treasury activities, are described under “Continuing Operations – All Other” below and included under the “All Other” caption within our segment disclosure.

As discussed more fully under “Discontinued Operations” below and in Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, our Auto Finance and our Taxpayer Financial Services businesses are reported as discontinued operations and are not included in our segment presentation.

We report results to our parent, HSBC, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”), under which HSBC prepares its consolidated financial statements. As a result, operating results are presented on an IFRSs legal entity basis (“IFRS Basis”) (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure) as operating results are monitored and reviewed and trends are evaluated on an IFRS Basis. However, we continue to monitor capital adequacy, establish dividend policy and report to regulatory agencies on a U.S. GAAP basis. For additional financial information relating to our business and reportable segment, as well as a summary of the significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs as they impact our results, see Note 20, “Business Segments” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Continuing Operations

Consumer  Our Consumer segment consists of our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses. The Consumer segment provided real estate secured and personal non-credit card loans with both revolving and closed-end terms and with fixed or variable interest rates. While these businesses are operating in run-off mode, they have not been reported as discontinued operations because we continue to generate cash flow from the ongoing collections of the receivables, including interest and fees.

In late February 2009, we decided to discontinue all originations by our Consumer Lending business. Under the HFC and Beneficial brands and the HSBC Credit Centers, our Consumer Lending business offered secured and unsecured loan products, such as first and second lien position closed-end mortgage loans, open-end home equity loans and personal non-credit card loans through branch locations and direct mail. The bulk of the mortgage lending products originated in the branch network were for refinancing and debt consolidation rather than home purchases. We continue to service the remaining portfolio as it runs off while helping qualifying customers in need of assistance with appropriate loan modifications and other account management programs. At December 31, 2011, our Consumer Lending business had $29.2 billion in real estate secured receivables, of which approximately 96 percent are fixed rate loans and 90 percent are in a first lien position. Additionally, our Consumer Lending business had $5.1 billion in personal non-credit card receivables at December 31, 2011. In total, our Consumer Lending business had approximately 1 million active customer accounts at December 31, 2011.

Prior to the first quarter of 2007 when we ceased new purchase activity, our Mortgage Services business purchased non-conforming first and second lien real estate secured loans from a network of unaffiliated third party lenders (i.e. correspondents) based on our underwriting standards. Our Mortgage Services business included the operations of Decision One Mortgage Company (“Decision One”), which historically originated mortgage loans sourced by independent mortgage brokers and sold such loans to secondary market purchasers,

 

5


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

including Mortgage Services. As a result of the deterioration in the subprime mortgage lending industry, in September 2007 we announced that Decision One originations would cease. We continue to service the remaining Mortgage Services portfolio as it runs off. At December 31, 2011, our Mortgage Services business had $13.5 billion in receivables remaining. Approximately 65 percent of the Mortgage Services portfolio is fixed rate loans and 88 percent is in a first lien position. In total, our Mortgage Services business had approximately 144,000 active customer accounts at December 31, 2011.

All Other  Our Insurance business designs and distributes credit life, unemployment, accidental death and disability, whole life, annuities, disability, long term care and a variety of other specialty protection products to our customers and the customers of affiliated financial institutions, such as HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank Canada. Such products currently are offered throughout the United States and Canada to customers based upon their particular needs. The Insurance business has approximately 7.7 million customers, which includes customers of our other businesses and of our affiliated financial institutions. Insurance distributed to our customers is directly written by or reinsured with one or more of our subsidiaries. Insurance sold to customers of HSBC Bank USA and certain other affiliates is written primarily by unaffiliated insurance companies.

Historically, our Insurance business has also designed and distributed term life insurance. In light of the ongoing review of the Insurance business, we decided in 2011 to cease issuing new term life insurance in the United States effective January 2012. As the review of the Insurance business continues, other Insurance lines may be impacted. Regardless of future actions, HSBC will continue to provide insurance products to its customers.

Income (Loss) Before Income Tax Expense from Continuing Operations – Significant Trends  Loss from continuing operations before income tax expense, and various trends and activity affecting operations, are summarized in the following table.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Loss from continuing operations before income tax from prior year

   $ (3,903   $ (8,784   $ (5,359

Increase (decrease) in income from continuing operations before income tax expense attributable to:

      

Net interest income

     (313     (437     (829

Provision for credit losses, excluding the impact of adopting new Accounting Standards update for TDR Loans in the third quarter of 2011

     1,853        2,558        1,168   

Impact of adopting new Accounting Standards Update for TDR Loans

     (925     -        -   

Mark-to-market on derivatives which do not qualify as effective hedges

     (916     (675     792   

Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives

     423        2,866        (5,285

Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates

     (15     (75     2   

Lower of amortized cost or market adjustment on receivables held for sale

     (2     11        106   

Salaries and employee benefits

     74        402        359   

Other marketing

     5        12        39   

REO expenses

     68        (75     143   

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     -        274        54   

All other activity(1)

     (83     20        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     169        4,881        (3,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income tax for current year

   $ (3,734   $ (3,903   $ (8,784
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Reflects other activity for other revenues and operating expenses.

For additional discussion regarding changes in the components of income and expense, see the caption “Results of Operations” in the MD&A section of this Form 10-K.

 

6


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Discontinued Operations

Card and Retail Services  Our Card and Retail Services business includes our MasterCard, Visa, American Express and Discover receivables (“Cards”) in the United States originated under various brands, including The GM Card®, the Union Plus® (“UP”) credit card, Household Bank, Orchard Bank and HSBC branded credit cards. Our Card and Retail Services business also originates private label credit card (“PLCC”) receivables. The PLCC receivables, along with the GM and UP receivables are sold daily to HSBC Bank USA, which we continue to service for a fee. The Cards business has approximately $9.0 billion in receivables at December 31, 2011 and approximately 14 million active customer accounts.

GM, a co-branded credit card issued as part of our program with General Motors Company, enables customers to earn discounts on the purchase or lease of a new, eligible GM vehicle. The UP card program provides benefits and services to members of various national and international labor unions. The Household Bank and Orchard Bank credit cards offer specialized credit card products to consumers underserved by traditional providers. The credit card portfolio of our Card and Retail Services business is generated primarily through direct mail, telemarketing, Internet applications, application displays, promotional activity associated with our affinity and co-branding relationships, mass-media advertisement (The GM Card) and merchant relationships. In January 2009, we sold our GM and UP MasterCard and Visa portfolios with an outstanding principal balance of $12.4 billion at the time of sale to HSBC Bank USA. We sell all new originations under these programs to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis. The Card and Retail Services business continues to service the receivables on behalf of HSBC Bank USA for a fee. In July 2004, we purchased the account relationships associated with certain credit card receivables from HSBC Bank USA and sell all new receivable originations to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis. We continue to service the GM and UP portfolios and the HSBC Bank USA portfolio as well as other smaller credit card receivable portfolios for HSBC Bank USA, which have a balance at December 31, 2011 of $9.6 billion, for a fee.

The private label credit card business has approximately 14 million active customer accounts and 22 active merchant relationships. At December 31, 2011, our PLCC receivables were sourced from the following business lines: approximately 54 percent in consumer electronics, 17 percent in department stores, 15 percent in power sport vehicles (snowmobiles, personal watercraft, all terrain vehicles and motorcycles) and 14 percent of receivables in furniture stores, specialty retailers and other. The private label financing products are generated through merchant retail locations, merchant catalog and telephone sales, and direct mail and Internet applications. On December 29, 2004, our PLCC portfolio was sold to HSBC Bank USA, and agreements were entered into to sell substantially all future receivables to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis and to service the portfolio for HSBC Bank USA for a fee. As a result, we sell all new private label receivables upon origination, but service the entire portfolio on behalf of HSBC Bank USA, which has a balance of $12.8 billion at December 31, 2011, for a fee.

In August 2011, HSBC, through its wholly owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc and other wholly owned affiliates, agreed to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One for a premium of 8.75 percent of receivables. We currently anticipate this sale will close in the second quarter of 2012. See the “2011 Events” section of Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) and Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details of this pending sale.

Auto Finance  In March 2010, we sold our auto finance servicing operations, including all related assets, as well as certain auto finance receivables with a carrying value of $927 million to Santander Consumer USA Inc. (“SC USA”). Under the terms of the sale agreement, we also agreed to assign our auto servicing facilities in San Diego, California and Lewisville, Texas to SC USA. In August 2010, we sold our remaining auto loan portfolio to SC USA with an outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion at the time of sale. As a result, our Auto Finance business is reported in discontinued operations.

Taxpayer Financial Services  During the third quarter of 2010, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) announced it would stop providing information regarding certain unpaid obligations of a taxpayer (the “Debt Indicator”), which historically served as a significant part of our underwriting process in our Taxpayer Financial Services

 

7


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(“TFS”) business. We determined that, without use of the Debt Indicator, we could no longer offer the product that has historically accounted for the substantial majority of our TFS loan production and that we might not be able to offer the remaining products available under the program in a safe and sound manner. As a result, in December 2010, it was determined that we would not offer any tax refund anticipation loans or related products for the 2011 tax season or beyond and we exited the TFS business. As a result of this decision, our TFS business is reported in discontinued operations.

United Kingdom and Canada  Until May 2008, when we sold our United Kingdom business to an affiliate, we also offered consumer loans and insurance products in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland. The insurance operations in the United Kingdom were sold November 1, 2007 to Aviva plc and its subsidiaries (“Aviva”) and from that time until May 2008, we distributed our insurance products in the United Kingdom through our branch network but they were underwritten by Aviva. Prior to the sale of our Canadian operations to an affiliate in November 2008, we also provided consumers several types of loan products in Canada.

Funding

 

Our primary sources of funding in 2011 were cash generated from operations, sales of certain credit card and all private label receivables to an affiliate on a daily basis, the issuance of retail notes and commercial paper, loans from HSBC affiliates and capital contributions from our parent. During 2011, issuances of commercial paper continued to be lower than our historical levels. The majority of outstanding commercial paper is directly placed, domestic commercial paper. Euro commercial paper is marketed predominately to HSBC clients. During 2011, the shelf registration statement under which we have historically issued long-term debt expired and we chose not to renew it. We currently do not expect third-party long-term debt to be a source of funding for us in the future given the run-off nature of our business subsequent to the sale of our Card and Retail Services business as discussed above.

A detailed description of our sources of funding of our operations are set forth in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Off Balance Sheet Arrangements and Secured Financings” sections of the MD&A.

We use the cash generated by these funding sources to fund our operations, service our debt obligations, originate new credit card and private label receivables and pay dividends to our preferred stockholders.

Employees and Customers

 

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 5,350 employees. Approximately 3,500 employees will transfer to Capital One upon completion of the sale of our Card and Retail Services business which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2012.

At December 31, 2011, we had over 29 million customers which includes 28 million customers of our Card and Retail Services business which we have agreed to sell to Capital One. Some of these customers are customers of more than one of our businesses. Consumers residing in the State of California accounted for 9 percent of our consumer receivables for continuing operations. We also have significant concentrations of consumer receivables for continuing operations in Florida (6 percent), New York (7 percent), Pennsylvania (6 percent) and Ohio (6 percent).

Regulation and Competition

 

Regulation

Financial Regulatory Reform  On July 21, 2010, the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (“Dodd-Frank”) was signed into law. This legislation is a sweeping overhaul of the financial regulatory system. The new law is comprehensive and includes many provisions specifically relevant to our businesses and the businesses of our affiliates.

Oversight.  In order to preserve financial stability in the industry, the legislation has created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) which may take certain actions, including precluding mergers, restricting financial products offered, restricting or terminating activities or imposing conditions on activities or requiring the sale or transfer of assets, against any bank holding company with assets greater than $50.0 billion such as HSBC North America, that is found to pose a grave threat to financial stability. The FSOC will be supported by

 

8


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

the Office of Financial Research (“OFR”) which will impose data reporting requirements on financial institutions. The cost of operating both the FSOC and OFR will be paid for through an assessment on large bank holding companies, which is currently proposed to begin in July 2012.

Increased Prudential Standards.  Over a transition period from 2013 to 2015, the Federal Reserve Board will apply more stringent capital and risk management requirements on bank holding companies such as HSBC North America, which will require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of four percent, a minimum Tier I common risk-based capital ratio of five percent and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of eight percent. In addition, large bank holding companies, such as HSBC North America, are now required to file resolution plans identifying material subsidiaries and core business lines, describing what strategy would be followed in the event of significant financial distress, including identifying how insured bank subsidiaries would be adequately protected from risk created by other affiliates. The failure to cure deficiencies in a resolution plan would enable the Federal Reserve to impose more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, or restrictions on growth, activities or operations and, if such failure persists, require the divestiture of assets or operations. The Federal Reserve Board has also proposed a series of increased supervisory standards to be followed by large bank holding companies, including required remediation in the event of failure to meet capital requirements, stress testing requirements, enhanced governance and stress testing for liquidity management, caps on single-counterparty exposures and risk management standards. There are also provisions in Dodd-Frank that relate to governance of executive compensation, including disclosures evidencing the relationship between compensation and performance and a requirement that some executive incentive compensation is forfeitable in the event of an accounting restatement.

Affiliate Transaction Limits.  In relation to requirements for bank transactions with affiliates, beginning in July 2012 the current quantitative and qualitative limits on bank credit transactions with affiliates will also include credit exposure related to repurchase agreements, derivatives and securities lending transactions. This provision may limit the use of intercompany transactions between HSBC Bank USA and us which may impact our current funding and hedging strategies.

Derivatives Regulation.  The legislation has numerous provisions addressing derivatives. There is the imposition of comprehensive regulation of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives markets, including credit default and interest rate swaps, as well as limits on FDIC-insured banks’ overall OTC derivatives activities. Most of the significant provisions are to be implemented within two to three years of the enactment of the legislation. There is also the requirement for the use of mandatory derivative clearing houses and exchanges, which will significantly change the derivatives industry.

Consumer Regulation.  The legislation has created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) with a broad range of powers to administer and enforce a new Federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation, including the authority to regulate credit, savings, payment and other consumer financial products and services and providers of those products and services. The CFPB has the authority to issue regulations to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with consumer financial products or services and to ensure features of any consumer financial products or services are fully, accurately and effectively disclosed to consumers. We are subject to CFPB examination and regulation, as is our affiliate HSBC Bank USA.

With respect to certain laws governing the provision of consumer financial products by national banks such as our affiliate HSBC Bank USA and our credit card banking subsidiary, HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. (“HSBC Bank Nevada”), the legislation codified the current judicial standard of federal preemption with respect to national banks but added procedural steps to be followed by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) when considering preemption determinations after July 21, 2011. Furthermore, the legislation removed the ability of subsidiaries or agents of a national bank to claim federal preemption of consumer financial laws after July 21, 2011, although the legislation did not purport to affect existing contracts. These limitations on federal preemption may elevate our costs of compliance, while increasing litigation expenses as a result of potential State Attorneys General or plaintiff challenges and the risk of courts not giving deference to the OCC, as well as increasing complexity due to the lack of uniformity in state law. At this time, we are unable to determine the extent to which the limitations on federal preemption will impact our businesses and those of our competitors.

 

9


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The legislation contains many other consumer-related provisions including provisions addressing mortgage reform.

The legislation will have a significant impact on the operations of many financial institutions in the U.S., including our affiliates. As the legislation calls for extensive regulations to be promulgated to interpret and implement the legislation, and because that process will take several years to finalize, we are unable to determine precisely the impact that Dodd-Frank and related regulations will have on our financial results at this time.

Consumer Regulation  Our businesses operate in a highly regulated environment. In addition to the establishment of the CFPB and the other consumer related provisions of Dodd-Frank described above, our businesses are subject to laws relating to consumer protection including, without limitation, fair lending, fair debt collection practices, use of credit reports, privacy matters, and disclosure of credit terms and correction of billing errors. Local, state and national regulatory and enforcement agencies continue efforts to address perceived problems with the mortgage lending and credit card industries through broad or targeted legislative or regulatory initiatives aimed at lenders’ operations in consumer lending markets. There continues to be a significant amount of legislative and regulatory activity, nationally, locally and at the state level, designed to limit certain lending practices while mandating servicing activities. We are also subject to certain regulations and legislation that limit operations in certain jurisdictions. For example, limitations may be placed on the amount of interest or fees that a loan may bear, the amount that may be borrowed, the types of actions that may be taken to collect or foreclose upon delinquent loans or the information about a customer that may be shared. For consumer loans still being serviced by HSBC Finance Corporation, certain consumer finance subsidiaries and affiliated entities assisting with this servicing are generally licensed by state regulatory bodies in the jurisdictions in which they operate. Such licenses have limited terms but are renewable, and are revocable for cause. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may limit the ability of our licensed entities to collect or enforce loan agreements made with consumers and may cause these subsidiaries to be liable for damages and penalties.

On May 22, 2009, the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the “CARD Act”) was signed into law and we have implemented all applicable provisions. The CARD Act has required us to make changes to our business practices, and will require us and our competitors to manage risk differently than has historically been the case. Pricing, underwriting and product changes have either been implemented or are under continuing analysis to partially mitigate the impact of the new legislation and implementing regulations. See “Executive Overview – Performance of our Discontinued Card and Retail Services Business” in MD&A within this Form 10-K for further discussion of the impact of the CARD Act on our business trends. In August 2011, we announced that we had entered into an agreement to sell our credit card business to Capital One.

Due to the turmoil in the mortgage lending markets, there has also been a significant amount of federal and state legislative and regulatory focus on this industry. Increased regulatory oversight over residential mortgage lenders has occurred, including through state and federal examinations and periodic inquiries from State Attorneys General for information. Several regulators, legislators and other governmental bodies have promoted particular views of appropriate or “model” loan modification programs, suitable loan products and foreclosure and loss mitigation practices. We have developed a modification program that employs procedures which we believe are most responsive to our customers needs and continue to enhance and refine these practices as other programs are announced, and we evaluate the results of our customer assistance efforts. We continue to be active in various home preservation initiatives through participation at local events sponsored by public officials, community leaders and consumer advocates.

As previously reported, HSBC Finance Corporation and our indirect parent, HSBC North America, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”) (the “Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order”), and our affiliate, HSBC Bank USA, entered into a similar consent order with the OCC (together with the Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order, the “Servicing Consent Orders”) following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order requires us to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We continue to work with our regulators to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required. See “Executive Overview” in the MD&A for further discussion.

 

10


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Banking Institutions  As discussed in previous filings, HSBC North America is required to implement Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines. While we will not report separately under the new rules, the composition of our balance sheet will continue to have a significant impact on HSBC North America’s overall regulatory capital requirement. Adoption of Basel II requires the approval of U.S. regulators and encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align with the Basel II final rule requirements. It is uncertain as to when HSBC North America will receive approval from the Federal Reserve Board, its primary regulator, to adopt Basel II. HSBC North America has integrated Basel II metrics into its management reporting and decision making processes. As a result of Dodd-Frank, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) issued final rules on “A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems,” commonly referred to as Basel III, which presents details of a bank capital and liquidity reform program to address both firm-specific and broader, systemic risks to the banking sector. Although the Basel Committee has issued guidance, we are still awaiting formal instructions as to how the Basel III framework will be implemented by the U.S. regulators. The capital proposals will require banks to hold more capital and a higher quality of capital over a phase-in period from 2013 to 2019. Under Basel III, when fully phased in on January 1, 2019, HSBC North America would be required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios (exclusive of any capital surcharge for large, global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”)) as follows:

 

      Tier 1 Common     Tier 1 Capital     Total Capital  

Stated minimum ratio

     4.5     6.0     8.0

Plus: Capital conservation buffer requirement

     2.5        2.5        2.5   

Effective minimum ratio

     7.0        8.5        10.5   

HSBC North America anticipates meeting these requirements well in advance of their formal introduction. In addition, however, and subject to national discretion by the respective regulatory authorities, a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5%, consisting of common equity could also be required to be built up by banking organizations in periods of excess credit growth compared to GDP growth. Further, under Basel III, certain capital instruments may no longer qualify as regulatory capital. Such instruments will generally be subject to a 10-year phase-out period.

Basel III also establishes a more constrained leverage ratio than currently applies to U.S. banking organizations. Banking organizations will be required to maintain a minimum 3 percent Tier 1 capital leverage ratio during a parallel run period from January 1, 2013 to January 1, 2017 to enable calibration of the leverage ratio to be finalized in 2017 and become mandatory from January 1, 2018.

Further increases in regulatory capital may be required in response to HSBC North America’s implementation of Basel III. The exact amount, however, will depend upon our prevailing risk profile and that of our HSBC North America affiliates under various stress scenarios.

HSBC North America is also in the process of evaluating the Basel III framework for liquidity risk management. The proposals include both a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) designed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a significant stress scenario lasting 30 days and a Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”) with a time horizon of one year to ensure a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. For both ratios, HSBC North America will be expected to achieve a ratio of 100 percent or better. Under the Basel Committee final rules, the observation period for the ratios begins in 2012 with LCR introduced by 2015 and NSFR by 2018. HSBC has already begun reporting indicative ratios to its primary regulator, the FSA. Discussions continue on the specific calculations, with ongoing requests for Quantitative Impact Studies (“QIS”) by the regulators. We anticipate a formal Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPR) will be issued in early 2013 and an observation period beginning in 2013. Based on the results of the observation periods, the Basel Committee and the regulators may make further changes. We anticipate meeting these requirements prior to their formal

 

11


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

introduction. HSBC Finance Corporation may need to increase its liquidity profile to support HSBC North America’s compliance with the new rules. We are unable at this time, however, to determine the extent of changes HSBC Finance Corporation will need to make to its liquidity position, if any.

In December 2011, the Federal Reserve issued a draft proposal as to “Enhanced Prudential Standards and Early Remediation Requirements for Covered Companies”. HSBC North America is a covered company. The proposal includes stress testing requirements, caps on single-counterparty exposures and risk management standards. It also includes enhanced governance and stress testing requirements for liquidity management. Building on prior regulatory guidance, a review by our Board of Directors would be formally required for many aspects of liquidity management. It further builds on concepts introduced by the U.S. regulators and bridges those principles to Basel III liquidity requirements. We do not anticipate substantial changes in our overall funding needs, but will further enhance our practices. This is a proposal with comments due in March 2012.

In December 2010, the U.S. regulators published their updated Market Risk Amendment Notice of Proposed Rulemaking aligned closely with the Basel publications (known in the industry as “Basel 2.5”). The rule includes changes to the existing regulatory capital approaches which may become official after the comment period and normal regulatory review. In December 2011, U.S. regulators published a further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in respect of market risk, setting out the proposals for alternatives to credit ratings for debt and securitization positions, as required by Dodd-Frank.

If adopted as proposed, HSBC North America will experience a significant increase in its capital requirements even in the absence of any change to its current risk profile, and strategies continue to be considered to mitigate this impact. The U.S. regulators have also indicated they intend to propose similar revisions to the Basel I and Basel II rules to eliminate the use of external credit ratings to determine the risk weights applicable to securitization and certain corporate exposures under these regulations.

HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation also continue to support the HSBC implementation of the Basel II framework, as adopted by the U.K. Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). We supply data regarding credit risk, operational risk and market risk to support HSBC’s regulatory capital and risk weighted asset calculations. Revised FSA capital adequacy rules for HSBC became effective January 1, 2008.

In November 2011, the Federal Reserve issued final rules (the “Capital Plan Rules”) requiring U.S. bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more to submit annual capital plans for review. Under the Capital Plan Rules, the Federal Reserve will annually evaluate bank holding companies’ capital adequacy, internal capital adequacy assessment processes, and plans to make capital distributions, and will approve capital distributions only for companies whose capital plans have been approved and are able to demonstrate sufficient financial strength after making the capital distributions.

Our credit card banking subsidiary, HSBC Bank Nevada, is a federally chartered ‘credit card bank’ and a member of the Federal Reserve System. HSBC Bank Nevada is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC. Any deposits held by HSBC Bank Nevada are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) which renders it subject to relevant FDIC regulation.

HSBC Bank Nevada, like other FDIC-insured banks, currently is required to pay assessments to the FDIC for deposit insurance under the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund. Under the FDIC’s risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments, an institution’s assessments vary according to its deposit levels and other factors. FDIC assessments are based on average consolidated total assets and risk profile. However, the assessments to HSBC Bank Nevada are not anticipated to be material. Following the sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One as discussed above, HSBC Bank Nevada will no longer have any ongoing operations and we will surrender its national bank charter to the OCC as soon as practicable after the sale.

As a result of our acquisition by HSBC, HSBC Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries became subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve. HSBC is a bank holding company under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”) as a result of its ownership of HSBC Bank USA. On January 1, 2004, HSBC created a North American organization structure

 

12


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

to hold all of its North America operations, including HSBC Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries. HSBC North America, is also a bank holding company under the BHCA, by virtue of its ownership of HSBC Bank USA. HSBC and HSBC North America are registered as financial holding companies under the BHCA, enabling them to offer a broad range of financial products and services. The ability of a financial holding company to acquire U.S. banks or to engage in non-banking activities is now directly tied to the company’s meeting the standards for being “well-managed” and “well capitalized.” HSBC North America, as a financial holding company, is supervised and examined by the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. We are also regularly examined and reviewed by the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides for extensive regulation of insured depository institutions such as HSBC Bank Nevada, including requiring Federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to FDIC-insured banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements.

Competition  The credit card industry in which we operate is highly fragmented and intensely competitive with a broad range of institutions offering both bank cards and private label cards. Terms such as annual percentage rates, fees, and credit lines as well as other card benefits and/or features are normally what lead customers to apply for one particular card over another. With ample competition in the credit card industry and low costs for a customer to switch to another card issuer, consumer loyalty in this industry tends to be minimal. Upon the completion of the sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One as discussed above, substantially all of our remaining operations will be in run-off and the competitive conditions of the markets in which we historically operated will no longer have a significant impact on our financial results.

Corporate Governance and Controls

 

HSBC Finance Corporation maintains a website at www.us.hsbc.com on which we make available, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing with or furnishing to the SEC, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports. Our website also contains our Corporate Governance Standards and committee charters for the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee and the Compliance Committee of our Board of Directors. We have a Statement of Business Principles and Code of Ethics that expresses the principles upon which we operate our businesses. Integrity is the foundation of all our business endeavors and is the result of continued dedication and commitment to the highest ethical standards in our relationships with each other, with other organizations and individuals who are our customers. Our Statement of Business Principles and Code of Ethics can be found on our corporate website. We also have a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that applies to our finance and accounting professionals that supplements the Statement of Business Principles. That Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference in Exhibit 14 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Printed copies of this information can be requested at no charge. Requests should be made to HSBC Finance Corporation, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

Certifications  In addition to certifications from our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached to this report on Form 10-K as Exhibits 31 and 32), we also file a written affirmation of an authorized officer with the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) certifying that such officer is not aware of any violation by HSBC Finance Corporation of the applicable NYSE corporate governance listing standards in effect as of February  27, 2012.

Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain matters discussed throughout this Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, we may make or approve certain statements in future filings with the SEC, in press releases, or oral or written presentations by representatives of HSBC Finance Corporation that are not statements of historical fact and may also constitute forward-looking statements. Words such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “would”, “could”, “appears”, “believe”, “intends”, “expects”, “estimates”, “targeted”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “goal” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but should not be considered as the only means through which these statements may be made.

 

13


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

These matters or statements will relate to our future financial condition, economic forecast, results of operations, plans, objectives, performance or business developments and will involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from that which was expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our current views and assumptions and speak only as of the date they are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect subsequent circumstances or events.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

 

The following discussion provides a description of some of the important risk factors that could affect our actual results and could cause our results to vary materially from those expressed in public statements or documents. However, other factors besides those discussed below or elsewhere in other of our reports filed with or furnished to with the SEC could affect our business or results. The reader should not consider any description of such factors to be a complete set of all potential risks that we may face.

The current uncertain market and economic conditions may continue to affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Our business and earnings are affected by general business, economic and market conditions in the United States and abroad. Given our concentration of business activities in the United States and due to the nature of our historical business as a consumer lender to generally non-conforming and non-prime customers, we are particularly exposed to any additional turmoil in the economy, housing downturns, high unemployment, tight credit conditions and reduced economic growth that have occurred over the past four years and appear likely to continue in 2012. General business, economic and market conditions that could continue to affect us include:

 

   

low consumer confidence and reduced consumer spending;

 

   

a “double dip” recession;

 

   

unemployment levels;

 

   

wage income levels and declines in wealth;

 

   

market value of residential real estate throughout the United States;

 

   

inflation;

 

   

monetary supply;

 

   

fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets in which we fund our operations;

 

   

unexpected geopolitical events;

 

   

fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar;

 

   

short-term and long-term interest rates;

 

   

availability of liquidity;

 

   

tight consumer credit conditions;

 

   

higher bankruptcy filings; and

 

   

new laws, regulations or regulatory and law enforcement initiatives.

In a challenging economic environment such as is currently being experienced in the United States, more of our customers are likely to, or have in fact, become delinquent on their loans or other obligations as compared to historical periods as many of our customers are experiencing reductions in cash flow available to service their debt. These delinquencies, in turn, have resulted in higher levels of provision for credit losses and charge-offs, which have adversely affected our earnings and resulted in significant losses from the third quarter of 2007 to date. The problems in the housing markets in the United States in the last five years have been exacerbated by

 

14


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

continued high unemployment rates. If businesses remain cautious to hire, additional losses are likely to be significant in all types of our consumer loans, including credit cards, due to decreased consumer income. Despite some indications of growth in employment and output in the latter part of 2011, the forecast for 2012 remains muted, with growth in gross domestic product for the United States well below trend for the past decades. Furthermore, public opinion about the state of the economy remains pessimistic, which affects not only production and consumption decisions, but also political, administrative, and regulatory priorities.

Housing prices declined in 2011 and a large inventory of foreclosed properties exerted additional downward pressure on market values in many metropolitan areas. If housing prices continue to decline, there may be increased delinquency and losses in our real estate portfolio.

Mortgage lenders have substantially tightened lending standards since 2007. These actions have impacted borrowers’ abilities to refinance existing mortgage loans. The ability to refinance and extract equity from their homes is no longer an option for many of our customers. This, in turn, impacted both credit performance and run-off rates and has resulted in significantly elevated delinquency rates for real estate secured loans in our portfolio. Additionally, the high levels of inventory of homes for sale combined with depressed property values in many markets has resulted in higher loss severities on homes that are foreclosed and remarketed.

In the event economic conditions continue to be depressed or become further depressed and lead to a “double dip” recession, there would be a significant negative impact on delinquencies, charge-offs and losses in all loan portfolios with a corresponding impact on our results of operations.

Operational risks, such as systems disruptions or failures, breaches of security, cyberattacks, human error, changes in operational practices or inadequate controls may adversely impact our business and reputation.  Operational risk is inherent in virtually all of our activities. While we have established and maintain an overall risk framework that is designed to balance strong corporate oversight with well-defined independent risk management, we continue to be subject to some degree of operational risk. Our businesses are dependent on our ability to process a large number of complex transactions, most of which involve, in some fashion, electronic devices or electronic networks. If any of our financial, accounting, or other data processing and other recordkeeping systems and management controls fail, are subject to cyberattack that compromises electronic devices or networks, or have other significant shortcomings, we could be materially adversely affected. Also, in order to react quickly or to meet newly-implemented regulatory requirements, we may need to change or enhance systems within very tight time frames, which would increase operational risk.

We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems infrastructure arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which may include:

 

   

computer viruses, electrical, telecommunications, or other essential utility outages;

 

   

cyberattacks, which are deliberate attempts to gain unauthorized access to digital systems for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or impairing operational performance;

 

   

natural disasters, such as hurricanes and earthquakes;

 

   

events arising from local, regional or international politics, including terrorist acts;

 

   

unforeseen problems encountered while implementing major new computer systems or upgrades to existing systems; or

 

   

absence of operating systems personnel due to global pandemics or otherwise, which could have a significant effect on our business operations as well as on HSBC affiliates world-wide.

Such disruptions may give rise to losses in service to customers, an inability to collect our receivables in affected areas and other loss or liability to us.

We are similarly dependent on our employees. We could be materially adversely affected if an employee or employees, acting alone or in concert with non-affiliated third parties, causes a significant operational break-down or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently

 

15


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

manipulates our operations or systems, including, without limitation, by means of cyberattack or denial-of-service attack. Third parties with which we do business could also be sources of operational risk to us, including risks relating to break-downs or failures of such parties’ own systems or employees. Any of these occurrences could diminish our ability to operate one or more of our businesses, and may result in potential liability to clients, reputational damage or regulatory intervention, all of which may materially adversely affect us.

In recent years, internet and other cyberattacks, identity theft and fraudulent attempts to obtain personal financial information from individuals and from companies that maintain such information pertaining to their customers have become more prevalent. Such acts can affect our business by:

 

   

threatening the assets of our customers, potentially impacting our customer’s ability to repay loan balances and negatively impacting their credit ratings;

 

   

causing us to incur remediation and other costs related to liability for customer or third parties for losses, repairs to remedy systems flaws, or incentives to customers and business partners to maintain and rebuild business relationships after the attack;

 

   

increasing our costs to respond to such threats and to enhance our processes and systems to ensure maximum security of data; or

 

   

damaging our reputation from public knowledge of intrusion into our systems and databases.

In addition, there is the risk that our operating system controls as well as business continuity and data security systems could prove to be inadequate. Any such failure could affect our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations by requiring us to expend significant resources to correct the defect, as well as by exposing us to litigation or losses not covered by insurance.

Changes to operational practices from time to time could materially positively or negatively impact our performance and results. Such changes may include:

 

   

our determining to sell residential mortgage loans and other loans;

 

   

changes to our charge-off policies or customer account management and risk management/collection policies and practices;

 

   

our increasing investment in technology, business infrastructure and specialized personnel; or

 

   

our outsourcing of various operations.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to evaluate our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are required to disclose, in our annual report on Form 10-K, the existence of any “material weaknesses” in our internal control. In a company as large and complex as ours, lapses or deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting may occur from time to time and we cannot assure you that we will not find one or more material weaknesses as of the end of any given future year.

Our financial results and condition could be adversely affected by a failure to complete or a delay in completing the sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation.  In August 2011, HSBC announced that through certain of its wholly owned affiliates, including HSBC Finance Corporation, it had entered into an agreement to sell the HSBC U.S. Card and Retail Services business to Capital One. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval. The sale of HSBC U.S. Card and Retail Services business to Capital One requires the separation of the Card and Retail Services business from the remaining businesses of HSBC in North America and, to a lesser extent, globally. Separation of the businesses is an extremely complex process and will result in a significant number of transitional service arrangements between HSBC entities and Capital One. While we expect to complete the transaction in the second quarter of 2012, as previously announced, the operational complexities of the separation present significant risks to our intended closing date. Any delay in the sale to Capital One would also delay realization of the financial benefits of the transaction and

 

16


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

would have an adverse impact on our liquidity. Further, if the sale to Capital One is not completed on or before May 10, 2012, either party may, with limited exceptions, terminate the transaction. Failure to complete the sale to Capital One would have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and capital position. Failure to complete the sale would also reflect negatively on our ability to execute on HSBC’s larger strategy, which could give rise to reputational risk and increased regulatory scrutiny.

In connection with the sale to Capital One, we will enter into a significant number of transitional service arrangements with Capital One, which will continue to various dates until the separation of the Card and Retail Services business is completed. The complexities and demands of these arrangements will result in increased operational risk to us as they could divert management attention and resources from other operations, which could result in disruptions in our remaining operations.

The downgrading of U.S. debt ratings and continued economic uncertainty related to U.S. markets could negatively impact our business operations and our access to capital markets.  Recent concerns regarding U.S. debt and budget matters have caused uncertainty in financial markets. Although the U.S. debt limit was increased, a failure to raise the U.S. debt limit and the downgrading of U.S. debt ratings in the future could, in addition to causing economic and financial market disruptions, materially adversely affect our ability to obtain funding on favorable terms, as well as have other material adverse effects on the operations of our business and our financial results and condition.

Federal Reserve Board policies can significantly affect business and economic conditions and our financial results and condition.  The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part our cost of funds for lending and investing and the return we earn on those loans and investments, both of which affect our net interest margin. They also can materially affect the value of financial instruments we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies also can affect our borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve policies are beyond our control and can be hard to predict.

Unanticipated risks may impact our results.  We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance, cybersecurity and legal reporting systems, including models and programs that predict loan delinquency and loss. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques and prepare contingency plans in anticipation of developments, those techniques and plans and the judgments that accompany their application are complex and cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Accordingly, our ability to successfully identify and manage significant risks and to respond to unanticipated developments in a timely and complete manner is an important factor that can significantly impact our results.

Our reputation has a direct impact on our financial results and ongoing operations.  Our ability to attract and retain customers and conduct business transactions with our counterparties could be adversely affected to the extent our reputation, or the reputation of affiliates operating under the HSBC brand, is damaged. Our failure to address, or to appear to fail to address, various issues that could give rise to reputational risk could cause harm to us and our business prospects. Reputational issues include, but are not limited to:

 

   

appropriately addressing potential conflicts of interest;

 

   

legal and regulatory requirements;

 

   

ethical issues, including alleged deceptive or unfair lending or servicing practices;

 

   

anti-money laundering and economic sanctions programs;

 

   

privacy issues;

 

   

fraud issues;

 

   

data security issues related to our customers or employees;

 

   

cybersecurity issues and cyber incidents, whether actual, threatened, or perceived;

 

17


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

recordkeeping;

 

   

sales and trading practices;

 

   

the proper identification of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our businesses;

 

   

negative news about us, HSBC or the financial services industry generally;

 

   

a downgrade of or negative watch warning on any of our credit ratings; and

 

   

general company performance.

The failure to address, or the perception that we have failed to address, these issues appropriately could make our customers unwilling to do business with us or give rise to increased regulatory action, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our inability to meet funding requirements due to our balance sheet attrition or credit ratings could impact operations.  Adequate liquidity is critical to our ability to operate our businesses. The pace of our balance sheet attrition has a significant impact on our liquidity and risk management processes. Properly managing these processes is critical to mitigating liquidity risk. Lower cash flow resulting from declining non-core receivable balances as well as lower cash generated from balance sheet attrition due to increased charge-offs will not provide sufficient cash to fully cover maturing debt over the next four to five years. If market pricing for receivables improves, a portion of the required funding could be generated through sales of receivable portfolios. A portion of any funding gap could be covered through the issuance of commercial paper in the primary debt markets or borrowed from one or more of our affiliates. We anticipate all future term funding will be provided by HSBC affiliates.

Our credit ratings are an important part of maintaining our liquidity. As indicated by the major credit rating agencies, our credit ratings are directly dependent on the continued support of HSBC. Any downgrade in credit ratings would increase our borrowing costs, impact our ability to issue commercial paper and to sell assets, and, depending on the severity of the downgrade, require us to make cash payments or post collateral, and permit termination by counterparties of certain significant contracts. Similarly, to the extent future funding is to be provided by HSBC affiliates, the credit ratings of those affiliates will affect their borrowing costs and, as a result, the cost of funding to us. HSBC has provided capital support in the past and has indicated its commitment and capacity to fund the needs of the business in the future.

The transition to Basel II and new requirements under Basel III will continue to put significant pressure on regulatory capital.  HSBC North America is required to adopt Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines. In June 2011, the U.S. regulators adopted final regulations to implement the “capital floor” provision of the so-called “Collins Amendment” of Dodd-Frank. Pursuant to these regulations, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements. Prior to adoption of Basel II, a banking organization is required to successfully complete a parallel run by measuring regulatory capital under both the new regulatory capital rules and the existing general risk-based rules for a period of at least four quarters. Successful completion of the parallel run period requires the approval of U.S. regulators. HSBC North America began the parallel run period, which encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC North America with the Basel II final rule requirements, in January 2010. The timing of receipt of approval from HSCB North America’s primary regulator is uncertain. While Basel II does not apply directly to us, as a subsidiary of HSBC North America we may be required to execute certain actions or strategies to ensure HSBC North America meets its capital requirements.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee issued final rules on “A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems,” commonly referred to as Basel III, which presents details of a bank capital and

 

18


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

liquidity reform program to address both firm-specific and broader, systemic risks to the banking sector. Although the Basel Committee has issued guidance, we are still awaiting formal instructions as to how the Basel III framework will be implemented by the U.S. regulators.

 

HSBC North America is also in the process of evaluating the Basel III framework for capital and liquidity risk management. HSBC Finance Corporation may need to increase its liquidity or capital profile to support HSBC North America’s compliance with the liquidity and capital requirements imposed by the new rules. Further increases in regulatory capital may be required in response to HSBC North America’s implementation of Basel II and Basel III. The exact amount, however, will depend upon our prevailing risk profile and that of our HSBC North America affiliates under various stress scenarios. We are unable at this time, however, to determine the extent of changes HSBC Finance Corporation will need to make to its liquidity or capital position, if any, and what effect, if any, such changes will have on our results of operations or financial condition.

We may incur additional costs and expenses in ensuring that we satisfy requirements relating to our mortgage foreclosure processes and the industry-wide delay in processing foreclosures may have a significant impact upon loss severity.  As previously reported, HSBC Finance Corporation, and our indirect parent, HSBC North America, have entered into the Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order with the Federal Reserve and our affiliate, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., entered into a similar consent order with the OCC following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order requires us to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We continue to work with our regulators to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required. See “Executive Overview” in MD&A and Note 23, “Commitment and Contingent Liabilities,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

We expect the costs associated with the Servicing Consent Orders will result in significant increases in our operational expenses in future periods. In addition, the Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Finance Corporation or our affiliates by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the Department of Justice or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. On February 9, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states announced a settlement with the five largest U.S. mortgage servicers with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA have had preliminary discussions with U.S. bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not presently known. Based on discussions to date, an accrual of $195 million was determined based on the total projected impact at HSBC North America associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. We have recorded an accrual of $157 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 which reflects the portion of the HSBC North America liability that we currently believe is allocable to HSBC Finance Corporation. As this matter progresses and more information becomes available, we will continue to evaluate our portion of the HSBC North America liability which may result in a change to our current estimate. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement agencies relating to foreclosure and other mortgage services practices, including, but not limited to, matters relating to the securitization of mortgages for investors, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines or other sanctions. In addition, such a settlement would not preclude private litigation concerning foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices and we may see an increase in private litigation concerning these practices.

Beginning in late 2010, we suspended all new foreclosure proceedings and in early 2011 suspended foreclosures where judgment had not yet been entered while we enhanced our foreclosure documentation and processes. We have resumed processing the majority of suspended foreclosure activities in 48 states where judgment had not yet been entered and anticipate resuming suspended foreclosure activities in all remaining states in the first quarter of 2012. While we have not yet begun initiating new foreclosure activities in any states, we anticipate initiating new

 

19


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

foreclosure activities in certain states during the first quarter of 2012. However, it will be a number of months before we resume all foreclosure activities in all states as we need to ensure we are satisfied that applicable enhanced processes have been implemented and it will take time to work through the backlog of loans that have not been referred to foreclosure in each state. We expect the number of REO properties added to inventory during 2012 will continue to be impacted by extended foreclosure timelines in all states as we continue to refine our foreclosure processes.

In addition, certain courts and state legislatures are implementing new rules or statutes relating to foreclosures. Scrutiny of foreclosure documentation has increased. Also, in some areas, courts are requiring additional verification of information filed prior to the foreclosure proceeding. The combination of these factors when coupled with other mortgage lenders who also temporarily suspended foreclosure activities and have now resumed their foreclosure activities has led to a significant backlog of foreclosures in the marketplace which will take time to resolve. If these trends continue, there could be additional delays in the processing of foreclosures, which could have an adverse impact upon housing prices which is likely to result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed.

We may not be able to continue to wind down our real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivable portfolios at the same rate as in recent years.  The real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivable portfolios of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses are currently running off. The timeframe in which these portfolios will liquidate is dependent upon the rate at which receivables pay off or charge-off prior to their maturity, which fluctuates for a variety of reasons such as interest rates, availability of refinancing, home values and individual borrowers’ credit profile, all of which are outside of our control. In light of the current economic conditions and mortgage industry trends described above as well as an increase in late stage delinquency for real estate secured receivables during 2011 driven by our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities as discussed above, our loan prepayment rates have slowed when compared to historical experience even though interest rates remain low. Although we modified fewer loans during 2011 as a result of tightened modification criteria, overall our loan modification programs, which are primarily designed to improve cash collections and avoid foreclosure as determined to be appropriate, are also contributing to these slower loan prepayment rates.

While difficult to project both loan prepayment rates and default rates, based on current experience we expect the real estate secured receivable portfolios of our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses to decline to between 40 percent and 50 percent of the December 31, 2011 receivable levels over the next four to five years. Attrition will not be linear during this period. While in the near term charge-off related receivable run-off will likely continue to remain elevated due to the economic environment, run-off is beginning to slow as charge-offs decline and the remaining real estate secured receivables stay on the balance sheet longer due to the impact of modifications and/or the lack of re-financing alternatives.

We intend to wind down these portfolios as quickly as practicable in a responsible and economically rational manner, considering market pricing as well as other factors. Furthermore, we may be called upon or required by HSBC North America to execute certain actions or strategies, including disposal of portfolios to address capital considerations. While we made substantial progress towards this goal in recent years, we may not be able to liquidate or dispose of these portfolios at the same level or pace as in recent years. As a result, our ability to continue to reduce our risk-weighted assets or reduce related expenses may be adversely affected depending on the ultimate pace or level at which these portfolios are liquidated.

Performance of modified loans in the current economic conditions may prove less predictable and result in higher losses.  In an effort to provide assistance to our customers who are experiencing financial difficulties in the current weak economy, in recent years we have agreed to modify the terms of a significant number of our loans. While we have a long-standing history of working with customers experiencing financial difficulties, the number of customers that have needed and qualified for loan modifications in the previous three years was significantly higher than in our prior historical experience. Under the current economic conditions, the credit performance of these modified loans may not conform to either historical experience or our expectations. In addition, further deterioration in housing prices and unemployment could negatively impact the performance of the modified portfolio. While our credit loss reserve process considers whether loans have been reaged,

 

20


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

re-written or are subject to modification, loss reserve estimates are influenced by factors outside our control, such as consumer payment patterns and economic conditions, making it reasonably possible that loss reserve estimates could change in either direction.

A significant rise in interest rates may significantly impact our net interest income which may adversely impact our financial results.  Both our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services’ real estate secured receivable portfolios are expected to continue to remain on our balance sheet for extended durations. Reduced mortgage prepayment rates and higher levels of loan modifications have had the effect of extending the projected average life of these loan portfolios. As a result, both net interest income at risk and asset portfolio valuations have increasingly become exposed to rising interest rates as the average life of our liability portfolios has declined while the average life of our asset portfolios has extended. In the event interest rates rise significantly and we are not successful in fully mitigating such rise or otherwise changing the average lives of our liability and asset portfolios, net interest income, and consequently, net income or loss, would be negatively affected. A significant rise in interest rates could also result in slower repayment rates on performing loans. Additionally, with increased risks remaining on the balance sheet, we may be called upon by HSBC North America to execute certain actions or strategies to ensure HSBC North America meets its capital requirements.

Recently implemented federal, state and other similar international laws and regulations may significantly impact our operations.  We operate in a highly regulated environment. Changes in federal, state and local laws and regulations, including changes in tax rates, affecting banking, consumer credit, bankruptcy, privacy, consumer protection or other matters could materially impact our performance. Ensuring compliance with increasing regulatory requirements and initiatives could affect operational costs and negatively impact our overall results. Specifically, attempts by local, state and national regulatory agencies to address perceived problems with the mortgage lending and credit card industries and, more recently, to address additional perceived problems in the financial services industry generally through broad or targeted legislative or regulatory initiatives aimed at lenders’ operations in consumer lending markets, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, including how these products may be originated, the fees and charges that may be applied to accounts and how accounts may be collected or security interests enforced. Any one or more of these effects could negatively impact our results. There is also significant focus on loss mitigation and foreclosure activity for real estate loans. We cannot fully anticipate the response by national regulatory agencies, State Attorneys General, or certain legislators, or if significant changes to our operations and practices will be required as a result.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. This legislation is a sweeping overhaul of the financial regulatory system and includes many provisions specifically relevant to our businesses and the businesses of our affiliates. For a description of the law, see the “Regulation – Financial Regulatory Reform” section under the “Regulation and Competition” section of Item 1. Business. The law will have significant impact on the operations of financial institutions in the U.S., including HSBC Finance Corporation and our affiliates. We are unable at this time, however, to determine the full impact of the law due to the significant number of new rules and regulations that will be promulgated in order to implement the law.

The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) which has broad authority to regulate providers of credit, payment and other consumer financial products and services. Although we are unable to predict what specific measures this new agency may take in applying its regulatory mandate, any new regulatory requirements or changes to existing requirements that the CFPB may promulgate could require changes in our consumer businesses, result in increased compliance costs and affect the profitability of such businesses. In addition, provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may also narrow the scope of federal preemption of state consumer laws and expand the authority of State Attorneys General to bring actions to enforce federal consumer protection legislation.

Similarly, regulators in the European Union (“EU”) and in the United Kingdom (“UK”) are in the midst of proposing far-reaching programs of financial regulatory reform. These proposals include enhanced capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements, changes in compensation practices (including tax levies), separation of retail and wholesale banking, the recovery and resolution of EU financial institutions, amendments to the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive and the Market Abuse directive, and measures to address systemic

 

21


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

risk. Furthermore, certain G-SIBs, including HSBC Holdings, will be subject to capital surcharges. It has not yet determined whether these G-SIB surcharges will apply to HSBC North America as a subsidiary of HSBC.

The implementation of regulations and rules promulgated by these bodies could result in additional costs or limit or restrict the way HSBC conducts its business in the EU and, in particular, in the UK. Furthermore, the potentially far-reaching effects of future changes in laws, rules or regulations, or in their interpretation or enforcement as a result of EU or UK legislation and regulation are difficult to predict and could adversely affect HSBC Finance Corporation’s operations.

Bankruptcy laws may be changed to allow mortgage “cram-downs,” or court-ordered modifications to our mortgage loans including the reduction of principal balances.  Under current bankruptcy laws, courts cannot order modifications of mortgage and home equity loans secured by primary residences. In response to the financial crisis, legislation has been proposed to allow mortgage loan “cram-downs,” or court-ordered modifications, which would empower courts to modify the terms of mortgage and home equity loans including a reduction in the principal amount to reflect lower underlying property values. This could result in writing down the balance of our mortgage and home equity loans to reflect their lower property values. In addition, home equity loans in a second lien position (i.e., behind a mortgage) could experience significantly higher losses to the extent they become unsecured as a result of a cram-down. The availability of principal reductions or other modifications to mortgage loan terms could make bankruptcy a more attractive option for troubled borrowers, leading to increased bankruptcy filings and accelerated defaults.

We may incur additional costs and expenses relating to mortgage loan sale and securitization-related activities.  Prior to June 2007, a subsidiary of HSBC Finance originated mortgage loans sourced by independent mortgage brokers and sold such loans to secondary market purchasers to facilitate whole loan securitizations sponsored or underwritten by several of our counterparties and their affiliates, including our affiliates, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. In connection with these loan sale transactions, we made representations and warranties that the loans sold meet certain requirements. We have been, and may continue to be, required to repurchase loans and/or indemnify private investors for losses due to breaches of these representations and warranties. We maintain a reserve for potential repurchase liability exposure that, in accordance with applicable accounting principles, represents the amount of loss from this contingency that is both probable and can be reasonably estimated at this time. As of December 31, 2011, our estimate of this exposure and the related reserve were immaterial. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses are dependent upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external risk factors such as housing market trends that may change, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses requires significant judgment. As our estimate of this exposure is influenced by factors outside our control, there is uncertainty inherent in this estimate and actual losses could be significantly higher than the amount reserved.

Participants in the U.S. mortgage securitization market have been the subject of lawsuits and governmental and regulatory investigations and inquiries, which have been directed at groups such as sponsors, underwriters, servicers, originators or trustees of mortgage securitizations, and at particular participants within these groups. We expect this level of focus to continue and potentially intensify, so long as the U.S. real estate markets continue to be distressed. As a result, we may be subject to additional claims, litigation and governmental and regulatory scrutiny related to our participation as a sponsor or originator in the U.S. mortgage securitization market. We do not currently maintain a reserve with respect to this potential liability.

Significant reductions in pension assets may require additional financial contributions from us.  Effective January 1, 2005, our previously separate qualified defined benefit pension plan was combined with that of HSBC Bank USA’s into a single HSBC North America qualified defined benefit plan. At December 31, 2010, the defined benefit plan was frozen, significantly reducing future benefit accruals. At December 31, 2011, plan assets were lower than projected plan liabilities resulting in an under-funded status. The accumulated benefit obligation exceeded the fair value of the plan assets by approximately $790 million. As these obligations relate to the HSBC North America pension plan, only a portion of this deficit could be considered our responsibility. We and other HSBC North America affiliates with employees participating in this plan will be required to make up this shortfall over a number of years as specified under the Pension Protection Act. This can be accomplished through direct contributions, appreciation in plan assets and/or increases in interest rates resulting in lower liability

 

22


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

valuations. See Note 18, “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information concerning the HSBC North America defined benefit plan.

Lawsuits and regulatory investigations and proceedings may continue and increase in the current economic and regulatory environment. In the ordinary course of business, HSBC Finance Corporation and our affiliates are routinely named as defendants in, or as parties to, various legal actions and proceedings relating to our current and/or former operations and are subject to governmental and regulatory examinations, information-gathering requests, investigations and formal and informal proceedings, as described in Note 23, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions and other relief. There is no certainty that the litigation will decrease in the near future, especially in the event of continued high unemployment rates, a resurgent recession or additional regulatory and law enforcement investigations and proceedings by federal and state governmental agencies. Further, the environment of heightened regulatory scrutiny, particularly in the financial services industry, there may be additional regulatory investigations and reviews conducted by banking and other financial regulators, including the newly-formed CFPB, State Attorneys General or state regulatory and law enforcement agencies that, if determined adversely, may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results, including additional compliance requirements, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause us serious reputational harm.

Management projections, estimates and judgments based on historical performance may not be indicative of our future performance.  Our management is required to use certain estimates in preparing our financial statements, including accounting estimates to determine loan loss reserves, reserves related to litigation, deferred tax assets and the fair market value of certain assets and liabilities. Certain asset and liability valuations and, in particular, loan loss reserve estimates are subject to management’s judgment and actual results are influenced by factors outside our control. Judgment remains a more significant factor in the estimation of inherent probable losses in our loan portfolios, including second lien loans with first lien mortgages that we do not own or service. To the extent historical averages of the progression of loans into stages of delinquency and the amount of loss realized upon charge-off are not predictive of future losses and management is unable to accurately evaluate the portfolio risk factors not fully reflected in historical models, unexpected additional losses could result.

We are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to income or shareholders’ equity if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. This evaluation process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period. The recognition of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant judgments about future earnings, the periods in which items will impact taxable income, future corporate tax rates, and the application of inherently complex tax laws. The use of different estimates can result in changes in the amounts of deferred tax items recognized, which can result in equity and earnings volatility because such changes are reported in current period earnings. See Note 14, “Income Taxes,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our deferred tax assets.

Changes in accounting standards are beyond our control and may have a material impact on how we report our financial results and condition.  Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), the SEC and HSBC North America’s bank regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board, change the financial accounting and reporting standards, or the interpretation thereof, and guidance that govern the preparation and disclosure of external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report and disclose our financial results and condition, including our segment results. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts. We may, in certain instances, change a business practice in order to comply with new or revised standards.

 

23


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Key employees may be difficult to retain due to contraction of the business and limits on promotional activities.  Our employees are our most important resource and, in many areas of the financial services industry, competition for qualified personnel is intense. If we were unable to continue to attract and retain qualified key employees to support the various functions of our businesses, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. Our recent financial performance, reductions in variable compensation and other benefits and the expectation of continued weakness in the general economy could raise concerns about key employees’ future compensation and opportunities for promotion. As economic conditions improve, we may face increased difficulty in retaining top performers and critical skilled employees. If key personnel were to leave us and equally knowledgeable or skilled personnel are unavailable within HSBC or could not be sourced in the market, our ability to manage our business through any continued or future difficult economic environment and implement the strategic initiatives currently underway may be hindered or impaired.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

We have no unresolved written comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff that have been outstanding for more than 180 days at December 31, 2011.

Item 2.    Properties.

 

Our operations are located throughout the United States with locations in Washington, D.C.; Brandon, Florida; Chesapeake, Virginia; Hanover, Maryland; Las Vegas, Nevada; Tigard, Oregon; Mettawa, Illinois; Schaumburg, Illinois; Vernon Hills, Illinois; Elmhurst, Illinois; Salinas, California; London, Kentucky; and Sioux Falls, South Dakota. Our principal executive offices are located in Mettawa, Illinois. A facility in Volo, Illinois, owned by our affiliate HTSU, provides data processing support for our operations.

As previously discussed, in August 2011 we agreed to sell our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One. Under the terms of the agreement, facilities in Chesapeake, Virginia; Las Vegas, Nevada; Mettawa, Illinois; Hanover, Maryland; Salinas, California; Sioux Falls, South Dakota; Tigard, Oregon; and Volo, Illinois will be transferred or sold to Capital One, although we may enter into site-sharing arrangements for certain of these locations for a period of time.

Substantially all corporate offices, regional processing and regional servicing center spaces are operated under lease with the exception of a credit card processing facility in Las Vegas, Nevada; a data processing center in Vernon Hills, Illinois; and servicing facilities in London, Kentucky and Chesapeake, Virginia. We believe that such properties are in good condition and meet our current and reasonably anticipated needs.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

 

See “Litigation and Regulatory Matters” in Note 23, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements beginning on page 205 for our legal proceedings disclosure, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

 

Not applicable

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Not applicable

 

24


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

 

In August 2011, HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and other wholly-owned affiliates, agreed to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation. In December 2010, we determined we could no longer offer Taxpayer Financial Services (“TFS”) loans in a safe and sound manner and that we would no longer offer these loans and related products going forward. In March 2010, we sold our auto finance receivables servicing operations and certain auto finance receivables to a third party and in August 2010, we sold the remainder of our auto finance receivable portfolio to that third party. In May 2008, we sold all of the common stock of Household International Europe Limited, the holding company for our United Kingdom business (“U.K. Operations”) to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited (“HOHU”), an HSBC affiliate. In November 2008, we sold all of the common stock of HSBC Financial Corporation Limited, the holding company of our Canadian business (“Canadian Operations”) to HSBC Bank Canada, an HSBC affiliate. As a result, our Card and Retail Services, TFS and Auto Finance businesses as well as our former U.K. and Canadian Operations are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The following selected financial data presented below excludes the results of our discontinued operations for all periods presented unless otherwise noted.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in millions)  

Statement of Income (Loss)

          

Net interest income

   $ 1,776      $ 2,089      $ 2,526 (2)    $ 3,355      $ 4,122   

Provision for credit losses

     4,418 (1)      5,346        7,904 (2)      9,072        7,079   

Other revenues excluding the change in value of fair value optioned debt and related derivatives

     (725     71        917        82        396   

Change in value of fair value optioned debt and related derivatives

     1,164        741        (2,125     3,160        1,270   

Operating expenses, excluding goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     1,531        1,458        1,924        2,556        3,106   

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     -        -        274        328        4,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit

     (3,734     (3,903     (8,784     (5,359     (8,598

Income tax benefit

     1,424        1,359        2,867        1,349        1,757   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (2,310     (2,544     (5,917     (4,010     (6,841

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     902        628        (1,533     1,227        1,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,408   $ (1,916   $ (7,450   $ (2,783   $ (4,906
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
As of December 31,    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in millions)  

Balance Sheet Data

          

Total assets

   $ 52,653      $ 66,503      $ 78,216      $ 91,911      $ 111,459   

Receivables:

          

Real estate secured(3)

   $ 42,713      $ 49,336      $ 59,535      $ 71,667      $ 84,461   

Private label

     -        -        -        51        139   

Personal non-credit card(3)

     5,196        7,117        10,486        15,568        18,045   

Commercial and other

     27        33        50        93        144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 47,936      $ 56,486      $ 70,071      $ 87,379      $ 102,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit loss reserves

   $ 5,952 (1)    $ 5,512      $ 7,275 (2)    $ 9,781      $ 7,492   

Real estate owned

     299        962        592        885        1,008   

Commercial paper and short-term borrowings

     4,026        3,157        4,291        9,638        7,722   

Due to affiliates

     8,262        8,255        9,043        13,543        11,359   

Long-term debt

     39,790        54,404        68,862        80,471        105,838   

Preferred stock

     1,575        1,575        575        575        575   

Common shareholder’s equity(4)

     5,351        6,145        7,804        12,862        13,584   

 

25


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Selected Financial Ratios

          

Return on average assets

     (3.77 )%      (3.37 )%      (6.73 )%      (3.07 )%      (4.37 )% 

Return on average common shareholder’s equity

     (38.83     (36.93     (54.29     (30.23     (41.39

Net interest margin

     2.90        2.62        2.33        2.54        2.80   

Efficiency ratio

     66.80        47.51        178.50        41.97        127.33   

Consumer net charge-off ratio(5)

     7.69        11.31        12.91        6.92        3.42   

Consumer two-month-and-over contractual delinquency

     17.93        15.85        15.46        15.04        8.74   

Reserves as a percent of net charge-offs(1)(5)

     149.6        77.5        69.9        149.4        203.5   

Reserves as a percent of receivables(1) (5)

     12.42        9.76        10.38        11.19        7.29   

Reserves as a percent of nonperforming loans(1) (5)

     86.6        80.0        91.1        96.8        109.5   

Reserves as a percent of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency(1) (5)

     69.3        61.6        67.2        74.2        83.5   

Common and preferred equity to total assets

     10.91        10.01        8.84        10.25        8.56   

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(6)

     7.12        7.31        7.58        6.66        6.09   

 

 

(1) 

During the third quarter of 2011, we adopted new accounting guidance related to troubled debt restructurings (“TDR Loans”) which resulted in an increase in our provision for credit losses during the third quarter of 2011. The total incremental loan loss provision recorded in the third quarter as a result of adopting the new accounting guidance for TDR Loans was $925 million. The various reserve ratios are not comparable to the historical periods as comparability has been impacted by the adoption of this new accounting guidance. See “Executive Overview” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations,” (“MD&A”) as well as Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

 

(2) 

In December 2009, we implemented changes to our charge-off policies for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables. As a result of these changes, real estate secured receivables are written down to net realizable value less cost to sell generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent and personal non-credit card receivables are charged-off generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. These changes resulted in a reduction to net interest income of $351 million and an increase to our provision for credit losses of $1 million which collectively increased our loss before tax by $352 million and our net loss by $227 million in 2009. These changes also resulted in a significant reduction in our credit loss reserve levels. See Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.

 

(3) 

The overall trend in real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables reflects our decision to reduce the size of our balance sheet and lower our risk profile beginning in 2007, including the decision in 2007 to discontinue correspondent channel acquisitions by our Mortgage Services business as well as the decision in late February 2009 to discontinue new customer account originations of all products in our Consumer Lending business. For further discussion of the trends in our real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivable portfolios, see “Receivables Review” in MD&A.

 

(4) 

In 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we received capital contributions of $690 million, $200 million, $2.7 billion, $3.5 billion and $950 million, respectively, from HSBC Investments (North America) Inc. to support ongoing operations and to maintain capital at levels we believe are appropriate.

 

(5) 

The net charge-off ratio for 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the various reserve ratios for 2009 are not comparable to the 2008 and 2007 historical periods as comparability has been impacted by the aforementioned charge-off policy changes implemented in December 2009 for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables. Charge-off for these receivables under the revised policy is recognized sooner for these products beginning in 2009 than during the historical periods. See “Credit Quality” in MD&A for discussion of these ratios and related trends.

 

(6) 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-U.S. GAAP financial ratio that is used by HSBC Finance Corporation management, certain rating agencies and our credit providing banks as a measure to evaluate capital adequacy and may differ from similarly named measures presented by other companies. See “Basis of Reporting” in MD&A for additional discussion on the use of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures and “Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” in MD&A for quantitative reconciliations to the equivalent U.S. GAAP basis financial measure.

 

26


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Executive Overview

 

Organization and Basis of Reporting  HSBC Finance Corporation and subsidiaries is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (“HSBC North America”) which is a wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc (“HSBC”). HSBC Finance Corporation may also be referred to in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) as “we”, “us”, or “our”.

We currently provide MasterCard(1), Visa(1), American Express(1) and Discover(1) credit cards as well as private label cards to customers in the United States. A portion of new credit card and all new private label receivable originations are sold on a daily basis to HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC Bank USA”). We also offer specialty insurance products in the United States and Canada. Historically, we also provided several other types of loan products in the United States including real estate secured, personal non-credit card and auto finance loans as well as tax refund anticipation loans and related products all of which we no longer originate. Upon completion of the proposed sale of our Card and Retail Services business as discussed below, substantially all of our remaining operations will be in run-off.

We generate cash to fund our businesses primarily by collecting receivable balances, selling certain credit card and all private label receivables to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis, borrowing from HSBC affiliates and customers of HSBC, and issuing commercial paper, retail notes and long-term debt. We also receive capital contributions as necessary from HSBC which serve as an additional source of funding. We use the cash generated by these funding sources to fund our operations, service our debt obligations, originate new credit card and private label receivables and pay dividends to our preferred stockholders. During 2011, the shelf registration statement under which we have historically issued long-term debt expired and we chose not to renew it. We currently do not expect third-party long-term debt to be a source of funding for us in the future given the run-off nature of our business subsequent to the sale of our Card and Retail Services business as discussed more fully below.

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations excludes the results of our discontinued operations unless otherwise noted. See Note 3, “Discontinued Operations” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these operations.

Current Environment  Weak employment growth and sluggish consumer spending throughout much of 2011 have led to concerns about the prospects for the U.S. economy’s growth going forward. However, conditions began to show signs of improvement during the fourth quarter as employment growth began to accelerate, in part due to seasonal hiring, and consumer spending increased. These factors, along with other positive data from the manufacturing sector in the fourth quarter suggest that the economic recovery is gaining momentum once again after nearly stalling out earlier in the year. Serious threats to economic growth remain however, including continued pressure and uncertainty in the housing market and elevated unemployment levels. Federal Reserve policymakers currently anticipate that economic conditions are likely to warrant exceptionally low levels for the Federal funds rate at least through late 2014. The financial markets became somewhat volatile once again in the second half of 2011, with stock market averages moving up and down sharply across the globe as heightened risk aversion gripped the markets. While marketplace liquidity continues to be available, the European sovereign debt crisis triggered by Greece and other countries as well as increased concerns regarding government spending, including the Federal budget deficit and the fear of a return to economic recession continued to impact the financial markets including interest rates and spreads. During 2011, we continued to see home prices decline in many markets as housing prices remain under pressure due to elevated foreclosure levels. Although the pace of new foreclosures has fallen from its peak, in part due to industry-wide compliance issues, further declines in home prices may be necessary before substantial progress in reducing the inventory of homes occurs.

 

(1)  MasterCard is a registered trademark of MasterCard International Incorporated (d/b/a MasterCard Worldwide); Visa is a registered trademark of Visa, Inc.; American Express is a registered trademark of American Express Company and Discover is a registered trademark of Discover Financial Services.

 

27


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

While the economy continued to add jobs in 2011, the pace of new job creation continues to be slower than needed to meaningfully reduce unemployment. As a result, there continues to be uncertainty as to how pronounced the economic recovery will be and whether it can be sustained. Although consumer spending picked up during the fourth quarter, it was sluggish for most of 2011 as high food and gas prices and a weak labor market continued to influence consumer spending. In addition, while consumer confidence has improved in recent months after being below its 12-month average at September 30, 2011, it continues to be low based on historical standards. U.S. unemployment rates, which have been a major factor in the deterioration of credit quality in the U.S., remained high at 8.5 percent in December 2011. Also, a significant number of U.S. residents are no longer looking for work and, therefore, are not reflected in the U.S. unemployment rates. Unemployment rates in 17 states are at or above the U.S. national average. High unemployment rates have generally been most pronounced in the markets which had previously experienced the highest appreciation in home values. Unemployment has continued to have an impact on the provision for credit losses in our loan portfolio and in loan portfolios across the industry.

Mortgage lending industry trends continued to be affected by the following in 2011:

 

  >  

Overall levels of delinquencies remain elevated;

 

  >  

While we ceased originating mortgage loans in early 2009, mortgage loan originations from 2006 through 2008 continue to perform worse than originations from prior periods;

 

  >  

Significant delays in foreclosure proceedings as a result of the broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices by the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”) and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), culminating in the issuance of consent orders to many servicers;

 

  >  

Real estate markets in a large portion of the United States continue to be affected by stagnation or declines in property values experienced over the last few years;

 

  >  

Levels of foreclosed properties and properties in the process of being foreclosed remain elevated which has contributed to a continued general decline in home prices during 2011;

 

  >  

Lower secondary market demand for subprime loans resulting in reduced liquidity for subprime mortgages; and

 

  >  

Tighter lending standards by mortgage lenders which impacts the ability of borrowers to refinance existing mortgage loans.

Concerns about the future of the U.S. economy, including the pace and magnitude of recovery from the recent economic recession which has been slow to date, consumer confidence, volatility in energy prices, credit market volatility, including the ability to permanently resolve the European sovereign debt crisis, and trends in corporate earnings will continue to influence the U.S. economic recovery and the capital markets. In particular, continued improvement in unemployment rates, a sustained recovery of the housing markets and stabilization in energy prices remain critical components of a broader U.S. economic recovery. Further weakening in these components as well as in consumer confidence may result in additional deterioration in consumer payment patterns and credit quality and increase the possibility of a return to recession. Weak consumer fundamentals including declines in wage income, wealth and a difficult job market continue to depress consumer confidence. Additionally, there is uncertainty as to the future course of monetary policy and uncertainty as to the impact on the economy and consumer confidence as the actions previously taken by the government to restore faith in the capital markets and stimulate consumer spending end. These conditions in combination with the impact of recent regulatory changes, including the mortgage reform and continued implementation of the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (“Dodd-Frank”) as discussed below, will continue to impact our results through 2012 and beyond, the degree of which is largely dependent upon the pace and extent of the economic recovery.

Due to the significant slow-down in foreclosure processing, and in some instances, cessation of all foreclosure processing by numerous loan servicers, there has been a reduction in the number of properties being marketed following foreclosure which may increase demand for properties currently on the market resulting in a stabilization of home prices but could also result in a larger number of vacant properties in communities creating downward pressure on general property values. As a result, the short term impact of the foreclosure processing delay is highly uncertain. However, the longer term impact is even more uncertain as servicers begin to increase

 

28


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

foreclosure activities and market properties in large numbers which is likely to create a significant over-supply of housing inventory. This could lead to a significant increase in overall loss severity which would impact our provision for credit losses in future periods.

In addition, certain courts and state legislatures are implementing new rules or statutes relating to foreclosures. Scrutiny of foreclosure documentation has increased in some courts. Also, in some areas, courts are requiring additional verification of information filed prior to the foreclosure proceeding. The combination of these factors when coupled with other mortgage lenders who also temporarily suspended foreclosure activities and are beginning to resume their foreclosure activities has led to a significant backlog of foreclosures in the marketplace which will take time to resolve. If these trends continue, there could be additional delays in the processing of foreclosures, which could have an adverse impact upon housing prices which is likely to result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed.

In addition to the heightened foreclosure scrutiny discussed above, we have also noticed increased scrutiny in consumer bankruptcy proceedings, particularly with respect to proving ownership of the promissory note. On December 1, 2011, a new bankruptcy rule became effective which requires much more documentation to be filed with proofs of claim filed in connection with debt secured by residential mortgages. The new rule also imposes new notice requirements around routine payment changes, such as escrow. We have met the requirements of this new law but expect this will result in an immaterial increase in compliance related expense in 2012.

Growing government indebtedness and a large budget deficit have resulted in a downgrade in the U.S. sovereign debt rating by one major credit rating agency and two major credit rating agencies having U.S. sovereign debt on a negative watch. There is an underlying risk that lower growth, fiscal challenges and a general lack of political consensus will result in continued scrutiny of the U.S. credit standing over the longer term. While the potential effects of the U.S. downgrade are broad and impossible to accurately predict, they could over time include a widening of sovereign and corporate credit spreads, devaluation of the U.S. dollar and a general market move away from riskier assets.

2011 Regulatory Developments  As previously reported, HSBC Finance Corporation and our indirect parent, HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (“HSBC North America”), have entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order”) and our affiliate, HSBC Bank USA, entered into a similar consent order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) (together with the Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order, the “Servicing Consent Orders”) following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order requires us to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We are committed to full compliance with the terms of the Servicing Consent Orders, as described in our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. We continue to work with the Federal Reserve and the OCC to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required.

The Servicing Consent Orders require an independent review of foreclosures pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 (the “Foreclosure Review Period”) to determine if any borrower was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. Consistent with the industry, and as required by the Servicing Consent Orders, an independent consultant has been retained to conduct that review, and remediation, including restitution, may be required if a borrower is found to have been financially injured as a result of servicer errors. In conjunction with the foreclosure review, a communication and outreach plan has been developed and implemented to contact borrowers with foreclosures pending or completed during the Foreclosure Review Period. We are conducting the outreach efforts in collaboration with other mortgage loan servicers and independent consultants in order to present a uniform, coherent and user-friendly complaint process. Written communications have been sent to borrowers who were subject to foreclosure proceedings during the Foreclosure Review Period notifying them of the foreclosure complaint review process and providing them with forms that can be used to request a review of their foreclosure proceeding. The outreach plan includes a staggered mailing to borrowers, which began on November 1, and industry media advertising, which began in January 2012. We expect the costs associated with the Servicing Consent Orders, including the foreclosure review, customer outreach plan and complaint process and any resulting remediation, will result in significant increases to our operating expenses in future periods.

 

29


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Finance Corporation or our affiliates by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the Department of Justice or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. The Federal Reserve has indicated in a press release that it believes monetary penalties are appropriate for the enforcement actions and that it plans to announce such penalties. We may also see an increase in private litigation concerning foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices.

On February 9, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states announced a settlement with the five largest U.S. mortgage services with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC Bank USA have had preliminary discussions with U.S. bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not presently known. Based on discussions to date, an accrual of $195 million was determined based on the total projected impact at HSBC North America associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. We have recorded an accrual of $157 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 which reflects the portion of the HSBC North America liability that we currently believe is allocable to HSBC Finance Corporation. As this matter progresses and more information becomes available, we will continue to evaluate our portion of the HSBC North America liability which may result in a change to our current estimate. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement agencies relating to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, including, but not limited to, matters relating to the securitization of mortgages for investors, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines or other sanctions. In addition, such a settlement would not preclude private litigation concerning these practices.

We remain committed to assisting customers who are experiencing financial difficulties, and we will continue to review our policies and processes to make modification and other account management alternatives for the benefit of our customers more easily accessible to those in need of assistance. Foreclosure proceedings are only instituted when other reasonable alternatives have been exhausted and where the borrower is seriously delinquent. We also offer assistance, including financial, to those wishing to leave a property without having to go through the foreclosure process.

Financial Regulatory Reform  On July 21, 2010, the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” was signed into law and is a sweeping overhaul of the financial regulatory system. The legislation will have a significant impact on the operations of many financial institutions in the U.S., including us and our affiliates. As the legislation calls for extensive regulations to be promulgated to interpret and implement the legislation, it is not possible to precisely determine the impact to operations and financial results at this time. For a more complete description of the law and implications to our business, see the “Regulation – Financial Regulatory Reform” section under the “Regulation and Competition” section in Item 1. Business.

2011 Events

 

   

In August 2011, HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and other wholly owned affiliates, agreed to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation (“Capital One”) for a premium of 8.75 percent of receivables. The sale will include real estate and other assets and certain liabilities which will be sold at book value or in the case of real estate, appraised value at the date of closing. Based on balances at December 31, 2011, the total consideration would be approximately $12.7 billion, including a premium of $3.1 billion regardless of whether all our merchant relationships consent to transfer to Capital One. The consideration may be paid in cash or a combination of cash and common stock to a maximum of $750 million of common stock (to be priced at $39.23 per share) at the option of Capital One. Under the terms of the agreement, facilities in Chesapeake, Virginia; Las Vegas, Nevada; Mettawa, Illinois; Hanover, Maryland; Salinas, California; Sioux Falls, South Dakota and Tigard, Oregon will be sold or transferred to Capital One although we may enter into site-sharing arrangements for certain of these locations for a period of time. We will also transfer a data center located in Volo, Illinois. The majority of the employees in our Card and Retail

 

30


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

Services business will transfer to Capital One. As such, we anticipate severance costs or other restructuring charges as a result of this transaction will not be significant. Based on balances at December 31, 2011, as a result of this transaction we anticipate recording a gain of approximately $1.9 billion (after-tax) net of transaction costs which are not expected to exceed $70 million. However, the final amount recognized will be dependent upon the balances at the time of closing which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2012. As a result of this transaction, our Card and Retail Services business, which was previously included in the Card and Retail Services segment, is now reported as discontinued operations. See Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

We do not anticipate that the proposed sale of our Card and Retail Services business will have a material impact on the recognition of our deferred tax assets. We are part of a consolidated group for filing federal and state income taxes. This consolidated group includes other U.S. affiliates which are profitable. Projected taxable profits arising from the proposed disposal are incorporated into the ongoing analysis of recoverability of our deferred tax assets and considered with all other relevant factors, including on-going tax planning strategies. While the profit on disposal will have a positive effect in providing support for the recognition of deferred tax assets, currently the recognition of deferred tax assets relies more heavily on future taxable profits generated as a result of tax planning strategies implemented in relation to capital support from HSBC and these strategies remain unaffected by the proposed sale.

 

   

Due to the impact of the marketplace conditions described above on the performance of our receivable portfolios, we have incurred significant losses in 2011, 2010 and 2009. If our forecasts hold true, we expect to continue to generate losses from continuing operations for the foreseeable future. We believe that the pending sale of our Card and Retail Services business in the second quarter of 2012, as well as other aspects of our 2012 funding strategy, including balance sheet attrition, cash generated from operations and other actions, will be sufficient to meet our funding requirements and maintain capital at levels we believe are prudent for the foreseeable future. However long-term, we will continue to remain dependent on capital infusions from HSBC and funding from HSBC and its affiliates as necessary to fully meet our longer-term funding requirements and maintain capital at levels we believe are prudent. HSBC has indicated it is fully committed and has the capacity to continue to provide such support. In 2011 and 2010, HSBC Investments (North America) Inc. (“HINO”) made capital contributions to us totaling $690 million and $200 million, respectively.

 

   

In our real estate secured receivable portfolio, dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency decreased slightly as compared to December 31, 2010 as a significant increase in late stage delinquency reflecting the continuing impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities was more than offset by a decrease in dollars of contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent due to lower receivable levels and improving economic conditions. Credit quality in our personal non-credit card receivable portfolio improved during 2011 as dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency decreased significantly as compared to December 31, 2010 reflecting the impact of lower receivable levels and improved credit quality. Dollars of net charge-offs for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables decreased during 2011 as a result of lower average receivable levels as well as the impact from lower average dollars of delinquency as compared to the prior year and lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings. See “Credit Quality” in this MD&A for additional discussion.

We anticipate delinquency and charge-off will continue to remain under pressure during 2012. While the U.S. economic environment continues to slowly improve, there remains uncertainty as to pace and magnitude of recovery from the recent economic recession which could impact our results.

 

   

During the third quarter of 2011 we adopted a new Accounting Standards Update which provided additional guidance to determine whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR Loan”). Under this new guidance, we have determined that substantially all receivables modified as a result of a financial difficulty, regardless of whether the modification was permanent or temporary, including all modifications with trial periods, should be

 

31


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

reported as TDR Loans. Additionally, we have determined that all re-ages, except first time early stage delinquency re-ages where the customer has not been granted a prior modification or re-age since the first quarter of 2007, should be considered TDR Loans. As required, the new guidance was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011 and resulted in the reporting of an additional $4.1 billion of real estate secured receivables and an additional $717 million of personal non-credit card receivables as TDR Loans for the first time at September 30, 2011 with credit loss reserves of $1.3 billion associated with these receivables. An incremental loan loss provision for these receivables of approximately $925 million was recorded during the third quarter of 2011 upon adoption. At December 31, 2011, $1.0 billion of first time early stage delinquency accounts which had been re-aged since January 1, 2011, were not reported as TDR Loans. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion. TDR Loans are reserved for based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate.

 

   

During the third quarter of 2011, as part of an ongoing review of our Insurance business, we decided to cease issuing new term life insurance in the United States effective January 2012. As the review of the Insurance business continues, other Insurance lines may be impacted. Regardless of future actions, HSBC will continue to provide insurance products to its customers.

Business Focus  The real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivable portfolios of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses, which totaled $47.9 billion at December 31, 2011, are currently running off. The timeframe in which these portfolios will liquidate is dependent upon the rate at which receivables pay off or charge-off prior to their maturity, which fluctuates for a variety of reasons such as interest rates, availability of refinancing, home values and individual borrowers’ credit profile, all of which are outside of our control. In light of the current economic conditions and mortgage industry trends described above, as well as an increase in late stage delinquency for real estate secured receivables during 2011, our loan prepayment rates have slowed when compared to historical experience even though interest rates remain low. Additionally, our loan modification programs, which are primarily designed to improve cash collections and avoid foreclosure as determined to be appropriate, are contributing to these slower loan prepayment rates.

While difficult to project both loan prepayment rates and default rates, based on current experience we expect the real estate secured receivable portfolios of our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses to decline to between 40 percent and 50 percent of the December 31, 2011 receivable levels over the next four to five years. Attrition will not be linear during this period. While in the near term charge-off related receivable run-off will likely continue to remain elevated due to the economic environment, run-off is beginning to slow as charge-offs decline and the remaining real estate secured receivables stay on the balance sheet longer due to the impact of modifications and/or the lack of re-financing alternatives.

We continue to evaluate our operations as we seek to optimize our risk profile and cost efficiencies as well as our liquidity, capital and funding requirements. This could result in further strategic actions that may include changes to our legal structure, asset levels, or cost structure in support of HSBC’s strategic priorities. We also continue to focus on cost optimization efforts to ensure realization of cost efficiencies. Cost reduction initiatives achieved to date include workforce reductions which have resulted in a reduction in total legal entity full-time equivalent employees of 14 percent since December 31, 2010. Workforce reductions are also occurring in certain shared services functions, other than compliance, which we expect will result in reductions to future allocated costs from these functions. This review will continue in 2012 and, as a result, we may incur restructuring charges in future periods, the amount of which will depend on any actions that are ultimately implemented.

Performance, Developments and Trends  We reported a net loss of $1.4 billion during 2011 compared to a net loss of $1.9 billion and $7.5 billion during 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

32


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

As discussed above, in August 2011, we announced that we had entered into an agreement to sell our Card and Retail Services business and as a result, our Card and Retail Services business results are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion. Loss from continuing operations was $2.3 billion during 2011 compared to losses from continuing operations of $2.5 billion and $5.9 billion during 2010 and 2009, respectively. We reported a loss from continuing operations before taxes of $3.7 billion during 2011 compared to losses from continuing operations before tax of $3.9 billion and $8.8 billion during 2010 and 2009, respectively. Our results in these periods were significantly impacted by the change in the fair value of debt and related derivatives for which we have elected fair value option and in 2011 the adoption of new accounting guidance related to TDR Loans as discussed above. The following table summarizes the impact of these items on our income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax for all periods presented:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Loss from continuing operations before income tax, as reported

   $ (3,734   $ (3,903   $ (8,784

(Gain) loss in value of fair value option debt and related derivatives

     (1,164     (741     2,125   

Incremental provision for credit losses recorded as a result of adopting new accounting guidance on TDR Loans in the third quarter of 2011

     925        -        -   

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     -        -        274   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income tax, excluding above items(1)

   $ (3,973   $ (4,644   $ (6,385
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Represents a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure.

Excluding the collective impact of the items in the above table, our loss from continuing operations before tax during 2011 improved $671 million compared to 2010 reflecting a lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower net interest income, lower other revenues, driven by lower derivative related income, and higher operating expenses. The lower derivative related income reflects the impact of decreasing interest rates on the fair value of derivatives in our non-qualifying economic hedge portfolio. The impact of interest rates on our non-qualifying economic hedge portfolio resulted in losses of $1.1 billion during 2011 as compared to losses of $188 million during 2010. While these positions act as economic hedges by lowering our overall interest rate risk through more closely matching both the structure and duration of our liabilities to the structure and duration of our assets, they do not qualify as effective hedges under generally accepted accounting principles.

Net interest income decreased during 2011 reflecting lower average receivables as a result of receivable liquidation and lower overall receivable yields driven by a shift in receivable mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured receivables as higher yielding second lien real estate secured receivables and personal non-credit card receivables have run-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured receivables. Lower overall receivable yields were partially offset by lower levels of nonaccrual receivables. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in our estimate of interest receivable relating to income tax receivables which totaled $117 million during 2011 due to a pending resolution of an issue with the Internal Revenue Service Appeals’ Office compared to tax-related interest income of $6 million during 2010, which is recorded as a component of finance and other interest income as well as lower interest expense due to lower average borrowings and lower average rates.

Net interest margin was 2.90 percent in 2011 and 2.62 percent in 2010. Net interest margin was positively impacted, particularly in 2011, by the estimated interest receivable relating to income tax receivables as discussed above. Excluding the impact of this item in both periods, net interest margin remained higher during 2011 reflecting a lower cost of funds as a percentage of interest earning assets, partially offset by lower overall receivable yield as discussed above. See “Results of Operations” in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding net interest income and net interest margin.

Other revenues in both 2011 and 2010 were impacted by changes in the value of debt designated at fair value and related derivatives. Excluding the gain on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives from both periods,

 

33


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

other revenues declined significantly during 2011 primarily due to lower derivative related income as discussed above as well as lower insurance revenue, partially offset by higher investment income. Lower insurance revenue reflects a decrease in the number of credit insurance policies in force since March 31, 2009 primarily due to the run-off of our Consumer Lending portfolio. Investment income increased due to higher gains on sales of securities, partially offset by lower average balances and lower yields on money market funds. See “Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion of other revenues.

As discussed above, our provision for credit losses during 2011 included approximately $766 million for real estate secured receivables and approximately $159 million for personal non-credit card receivables recorded in the third quarter of 2011 related to the adoption of new accounting guidance related to TDR Loans. This new accounting guidance has and will continue to impact our provision for credit losses in periods post-adoption, including the fourth quarter of 2011, as loans which otherwise would not have qualified for such reporting in the past will now meet the criteria under the new accounting guidance in future periods to be reported and reserved for as TDR Loans. Therefore, the provision for credit losses is not comparable to prior reporting periods. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of this new guidance and the related impacts. Excluding the impact of the adoption of the new Accounting Standards Update during the third quarter of 2011, our overall provision for credit losses decreased significantly during 2011 as discussed below.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for real estate secured loans in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services business decreased $260 million and $436 million, respectively, during 2011. The decrease reflects lower balances outstanding as the portfolios continue to liquidate and lower charge-off levels. These decreases were partially offset by higher expected losses on TDR Loans. Also contributing to the decrease was lower levels of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent, which in our total reported contractual delinquency for real estate secured receivables was largely offset by an increase in late stage delinquency, reflecting the continuing impact from foreclosure delays as discussed above.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for our personal non-credit card receivables decreased $1.2 billion during 2011 reflecting lower receivable, delinquency and charge-off levels as well as improved credit quality.

See “Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion of our provision for credit losses.

During 2011, we increased our credit loss reserves as the provision for credit losses was $440 million higher than net charge-offs. Excluding the impact of adopting new accounting guidance on TDR Loans as previously discussed, the provision for credit losses was $485 million lower than net charge-offs reflecting lower receivable levels, lower overall delinquency levels and improvements in economic conditions. See “Credit Quality” for further discussion of credit loss reserves.

Credit loss reserve levels for real estate secured receivables at our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses can be further analyzed as follows:

 

     Real Estate Secured Receivables  
     Consumer Lending     Mortgage Services  
Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Credit loss reserves at beginning of period

   $ 2,409      $ 3,047      $ 1,781      $ 2,385   

Provision for credit losses(1)

     2,675        2,339        1,309        1,575   

Charge-offs

     (1,975     (3,038     (1,380     (2,230

Recoveries

     55        61        40        51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit loss reserves at end of period

   $ 3,164      $ 2,409      $ 1,750      $ 1,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

During 2011, the provision for credit losses for our Consumer Lending real estate secured receivables included $596 million related to the adoption of new accounting guidance for TDR Loans. During 2011, provision for credit losses for our Mortgage Services real estate secured receivables included $170 million related to the adoption of new accounting guidance for TDR Loans.

 

34


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

A significant portion of our receivable portfolio is considered to be TDR Loans which are reserved for based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate which generally results in a higher reserve requirement for these loans. Additionally, a significant portion of real estate secured receivables in our portfolio is carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell. The following table summarizes these receivables in comparison to our entire receivable portfolio:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Total receivable portfolio

   $ 47,936      $ 56,486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate secured receivables carried at fair value less cost to sell

   $ 5,937      $ 5,095   

TDR Loans:

    

Real estate secured(1)

     11,717        7,875   

Personal non-credit card

     1,341        704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDR Loans

     13,058        8,579   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables carried at either fair value less cost to sell or reserved for using a discounted cash flow methodology

   $ 18,995      $ 13,674   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate secured receivables carried at either fair value less cost to sell or reserved for using a discounted cash flow methodology as a percentage of real estate secured receivables

     41.33     26.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables carried at either fair value less cost to sell or reserved for using a discounted cash flow methodology as a percentage of total receivables

     39.63     24.21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Excludes TDR Loans which are recorded at fair value less cost to sell and included separately in the table.

Total operating expenses for continuing operations increased $73 million, or 5 percent, during 2011 driven by an expense accrual related to mortgage servicing matters of $157 million, an increase in legal reserves of $150 million reflecting increased exposure estimates on litigation and a $58 million increase in compliance related costs associated principally with our foreclosure remediation efforts, partially offset by lower salary and employee benefits and lower real estate owned (“REO”) expenses. See “Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion of operating expenses.

Our effective income tax rate for continuing operations was (38.1) percent in 2011 and (34.8) percent in 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 was impacted by a release of valuation allowance previously established on foreign tax credits. HSBC North America implemented an additional tax planning strategy which is expected to generate sufficient taxable foreign source income to allow us to recognize and utilize foreign tax credits currently on our balance sheet before they expire. The effective tax rate for 2011 was also impacted by the non-deductible portion of the accrual related to mortgage servicing matters, an increase in the valuation allowance on state deferred taxes, an increase in uncertain tax positions and state taxes, including states where we file combined unitary state tax returns with other HSBC affiliates. See Note 14, “Income Taxes,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

2010 as compared to 2009  Our 2010 and 2009 results were significantly impacted by the change in the fair value of debt and related derivatives for which we have elected fair value option. Excluding the collective impact of this item in both periods, our results improved to a loss of $4.6 billion in 2010 as compared to a loss of $6.4 billion in 2009 driven by significantly lower provision for credit losses and lower operating expenses, partially offset by lower net interest income and lower other revenues including lower derivative related income. The lower derivative related income in 2010 reflects the impact of decreasing interest rates on the mark-to-market on derivatives in our non-qualifying economic hedge portfolio which resulted in losses of $188 million during 2010 as compared to a gain of $487 million during 2009.

Net interest income decreased during 2010 primarily due to lower average receivables as a result of receivable liquidation, partially offset by higher overall receivable yields and lower interest expense. During 2010, we experienced higher yields for both real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables as a result of

 

35


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

lower levels of nonperforming receivables, including reduced levels of nonperforming modified real estate secured receivables, due to charge-off and declines in new modification volumes. Higher yields in our real estate secured receivable portfolio were partially offset by the impact of an increase in the expected lives of receivables in payment incentive programs since December 2009. As receivable yields vary between receivable products, overall receivable yields were negatively impacted by a shift in receivable mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured receivables as higher yielding second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables ran-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured receivables. The decrease in net interest income during 2010 was partially offset by higher net interest income on our non-insurance investment portfolio reflecting higher levels of investments held and slightly higher yields. These decreases in interest income were partially offset by lower interest expense due to lower average borrowings and lower average rates.

Net interest margin was 2.62 percent in 2010 and 2.33 percent in 2009. Net interest margin in 2010 increased due to lower cost of funds as a percentage of average interest-earning assets as well as higher overall yields on our receivable portfolio. See “Results of Operations” in this MD&A for additional discussion regarding net interest income and net interest margin.

Other revenues during 2010 were impacted by changes in the value of debt designated at fair value and related derivatives. Excluding the gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives, other revenues decreased during 2010 primarily driven by significantly lower derivative-related income as discussed above, lower servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates and lower insurance revenues. Lower servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates reflects lower levels of receivables being serviced. Lower insurance revenue reflects a decrease in the number of credit insurance policies in force since March 31, 2009 primarily due to the run-off of our Consumer Lending portfolio. See “Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion of other revenues.

Our provision for credit losses decreased significantly during 2010 as discussed below.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for the real estate secured receivable portfolios in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services business decreased $658 million and $342 million, respectively, during 2010. The decrease reflects lower receivable levels as the portfolios continued to liquidate, lower delinquency levels, improved loss severities and improvements in economic conditions since 2009. The decrease also reflects lower loss estimates on TDR Loans, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels, lower receivable prepayments, higher loss estimates on recently modified loans and for real estate secured receivables in our Consumer Lending business, portfolio seasoning. Improvements in loss severities reflect an increase in the number of properties for which we accepted a deed to the property in lieu of payment (also referred to as “deed-in-lieu”) which result in lower losses compared to loans which are subject to a formal foreclosure process for which average loss severities in 2010 have remained relatively flat to 2009 levels.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for our personal non-credit card receivables decreased $1.6 billion reflecting lower receivable levels, lower delinquency levels and improvements in economic conditions since 2009, partially offset by higher reserve requirements on TDR Loans.

See “Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion of our provision for credit losses.

In 2010, we decreased our credit loss reserves as the provision for credit losses was $1.8 billion less than net charge-offs. Lower credit loss reserve levels reflect lower receivable levels, improved economic and credit conditions since 2009 including lower delinquency levels and overall improvements in loss severities on real estate secured receivables as discussed above.

Total operating expenses during 2009 were significantly impacted by the following items which impact comparability between periods:

 

   

Restructuring charges totaling $151 million primarily recorded during 2009, related to the decision to discontinue all new customer account originations for our Consumer Lending business and to close the Consumer Lending branch offices. See Note 4, “Strategic Initiatives,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information related to this decision;

 

36


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

Goodwill impairment charges of $260 million during 2009 related to our Insurance Services businesses. Additionally, during 2009 impairment charges of $14 million during the first quarter of 2009 relating to technology, customer lists and loan related relationships resulting from the discontinuation of originations for our Consumer Lending business.

Excluding these items in 2009, total operating expenses decreased $315 million, or 18 percent during 2010 primarily due to lower salary expense reflecting reduced headcount reflecting the further reduced scope of our business operations since March 2009 and continued entity-wide initiatives to reduce costs as well as lower occupancy and equipment expenses and lower support services from HSBC affiliates. These decreases were partially offset by higher real estate owned (“REO”) expenses and higher legal costs. See “Results of Operations” for a more detailed discussion of operating expenses.

Our effective income tax rate for continuing operations was (34.8) percent in 2010 and (32.6) percent in 2009. The effective tax rate for continuing operations in 2010 was primarily impacted by state taxes, including states where we file combined unitary state tax returns with other HSBC affiliates and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments on leveraged leases that matured in December 2010.

Performance Ratios  Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations was 66.80 percent in 2011 compared to 47.51 percent in 2010 and 178.50 percent in 2009. Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations during all periods was impacted by the change in the fair value of debt and related derivatives for which we have elected fair value option accounting. Additionally, the efficiency ratio in 2009 was also impacted by goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges and the Consumer Lending closure costs, as discussed above. Excluding these items from the periods presented, our efficiency ratio deteriorated significantly in 2011 reflecting lower other revenues driven by lower derivative related income and lower net interest income driven by portfolio liquidation while operating expenses increased as discussed above. Excluding these items from the periods presented, our efficiency ratio deteriorated during 2010 reflecting significantly lower net interest income and other revenues driven by receivable portfolio liquidation and lower derivative-related income which outpaced the decrease in operating expenses.

Our return on average common shareholder’s equity (“ROE”) was (38.83) percent in 2011 compared to (36.93) percent in 2010 and (54.29) percent in 2009. Our return on average assets (“ROA”) was (3.77) percent in 2011 compared to (3.37) percent in 2010 and (6.73) percent in 2009. ROE and ROA in all periods were significantly impacted by the change in the fair value of debt for which we have elected fair value option accounting. During 2011, ROA and ROE were also impacted by the adoption of new accounting guidance related to TDR Loans as previously discussed. During 2009, ROA and ROE were impacted by goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges and the Consumer Lending closure costs as discussed above. Excluding these items, ROE during 2011 improved 249 basis points reflecting a lower loss from continuing operations driven by lower provision for credit losses. Excluding these items, ROA during 2011 was essentially flat as the rate of improvement in loss from continuing operations as discussed above was at the same pace as the decrease in average assets. Excluding these same items discussed above, ROE deteriorated 531 basis points in 2010 and ROA improved 75 basis points in 2010. The deterioration in ROE during 2010 was driven by lower average shareholders’ equity which outpaced the change in our loss from continuing operations. The improvement in ROA in 2010 was driven by the change in our loss from continuing operations which outpaced the decrease in average assets.

Receivables  Receivables decreased to $47.9 billion at December 31, 2011, a 15 percent decrease from December 31, 2010, as a result of the continued liquidation of our real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivable portfolios which will continue going forward. As it relates to our real estate secured receivable portfolio, liquidation rates continue to be impacted by low loan prepayments as few refinancing opportunities for our customers exist and the previously discussed trends impacting the mortgage lending industry. See “Receivables Review” for a more detailed discussion of the decreases in receivable balances.

Credit Quality  Dollars of two-month-and-over contractual delinquency for continuing operations decreased for both real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables as compared to December 31, 2010. In our real

 

37


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

estate secured receivable portfolio, dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency decreased modestly as compared to December 31, 2010 as a significant increase in late stage delinquency driven by our earlier decision to temporarily suspend foreclosure activities was offset by a decrease in dollars of contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent due to lower receivable levels and the impact of improvements in economic conditions. Dollars of delinquency decreased in our personal non-credit card portfolio reflecting the impact of lower receivable levels and improved credit quality. Dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency as a percentage of receivables and receivables held for sale (“delinquency ratio”) increased as compared to December 31, 2010 as the decrease in receivable levels outpaced the decrease in dollars of delinquency during the year driven by the continuing impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities. See “Credit Quality-Delinquency” for a more detailed discussion of our delinquency ratio.

Overall dollars of net charge-offs decreased significantly during 2011 as all receivable portfolios were positively impacted by the lower average dollars of delinquency as compared to the prior year and, for personal non-credit card receivables, lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings. These decreases were partially offset for all receivable portfolios by the impact of continued high unemployment levels. Net charge-off of consumer receivables as a percentage of average consumer receivables (the “net charge-off ratio”) for full year 2011 decreased as compared to full year 2010 reflecting lower dollars of net charge-offs as discussed above which outpaced the decrease in average receivables. See “Credit Quality-Net Charge-offs of Consumer Receivables” for a more detailed discussion of our net charge-off ratio.

Performance of our Discontinued Card and Retail Services Business  The financial information set forth below summarizes selected financial highlights of our discontinued Card and Retail Services business for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Finance and other interest income

   $ 1,948      $ 2,214      $ 2,748   

Interest expense

     94        117        217   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     1,854        2,097        2,531   

Provision for credit losses(1)

     424        834        1,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     1,430        1,263        785   

Fee income and enhancement services revenue

     690        572        1,109   

Gain on bulk sale of receivables to HSBC Bank USA

     -        -        50   

Gain on receivable sales with affiliates

     567        540        468   

Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates

     599        629        637   

Other income

     19        14        (344
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other revenues

     1,875        1,755        1,920   

Salaries and employee benefits

     282        336        457   

Other marketing expenses

     272        308        166   

Other servicing and administrative expenses

     450        422        617   

Support services from affiliates

     846        817        608   

Amortization of intangibles

     91        138        138   

Goodwill impairment charges

     -        -        2,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,941        2,021        4,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations before income tax

   $ 1,364      $ 997      $ (1,315
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin

     20.15     20.10     19.17

Efficiency ratio

     52.05        52.47        90.32   

 

38


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,        2011              2010      
     (dollars are in millions)  

Credit card receivables(2)

   $ 9,001       $ 9,897   

 

 

(1) 

For periods following the transfer of the receivables to held for sale, the receivables are included as part of the disposal group held for sale to Capital One which is carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value and we no longer record provisions for credit losses, including charge-offs, for these receivables.

 

(2) 

At December 31, 2011, credit card receivables are included as part of the disposal group held for sale to Capital One which is carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, as they are held for sale to Capital One as discussed above. At December 31, 2010, credit card receivables were carried at amortized cost and as such are not directly comparable to the current period balances.

In our credit card business, although on an active account basis purchase volumes were higher than the prior year, we saw continued declines in our credit card receivable balances due to increased receivable run-off in the segments of our credit card receivable portfolio for which we no longer originate new accounts partially offset by increases in receivables associated with new account activity. Credit quality remains improved compared to the prior year as delinquency and charge-off levels have declined as the impact of continued high unemployment rates has not been as severe as originally expected due in part to improved customer payment behavior which has resulted in continued improvements in delinquency levels. While implementation of changes required by the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (“CARD Act”) continued to result in reductions to revenue, the impact has been mitigated by improved credit quality for our credit card business during 2011 as compared to the prior year. As discussed more fully above, in August 2011 we announced that we had entered into an agreement to sell our credit card business to Capital One.

2011 as compared to 2010  Income from our discontinued Card and Retail Services business improved during 2011 as compared to 2010 primarily due to lower provision for credit losses, lower operating expenses and higher other revenues, partially offset by lower net interest income.

Lower net interest income in 2011 reflects the impact of lower average receivables as discussed more fully below and a slightly lower yield on credit card receivables, partially offset by lower interest expense. The lower yields on our credit card receivables reflect the impacts of the CARD Act including periodic re-evaluations of rate increase and restrictions on repricing of delinquent accounts, partially offset by improved credit quality as compared to the prior year. Net interest margin for our Card and Retail Services business increased slightly in 2011 as a result of a lower cost of funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets, partially offset by lower receivable yields as discussed above.

The provision for credit losses for our credit card receivable portfolio decreased during 2011. Provision for credit losses in 2011 was impacted by our announcement in August 2011 to sell our credit card operations to Capital One as discussed above. As these receivables are now included as part of the disposal group held for sale, which is carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value, we no longer record provisions for credit losses on these receivables following the transfer to held for sale during the third quarter of 2011. The decrease also reflects lower receivable levels as a result of receivable run-off. Additionally, the decrease reflects improvement in the underlying credit quality of the portfolio including improvements in early stage delinquency roll rates and lower delinquency and charge-off levels as customer payment rates have continued to be strong during 2011.

Other revenues for our discontinued Card and Retail Services business increased during 2011 reflecting lower fee charge-offs driven by improved credit quality, improved roll rates and lower fees billed. Additionally, overlimit fees, which significantly decreased since the implementation of certain provisions of the CARD Act which required customers to opt-in for such overlimit fees, began to increase during the second quarter of 2011 and continued through the remainder of 2011 as more customers have opted-in.

Operating expenses decreased during 2011 due to lower third party collection costs as credit card loan balances have decreased and credit quality has improved, lower salaries and employee benefits due to the impact of entity-wide initiatives to reduce costs, lower marketing expenses and lower intangible amortization as amortization ceased following the transfer to held for sale. These decreases were partially offset by an impairment of certain previously capitalized software development costs of $40 million and higher legal expense.

 

39


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

2010 as compared to 2009  Income from our discontinued Card and Retail Services business in 2009 was significantly impacted by goodwill impairment charges of $2.0 billion as discussed more fully below. Excluding the goodwill impairment charges from 2009 results, income from our discontinued Card and Retail Services business remained higher during 2010 as compared to 2009 driven by lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower other revenues, lower net interest income and higher operating expenses.

Lower net interest income in 2010 reflects the impact of lower average receivables as a result of receivable liquidation, risk mitigation efforts and an increased focus and ability by consumers to reduce outstanding credit card debt, partially offset by higher receivable yields and lower interest expense. The higher credit card receivable yields reflect the impact of improved credit quality during 2010, partially offset by the implementation of certain provision of the Card Act, including restrictions impacting repricing of delinquent accounts and periodic re-evaluation of rate increases. Net interest margin for our Card and Retail Services business increased in 2010 as a result of the higher yields as discussed above.

The provision for credit losses for our credit card receivable portfolio decreased during 2010 due to lower receivable levels as a result of actions taken beginning in the fourth quarter of 2007 to manage risk as well as an increased focus and ability by consumers to reduce outstanding credit card debt. The decrease also reflects improvement in the underlying credit quality of the portfolio including continuing improvements in early stage delinquency roll rates and lower delinquency levels as customer payment rates were strong throughout 2010. The impact on credit card receivable losses from the economic environment, including high unemployment levels, was not as severe as originally expected due in part to improved customer payment behavior.

Other revenues for our discontinued Card and Retail Services business decreased during 2010 reflecting lower fee income and lower enhancement services revenues, partially offset by higher gains on receivable sales to HSBC affiliates and lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustments on receivables held for sale in the prior year. Fee income decreased in 2010 due to lower late and overlimit fees due to lower volumes and lower delinquency levels, changes in customer behavior and impacts from changes required by the Card Act. The Card Act resulted in significant decreases in late fees due to limits on fees that can be assessed and overlimit fees as customers must now opt-in for such overlimit fees as well as restrictions on fees charged to process on-line and telephone payments. Enhancement services revenues decreased in 2010 as a result of lower new origination volumes and lower receivable levels. Higher gains on receivable sales to HSBC affiliates reflects higher overall premiums partially offset by lower overall origination volumes. Gain on receivable sales to HSBC affiliates in 2009 also included a gain on the bulk sale of the General Motors and Union Privilege receivable portfolios to HSBC Bank USA which resulted in a gain of $50 million. There was no similar transaction in 2010. The decrease in lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustments on receivables held for sale in 2010 reflects lower levels of receivables held for sale during 2010 as the majority of the credit card receivables held for sale were sold to HSBC Bank USA in January 2009 as previously discussed.

Operating expenses in 2009 were significantly impacted by a goodwill impairment charge of $2.0 billion as a result of the continuing deterioration of economic conditions. This goodwill impairment charge reflects the remainder of the goodwill allocated to our Card and Retail Services business. Excluding the impact of this goodwill impairment charge in 2009, operating expenses in 2010 increased due to higher support services from affiliates and higher marketing expenses, partially offset by lower salaries and employee benefits and lower servicing and administrative expenses due to entity-wide initiatives to reduce costs. The increase in support services from affiliates during 2010 reflects an increase in services provided to us by HSBC affiliates located outside of the United States which provides operational support, including among other areas, customer service, systems, collection and accounting functions. Marketing expenses increased during 2010 as we increased direct marketing mailings and new customer account originations for portions of our non-prime credit card receivable portfolio based on recent performance trends in the portfolios as well as increased compliance mailings in the second quarter of 2010 related to the implementation of the Card Act. Lower salaries and employee benefits reflect the increase in services provided by HSBC affiliates located outside of the United States as discussed above as well as other entity-wide initiatives to reduce costs.

 

40


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Receivables  Credit card receivables totaled $9.0 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $9.9 billion at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011, credit card receivables are included as part of the disposal group held for sale to Capital One which is carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. At December 31, 2010, credit card receivables were carried at amortized cost and as such, are not directly comparable to the current period balances. When viewed on a comparable basis, credit card receivables remained lower as compared to December 31, 2010 reflecting continued receivable run-off largely in the segments of our credit card receivable portfolio for which we no longer originate new accounts, partially offset by increases in receivables associated with new account activity.

Funding and Capital  During 2011, HINO made two capital contributions to us totaling $690 million to support ongoing operations and to maintain capital above the minimum levels we believe are necessary to support our operations. As we continue to liquidate our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services receivable portfolios, HSBC’s continued support will be required to properly manage our business operations and maintain appropriate levels of capital. HSBC has historically provided significant capital in support of our operations and has indicated that it is fully committed and has the capacity and willingness to continue that support.

During 2011, we retired $13.4 billion of term debt as it matured or was redeemed. The maturing and redeemed debt cash requirements were met through planned balance sheet attrition, cash generated from operations, asset sales, capital contributions from HSBC, and issuance of cost effective retail debt. The balance sheet and credit dynamics described above continue to have an impact on our liquidity and risk management processes. Continued success in reducing the size of our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services receivable portfolios coupled with the planned sale of our Card and Retail Services business during the second quarter of 2012 as discussed above will be the primary driver of our liquidity during 2012. However, lower cash flow as a result of declining receivable balances will not provide sufficient cash to fully repay maturing debt over the next four to five years. We anticipate any required incremental funding will be integrated into the overall HSBC North America funding plans or through direct HSBC support. HSBC has indicated it remains fully committed and has the capacity to continue to provide such support.

In the current market environment, market pricing continues to value the cash flows associated with our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services receivable portfolios at amounts which are lower than what we believe will ultimately be realized. Therefore, we have determined that we have the positive intent and ability to hold these receivables for the foreseeable future and, as such, have classified our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services receivable portfolios as held for investment purposes. However, should market pricing improve in the future or if HSBC North America calls upon us to execute certain strategies in order to address capital considerations, it could result in the reclassification of a portion of these portfolios into receivables held for sale.

The tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 7.12 percent and 7.31 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This ratio represents a non-U.S. GAAP financial ratio that is used by HSBC Finance Corporation management, certain rating agencies and our credit providing banks to evaluate capital adequacy and may be different from similarly named measures presented by other companies. See “Basis of Reporting” and “Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” for additional discussion and quantitative reconciliation to the equivalent U.S. GAAP basis financial measure.

As discussed in previous filings, HSBC North America is required to implement Basel II provisions in accordance with current regulatory timelines. While we will not report separately under the new rules, the composition of our balance sheet will impact the overall HSBC North America regulatory capital requirement. Adoption of Basel II requires the approval of U.S. regulators and encompasses enhancements to a number of risk policies, processes and systems to align HSBC North America with the Basel II final rule requirements. It is uncertain when HSBC North America will receive approval to adopt Basel II from the Federal Reserve Board, its primary regulator. HSBC North America has integrated Basel II metrics into its management reporting and decision making processes. As a result of Dodd-Frank, a banking organization that has formally implemented Basel II must calculate its capital requirements under Basel I and Basel II, compare the two results, and then use the lower of such ratios for purposes of determining compliance with its minimum Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital requirements.

 

41


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Future Prospects  While the sale of our Card and Retail Services business in 2012 will be the primary source of funding for our operations during 2012, in the longer term we will continue to be dependent on balance sheet attrition, capital contributions from our parent and affiliate funding to meet our funding requirements. In the event we were unable to complete the sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One in the second quarter of 2012 or the closing of the transaction was delayed, our 2012 funding would rely more heavily on additional secured funding, other asset sales and affiliate support.

Numerous factors, both internal and external, may impact funding strategy. These factors may include our affiliate’s debt ratings, overall economic conditions, overall capital markets volatility, the counterparty credit limits of investors to the HSBC Group and the effectiveness of our management of credit risks inherent in our customer base.

Our results are also impacted by general economic conditions, including unemployment, housing market conditions, property valuations, interest rates and legislative and regulatory changes, all of which are beyond our control. Because our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses have historically lent to customers who have limited credit histories, modest incomes and high debt-to-income ratios or who have experienced prior credit problems, overall our customers are more susceptible to economic slowdowns than other consumers. When unemployment increases or changes in the rate of home value appreciation or depreciation occur, a higher percentage of our customers default on their loans and our charge-offs increase. Changes in interest rates generally affect both the rates that we charge to our customers on variable rate loans and the rates that we must pay on our borrowings. In 2011, the interest rates that we paid on our short-term debt decreased. During 2011, we experienced lower overall yields on our receivable portfolio primarily due to a shift in receivable mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured receivables as higher yielding second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables have run-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured receivables. See “Results of Operations” in this MD&A for additional discussion on receivable yields. The primary risks to our performance in 2012 are largely dependent upon macro-economic conditions which include a weak housing market, high unemployment rates, the pace and extent of the economic recovery, the performance of modified loans, consumer spending and consumer confidence, all of which could impact loan volume, delinquencies, charge-offs, net interest income and ultimately our results of operations.

Basis of Reporting

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Unless noted, the discussion of our financial condition and results of operations included in MD&A are presented on a continuing operations basis of reporting. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

In addition to the U.S. GAAP financial results reported in our consolidated financial statements, MD&A includes reference to the following information which is presented on a non-U.S. GAAP basis:

Equity Ratios  Tangible common equity to tangible assets is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure that is used by HSBC Finance Corporation management, certain rating agencies and our credit providing banks to evaluate capital adequacy. This ratio excludes from equity the impact of unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedging instruments, postretirement benefit plan adjustments, unrealized gains (losses) on investments, intangible assets as well as subsequent changes in fair value recognized in earnings associated with debt for which we elected the fair value option and the related derivatives. This ratio may differ from similarly named measures presented by other companies. The most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure is the common and preferred equity to total assets ratio. For a quantitative reconciliation of these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to our common and preferred equity to total assets ratio, see “Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

42


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

International Financial Reporting Standards  Because HSBC reports results in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) and IFRSs results are used in measuring and rewarding performance of employees, our management also separately monitors net income under IFRSs (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure). All purchase accounting fair value adjustments relating to our acquisition by HSBC have been “pushed down” to HSBC Finance Corporation for both U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The following table reconciles our net loss on a U.S. GAAP basis to net loss on an IFRSs basis:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Net loss – U.S. GAAP basis

   $ (1,408   $ (1,916   $ (7,450

Adjustments, net of tax:

      

Derivatives and hedge accounting (including fair value adjustments)

     (8     (16     2   

Intangible assets

     21        35        43   

Loan origination cost deferrals

     4        17        76   

Loan impairment

     (36     (95     199   

Loans previously held for sale

     (18     (51     (98

Credit card receivables transferred to held for sale and included in discontinued operations for U.S. GAAP

     (194     -        -   

Interest recognition

     1        2        (1

Other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities

     -        3        2   

Securities

     10        17        (63

Present value of long term insurance contracts

     (53     7        54   

Pension and other postretirement benefit costs

     35        55        32   

Litigation accrual

     56        -        -   

Extinguishment of debt

     -        22        -   

Loss on sale of auto finance receivables and other related assets

     -        (47     -   

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     -        -        (615

Other

     (34     22        (67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss – IFRSs basis

     (1,624     (1,945     (7,886

Tax benefit – IFRSs basis

     1,080        1,085        2,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before tax – IFRSs basis

   $ (2,704   $ (3,030   $ (10,329
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of the significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs as they impact our results are presented below:

Derivatives and hedge accounting (including fair value adjustments) – The historical use of the “shortcut” and “long haul” hedge accounting methods for U.S. GAAP resulted in different cumulative adjustments to the hedged item for both fair value and cash flow hedges. These differences are recognized in earnings over the remaining term of the hedged items. All of the hedged relationships which previously qualified under the shortcut method provisions of derivative accounting principles have been redesignated and are now either hedges under the long-haul method of hedge accounting or included in the fair value option election.

Intangible assets – Intangible assets under IFRSs are significantly lower than those under U.S. GAAP as the intangibles created as a result of our acquisition by HSBC were reflected in goodwill for IFRSs. As a result, amortization of intangible assets is lower under IFRSs.

Loan origination costs deferrals – Under IFRSs, loan origination cost deferrals are more stringent and generally result in lower costs being deferred than permitted under U.S. GAAP. In addition, all deferred loan origination fees, costs and loan premiums must be recognized based on the expected life of the receivables under IFRSs as

 

43


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

part of the effective interest calculation while under U.S. GAAP they may be recognized on either a contractual or expected life basis. As a result, in years with lower levels of receivable originations, net income is lower under U.S. GAAP as the higher costs deferred in prior periods are amortized into income without the benefit of similar levels of cost deferrals for current period originations.

Loan impairment – IFRSs requires a discounted cash flow methodology for estimating impairment on pools of homogeneous customer loans which requires the discounting of cash flows including recovery estimates at the original effective interest rate of the pool of customer loans. The amount of impairment relating to the discounting of future cash flows unwinds with the passage of time, and is recognized in interest income. Also under IFRSs, if the recognition of a write-down to fair value on secured loans decreases because collateral values have improved and the improvement can be related objectively to an event occurring after recognition of the write-down, such write-down can be reversed, which is not permitted under U.S. GAAP. Additionally under IFRSs, future recoveries on charged-off loans or loans written down to fair value less cost to obtain title and sell the collateral are accrued for on a discounted basis and a recovery asset is recorded. Subsequent recoveries are recorded to earnings under U.S. GAAP, but are adjusted against the recovery asset under IFRSs. Under IFRSs, interest on impaired loans is recorded at the effective interest rate on the customer loan balance net of impairment allowances, and therefore reflects the collectibility of the loans.

As previously discussed, in the third quarter of 2011 we adopted new guidance under U.S. GAAP for determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a TDR Loan. Credit loss reserves on TDR Loans are established based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate.

Under IFRSs, impairment on the residential mortgage loans where we have granted the borrower a concession as a result of financial difficulty is measured based on the cash flows attributable to the credit loss events which occurred before the reporting date. HSBC’s accounting policy under IFRSs is to remove such loans from the category of impaired loans after a defined period of re-performance, although such loans remain segregated from loans that were not impaired in the past for the purposes of collective impairment assessment to reflect their credit risk. Under U.S. GAAP, when a loan is impaired the impairment is measured based on all expected cash flows over the remaining expected life of the loan. Such loans generally remain impaired for the remainder of their lives under U.S. GAAP.

Loans previously held for sale – IFRSs requires loans designated as held for sale at the time of origination to be treated as trading assets and recorded at their fair value. Under U.S. GAAP, loans designated as held for sale are reflected as loans and recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Under U.S. GAAP, the income and expenses related to receivables held for sale are reported similarly to loans held for investment. Under IFRSs, the income and expenses related to receivables held for sale are reported in other operating income.

Certain receivables that were previously classified as held for sale under U.S. GAAP were transferred to held for investment during 2009 as at that time we intended to hold these receivables for the foreseeable future. Under U.S. GAAP, these receivables were subject to lower of amortized cost or fair value (“LOCOM”) adjustments while classified as held for sale and were transferred to held for investment at LOCOM. Since these receivables were not classified as held for sale under IFRSs during 2008, these receivables were always reported within loans and the measurement criteria did not change. As a result, loan impairment charges were recorded under IFRSs which were essentially included as a component of the lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustments under U.S. GAAP.

Credit card receivables transferred to held for sale and included in discontinued operations for U.S. GAAP  For receivables transferred to held for sale subsequent to origination, IFRSs requires these receivables to be reported separately on the balance sheet but does not change the recognition and measurement criteria. Accordingly for IFRSs purposes, such loans continue to be accounted for in accordance with IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (“IAS 39”), with any gain or loss recorded at the time of sale. U.S. GAAP requires loans that meet the held for sale classification requirements be transferred to a held for sale category at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.

Interest recognition – The calculation of effective interest rates under IAS 39 requires an estimate of changes in estimated contractual cash flows, including fees and points paid or recovered between parties to the contract that

 

44


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

are an integral part of the effective interest rate be included. U.S. GAAP generally prohibits recognition of interest income to the extent the net investment in the loan would increase to an amount greater than the amount at which the borrower could settle the obligation. Also under U.S. GAAP, prepayment penalties are generally recognized as received. During 2011, for IFRSs there was approximately $185 million of cumulative effective interest rate adjustments recognized to correct prior period errors.

Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities – Under U.S. GAAP, the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security is recognized in earnings while the remaining portion of the impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income provided a company concludes it neither intends to sell the security nor concludes that it is more-likely-than-not that it will have to sell the security prior to recovery. Under IFRSs, there is no bifurcation of other-than-temporary impairment and the entire decline in fair value is recognized in earnings.

Securities – Under IFRSs, securities include HSBC shares held for stock plans at fair value. These shares are recorded at fair value through other comprehensive income and subsequently recognized in profit and loss as the shares vest. If it is determined these shares have become impaired, the fair value loss is recognized in profit and loss and any fair value loss recorded in other comprehensive income is reversed. There is no similar requirement under U.S. GAAP.

During the second quarter of 2009, under IFRSs we recorded income for the value of additional shares attributed to HSBC shares held for stock plans as a result of HSBC’s rights offering earlier in 2009. During 2011 and 2010, under IFRSs we recorded additional gains as these shares vest. The additional shares are not recorded under U.S. GAAP.

Present value of long-term insurance contracts – Under IFRSs, the present value of an in-force (“PVIF”) long-term insurance contract is determined by discounting future cash flows expected to emerge from business currently in force using appropriate assumptions plus a margin in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses, and a discount rate that reflects the risk free rate plus a margin for operational risk. Movements in the PVIF of long-term insurance contracts are included in other operating income. Under U.S. GAAP, revenue is recognized over the life insurance policy term.

During the second quarter of 2009, we refined the income recognition methodology in respect to long-term insurance contracts. This resulted in the recognition of a revenue item on an IFRSs basis of $66 million ($43 million after-tax). Approximately $43 million ($28 million after-tax) would have been recorded prior to January 1, 2009 if the refinement in respect of income recognition had been applied at that date.

During 2011, we updated the assumptions used to calculate the PVIF asset. This resulted in a net decrease of $53 million in the PVIF asset on an IFRS basis. The decrease in the asset was recognized in other income. The decrease is primarily due to the increased mortality and policy expenses related to life insurance contracts and increased longevity in the annuity book.

Pension and other postretirement benefit costs – Net income under U.S. GAAP is lower than under IFRSs as a result of the amortization of the amount by which actuarial losses exceeded the higher of 10 percent of the projected benefit obligation or fair value of plan assets (the “corridor.”) During the fourth quarter of 2011, under IFRSs we recorded a curtailment gain of $52 million related to our decision to sell our Card and Retail Services business, as previously discussed. Under U.S. GAAP, the curtailment gain will be recorded at the time of the transaction. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2011 an amendment was made to the benefit formula associated with services provided by certain employees in past periods. Under IFRSs, the financial impact of this amendment of $31 million was immediately recognized in earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, the financial impact was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be amortized to net periodic pension cost over the remaining life expectancy of the participants.

Furthermore, in 2010 changes to future accruals for legacy participants under the HSBC North America Pension Plan were accounted for as a plan curtailment under IFRSs, which resulted in immediate income recognition. Under U.S. GAAP, these changes were considered to be a negative plan amendment which resulted in no immediate income recognition. During the first quarter of 2009, the curtailment gain related to postretirement benefits and also resulted in lower net income under U.S. GAAP than IFRSs.

 

45


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Litigation accrual – A litigation accrual was recorded at year end for U.S. GAAP related to a potential settlement of a legal matter where the loss criteria have been met and an accrual can be estimated. Under IFRSs, apart from the likelihood of a potential settlement, it was determined that a present obligation did not exist at December 31, 2011 and therefore a liability was not recognized. In addition, under limited circumstances, the amount of litigation provision may be different between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs when the criteria have been met to recognize an accrual.

Extinguishment of debt – During the fourth quarter of 2010, we exchanged $1.8 billion in senior debt for $1.9 billion in new fixed rate subordinated debt. Under IFRSs, the population of debt exchanged which qualified for extinguishment treatment was larger than under U.S. GAAP which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt under IFRSs compared to a small loss under U.S. GAAP.

Loss on sale of auto finance receivables and other related assets – The differences in the loss on sale of the auto finance receivables between IFRSs and U.S. GAAP primarily reflects the differences in loan impairment provisioning between IFRSs and U.S. GAAP as discussed above. These differences resulted in a higher loss under IFRSs, as future recoveries are accrued for on a discounted basis.

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges – Goodwill levels established as a result of our acquisition by HSBC were higher under IFRSs than U.S. GAAP as the HSBC purchase accounting adjustments reflected higher levels of intangibles under U.S. GAAP. Consequently, the amount of goodwill allocated to our Card and Retail Services and Insurance Services businesses and written off during 2009 was greater under IFRSs. Additionally, the intangible assets allocated to our Consumer Lending business and written off during the first quarter of 2009 were higher under U.S. GAAP. There are also differences in the valuation of assets and liabilities under IFRSs and U.S. GAAP resulting from the Metris acquisition in December 2005.

Other – There are other differences between IFRSs and U.S. GAAP including purchase accounting, other miscellaneous items and, in 2011, mortgage servicing related matters.

Quantitative Reconciliations of Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures  For quantitative reconciliations of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures presented herein to the equivalent GAAP basis financial measures, see “Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. We believe our policies are appropriate and fairly present the financial position of HSBC Finance Corporation.

The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements are more fully described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Certain critical accounting policies, which affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, are complex and involve significant judgment by our management, including the use of estimates and assumptions. As a result, changes in estimates, assumptions or operational policies could significantly affect our financial position or our results of operations. We base and establish our accounting estimates on historical experience, observable market data, inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means, and on various other assumptions including those based on unobservable inputs that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. In addition, to the extent we use certain modeling techniques to assist us in measuring the fair value of a particular asset or liability, we strive to use such techniques which are consistent with those used by other market participants. Actual results may differ from these estimates due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change. The impact of estimates and assumptions on the financial condition or operating performance may be material.

We believe that of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, the items discussed below involve critical accounting estimates and a high degree of judgment and

 

46


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

complexity. Our management has discussed these critical accounting policies with the Audit and Risk Committee of our Board of Directors, including certain underlying estimates and assumptions, and the Audit and Risk Committee has reviewed our disclosure relating to these accounting policies and practices in this MD&A.

Credit Loss Reserves  Because we lend money to others, we are exposed to the risk that borrowers may not repay amounts owed to us when they become contractually due. Consequently, we maintain credit loss reserves at a level that we consider adequate, but not excessive, to cover our estimate of probable incurred losses of principal, interest and fees, including late, over-limit and annual fees, in the existing portfolio. Loss reserves are set at each business unit in consultation with the Finance and Risk Departments. Loss reserve estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reflected through the provision for credit losses in the period when they become known. We believe the accounting estimate relating to the reserve for credit losses is a “critical accounting estimate” for the following reasons:

 

   

Changes in the provision can materially affect our financial results;

 

   

Estimates related to the reserve for credit losses require us to project future delinquency and charge-off trends which are uncertain and require a high degree of judgment; and

 

   

The reserve for credit losses is influenced by factors outside of our control such as customer payment patterns, economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets, interest rates, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends and changes in laws and regulations.

Because our loss reserve estimates involve judgment and are influenced by factors outside of our control, there is uncertainty inherent in these estimates, making it reasonably possible such estimates could change. Our estimate of probable net credit losses is inherently uncertain because it is highly sensitive to changes in economic conditions, which influence growth, portfolio seasoning, bankruptcy trends, trends in housing markets, the ability of customers to refinance their adjustable rate mortgages, the performance of modified loans, unemployment levels, delinquency rates and the flow of loans through the various stages of delinquency, the realizable value of any collateral and actual loss exposure. Changes in such estimates could significantly impact our credit loss reserves and our provision for credit losses. For example, a 10 percent change in our projection of probable net credit losses on receivables would have resulted in a change of approximately $595 million in our credit loss reserves for receivables at December 31, 2011. The reserve for credit losses is a critical accounting estimate for our Consumer segment.

We estimate probable losses for certain consumer receivables which do not qualify as a troubled debt restructuring using a roll rate migration analysis that estimates the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency, or buckets, and ultimately charge-off based upon recent historical performance experience of other loans in our portfolio. This analysis considers delinquency status, loss experience and severity and takes into account whether loans have filed for bankruptcy, have been re-aged, or are subject to forbearance, an external debt management plan, hardship, modification, extension or deferment. Our credit loss reserves also take into consideration the expected loss severity based on the underlying collateral, if any, for the loan in the event of default based on recent trends. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices, such as the re-age of accounts, forbearance agreements, extended payment plans, modification arrangements, external debt management programs and deferments. When customer account management policies, or changes thereto, shift loans from a “higher” delinquency bucket to a “lower” delinquency bucket, this will be reflected in our roll rates statistics. To the extent that re-aged or modified accounts have a greater propensity to roll to higher delinquency buckets, this will be captured in the roll rates. Since the loss reserve is computed based on the composite of all these calculations, this increase in roll rate will be applied to receivables in all respective delinquency buckets, that will increase the overall reserve level. In addition, loss reserves on consumer receivables are maintained to reflect our judgment of portfolio risk factors which may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rate calculation or when historical trends are not reflective of current inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Portfolio risk factors considered in establishing loss reserves on consumer receivables include product mix, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, the credit performance of modified loans, geographic concentrations, loan product features such as adjustable rate loans, economic

 

47


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, current levels of charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in laws and regulations and other factors which can affect consumer payment patterns on outstanding receivables, such as natural disasters. Another portfolio risk factor we consider is the credit performance of certain second lien loans following more delinquent first lien loans which we own or service. Once we determine that such a second lien loan is likely to progress to charge-off, the loss severity assumed in establishing our credit loss reserves is close to 100 percent. Approximately 3 percent of our second lien mortgages where the first lien mortgage is held or serviced by us and has a delinquency status of 90 days or more delinquent were less than 90 days delinquent and not considered to be a troubled debt restructure or already recorded at fair value less cost to sell.

While our credit loss reserves are available to absorb losses in the entire portfolio, we specifically consider the credit quality and other risk factors for each of our products. We recognize the different inherent loss characteristics in each of our products and for certain products their vintages, as well as customer account management policies and practices and risk management/collection practices. Charge-off policies are also considered when establishing loss reserve requirements. We also consider key ratios such as reserves as a percentage of nonperforming loans, reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs and reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency in developing our loss reserve estimate. In addition to the above procedures for the establishment of our credit loss reserves, our Risk and Finance Departments independently assess and approve the adequacy of our loss reserve levels.

Reserves against loans modified in troubled debt restructurings are determined primarily by an analysis of discounted expected cash flows and may be based on independent valuations of the underlying loan collateral, where appropriate.

For more information about our charge-off and customer account management policies and practices, see “Credit Quality – Delinquency and Charge-off Policies and Practices,” and “Credit Quality – Customer Account Management Policies and Practices,” in this MD&A and Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets  Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Intangible assets and goodwill recorded on our balance sheet are reviewed annually on July 1 for impairment using discounted cash flows, but impairment may also be reviewed at other interim dates if circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We consider significant and long-term changes in industry and economic conditions to be examples of primary indicators of potential impairment due to their impact on expected future cash flows. In addition, shorter-term changes may impact the discount rate applied to such cash flows based on changes in investor requirements or market uncertainties.

The impairment testing of our intangibles has historically been a critical accounting estimate due to the level of intangible assets recorded and the significant judgment required in the use of discounted cash flow models to determine fair value. For certain prior periods presented, the impairment testing of our goodwill has been a critical accounting estimate due to the level of goodwill recorded and the significant judgment required in the use of discounted cash flow models to determine fair value. Discounted cash flow models include such variables as revenue growth rates, expense trends, interest rates and terminal values. Based on an evaluation of key data and market factors, management’s judgment is required to select the specific variables to be incorporated into the models. Additionally, the estimated fair value can be significantly impacted by the risk adjusted cost of capital used to discount future cash flows. The risk adjusted cost of capital is generally derived from an appropriate capital asset pricing model, which itself depends on a number of financial and economic variables which are established on the basis of that used by market participants, which involves management judgment. Because our fair value estimate involves judgment and is influenced by factors outside our control, it is reasonably possible such estimates could change. When management’s judgment is that the anticipated cash flows have decreased and/or the risk adjusted cost of capital has increased, the effect will be a lower estimate of fair value. If the fair value is determined to be lower than the carrying amount, an impairment charge may be recorded and net income will be negatively impacted.

 

48


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Impairment testing of goodwill requires that the fair value of each reporting unit be compared to its carrying amount, including goodwill. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or any distinct, separately identifiable component of an operating segment for which complete, discrete financial information is available that management regularly reviews. For purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test and any interim test which may be required, we assign our goodwill to our reporting units. As a result of the continuing deterioration of economic conditions throughout 2008 and into 2009 as well as the adverse impact to our Insurance Services business which resulted from the closure of all of our Consumer Lending branches, we wrote off all of our remaining goodwill balance during 2009.

Impairment testing of intangible assets requires that the fair value of the asset be compared to its carrying amount. At July 1, 2011, the estimated fair value of each intangible asset exceeded its carrying amount and, as such, none of our intangible assets were impaired. As a result of the pending sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One as discussed above, all of our remaining intangible assets are reported in discontinued operations.

Valuation of Financial Instruments  A control framework has been established which is designed to ensure that fair values are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To that end, the ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values rests with the HSBC Finance Valuation Committee. The HSBC Finance Valuation Committee establishes policies and procedures to ensure appropriate valuations.

Where available, we use quoted market prices to determine fair value. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using internally developed valuation models based on inputs that are either directly observable or derived from and corroborated by market data. Where neither quoted market prices nor observable market parameters are available, fair value is determined using valuation models that feature one or more significant unobservable inputs based on management’s expectation that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the asset or liability. However, these unobservable inputs must incorporate market participants’ assumptions about risks in the asset or liability and the risk premium required by market participants in order to bear the risks. The determination of appropriate unobservable inputs requires exercise of management judgment. A significant majority of our assets and liabilities that are reported at fair value are measured based on quoted market prices and observable market-based or independently-sourced inputs.

We review and update our fair value hierarchy classifications quarterly. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification between hierarchy levels. While we believe our valuation methods are appropriate, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Significant assets and liabilities recorded at fair value include the following:

Derivative financial assets and liabilities – We regularly use derivative instruments as part of our risk management strategy to protect the value of certain assets and liabilities and future cash flows against adverse interest rate and foreign exchange rate movements. All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. Related collateral that has been received or paid is netted against fair value for financial reporting purposes where a master netting arrangement with the counterparty exists that provides for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of default or termination on any one contract. We believe the valuation of derivative instruments is a critical accounting estimate because certain instruments are valued using discounted cash flow modeling techniques in lieu of observable market value quotes for identical or similar assets or liabilities in active and inactive markets. These modeling techniques require the use of estimates regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows and utilize independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, and currency rates, where available. Where market data is not available, fair value may be affected by the choice of valuation model and the underlying assumptions about the timing of cash flows and credit spreads. These estimates are susceptible to significant changes in future periods as market conditions evolve.

 

49


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

We may adjust certain fair value estimates determined using valuation models to ensure that those estimates appropriately represent fair value. These adjustments, which are applied consistently over time, are generally required to reflect factors such as market liquidity and counterparty credit risk. Assessing the appropriate level of liquidity adjustment requires management judgment and is often affected by the product type, transaction-specific terms and the level of liquidity for the product in the market. In assessing the credit risk relating to derivative assets and liabilities, we take into account the impact of risk mitigants including, but not limited to, master netting and collateral arrangements. We also consider the effect of our own non-performance credit risk on fair values. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount of revenue or loss recorded for a particular position.

We utilize HSBC Bank USA to determine the fair value of substantially all of our derivatives using these modeling techniques. Significant changes in the fair value can result in equity and earnings volatility as follows:

 

   

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability (including losses or gains on firm commitments), are recorded in current period earnings.

 

   

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has been designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income, net of tax, to the extent of its effectiveness, until earnings are impacted by the variability of cash flows from the hedged item. Any ineffectiveness is recognized in current period earnings.

 

   

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that has not been designated as an effective hedge are reported in current period earnings.

A derivative designated as an effective hedge will be tested for effectiveness in all circumstances under the long haul method. For these transactions, we formally assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on a quarterly basis, whether the derivative used in a hedging transaction has been and is expected to continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. This assessment is conducted using statistical regression analysis.

If it is determined as a result of this assessment that a derivative is not expected to be a highly effective hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting as of the beginning of the quarter in which such determination was made. We also believe the assessment of the effectiveness of the derivatives used in hedging transactions is a critical accounting estimate due to the use of statistical regression analysis in making this determination. Similar to discounted cash flow modeling techniques, statistical regression analysis also requires the use of estimates regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows, which are susceptible to significant change in future periods based on changes in market rates. Statistical regression analysis also involves the use of additional assumptions including the determination of the period over which the analysis should occur as well as selecting a convention for the treatment of credit spreads in the analysis. The statistical regression analysis for our derivative instruments is performed primarily by HSBC Bank USA.

The outcome of the statistical regression analysis serves as the foundation for determining whether or not the derivative is highly effective as a hedging instrument. This can result in earnings volatility as the mark-to-market on derivatives which do not qualify as effective hedges and the ineffectiveness associated with qualifying hedges are recorded in current period earnings. For example, a 10 percent adverse change in the value of our derivatives which do not qualify as effective hedges would have reduced revenue by approximately $209 million at December 31, 2011.

For more information about our policies regarding the use of derivative instruments, see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements,” and Note 13, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Long-term debt carried at fair value – We have elected the fair value option for certain issuances of our fixed rate debt in order to align our accounting treatment with that of HSBC under IFRSs. We believe the

 

50


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

valuation of this debt is a critical accounting estimate because valuation estimates obtained from third parties involve inputs other than quoted prices to value both the interest rate component and the credit component of the debt. In many cases, management can obtain quoted prices for identical or similar liabilities but the markets are not active, the prices are not current, or such price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers. Changes in such estimates, and in particular the credit component of the valuation, can be volatile from period to period and may impact the total mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value recorded in our consolidated statement of income (loss). For example, a 10 percent change in the value of our debt designated at fair value could have resulted in a change to our reported mark-to-market of approximately $1.4 billion at December 31, 2011.

Debt securities – Debt securities, which include mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, are measured at fair value based on a third party valuation source using quoted market prices and if not available, based on observable quotes for similar securities or other valuation techniques (e.g., matrix pricing). Otherwise, for non-callable corporate securities, a credit spread scale is created for each issuer and these spreads are then added to the equivalent maturity U.S. Treasury yield to determine current pricing. The fair value measurements for mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities are primarily obtained from independent pricing sources taking into account differences in the characteristics and the performance of the underlying collateral, such as prepayments and defaults. A determination will be made as to whether adjustments to the observable inputs are necessary as a result of investigations and inquiries about the reasonableness of the inputs used and the methodologies employed by the independent pricing sources.

Receivables held for sale – Receivables held for sale are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Accordingly, fair value for such receivables must be estimated to determine any required write down to fair value when the amortized cost of the receivables exceeds their current fair value. Where available, quoted market prices are used to estimate the fair value of these receivables. Where market quotes are not available, fair value is estimated using observable market prices of similar instruments with similar characteristics.

Where quoted market prices and observable market parameters are not available, the fair value of receivables held for sale is based on contractual cash flows adjusted for management’s estimates of prepayments, defaults, and recoveries, discounted at management’s estimate of the rate of return that would be required by investors in the current market given the specific characteristics and inherent credit risk of the receivables. Management attempts to corroborate its estimates of prepayments, defaults, and recoveries using observable data by correlation or other means. Reduced liquidity in credit markets has resulted in a decrease in the availability of observable market data, which has in turn resulted in an increased level of management judgment required to estimate fair value for receivables held for sale. In certain cases, an independent third party is utilized to substantiate management’s estimate of fair value.

Deferred Tax Assets  We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for tax credits and state net operating losses. Our deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances, totaled $3.3 billion and $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We evaluate our deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including our historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and any carryback available. We are required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and record a charge to earnings or shareholders’ equity if we determine, based on available evidence at the time the determination is made, that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period. Because the recognition of deferred tax assets requires management to make

 

51


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

significant judgments about future earnings, the periods in which items will impact taxable income and the application of inherently complex tax laws, we have included the assessment of deferred tax assets and the need for any related valuation allowance as a critical accounting estimate.

Since recent market conditions have created significant downward pressure on our near-term pretax book income, our analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets significantly discounts any future taxable income expected from continuing operations and relies to a greater extent on continued liquidity and capital support from our parent, HSBC, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. We are included in HSBC North America’s consolidated Federal income tax return and in various combined state tax returns. As we have entered into tax allocation agreements with HSBC North America and its subsidiary entities included in the consolidated return which govern the current amount of taxes to be paid or received by the various entities, we look at HSBC North America and its affiliates, together with the tax planning strategies identified, in reaching conclusions on recoverability. Absent capital support from HSBC and implementation of the related tax planning strategies, we would be required to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

The use of different estimates can result in changes in the amounts of deferred tax items recognized, which can result in equity and earnings volatility because such changes are reported in current period earnings. Furthermore, if future events differ from our current forecasts, valuation allowances may need to be established or adjusted, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. We will continue to update our assumptions and forecasts of future taxable income and assess the need and adequacy of any valuation allowance.

We estimate and provide for potential liabilities that may arise out of tax audits to the extent that uncertain tax positions fail to meet the recognition standard under generally accepted accounting principles. Additional detail on our assumptions with respect to the judgments made in evaluating the realizability of our deferred tax assets and on the components of our deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 can be found in Note 14, “Income Taxes,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Contingent Liabilities  Both we and certain of our subsidiaries are parties to various legal proceedings resulting from ordinary business activities relating to our current and/or former operations. Certain of these activities are or purport to be class actions seeking damages in significant amounts. These actions include assertions concerning violations of laws and/or unfair treatment of consumers.

We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required in making these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be materially different. Our total estimated liability in respect of litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a case-by-case basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of legal counsel.

Litigation exposure represents a key area of judgment and is subject to uncertainty and certain factors outside of our control. Due to the uncertainties in litigation and other factors, we cannot be certain that we will ultimately prevail in each instance. Such uncertainties impact our ability to determine whether it is probable that a liability exists and whether the amount can be reasonably estimated. Also, as the ultimate resolution of these proceedings is influenced by factors that are outside of our control, it is reasonably possible our estimated liability under these proceedings may change. We will continue to update our accruals for these legal proceedings as facts and circumstances change. See Note 23, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Receivables Review

 

The table below summarizes receivables at December 31, 2011 and increases (decreases) over prior periods:

 

            Increases (Decreases) From  
            December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
     

December 31,

2011

     $     %     $     %  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Receivables:

           

Real estate secured(1)(2)

   $ 42,713       $ (6,623     (13.4 )%    $ (16,822     (28.3 )% 

Personal non-credit card

     5,196         (1,921     (27.0     (5,290     (50.4

Commercial and other

     27         (6     (18.2     (23     (46.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 47,936       $ (8,550     (15.1 )%    $ (22,135     (31.6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Real estate secured receivables are comprised of the following:

 

            Increases (Decreases) From  
            December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
     

December 31,

2011

     $     %     $     %  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Mortgage Services

   $ 13,482       $ (2,500     (15.6 )%    $ (6,459     (32.4 )% 

Consumer Lending

     29,227         (4,120     (12.4     (10,359     (26.2

All Other

     4         (3     (42.9     (4     (50.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured receivables

   $ 42,713       $ (6,623     (13.4 )%    $ (16,822     (28.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) 

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, real estate secured receivables includes $5.9 billion, $5.1 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, of receivables that have been written down to their fair value less cost to sell in accordance with our existing charge-off policy.

Real estate secured receivables  The following table summarizes various real estate secured receivables information (excluding receivables held for sale) for our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     

Mortgage

Services

    

Consumer

Lending

    

Mortgage

Services

    

Consumer

Lending

    

Mortgage

Services

    

Consumer

Lending

 
     (in millions)  

Fixed rate(1)

   $ 8,792       $ 27,945       $ 10,014       $ 31,827       $ 11,962       $ 37,717   

Adjustable rate(1)

     4,690         1,282         5,968         1,520         7,979         1,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,482       $ 29,227       $ 15,982       $ 33,347       $ 19,941       $ 39,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

First lien

   $ 11,802       $ 26,436       $ 13,821       $ 30,042       $ 16,979       $ 35,014   

Second lien

     1,680         2,791         2,161         3,305         2,962         4,572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,482       $ 29,227       $ 15,982       $ 33,347       $ 19,941       $ 39,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjustable rate(1)

   $ 3,942       $ 1,282       $ 4,898       $ 1,520       $ 6,471       $ 1,869   

Interest only(1)

     748         -         1,070         -         1,508         -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total adjustable rate(1)

   $ 4,690       $ 1,282       $ 5,968       $ 1,520       $ 7,979       $ 1,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stated income

   $ 2,157       $ -       $ 2,703       $ -       $ 3,677       $ -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Receivable classification between fixed rate, adjustable rate, and interest-only receivables is based on the classification at the time of receivable origination and does not reflect any changes in the classification that may have occurred as a result of any loan modifications.

 

53


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The decrease in real estate secured receivable balances since December 31, 2010 and 2009 reflects the continuing liquidation of these portfolios which will continue going forward. The liquidation rates in our real estate secured receivable portfolios also continue to be impacted by low loan prepayments as few refinancing opportunities for our customers exist and by the trends impacting the mortgage lending industry as discussed above.

As previously discussed, real estate markets in a large portion of the United States have been affected by stagnation or declines in property values. As such, the loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios for our real estate secured receivable portfolios have generally deteriorated since origination. Receivables which have an LTV greater than 100 percent have historically had a greater likelihood of becoming delinquent, resulting in higher loss severities which could adversely impact our provision for credit losses. Refreshed loan-to-value ratios for our real estate secured receivable portfolios are presented in the table below as of December 31, 2010 and 2011.

 

     Refreshed LTVs(1)(2) at December 31, 2011     Refreshed LTVs(1)(2) at December 31, 2010  
     Consumer  Lending(3)     Mortgage Services     Consumer  Lending(3)     Mortgage Services  
     

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

   

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

   

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

   

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

 

LTV < 80%

     39     17     35     7     39     18     34     8

80% £ LTV < 90%

     16        10        17        9        18        13        18        11   

90% £ LTV < 100%

     16        17        18        16        17        20        21        19   

LTV ³ 100%(4)

     29        56        30        68        26        49        27        62   

Average LTV for portfolio

     88        104        90        114        87        100        89        109   

 

 

(1) 

Refreshed LTVs for first liens are calculated using the receivable balance as of the reporting date (including any charge-offs recorded to reduce receivables to their fair value less cost to sell in accordance with our existing charge-off policies). Refreshed LTVs for second liens are calculated using the receivable balance as of the reporting date (including any charge-offs recorded to reduce receivables to their fair value less cost to sell in accordance with our existing charge-off policies) plus the senior lien amount at origination. For purposes of this disclosure, current estimated property values are derived from the property’s appraised value at the time of receivable origination updated by the change in the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s (formerly known as the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight) house pricing index (“HPI”) at either a Core Based Statistical Area (“CBSA”) or state level. The estimated value of the homes could vary from actual fair values due to changes in condition of the underlying property, variations in housing price changes within metropolitan statistical areas and other factors. As a result, actual property values associated with loans which end in foreclosure may be significantly lower than the estimated values used for purposes of this disclosure.

 

(2) 

For purposes of this disclosure, current estimated property values are calculated using the most current HPI’s available and applied on an individual loan basis, which results in an approximately three month delay in the production of reportable statistics for the current period. Therefore, the December 31, 2011 and 2010 information in the table above reflects current estimated property values using HPIs as of September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Given the recent declines in property values in certain markets, the refreshed LTVs of our portfolio may, in fact, be higher than reflected in the table.

 

(3) 

Excludes the purchased receivable portfolios of our Consumer Lending business which totaled $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(4) 

The following reflects the average Refreshed LTVs for loans with an LTV ratio greater than or equal to 100 percent:

 

     Refreshed LTVs at  December 31, 2011     Refreshed LTVs at  December 31, 2010  
     Consumer  Lending     Mortgage Services     Consumer  Lending     Mortgage Services  
     

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

   

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

   

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

   

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

 

Average LTV for LTV³100%

     120     124     119     126     117     120     118     123

Personal non-credit card receivables  Personal non-credit card receivables are comprised of the following:

 

            Increases (Decreases) From  
            December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
     

December 31,

2011

     $     %     $     %  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Personal non-credit card

   $ 3,762       $ (1,533     (29.0 )%    $ (4,334     (53.5 )% 

Personal homeowner loans (“PHLs”)

     1,434         (388     (21.3     (956     (40.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total personal non-credit card receivables

   $ 5,196       $ (1,921     (27.0 )%    $ (5,290     (50.4 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The decrease in personal non-credit card receivables since December 31, 2010 and 2009 reflect the continuing liquidation of this portfolio which will continue going forward.

PHLs typically have terms of 120 to 240 months and are subordinate lien, home equity loans with high (100 percent or more) combined loan-to-value ratios which we underwrote, priced and service like unsecured loans. The average PHL principal balance in our portfolio at December 31, 2011 is approximately $17,000. Because recovery upon foreclosure is unlikely after satisfying senior liens and paying the expenses of foreclosure, we do not consider the collateral as a source for repayment in the establishment of credit loss reserves.

Real Estate Owned

 

We obtain real estate by taking possession of the collateral pledged as security for real estate secured receivables. Prior to taking possession of the pledged collateral, receivable carrying amounts in excess of fair value less cost to sell are generally charged-off at or before the time foreclosure is completed or settlement is reached with the borrower but, in any event, generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. If foreclosure is not pursued (which frequently occurs on loans in the second lien position) and there is no reasonable expectation for recovery (insurance claim, title claim, pre-discharge bankrupt account), the account is generally charged-off no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. Values are determined based upon broker price opinions or appraisals which are updated every 180 days.

During the quarterly period between updates, real estate price trends are reviewed on a geographic basis and additional downward adjustments are recorded as necessary.

Collateral acquired in satisfaction of a loan is initially recognized at the lower of amortized cost or its fair value, less estimated costs to sell and reported as real estate owned (“REO”). Fair values of foreclosed properties at the time of acquisition are initially determined based upon broker price opinions. Subsequent to acquisition, a more detailed property valuation is performed, reflecting information obtained from a walk-through of the property in the form of a listing agent broker price opinion as well as an independent broker price opinion or appraisal. A valuation is determined from this information within 90 days and any additional write-downs required are recorded through charge-off at that time. This value, which includes the impact on fair value from the conditions inside the property, becomes the “Initial REO Carrying Amount.”

In determining the appropriate amounts to charge-off when a property is acquired in exchange for a loan, we do not consider losses on sales of foreclosed properties resulting from deterioration in value during the period the collateral is held because these losses result from future loss events which cannot be considered in determining the fair value of the collateral at the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Once a property is classified as real estate owned, we do not consider the losses on past sales of foreclosed properties when determining the fair value of any collateral during the period it is held in REO. Rather, a valuation allowance is created to recognize any subsequent declines in fair value less cost to sell as they become known after the Initial REO Carrying Amount is determined with a corresponding amount reflected in operating expense. Property values are periodically reviewed for impairment until the property is sold and any impairment identified is immediately recognized through the valuation allowance. Recoveries in value are also recognized against the valuation allowance but not in excess of cumulative losses previously recognized subsequent to the date of repossession. Adjustments to the valuation allowance, costs of holding REO and any gain or loss on disposition are credited or charged to operating expense.

 

55


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table provides quarterly information regarding our REO properties:

 

           Quarter Ended        
     

Full Year

2011

   

Dec. 31,

2011

   

Sept. 30,

2011

   

June 30,

2011

   

Mar. 31,

2011

   

Full Year

2010

 

Number of REO properties at end of period

     3,446        3,446        4,250        6,854        10,016        10,749   

Number of properties added to REO inventory in the period

     10,957        1,676        1,378        2,495        5,408        20,112   

Average loss on sale of REO properties(1)

     8.2     10.2     8.9     7.0     7.9     4.8

Average total loss on foreclosed properties(2)

     55.5     57.6     56.4     54.9     54.6     51.1

Average time to sell REO properties (in days)

     185        206        196        169        167        161   

 

 

(1) 

Property acquired through foreclosure is initially recognized at the lower of amortized cost or its fair value less estimated costs to sell (“Initial REO Carrying Amount”). The average loss on sale of REO properties is calculated as cash proceeds less the Initial REO Carrying Amount divided by the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g., real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property. This ratio represents the portion of our total loss on foreclosed properties that occurred after we took title to the property.

 

(2) 

The average total loss on foreclosed properties sold each quarter includes both the loss on sale of the REO property as discussed above and the cumulative write-downs recognized on the loans up to the time we took title to the property. This calculation of the average total loss on foreclosed properties uses the unpaid loan principal balance prior to write-down (excluding any accrued finance income) plus certain other ancillary disbursements that, by law, are reimbursable from the cash proceeds (e.g., real estate tax advances) and were incurred prior to our taking title to the property.

Our methodology for determining the fair values of the underlying collateral as described above is continuously validated by comparing our net investment in the loan subsequent to charging the loan down to fair value less cost to sell, or our net investment in the property upon completing the foreclosure process, to the updated broker’s price opinion and once the collateral has been obtained, any adjustments that have been made to lower the expected selling price, which may be lower than the broker’s price opinion. Adjustments in our expectation of the ultimate proceeds that will be collected are recognized as they occur based on market information at that time and consultation with our listing agents for the properties.

As previously reported, beginning in late 2010 we suspended all new foreclosure proceedings and in early 2011 suspended foreclosures in process where judgment had not yet been entered while we enhanced foreclosure documentation and processes for foreclosures and re-filed affidavits where necessary. During 2011, we added 10,957 properties to REO inventory which primarily reflects loans for which we had either accepted the deed to the property in lieu of payment or for which we had received a foreclosure judgment prior to the suspension of foreclosures. We expect the number of REO properties added to inventory during 2012 will be impacted by our continuing refinements to our foreclosure processes as well as the extended foreclosure timelines in all states as discussed below.

The number of REO properties at December 31, 2011 decreased as compared to December 31, 2010 driven by the temporary suspension of foreclosures as previously discussed above as well as sales of REO properties during the year. We have resumed processing the majority of suspended foreclosure activities in 48 states where judgment had not yet been entered and anticipate resuming suspended foreclosure activities in all remaining states in the first quarter of 2012. While we have not yet begun initiating new foreclosure activities in any states, we anticipate initiating new foreclosure activities in certain states during the first quarter of 2012. However, it will be a number of months before we resume all foreclosure activities in all states as we need to ensure we are satisfied that applicable enhanced processes have been implemented and it will take time to work through the backlog of loans that have not been referred to foreclosure in each state.

In addition, certain courts and state legislatures are implementing new rules or statutes relating to foreclosures. Scrutiny of foreclosure documentation has increased. Also, in some areas, courts are requiring additional verification of information filed prior to the foreclosure proceeding. The combination of these factors when coupled with other mortgage lenders who also temporarily suspended foreclosure activities and have now

 

56


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

resumed their foreclosure activities has led to a significant backlog of foreclosures in the marketplace which will take time to resolve. If these trends continue, there could be additional delays in the processing of foreclosures, which could have an adverse impact upon housing prices which is likely to result in higher loss severities while foreclosures are delayed.

The average loss on sale of REO properties and the average total loss on foreclosed properties for full year 2011 increased as compared to full year 2010 due to continuing declines in home prices during 2011 as well as a greater mix of REO properties being sold which we have held for longer periods of time due in part to the age and condition of the property which is also reflected in a low sales price. Typically the longer the holding period, the greater the loss we recognize at the time of sale. The increase also reflects continued declines in home prices during the year due, in part, to the continued elevated levels of foreclosed properties.

During the second half of 2011, we began to see an increase in the average number of days to sell REO properties. As a result of the decrease in new REO properties being added to inventory, there is a greater mix of REO properties being sold which we have held for longer periods of time as discussed above.

Results of Operations

 

Unless noted otherwise, the following discusses amounts from continuing operations as reported in our consolidated statement of income.

Net Interest Income  In the following table which summarizes net interest income, interest expense includes $94 million, $263 million and $519 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, that has been allocated to our discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policies as external interest expense is unaffected by the transfer of businesses to discontinued operations.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      %(1)     2010      %(1)     2009      %(1)  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Finance and other interest income

   $ 4,124         7.11   $ 5,000         7.18   $ 6,139         7.11

Interest expense

     2,442         4.21        3,174         4.56        4,132         4.78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 1,682         2.90   $ 1,826         2.62   $ 2,007         2.33
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

% Columns: comparison to average interest-earning assets.

Net interest income decreased during 2011 reflecting lower average receivables as a result of receivable liquidation and lower overall receivable yield driven by a shift in receivable mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured receivables as higher yielding second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables have run-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured receivables. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in our estimate of interest receivable relating to income tax receivables which totaled $117 million during 2011 due to a pending resolution of an issue with the Internal Revenue Service Appeals’ Office compared to tax-related interest income of $6 million during 2010 which is recorded as a component of finance and other interest income. The decrease in net interest income was partially offset by lower interest expense due to lower average borrowings and lower average rates.

While we experienced a lower overall receivable yield in our receivable portfolio during 2011 which was impacted by the changes in receivable mix discussed above, receivable yields vary between receivable products. Yields in our real estate secured receivable portfolio were essentially flat during 2011 as the positive impact of lower levels of nonaccrual receivables during the year were offset by increased participation in payment incentive programs during 2011 as well as an adjustment of approximately $60 million in 2011, principally related to prior years, relating to the process used to determine the amount of deferred income under these programs. Yields in our personal non-credit card receivable portfolio increased during 2011 reflecting the impact of lower levels of nonaccrual receivables.

Net interest income decreased during 2010 primarily due to lower average receivables as a result of receivable liquidation, partially offset by higher overall receivable yields and lower interest expense. During 2010, we experienced higher yields for all receivable products as a result of lower levels of nonperforming receivables,

 

57


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

including reduced levels of nonperforming modified real estate secured receivables, due to charge-off and declines in new modification volumes. Higher yields in our real estate secured receivable portfolio were partially offset by the impact of an increase in the expected lives of receivables in payment incentive programs. As receivable yields vary between receivable products, overall receivable yields were negatively impacted by a shift in receivable mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured receivables as higher yielding second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables have run-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured receivables. The decrease in net interest income during 2010 was partially offset by higher net interest income on our non-insurance investment portfolio reflecting higher levels of investments held and slightly higher yields. These decreases were partially offset by lower interest expense due to lower average borrowings and lower average rates.

Net interest margin was 2.90 percent in 2011, 2.62 percent in 2010 and 2.33 percent in 2009. Net interest margin in 2011 and 2010 was positively impacted, particularly in 2011, by the estimated interest receivable relating to income tax receivables as discussed above. Excluding the impact of this item in those periods, net interest margin remained higher in 2011 reflecting a lower cost of funds as a percentage of interest-earning assets, partially offset by a lower overall receivable yield driven by a shift in receivable mix to lower yielding first lien real estate secured receivables as discussed above.

Significant trends affecting the comparability of net interest income and net interest margin for the years:

 

      2011     2010  

Net interest income/net interest margin from prior year

   $ 1,826        2.62   $ 2,007        2.33
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Impact to net interest income resulting from:

        

Lower receivable levels

     (828       (1,073  

Receivable yields:

        

Receivable pricing

     (117       53     

Impact of nonperforming assets

     124          146     

Volume and rate impact of modified loans

     62          65     

Receivable mix

     (218       (321  

Interest receivable related to income tax receivables

     111          6     

Non-insurance investment income (rate and volume)

     2          3     

Cost of funds (rate and volume)

     732          958     

Other

     (12       (18  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net interest income/net interest margin for current year

   $ 1,682        2.90   $ 1,826        2.62
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The varying maturities and repricing frequencies of both our assets and liabilities expose us to interest rate risk. When the various risks inherent in both the asset and the debt do not meet our desired risk profile, we use derivative financial instruments to manage these risks to acceptable interest rate risk levels. See “Risk Management” for additional information regarding interest rate risk and derivative financial instruments.

Provision for Credit Losses  The provision for credit losses associated with our various loan portfolios is summarized below. The provision for credit losses may vary from year to year depending on a variety of factors including product mix and the credit quality of the loans in our portfolio including historical delinquency roll rates, portfolio seasoning, customer account management policies and practices, risk management/collection policies and practices related to our loan products, economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets and interest rates and changes in laws and regulations.

 

58


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table summarizes provision for credit losses by business:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Provision for credit losses:

        

Mortgage Services

   $ 1,309       $ 1,575       $ 1,917   

Consumer Lending:

        

Real estate secured

     2,675         2,339         2,997   

Personal non-credit card

     434         1,432         2,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

     3,109         3,771         5,987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,418       $ 5,346       $ 7,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As discussed above, our provision for credit losses during 2011 included approximately $766 million for real estate secured receivables and approximately $159 million for personal non-credit card receivables recorded in the third quarter of 2011 related to the adoption of new accounting guidance related to TDR Loans. This new accounting guidance has and will continue to impact our provision for credit losses in periods post-adoption, including the fourth quarter of 2011, as loans which otherwise would not have qualified for TDR reporting in the past will now meet the criteria under the new accounting guidance in future periods to be reported and reserved for as TDR Loans. Therefore, the provision for credit losses is not comparable to prior reporting periods. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of this new guidance and related impacts. Excluding the impact of the adoption of the new Accounting Standards Update during the third quarter of 2011, our overall provision for credit losses decreased significantly in 2011 for all components as discussed below.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for real estate secured loans in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services business decreased $260 million and $436 million, respectively, during 2011. The decrease reflects lower balances outstanding as the portfolios continue to liquidate and lower charge-off levels. These decreases were partially offset by higher expected losses on TDR. Also contributing to the decrease was lower levels of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent, which in our total reported contractual delinquency for real estate secured receivables was largely offset by an increase in late stage delinquency, reflecting the continuing impact from foreclosure delays as discussed above.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for our personal non-credit card receivables decreased $1.2 billion during 2011 reflecting lower receivable, delinquency and charge-off levels as well as improved credit quality.

Net charge-off dollars totaled $4.0 billion during 2011 compared to $7.1 billion during 2010. The decrease was driven by lower average delinquency levels throughout 2011 as compared to 2010 as a result of lower average receivable levels and improvements in economic conditions. See “Credit Quality” for further discussion of our net charge-offs.

In 2011, we increased our credit loss reserves as the provision for credit losses was $440 million higher than net charge-offs. Excluding the impact of adopting new accounting guidance on TDR Loans as previously discussed, the provision for credit losses was $485 million lower than net charge-offs reflecting lower receivable levels, lower overall delinquency levels and improvements in economic conditions. The provision as a percent of average receivables was 8.53 percent in 2011 and 8.49 percent in 2010. Excluding the impact of adopting new accounting guidance on TDR Loans as previously discussed, the provision as a percentage of average receivables would have decreased 174 basis points in 2011 as compared to 2010. See “Credit Quality” for further discussion of credit loss reserves.

We anticipate delinquency and charge-off levels will remain under pressure during 2012 as the U.S. economic environment continues to impact our business and foreclosure delays, resulting in part from our earlier decision to temporarily suspend foreclosure activities, continue to impact our delinquency levels. The magnitude of these trends will largely be dependent on the nature and extent of the economic recovery, including unemployment rates and a recovery in the housing markets.

 

59


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Our provision for credit losses decreased significantly during 2010 as discussed below.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for the real estate secured receivable portfolios in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services business decreased $658 million and $342 million, respectively, during 2010. The decrease reflects lower receivable levels as the portfolios continue to liquidate, lower delinquency levels, improved loss severities and improvements in economic conditions since 2009. The decrease also reflects lower loss estimates on TDR Loans, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels, lower receivable prepayments, higher loss estimates on recently modified loans and for real estate secured receivables in our Consumer Lending business, portfolio seasoning. Improvements in loss severities reflect an increase in the number of properties for which we accepted a deed-in-lieu which result in lower losses compared to loans which are subject to a formal foreclosure process for which average loss severities in 2010 have remained relatively flat to 2009 levels.

 

   

The provision for credit losses for our personal non-credit card receivables decreased $1.6 billion reflecting lower receivable levels, lower delinquency levels and improvements in economic conditions since 2009, partially offset by higher reserve requirements on TDR Loans.

Net charge-off dollars totaled $7.1 billion during 2010 compared to $10.4 billion in 2009 driven by lower delinquency levels as a result of lower average receivable levels and improvements in the U.S. economic conditions since year end 2009. See “Credit Quality” for further discussion of our net charge-offs.

In 2010, we decreased our credit loss reserves as the provision for credit losses was $1.8 billion less than net charge-offs. Lower credit loss reserve levels reflect lower receivable levels, improved economic and credit conditions since 2009 including lower delinquency levels and overall improvements in loss severities as discussed above. The provision as a percent of average receivables was 8.49 percent in 2010 and 9.80 percent in 2009.

See “Critical Accounting Policies,” “Credit Quality” and “Analysis of Credit Loss Reserves Activity” for additional information regarding our loss reserves. See Note 8, “Credit Loss Reserves” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional analysis of loss reserves.

Other Revenues  The following table summarizes other revenues:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Insurance revenue

   $ 246      $ 274      $ 334   

Investment income

     127        99        108   

Net other-than-temporary impairment losses

     -        -        (25

Derivative related income (expense)

     (1,146     (379     300   

Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives

     1,164        741        (2,125

Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates

     21        36        111   

Other income

     27        41        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other revenues (expense)

   $ 439      $ 812      $ (1,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Insurance revenue  decreased in 2011 and 2010 as a result of a decrease in the number of credit insurance policies in force since March 31, 2009 primarily due to the run-off of our Consumer Lending portfolio. During the third quarter of 2011, we announced our decision to cease issuing new term life insurance in the United States effective January 2012 which will result in lower insurance revenue in future periods.

Investment income  includes interest income on available-for-sale securities in our insurance investment portfolio as well as realized gains and losses from the sale of all investment securities. Investment income increased during 2011 due to higher gains on sales of securities, partially offset by lower average balances and lower yields on money market funds. In 2010, investment income decreased due to lower gains on sales of securities and lower yields on money market funds as well as lower average investment balances.

Net other-than temporary impairment losses (“OTTI”)  During 2011 and 2010, OTTI totaled than $1 million. For further information regarding other-than-temporary impairment losses, see Note 5, “Securities,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Derivative related income (expense) includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives which do not qualify as effective hedges under hedge accounting principles as well as the ineffectiveness on derivatives which are qualifying hedges. Designation of swaps as effective hedges reduces the volatility that would otherwise result from mark-to-market accounting. All derivatives are economic hedges of the underlying debt instruments regardless of the accounting treatment. Derivative related income (expense) is summarized in the table below:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Net realized gains (losses)

   $ (77   $ (206   $ (290

Mark-to-market on derivatives which do not qualify as effective hedges

     (1,104     (188     487   

Ineffectiveness

     35        15        103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,146   $ (379   $ 300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative related income (expense) decreased significantly during 2011. As previously discussed, our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services real estate secured receivables are remaining on the balance sheet longer due to lower prepayment rates. At December 31, 2011, we had $10.4 billion of interest rate swaps outstanding for the purpose of offsetting the increase in the duration of these receivables and the corresponding increase in interest rate risk as measured by the present value of a basis point (“PVBP”). While these positions acted as economic hedges by lowering our overall interest rate risk by more closely matching both the structure and duration of our liabilities to the structure and duration of our assets, they did not qualify as effective hedges under hedge accounting principles. As a result, these positions are carried at fair value and are marked-to-market through income while the item being hedged is not carried at fair value and, therefore, no offsetting fair value adjustment is recorded. Of these non-qualifying hedges, $6.9 billion were longer-dated pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps with an average life of 12.6 years and $3.5 billion were shorter-dated receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps with an average life of 3.2 years. Market value movements for the longer-dated pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps may be volatile during periods in which long term interest rates fluctuate, but they effectively lock in fixed interest rates for a set period of time which results in funding that is better aligned with longer term assets. Market value movements on the shorter-dated receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps may offset a portion of this volatility.

Falling long-term interest rates during 2011 had a negative impact on the mark-to-market on this portfolio of swaps. Over time, we may elect to further reduce our exposure to rising interest rates through the execution of additional pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps. Net realized losses were lower during 2011 as a result of lower losses on terminations of non-qualifying hedges during the year. Ineffectiveness income and expense during 2011 was driven by changes in the market value of our cash flow and fair value hedges due to decreases in U.S and foreign interest rates.

Derivative related income decreased during 2010. At December 31, 2010, we had $11.3 billion of interest rate swaps outstanding for the purpose of offsetting the increase in the duration of real estate secured receivables and the corresponding increase in interest rate risk as measured by PVBP as discussed above. Of these non-qualifying hedges, $6.3 billion were longer-dated pay fixed/receive variable interest rate swaps, which represented an increase of $1.1 billion during 2010, and $5.0 billion were shorter-dated receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps. Falling long-term interest rates during 2010 had a significant negative impact on the mark-to-market on this portfolio of swaps. Net realized losses were lower during 2010 as a result of lower losses on terminations of non-qualifying hedges due to changes in rates during 2010 as well as changes in the timing of the non-qualifying hedge terminations. During 2010, ineffectiveness was largely due to the impact of falling U.S. long term rates on our cross currency cash flow hedges, partially offset by falling long-term foreign interest rates, while during 2009, long term U.S. rates and long-term foreign interest rates increased.

Net income volatility, whether based on changes in interest rates for swaps which do not qualify for hedge accounting or ineffectiveness recorded on our qualifying hedges under the long haul method of accounting, impacts the comparability of our reported results between periods. Accordingly, derivative related income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2011 or any prior periods should not be considered indicative of the results for any future periods.

 

61


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives reflects fair value changes on our fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO as well as the fair value changes and realized gains (losses) on the related derivatives associated with debt designated at fair value. The gain on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives during 2011 and 2010 reflects falling U.S. interest rates and a widening of credit spreads. See Note 12, “Fair Value Option,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information, including a break out of the components of the gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives.

Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates represents revenue received under service level agreements under which we service real estate secured receivables as well as revenue from HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc. (“HTSU”) for certain office space rental and administrative costs. Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates decreased during 2011 primarily due to lower rental revenue due to lower office and administrative costs as a result of entity-wide initiatives to cut costs and lower levels of real estate secured receivables being serviced for HSBC Bank USA as the portfolio continues to liquidate. The decrease in 2010 reflects lower levels of receivables being serviced for HSBC Bank USA as well as the transfer to HTSU of certain services we previously provided to other HSBC affiliates.

Other income decreased during 2011 and 2010. The following table summarizes significant components of other income for the years presented:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Gains on miscellaneous asset sales, including real estate investments

   $ 6       $ 22       $ 38   

Gain on sale of Low Income Housing Tax Credit Investment Funds to HSBC Bank USA

     -         -         20   

Other, net

     21         19         31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 27       $ 41       $ 89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decrease in other income during 2011 and 2010 reflects lower gains on sales of miscellaneous commercial assets. Additionally, other income in 2009 included a $20 million gain on the sale of Low Income Housing Tax Credit Investment Funds to HSBC Bank USA.

Operating Expenses  The following table summarizes operating expenses:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 187       $ 261       $ 663   

Occupancy and equipment expenses, net

     52         56         116   

Real estate owned expenses

     206         274         199   

Other servicing and administrative expenses

     620         440         432   

Support services from HSBC affiliates

     311         275         317   

Policyholders’ benefits

     155         152         197   

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     -         -         274   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses

   $ 1,531       $ 1,458       $ 2,198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits were lower during 2011 and 2010 as a result of the reduced scope of our business operations, including for 2010 the decision in February 2009 to close all of the Consumer Lending branch offices, the impact of entity-wide initiatives to reduce costs and in 2010, the centralization of additional shared services in North America, including, among other things, legal, compliance, tax and finance although this decrease was offset by an increase in support services from HSBC affiliates. The decrease in 2011 and 2010 also reflects the impact of the transfer of certain employees to a subsidiary of HSBC Bank USA during the third quarter of 2010 although this decrease was also offset by an increase in support services from HSBC affiliates. Salaries and employee benefits during 2009 included severance costs of $73 million, primarily related to our decision in February 2009 to discontinue new account originations for all products in our Consumer Lending business and close all branch offices. See Note 4, “Strategic Initiatives,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a complete description of the decisions made in each year.

 

62


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Occupancy and equipment expenses, net decreased during 2011 as a result of the reduction of the scope of our business operations. Occupancy and equipment expenses, net in 2010, were reduced by $14 million as a result of a reduction in the lease liability associated with an office of our Mortgage Services business which has now been fully subleased. Additionally, occupancy and equipment expenses, net during 2009 included $53 million, related to our decision to close the Consumer Lending branch offices. Excluding these items from the appropriate periods, occupancy and equipment expenses, net increased slightly during 2010 due to changes in the manner in which rent expense is allocated to HSBC affiliates.

Real estate owned expenses decreased during 2011 primarily due to lower holding costs for REO properties due to a decrease in the number of REO properties held during the year resulting from a significant decrease in the number of new REO properties added to inventory during the year due to the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities as well as higher volumes of REO sales. REO expense also decreased during 2011 due to lower losses on sales of REO properties as a greater mix of REO properties being sold are properties we have held for longer periods of time which resulted in a portion of the cumulative loss being recognized as REO expense in 2010. During 2010, REO expenses increased as a result of higher average number of REO properties held during 2010, higher overall expenses on REO properties held and higher losses on REO properties as home prices began to decline during the second half of 2010. During periods in which home prices deteriorate, the reduction in value between the date we take title to the property and when the property is ultimately sold results in higher valuation allowances during the holding period and potentially higher losses at the time the property is sold.

Other servicing and administrative expenses increased during 2011 driven by higher legal reserves reflecting increased exposure estimates on litigation of $150 million and an expense accrual related to mortgage servicing matters of $157 million compared to approximately $90 million in 2010 relating to certain litigation matters. The increase in 2011 also reflects higher fees for consulting services and other expenses related to compliance matters. These increases were partially offset by the continuing reduction in the scope of our business operations and the impact of entity wide initiatives to reduce costs, including lower third party collection costs as our receivable portfolios continue to run-off. Other servicing and administrative expenses during 2009 included $29 million of fixed asset and other miscellaneous asset write-downs related to the decision to close the Consumer Lending branch offices. Excluding this from 2009, other servicing and administrative expenses remained higher during 2010 reflecting higher legal costs and higher third party collection costs, partially offset by reductions in the scope of our business operations and the impact of entity wide initiatives to reduce costs.

Support services from HSBC affiliates increased during 2011 reflecting higher technology operational support costs provided by HTSU, driven by the transfer in July 2010 of certain employees to a subsidiary of HSBC Bank USA as discussed above and a higher allocation of compliance and utility expenses. These increases were partially offset by lower expenses for services provided by an affiliate outside the U.S. due to a decrease in offshore personnel headcount as compared to the prior year driven by cost containment measures and overall organizational restructuring. Support services from HSBC affiliates decreased during 2010 driven by lower expenses for services provided by an affiliate outside the U.S. due to decreases in offshore personnel headcount driven by facility closures which occurred through out 2009 and overall organizational restructuring as well as fewer information technology projects from HTSU during 2010. The decrease in 2010 was partially offset by additional shared services allocated to us by HTSU, including legal, compliance, tax and finance, beginning in January 2010 as well as impact of the transfer of certain employees to a subsidiary of HSBC Bank USA in July 2010 as discussed above.

Policyholders’ benefits increased during 2011 due to higher claims on term life insurance policies, partially offset by lower claims on credit insurance policies as there are fewer such policies in force primarily due to the run-off of our Consumer Lending business. Policyholders’ benefits decreased during 2010 due to lower claims on credit insurance policies as there were fewer such policies in force primarily due to the run-off of our Consumer Lending portfolio.

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges During 2009, we recorded goodwill impairment charges of $260 million related to our Insurance Services business, which represented all of our remaining goodwill. Additionally, during 2009, we recorded impairment charges of $14 million relating to technology, customer lists and loan related relationships resulting from the discontinuation of originations for our Consumer Lending business. There were no intangible asset impairment charges during 2011 and 2010.

 

63


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Efficiency Ratio Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations was 66.80 percent in 2011 compared to 47.51 percent in 2010 and 178.50 percent in 2009. Our efficiency ratio from continuing operations during all periods was impacted by the change in the fair value of debt and related derivatives for which we have elected fair value option accounting. Additionally, the efficiency ratio in 2009 was also impacted by goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges and the Consumer Lending closure costs, as discussed above. Excluding these items from the periods presented, our efficiency ratio deteriorated significantly in 2011 reflecting lower other revenues driven by lower derivative related income and lower net interest income driven by portfolio liquidation while operating expenses increased as discussed above. Excluding these items from the periods presented, our efficiency ratio deteriorated during 2010 reflecting significantly lower net interest income and other revenues driven by receivable portfolio liquidation and lower derivative-related income which outpaced the decrease in operating expenses.

Income taxes  Our effective tax rates for continuing operations were as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    Effective Tax Rate  

2011

     (38.1 )% 

2010

     (34.8

2009

     (32.6

The effective tax rate for 2011 was impacted by a release of valuation allowance previously established on foreign tax credits. HSBC North America implemented an additional tax planning strategy which is expected to generate sufficient taxable foreign source income to allow us to recognize and utilize foreign tax credits currently on our balance sheet before they expire. The effective tax rate for 2011 was also impacted by the non-deductible portion of the accrual related to mortgage servicing matters, an increase in the valuation allowance or state deferred taxes, an increase in uncertain tax positions and state taxes, including states where we file combined unitary state tax returns with other HSBC affiliates. The effective tax rate for continuing operations in 2010 was primarily impacted by state taxes as discussed above and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments on leveraged leases that matured in December 2010. See Note 14, “Income Taxes,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion.

Segment Results – IFRS Basis

 

Through June 30, 2011, we reported the results of our operations in two reportable segments: Card and Retail Services and Consumer. These segments were managed separately and were characterized by different middle-market consumer lending products, originations processes, and locations. As a result of the previously announced sale of our Card and Retail Services business in August 2011, these operations are reported as discontinued operations. Because our segment results are reported on a continuing operations basis, we have one remaining reportable segment: Consumer.

Our Consumer segment consists of our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses. The Consumer segment provided real estate secured and personal non-credit card loans with both revolving and closed-end terms and with fixed or variable interest rates. Loans were originated through branch locations and direct mail. Products were also offered and customers serviced through the Internet. Prior to the first quarter of 2007, we acquired loans from correspondent lenders and prior to September 2007 we also originated loans sourced through mortgage brokers. While these businesses are all operating in run-off mode, they have not been reported as discontinued operations because we continue to generate cash flow from the ongoing collections of the receivables, including interest and fees.

The All Other caption includes our Insurance and Commercial businesses. Each of these businesses falls below the quantitative threshold tests under segment reporting accounting principles for determining reportable segments. The “All Other” caption also includes our corporate and treasury activities, which includes the impact of FVO debt. Certain fair value adjustments related to purchase accounting resulting from our acquisition by HSBC and related amortization have been allocated to corporate, which is included in the “All Other” caption within our segment disclosure. Goodwill which was established as a result of our acquisition by HSBC was not

 

64


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

allocated to or included in the reported results of our reportable segments as the acquisition by HSBC was outside of the ongoing operational activities of our reportable segments, consistent with management’s view of our reportable segment results. During 2009, the remainder of this goodwill was impaired. Goodwill relating to acquisitions subsequent to our acquisition by HSBC were included in the reported respective operating segment results as those acquisitions specifically related to the business, consistent with management’s view of the segment results.

We report results to our parent, HSBC, in accordance with its reporting basis, International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”). Our segment results are presented on an IFRSs legal entity basis (“IFRS Basis”) (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure) as operating results are monitored and reviewed and trends are evaluated on an IFRS Basis. However, we continue to monitor capital adequacy, establish dividend policy and report to regulatory agencies on a U.S. GAAP basis. Except for moving our Card and Retail Services business to discontinued operations as discussed above, there have been no other changes in measurement or composition of our segment reporting as compared with the presentation in our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2011.

Consumer Segment  The following table summarizes the IFRS Basis results for our Consumer segment for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Net interest income

   $ 2,448      $ 2,316      $ 2,545   

Other operating income

     (48     (30     71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income

     2,400        2,286        2,616   

Loan impairment charges

     4,907        5,686        7,927   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,507     (3,400     (5,311

Operating expenses

     1,021        883        1,279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before tax

   $ (3,528   $ (4,283   $ (6,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin

     4.71     3.67     3.16

Efficiency ratio

     42.54        38.63        48.89   

Return (after-tax) on average assets

     (4.48     (4.38     (5.51

Balances at end of period:

      

Customer loans

   $ 48,021      $ 56,650      $ 70,202   

Assets

     46,807        57,460        71,298   

2011 loss before tax compared to 2010 Our Consumer segment reported a lower loss before income taxes due to lower loan impairment charges and higher net interest income, partially offset by higher operating expenses and lower other operating income.

During 2011, HSBC adopted a revised disclosure convention for impaired loans and advances. This revised disclosure convention impacted the classification of loans and advances in HSBC’s geographical regions with material levels of forbearance activity for which our portfolio was included. The revision introduces a more stringent approach to classification of renegotiated loans as impaired. Management believes that the revised approach better reflects the nature of risks and inherent credit quality in our loan portfolio. The approach also reflects developments in industry disclosure best practice, including guidance provided by the Financial Services Authority, the regulator of all financial services in the United Kingdom, as well as a refinement of loan segmentation. As a result of this review, we reported impaired loans of $19.3 billion at December 31, 2011 which was $12.2 billion higher than what otherwise would have been reported. In the third quarter of 2011, we refined our loan classification methodology to provide greater differentiation of loans based on their credit risk characteristics. This review was performed as a result of the Company’s adoption of Clarifications to Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructures by Creditors and because an increasing percentage of the portfolio has been subject to forbearance in recent periods, with the closure of the portfolio to new business. It was determined that the segmentation of the portfolio should be improved to better reflect the credit characteristics of

 

65


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

forbearance cases. This re-segmentation also included a review of certain processes for recognizing and measuring impairment allowances under IFRSs, including changes to the provisioning methodology for loans subject to forbearance to measure the cash flows attributable to the credit loss events which occurred before the reporting date and improved assumptions about default and severity rates for the purposes of measuring impairment allowances. The increase to our population of impaired loans and the refinements to our provisioning methodologies resulted in a net incremental loan impairment charge of approximately $150 million at the time of implementation during the third quarter of 2011.

Historically, severity estimates were determined based on the average total losses incurred at the time the loans were transferred to Real Estate Owned (“REO”). Due to the significant reduction in loans transferred to REO during 2011, as a result of foreclosure delays and concentrations in the mix of loans transferring to REO in certain states that are no longer representative of our portfolio of loans requiring credit loss reserves, we determined that the best estimate of severity should be based on a 12-month average of broker price opinions received. As part of this review, we also increased the granularity of certain segments used to establish impairment provisions to include specific characteristics of the portfolios such as year of origination, location of the property and underlying economic factors affecting the location in which the property is located. Segmenting the portfolio based on these risk characteristics provides greater risk differentiation based on the underlying trends in our portfolio. We believe these enhancements to the credit loss reserve estimation process were responsive to the changing environment and will result in credit loss reserves that will be more responsive to the changing portfolio characteristics in the future as the loan portfolio continues to run-off.

Excluding the impact of the net incremental loan impairment charges of approximately $150 million during the third quarter of 2011 as discussed above, our loan impairment charges remained lower during 2011 as discussed below.

 

   

Loan impairment charges for the real estate secured loans portfolios in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services business decreased during 2011. The decrease reflects lower balances outstanding as the portfolios continue to liquidate as well as lower charge-off levels. These decreases were partially offset by higher estimated costs to obtain the underlying property securing the loan and the impact of discounting estimated future amounts to be received on real estate loans which have been written down to fair value less cost to obtain and sell the collateral on real estate secured loans which resulted in higher reserve requirements due to the delay in the timing of estimated cash flows to be received driven by foreclosure delays. Additionally, loan impairment charges were negatively impacted by lower estimated cash flows from impaired loans due to an increase in estimated severity and other changes in assumptions. Also contributing to the decrease was lower levels of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent, which in our total reported contractual delinquency for real estate secured receivables was largely offset by an increase in late stage delinquency, reflecting the continuing impact from foreclosure delays as discussed above.

 

   

Loan impairment charges for personal non-credit card loans decreased during 2011 reflecting lower loan, delinquency and charge-off levels due to improved credit quality and lower reserve requirements on impaired loans.

During 2011, loan impairment charges were $760 million greater than net charge-offs reflecting the higher reserve requirements on impaired loans as discussed above and higher reserve requirements relating to the discounting of future cash flows related to foreclosure delays. During 2011, we increased credit loss reserves to $5.9 billion of which approximately $150 million reflects the impact of the review of our methodology in the third quarter of 2011 as discussed above. Excluding these items, credit loss reserves were still higher as compared to December 31, 2010 reflecting higher loss estimates related to deterioration in credit quality for real estate secured loans reflecting, in part, the impact of continuing high unemployment levels, higher estimated

 

66


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

costs to obtain the underlying property securing the loan and higher reserve requirements due to the discounting of future cash flows related to foreclosure delays, partially offset by lower loan levels and lower overall dollars of delinquency as compared to December 31, 2010.

Net interest income increased during 2011 primarily due to higher yields for real estate secured and personal non-credit card loans and lower interest expense, partially offset by lower average loan levels as a result of loan liquidation. The higher yields in our real estate secured and personal non-credit card loan portfolios reflect the impact of lower levels of nonperforming loans as well as higher amortization associated with the discounting of the estimated future cash flows associated with real estate secured loans due to the passage of time, partially offset by increased participation in payment incentive programs during 2011 as well as the impacts of correcting prior period effective interest rate estimates in the current year of approximately $185 million. As yields vary between loan products, overall loan yields were negatively impacted by a shift in mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured loans as higher yielding second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card loans have run-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured loans. Lower interest expense during 2011 reflects lower average borrowings. Additionally, lower interest expense also reflects changes in our internal funding strategies to better match the lives of our loan portfolio with our external funding which has resulted in lower average rates. Net interest margin increased in 2011 reflecting the higher loan yields as discussed above as well as a lower cost of funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

Other operating income decreased as a result of an adjustment to expected cash flows of a loan portfolio purchased in 2006, partially offset by lower losses on REO properties. Lower losses on REO properties reflects a greater mix of REO properties being sold which we have held for longer periods of time which results in a portion of the loss being recorded in prior years.

Operating expenses increased 16 percent during 2011 due to an expense accrual of $197 million relating to mortgage servicing matters, higher legal fees, higher fees for consulting services and other expenses relating to compliance matters and higher pension costs, partially offset by lower salary and benefits, lower third party collection costs as our receivable portfolios continue to run-off and lower holding costs on REO properties. The expense accrual relating to mortgage serving matters of $197 million reflects the portion of the $257 million accrued at HSBC North America that we currently believe is allocable to HSBC Finance Corporation. As this matter progresses and more information becomes available, we will continue to evaluate our portion of the HSBC North America liability which may result in a change to our current estimate. Lower holding costs on REO properties reflects a significant decrease in the number of new REO properties due to the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities previously discussed. Pension expense in 2011 includes $13 million related to a plan amendment in December 2011 for services provided by certain employees in prior years compared to a one-time curtailment gain of $18 million in 2010 for changes made to employees’ future benefits. Additionally, operating expenses during 2010 were impacted by the reduction in a lease liability of $15 million associated with an office of our Mortgage Services business which became fully subleased during the second quarter of 2010.

The efficiency ratio deteriorated during 2011 due to higher operating expenses and lower other operating revenues, partially offset by higher net interest income as discussed above.

ROA deteriorated during 2011 primarily due to the impact of higher operating expenses as discussed above as well as the impact of lower average assets.

2010 loss before tax compared to 2009 Our Consumer segment reported a lower loss before tax during 2010 due to lower loan impairment charges and lower operating expenses, partially offset by lower net interest income and lower other operating income.

Loan impairment charges decreased significantly during 2010 as discussed below.

 

   

Loan impairment charges for the real estate secured loan portfolios in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services business decreased during 2010. The decrease reflects lower loan levels as the portfolios continue to liquidate, lower delinquency levels, improved loss severities and improvements in economic conditions since 2009. The decrease also reflects lower loss estimates on TDR Loans, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels, lower loan prepayments, higher loss

 

67


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

estimates on recently modified loans and for real estate secured loans in our Consumer Lending business, portfolio seasoning. Improvements in loss severities reflect an increase in the number of properties for which we accepted a deed-in-lieu and an increase in the number of short sales, both of which result in lower losses compared to loans which are subject to a formal foreclosure process for which average loss severities in 2010 remained relatively flat to 2009 levels.

 

   

Loan impairment charges for our personal non-credit card loan portfolio reflects lower loan levels, lower delinquency levels and improvements in economic conditions since 2009, partially offset by higher reserve requirements on TDR Loans.

During 2010, credit loss reserves decreased to $5.5 billion as loan impairment charges were $1.6 billion lower than net charge-offs reflecting lower loan levels and lower delinquency levels as discussed above as well as lower reserve requirements on real estate secured TDR Loans, partially offset by higher reserve requirements on personal non-credit card TDR Loans.

Net interest income decreased in 2010 due to lower average loans as a result of liquidation, risk mitigation efforts, partially offset by lower interest expense and higher overall loan yields. During 2010, we experienced higher overall yields for all products as a result of lower levels of nonperforming receivables and reduced levels of nonperforming modified loans due to charge-off and declines in new modification volumes. Higher yields in our real estate secured loan portfolio were partially offset by a shift in loan mix to higher levels of lower yielding first lien real estate secured loans as higher yielding second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card loans have run-off at a faster pace than first lien real estate secured loans. Net interest margin increased in 2010 as compared to 2009 reflecting the higher loan yields as discussed above.

Other operating income decreased during 2010 due to lower credit insurance commissions and higher losses on REO properties reflecting an increase in the number of REO properties sold and declines in home prices during the second half of 2010.

Operating expenses decreased during 2010 due to the reductions in the scope of our business operations as well as other cost containment measures and lower pension expense driven by a curtailment gain, partially offset by higher collection costs and higher REO expense as a result of a higher average number of REO properties held during the year and higher overall expenses on the REO properties held. Operating expenses during 2009 included $133 million of costs related to the decision to discontinue new originations for all products in our Consumer Lending business and closure of the Consumer Lending branch offices. In addition, we were required to perform an interim intangible asset impairment test for our remaining Consumer Lending intangible asset which resulted in an impairment charge of $5 million during 2009. See Note 4, “Strategic Initiatives,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding this decision.

The efficiency ratio during 2009 was impacted by the $133 million in restructuring and impairment charges discussed above. Excluding the impact of the restructuring charges from the prior year, the efficiency ratio improved 499 basis points during 2010 as the decrease in operating expenses outpaced the decrease in net interest income due to lower loan levels and lower yields.

ROA improved during 2010 primarily due to a lower net loss as discussed above and the impact of lower average assets.

 

68


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Customer loans Customer loans for our Consumer segment can be analyzed as follows:

 

     

December 31,

2011

     Increases (Decreases) From  
      December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
      $     %     $     %  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Real estate secured(1)

   $ 42,701       $ (6,611     (13.4 )%    $ (16,795     (28.2 )% 

Personal non-credit card

     5,320         (2,018     (27.5     (5,386     (50.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total customer loans

   $ 48,021       $ (8,629     (15.2 )%    $ (22,181     (31.6 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Real estate secured receivables are comprised of the following:

 

     

December 31,

2011

     Increases (Decreases) From  
      December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
      $     %     $     %  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Mortgage Services

   $ 13,518       $ (2,522     (15.7 )%    $ (6,478     (32.4 )% 

Consumer Lending

     29,183         (4,089     (12.3     (10,317     (26.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

   $ 42,701       $ (6,611     (13.4 )%    $ (16,795     (28.2 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Customer loans decreased to $48.0 billion at December 31, 2011 as compared to $56.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and $70.2 billion at December 31, 2009 reflecting the continued liquidation of these portfolios which will continue to decline going forward. The liquidation rates in our real estate secured loan portfolio continues to be impacted by low loan prepayments as few refinancing opportunities for our customers exist and the trends impacting the mortgage lending industry as previously discussed.

See “Receivables Review” for a more detail discussion of the decreases in our receivable portfolios.

Reconciliation of Segment Results  As previously discussed, segment results are reported on an IFRS Basis. See Note 20, “Business Segments,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the differences between IFRSs and U.S. GAAP. For segment reporting purposes, intersegment transactions have not been eliminated. We generally account for transactions between segments as if they were with third parties. Also see Note 20, “Business Segments,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a reconciliation of our IFRS Basis segment results to U.S. GAAP consolidated totals.

Credit Quality

 

Credit Loss Reserves  We maintain credit loss reserves to cover probable incurred losses of principal, interest and fees and, as it relates to loans which have been identified as troubled debt restructures, credit loss reserves are maintained based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rates. Credit loss reserves are based on a range of estimates and are intended to be adequate but not excessive. We estimate probable losses for consumer receivables which do not qualify as troubled debt restructurings using a roll rate migration analysis that estimates the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency, or buckets, and ultimately charge-off based upon recent historical performance experience of other loans in our portfolio. This analysis considers delinquency status, loss experience and severity and takes into account whether loans have filed for bankruptcy, have been re-aged, or are subject to forbearance, an external debt management plan, hardship, modification, extension or deferment. Our credit loss reserves take into consideration the expected loss severity based on the underlying collateral, if any, for the loan in the event of default based on recent trends. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices, such as the re-age of accounts, forbearance agreements, extended payment plans, modification arrangements, external debt management programs and deferments. When customer account management policies or changes thereto, shift loans from a “higher” delinquency bucket to a “lower” delinquency bucket, this will be reflected in our roll rate statistics. To the extent that re-aged or modified

 

69


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

accounts have a greater propensity to roll to higher delinquency buckets, this will be captured in the roll rates. Since the loss reserve is computed based on the composite of all of these calculations, this increase in roll rate will be applied to receivables in all respective delinquency buckets, which will increase the overall reserve level. In addition, loss reserves on consumer receivables are maintained to reflect our judgment of portfolio risk factors that may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rate calculation or when historical trends are not reflective of current inherent losses in the portfolio. Portfolio risk factors considered in establishing loss reserves on consumer receivables include product mix, unemployment rates, bankruptcy trends, the credit performance of modified loans, geographic concentrations, loan product features such as adjustable rate loans, the credit performance of certain second lien loans following more delinquent first lien loans which we own or service, economic conditions, such as national and local trends in housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, current levels of charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in laws and regulations and other factors which can affect consumer payment patterns on outstanding receivables, such as natural disasters.

While our credit loss reserves are available to absorb losses in the entire portfolio, we specifically consider the credit quality and other risk factors for each of our products. We recognize the different inherent loss characteristics in each of our products as well as customer account management policies and practices and risk management/collection practices. We also consider key ratios, including reserves to nonperforming loans, reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs and reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency. Loss reserve estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reported in earnings when they become known. As these estimates are influenced by factors outside of our control such as consumer payment patterns and economic conditions, there is uncertainty inherent in these estimates, making it reasonably possible that they could change.

In establishing reserve levels, given the general decline in U.S. home prices that has occurred since 2007, we anticipate that losses in our real estate secured receivable portfolios will continue to be incurred with greater frequency and severity than experienced prior to 2007. There is currently little secondary market liquidity for subprime mortgages. As a result of these conditions, lenders have significantly tightened underwriting standards, substantially limiting the availability of alternative and subprime mortgages. As fewer financing options currently exist in the marketplace for home buyers, properties in certain markets are remaining on the market for longer periods of time which contributes to home price depreciation. For many of our customers, the ability to refinance and access equity in their homes is no longer an option as home prices remain stagnant in many markets and have depreciated in others. These housing market trends were exacerbated by the recent economic downturn, including high levels of unemployment, and these industry trends continue to impact our portfolio. It is generally believed that a sustained recovery of the housing market, as well as unemployment conditions, is not expected in the near-term. We have considered these factors in establishing our credit loss reserve levels, as appropriate.

Real estate secured receivable carrying amounts in excess of fair value less cost to sell are generally charged-off no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. Values are determined based upon broker price opinions or appraisals which are updated every 180 days. Typically, receivables written down to fair value less cost to sell did not require credit loss reserves. As part of our on-going review of our process for estimating fair value less cost to sell for receivables, we began to see a pattern in 2011 for lower estimates of value after the more detailed property valuations are performed which include information obtained from a walk-through of the property after we have obtained title. As a result, we established credit loss reserves for receivables written down to fair value less cost to sell to reflect an estimate of the likely additional loss following an interior appraisal of the property. However, this change had a marginal impact on our overall reserve levels because the majority of this was the result of reclassifying one component of loss reserves to another.

 

70


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

During the third quarter of 2011, we reviewed our existing models for determining credit loss reserves. As part of this process, we considered recent environmental activity including the impact of the foreclosure delays, unique characteristics of our run-off portfolio and changes in how loans are ultimately running-off. As a result, we made the following enhancements to our credit loss reserve estimation process during the third quarter of 2011:

 

   

Historically, severity estimates were determined based on the average total losses incurred at the time the loans were transferred to Real Estate Owned (“REO”). Due to the significant reduction in loans transferred to REO during 2011, as a result of foreclosure delays and concentrations in the mix of loans transferred to REO in certain states that are no longer representative of our portfolio of loans requiring credit loss reserves, we determined that the best estimate of severity should be based on a 12-month average of broker price opinions received.

 

   

As part of this review, we also increased the granularity of certain segments used to establish impairment provisions to include specific characteristics of the portfolios such as year of origination, location of the property and underlying economic factors affecting the location in which the property is located. Segmenting the portfolio based on these risk characteristics provides greater risk differentiation based on the underlying trends in our portfolio. We believe these enhancements to the credit loss reserve estimation process were responsive to the changing environment and will result in credit loss reserves that will be more responsive to the changing portfolio characteristics in the future as the loan portfolio continues to run-off.

The following table sets forth credit loss reserves for our continuing operations for the periods indicated:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010     2009(5)     2008     2007  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Credit loss reserves(1)

   $ 5,952      $ 5,512      $ 7,275      $ 9,781      $ 7,492   

Reserves as a percentage of:

          

Receivables(2)(3)(4)

     12.42     9.76     10.38     11.19     7.29

Net charge-offs(4)

     149.6        77.5        69.9        149.4        203.5   

Two-months-and-over contractual delinquency(2)(3)

     69.3        61.6        67.2        74.2        83.5   

Nonperforming receivables(2)(3)(4)

     86.6        80.0        91.0        96.5        109.1   

 

 

(1) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, credit loss reserves include $425 million and $95 million, respectively, related to receivables which have been written down to the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell primarily reflecting an estimate of additional loss following an interior appraisal of the property as previously discussed. We typically did not carry credit loss reserves for receivables which had been written down to the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell at December 31, 2009 or prior.

 

(2) 

In December 2009, we implemented changes to our charge-off policies for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables due to changes in customer behavior (“December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes”). As a result, beginning in December 2009, real estate secured receivables are written down to net realizable value less cost to sell generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. For personal non-credit card receivables, beginning in December 2009, charge-off occurs generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. See Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion. The reserve ratios for 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been significantly impacted by changes in the level of real estate secured receivables which have been written down to the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell. The following table shows these ratios excluding the receivables written down to fair value less cost to sell and any associated credit loss reserves.

 

At December 31,    2011     2010     2009  

Reserves as a percentage of:

      

Receivables

     13.16     10.54     10.92

Two-months-and-over contractual delinquency

     147.5        114.0        96.4   

Nonperforming loans

     251.9        192.3        170.4   

 

(3) 

While reserves associated with accrued finance charges are reported within our total credit loss reserve balances noted above, accrued finance charges for real estate secured receivables and certain personal non-credit card receivables are not reported within receivables, nonperforming receivables and two-months-and-over contractual delinquency.

 

71


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(4) 

Ratio excludes receivables, charge-off and nonperforming receivables associated with receivable portfolios which are considered held for sale as these receivables are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value with no corresponding credit loss reserves. Reserves as a percentage of net charge-off includes any charge-off recorded on receivables prior to the transfer to receivables held for sale.

 

(5) 

As discussed above, in December 2009, we implemented changes to our charge-off policies for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables due to changes in customer behavior. See Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion. Had these charge-offs not been accelerated, credit loss reserves and the related ratios would have been as follows:

 

December 31, 2009   

As

Reported

   

Excluding

Policy Change

 

Credit loss reserves

   $ 7,275      $ 10,747   

Reserves as a percentage of:

    

Receivables

     10.38     14.61

Net charge-offs

     69.9        154.9   

Two-months-and-over contractual delinquency

     67.2        75.2   

Nonperforming loans

     91.0        93.7   

Credit loss reserves at December 31, 2011 increased as we recorded provision for credit losses greater than net charge-offs of $440 million during 2011. As previously discussed, during the third quarter of 2011 we recorded an incremental in credit loss reserves of approximately $766 million and $159 million for real estate secured receivables and personal non-credit card receivables, respectively, related to the adoption of new accounting guidance related to the identification and reporting of TDR Loans as TDR Loans are typically reserved for based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate which generally results in higher reserve requirements. The new accounting guidance has and will continue to impact our credit loss reserves in periods post-adoption, including the fourth quarter of 2011, as loans which otherwise would not have qualified for TDR reporting in the past will now meet the criteria under the new guidance in future periods to be reported and reserved for as TDR Loans. Therefore, credit loss reserves are not comparable to prior reporting periods. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of this new guidance and related impacts. Excluding the impact of the adoption of the new Accounting Standards Update during the third quarter of 2011, overall credit loss reserves were lower at December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year as discussed below.

 

   

Credit loss reserves for real estate secured receivables were modestly lower driven by lower receivable levels, partially offset by the impact of lower receivable prepayments and continued high unemployment levels. Additionally, credit loss reserves were negatively impacted by higher reserve requirements for TDR Loans reflecting the impact of lower estimated cash flows from TDR Loans due to an increase in estimated severity and other changes in assumptions including the length of time these receivables will remain on our balance sheet as a result of the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities previously discussed. Also contributing to the decrease was lower levels of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent, which in our total reported contractual delinquency for real estate secured receivables was largely offset by an increase in late stage delinquency, reflecting the continuing impact from foreclosure delays as previously discussed.

 

   

Credit loss reserve levels in our personal non-credit card portfolio decreased due to lower receivable levels and improved credit quality. These decreases were partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels.

At December 31, 2011, 74 percent of our credit loss reserves are associated with TDR Loans which are reserved for using a discounted cash flow analysis which, in addition to considering all expected future cash flows, also takes into consideration the time value of money and the difference between the current interest rate and the original effective interest rate on the loan. This methodology generally results in a higher reserve requirement for TDR Loans than the remainder of our receivable portfolio for which credit loss reserves are established using a roll rate migration analysis that only considers credit losses. This methodology is highly sensitive to changes in volumes of TDR Loans as well as changes in estimates of the timing and amount of cash flows for TDR Loans.

 

72


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

As a result, credit loss reserves and provisions for credit losses for TDR Loans for the year ended December 31, 2011 should not be considered indicative of the results for any future periods. Generally as TDR Loan levels increase overall credit loss reserves also increase.

At December 31, 2011, approximately $5.9 billion, or 14 percent of our real estate secured receivable portfolio has been written down to fair value less cost to sell. In addition, approximately $11.7 billion of real estate secured receivables which have not been written down to fair value less cost to sell are considered TDR Loans and $1.3 billion of personal non-credit card receivables are considered TDR Loans, which are reserved for using a discounted cash flow analysis that generally results in a higher reserve requirement. As a result, at December 31, 2011, 41 percent of our real estate secured receivable portfolio and 40 percent of our total receivable portfolio have either been written down to fair value less cost to sell or are reserved for using a discounted cash flow analysis.

Credit loss reserves at December 31, 2010 decreased as we recorded provision for credit losses less than net charge-offs of $1.8 billion during 2010. Credit loss reserves were lower for all products as discussed below.

 

   

The decrease in credit loss reserve levels in our real estate secured receivable portfolio reflects lower receivable levels as the portfolio continues to liquidate and as compared to December 31, 2009, improvements in total loss severities largely as a result of an increase in the number of properties for which we accepted a deed-in-lieu and an increase in the number of short sales, both of which result in lower losses compared to loans which are subject to a formal foreclosure process for which average loss severities in 2010 have remained relatively flat to 2009 levels. The decrease also reflects the impact of an increase of $1.7 billion during 2010 of real estate secured receivables which have been written down to net realizable value less cost to sell and, therefore, generally do not have credit loss reserves associated with them. Real estate secured receivables which have been written down to net realizable value less cost to sell are generally in the process of foreclosure and will remain in our delinquency totals until we obtain title to the property. Credit loss reserves also reflect lower delinquency levels as the delinquent balances migrate to charge-off and are replaced by lower levels of newly delinquent loans as the portfolio seasons, partially offset by higher loss estimates on recently modified loans. Additionally, reserve requirements for real estate secured TDR Loans decreased as compared to December 31, 2009 due to lower new TDR Loan volumes and lower expected loss rates as a larger percentage of our real estate TDR Loans are performing due to an increase in charge-off of non-performing real estate secured TDR Loans.

 

   

Credit loss reserve levels in our personal non-credit card portfolio decreased as a result of lower receivable levels including lower delinquency levels, partially offset by slightly higher reserve requirements on personal non-credit card TDR Loans due to increases in expected loss rates, partially offset by lower new TDR Loan volumes.

Credit loss reserves decreased significantly in 2009, largely as a result of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes which reduced loss reserve levels by $3.5 billion. Excluding the impact of this policy change, reserve levels would have increased to $10.7 billion in 2009, driven by higher loss estimates for Consumer Lending real estate secured receivables driven by higher delinquency levels and the impact of higher real estate secured troubled debt restructurings and higher reserve requirements associated with these receivables at both Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services. Excluding the impact of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes, with the exception of our Consumer Lending real estate secured receivable portfolio, credit loss reserves were lower for all products as compared to December 31, 2008 reflecting lower dollars of delinquency and lower receivable levels. These decreases were partially offset by higher credit loss reserves in our Consumer Lending real estate secured receivable portfolio during 2009 due to the continued deterioration in the U.S. economy and housing markets, significantly higher unemployment rates, portfolio seasoning, higher loss severities and delays in processing foreclosures for real estate secured receivables as a result of backlogs in foreclosure proceedings and actions by local governments and certain states that have lengthened the foreclosure process.

Credit loss reserve levels in 2009 also reflect higher loss estimates related to TDR Loans. We use certain assumptions and estimates to compile our TDR balances and future cash flow estimates. In the fourth quarter of

 

73


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

2009, we received updated performance data on loan modifications which included activity associated with the recent increases in volume since late 2008 through mid-2009. Based on this data, we completed an update of the assumptions reflected in the cash flow models used to estimate credit losses associated with TDR Loans, including payment speeds and default rates. The update of these assumptions resulted in an increase to the provision for credit losses and an increase in the component of credit loss reserves specifically related to TDR of approximately $400 million net of reclassifications from other components of credit loss reserves.

Credit loss reserves at December 31, 2008 increased significantly as compared to December 31, 2007 as we recorded loss provision in excess of net charge-offs of $2.5 billion (excluding additional provision recorded as part of the lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment recorded on receivables transferred to held for sale). The increase was primarily as a result of higher delinquency and credit loss estimates in all of our receivable portfolios, the continued deterioration of the U.S. economy and housing markets during 2008, significantly higher unemployment rates, portfolio seasoning, higher personal bankruptcy filings; and delays in foreclosure activity as discussed above. Increases in credit loss reserves levels at December 31, 2008 were partially offset by the reclassification of $252 million in credit loss reserves associated with the transfer of receivables to held for sale as well as the impact of lower overall receivables.

Credit loss reserves at December 31, 2007 increased as compared to December 31, 2006 as we recorded loss provision in excess of net charge-offs of $3.4 billion. The increase was primarily a result of the higher delinquency and loss estimates in all of our receivable portfolios. In addition, the higher credit loss reserve levels reflected higher dollars of delinquency driven by portfolio seasoning and increased levels of personal bankruptcy filings as compared to the exceptionally low levels experienced in 2006 following enactment of new bankruptcy legislation in the United States in October 2005, partially offset by lower overall receivables.

Reserve ratios Following is a discussion of changes in the reserve ratios we consider in establishing reserve levels. The reserve ratios for the year ended December 31, 2009 were significantly impacted by the December 2009 Charge-off Policy changes described above as well as in Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. When noted, the discussion of the change between years excludes the impact of the adoption of these new charge-off policies on the ratios at December 31, 2009.

Reserves as a percentage of receivables were higher at December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010 due to higher reserve levels on TDR Loans driven by the impact of adopting new accounting guidance related to TDR Loans during the third quarter of 2011, partially offset by the impact of lower levels of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent. This increase was also partially offset by a shift in mix in our receivable portfolio to higher levels of first lien real estate secured receivables which generally carry lower reserve requirements than second lien real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables. This ratio in 2011 was also impacted by increases in the level of real estate secured receivables which have been written down to net realizable value less cost to sell. These written down receivables increased by $842 million as compared to December 31, 2010. Reserves as a percentage of receivables were lower at December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009 driven by significantly lower dollars of delinquency for all products as discussed more fully below which resulted in decreases in our credit loss reserves outpacing the decreases in receivable levels. This ratio in 2010 was also impacted by increases in the level of real estate secured receivables which have been written down to net realizable value less cost to sell. These written down receivables increased by $1.7 billion as compared to December 31, 2009. Additionally, the decrease also reflects a shift in mix in our receivable portfolio to higher levels of first lien real estate secured as discussed above. Reserves as a percentage of receivables at December 31, 2009 (excluding the impact of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes) increased as compared to December 31, 2008 due to the lower receivable levels in 2009 as well as the impact of additional reserve requirements in our Consumer Lending business due to higher delinquency levels in our real estate secured receivable portfolios resulting from the economic conditions in 2009 and backlogs in foreclosure proceedings and actions by local governments and certain states which resulted in delays in processing foreclosures. Also contributing to the increase was the impact of higher real estate secured TDR Loans including higher reserve requirements associated with these receivables at both Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services. Additionally, for 2009 as compared to 2008,

 

74


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

reserves as a percentage of receivables were higher as a result of a shift in mix to higher levels of non-prime credit card receivables which carry a higher reserve requirement than prime credit card receivables. Reserves as a percentage of receivables at December 31, 2008 were higher than at December 31, 2007 due to the impact of additional reserve requirements as discussed above.

Reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs at December 31, 2011 increased significantly as compared to December 31, 2010 due to higher reserve levels on TDR Loans driven by the impact of adopting new accounting guidance related to TDR Loans during the third quarter of 2011 and significantly lower dollars of net charge-offs during 2011 as discussed more fully below. Reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs at December 31, 2010 increased as compared to December 31, 2009 as dollars of net charge-offs decreased at a faster pace than reserves largely due to higher reserve requirements on modified loans. Reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs for December 31, 2009 (excluding the impact of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes) increased as compared to December 31, 2008 as the increase in reserve requirements in our Consumer Lending business outpaced the increase in charge-offs in our Consumer Lending real estate secured receivable portfolio largely due to the delays and backlogs in foreclosure proceedings. Reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs were lower in 2008 than 2007 as the increase in charge-offs outpaced the increase in reserve levels. This is primarily due to a significant increase in reserves during 2007 due to growing delinquency in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services real estate secured portfolios which migrated to charge-off in 2008.

Reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency at December 31, 2011 increased as compared to December 31, 2010. This ratio has been impacted by real estate secured receivables which are carried at fair value less cost to sell. Excluding receivables carried at fair value less cost to sell and any associated credit loss reserves from this ratio for both periods, reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency at December 31, 2011 increased significantly as compared to December 31, 2010 reflecting higher reserve levels on TDR Loans driven by the impact of adopting new accounting guidance for TDR Loans during the third quarter of 2011 and lower levels of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent as discussed below. Excluding receivables carried at net realizable value less cost to sell from this ratio for both periods, reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency at December 31, 2010 increased as compared to December 2009 as dollars of delinquency decreased at a faster pace than reserve levels. This increase was largely driven by dollars of delinquency for personal non-credit card receivables decreasing at a faster pace than reserve levels due to higher loss estimates on bankrupt and TDR Loans as well as higher loss estimates for all products on recently modified loans. Reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency at December 31, 2009 (excluding the impact of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes) as compared to December 31, 2008 increased due the increase in reserve requirements in our Consumer Lending business discussed above, partially offset by the lower dollars of delinquency for Mortgage Services real estate secured, credit card, and personal non-credit card receivables. Reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency at December 31, 2008 decreased as compared to December 31, 2007 due to a shift to significantly higher levels of contractually delinquent first lien real estate secured receivables which typically carry lower reserve requirements than second lien real estate secured and unsecured receivables.

Reserves as a percentage of nonperforming loans in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was impacted by nonperforming real estate secured receivables carried at fair value less cost to sell. Excluding receivables carried at fair value less cost to sell and any associated credit loss reserves from this ratio for all periods, reserves as a percentage of nonperforming loans increased significantly at December 31, 2011 as compared to December 31, 2010 reflecting higher reserve levels on TDR Loans as discussed above and lower levels of nonperforming receivables as discussed more fully below. Excluding receivables carried at net realizable value less cost to sell from this ratio for both December 31, 2010 and 2009, reserves as a percentage of nonperforming loans increased during 2010 due to nonperforming personal non-credit card receivables decreasing at a faster pace than reserve levels due to higher loss estimates on bankrupt and TDR Loans as well as higher loss estimates for all products on recently modified loans. Reserves as a percentage of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2009 (excluding the impact of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes) were lower as compared to December 31, 2008 as the majority of the increase in non-performing loans was in the first lien portion of Consumer Lending’s real estate secured receivable portfolio. First lien real estate secured receivables typically carry lower reserve requirements than second lien real estate secured and unsecured receivables. Reserves as a percentage of nonperforming loans decreased in 2008 as compared to 2007 as the majority of the increase in nonperforming loans was from the first lien real estate secured receivable portfolios in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses which typically carry lower reserve requirements than second lien real estate secured and unsecured receivables.

 

75


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the changes in credit loss reserves for continuing operations by product during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

      Real Estate Secured     Personal
Non-Credit
Card
    Total  
  

First

Lien

   

Second

Lien

     
     (in millions)  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

        

Balances at beginning of period

   $ 3,355      $ 832      $ 1,325      $ 5,512   

Provision for credit losses(1)

     3,227        758        433        4,418   

Charge-offs

     (2,527     (827     (1,127     (4,481

Recoveries

     34        60        409        503   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (2,493     (767     (718     (3,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 4,089      $ 823      $ 1,040      $ 5,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve components:

        

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 632      $ 286      $ 334      $ 1,252   

Individually evaluated for impairment(2)

     3,026        534        706        4,266   

Receivables carried at net realizable value less cost to sell

     423        2        -        425   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     8        1        -        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves

   $ 4,089      $ 823      $ 1,040      $ 5,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

        

Balances at beginning of period

   $ 3,997      $ 1,430      $ 1,848      $ 7,275   

Provision for credit losses

     3,126        789        1,431        5,346   

Charge-offs

     (3,811     (1,456     (2,329     (7,596

Recoveries

     43        69        375        487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (3,768     (1,387     (1,954     (7,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,355      $ 832      $ 1,325      $ 5,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve components:

        

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,544      $ 570      $ 930      $ 3,044   

Individually evaluated for impairment(2)

     1,701        258        395        2,354   

Receivables carried at net realizable value less cost to sell

     94        1        -        95   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     16        3        -        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves

   $ 3,355      $ 832      $ 1,325      $ 5,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

        

Balances at beginning of period

   $ 4,998      $ 2,115      $ 2,668      $ 9,781   

Provision for credit losses

     3,354        1,558        2,992        7,904   

Charge-offs

     (4,381     (2,282     (4,039     (10,702

Recoveries

     26        39        227        292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (4,355     (2,243     (3,812     (10,410
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,997      $ 1,430      $ 1,848      $ 7,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserve components:

        

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,206      $ 1,051      $ 1,495      $ 4,752   

Individually evaluated for impairment(2)

     1,766        373        353        2,492   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     25        6        -        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves

   $ 3,997      $ 1,430      $ 1,848      $ 7,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

During 2011, provision for credit losses included $683 million for first lien real estate secured receivables, $83 million for second lien real estate secured receivables and $159 million for personal non-credit card receivables related to the adoption of new accounting guidance for TDR Loans as discussed above.

 

76


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(2) 

These amounts represent TDR Loans for which we evaluate reserves using a discounted cash flow methodology. Each loan is individually identified as a TDR Loan and then grouped together with other TDR Loans with similar characteristics. The discounted cash flow impairment analysis is then applied to these groups of TDR Loans. This amount excludes credit loss reserves associated with TDR Loans that are carried at fair value less cost to sell.

See the “Analysis of Credit Loss Reserves Activity,” “Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” and Note 8, “Credit Loss Reserves,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our loss reserves.

Delinquency and Charge-off Policies and Practices  Our delinquency and net charge-off ratios reflect, among other factors, changes in the mix of loans in our portfolio, the quality of our receivables, the average age of our loans, the success of our collection and customer account management efforts, general economic conditions such as national and local trends in housing markets, interest rates, unemployment rates, any changes to our charge-off policies such as occurred in 2009 and significant catastrophic events such as natural disasters and global pandemics. Levels of personal bankruptcies also have a direct effect on the asset quality of our overall portfolio and others in our industry.

Our credit and portfolio management procedures focus on risk-based pricing and ethical and effective collection and customer account management efforts for each loan. Our credit and portfolio management process is designed to give us a reasonable basis for predicting the credit quality of accounts although in a changing external environment this has become more difficult than in the past. This process is based on our experience with numerous marketing, credit and risk management tests. However, beginning in 2007 and continuing through 2011 we found consumer behavior has deviated from historical patterns due to the housing market deterioration, high unemployment levels and pressures from the economic conditions, creating increased difficulty in predicting credit quality. As a result, we have enhanced our processes to emphasize more recent experience, key drivers of performance, and a forward-view of expectations of credit quality. We also believe that our frequent and early contact with delinquent customers, as well as re-aging, modification and other customer account management techniques which are designed to optimize account relationships and home preservation, are helpful in maximizing customer collections on a cash flow basis and have been particularly appropriate in the unstable market. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for a description of our charge-off and nonaccrual policies by product.

Delinquency  Our policies and practices for the collection of consumer receivables, including our customer account management policies and practices, permit us to modify the terms of loans, either temporarily or permanently (a “modification”), and/or to reset the contractual delinquency status of an account that is contractually delinquent to current (a “re-age”), based on indicia or criteria which, in our judgment, evidence continued payment probability. Such policies and practices vary by product and are designed to manage customer relationships, improve collection opportunities and avoid foreclosure or repossession as determined to be appropriate. If a re-aged account subsequently experiences payment defaults, it will again become contractually delinquent and be included in our delinquency ratios.

 

77


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table summarizes dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency and two-months-and-over contractual delinquency as a percent of consumer receivables and receivables held for sale (“delinquency ratio”):

 

    2011     2010  
     Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31     Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31  
                (dollars are in millions)                    

Dollars of contractual delinquency:

               

Continuing operations:

               

Real estate secured:

               

Receivables carried at net realizable value

  $ 4,843      $ 4,417      $ 4,227      $ 4,149      $ 4,199      $ 4,095      $ 3,849      $ 3,724   

Remainder

    3,262        3,346        2,819        2,909        3,972        4,399        4,388        4,898   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured(1)(2)

    8,105        7,763        7,046        7,058        8,171        8,494        8,237        8,622   

Personal non-credit card

    486        518        489        596        779        921        954        1,158   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    8,591        8,281        7,535        7,654        8,950        9,415        9,191        9,780   

Discontinued operations

    481        457        406        481        612        673        877        1,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

  $ 9,072      $ 8,738      $ 7,941      $ 8,135      $ 9,562      $ 10,088      $ 10,068      $ 10,921   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Delinquency ratio:

               

Continuing operations:

               

Real estate secured:

               

Receivables carried at net realizable value

    81.57     78.97     78.77     76.76     82.41     84.00     84.44     86.83

Remainder

    8.87        8.67        7.01        6.96        8.98        9.41        8.86        9.31   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured(1)(2)

    18.98        17.57        15.45        14.95        16.56        16.45        15.23        15.15   

Personal non-credit card

    9.35        9.24        8.14        9.16        10.94        11.78        11.19        12.29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    17.93        16.63        14.60        14.25        15.85        15.84        14.68        14.74   

Discontinued operations

    5.34        5.27        4.40        5.20        6.18        6.81        6.74        8.18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

    15.94     14.94     13.06     12.92     14.41     14.55     13.31     13.60
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Real estate secured two-months-and-over contractual delinquency dollars and as a percent of consumer receivables and receivables held for sale for our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses are as follows:

 

78


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

     2011     2010  
      Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31     Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Dollars of contractual delinquency:

                

Mortgage Services:

                

First lien

   $ 2,582      $ 2,470      $ 2,254      $ 2,338      $ 2,643      $ 2,734      $ 2,682      $ 2,824   

Second lien

     155        169        163        184        243        266        276        305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

   $ 2,737      $ 2,639      $ 2,417      $ 2,522      $ 2,886      $ 3,000      $ 2,958      $ 3,129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending:

                

First lien

   $ 5,023      $ 4,763      $ 4,315      $ 4,199      $ 4,861      $ 5,021      $ 4,796      $ 4,970   

Second lien

     345        361        314        337        424        473        483        523   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

   $ 5,368      $ 5,124      $ 4,629      $ 4,536      $ 5,285      $ 5,494      $ 5,279      $ 5,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Delinquency ratio:

                

Mortgage Services:

                

First lien

     21.88     20.20     17.82     17.76     19.12     18.80     17.51     17.40

Second lien

     9.25        9.43        8.61        9.14        11.23        11.38        11.01        11.22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

     20.31     18.83     16.62     16.62     18.05     17.77     16.59     16.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending:

                

First lien

     19.00     17.49     15.39     14.52     16.18     16.11     14.80     14.75

Second lien

     12.31        12.31        10.41        10.79        12.81        13.23        12.53        12.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

     18.36     16.98     14.91     14.16     15.85     15.81     14.56     14.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) 

The following reflects dollars of contractual delinquency and the Delinquency Ratio for interest-only loans and stated income real estate secured receivables:

 

     2011     2010  
      Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31     Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Dollars of contractual delinquency:

                

Interest-only loans

   $ 370      $ 410      $ 395      $ 404      $ 423      $ 412      $ 394      $ 436   

Stated income loans

     590        617        576        609        683        722        737        820   

Delinquency ratio:

                

Interest-only loans

     38.54     39.84     35.61     33.11     31.76     28.50     25.28     25.54

Stated income loans

     27.35        27.22        24.22        24.20        25.28        24.77        23.46        24.03   

Overall dollars of delinquency for continuing operations increased as compared to September 30, 2011 due to higher dollars of delinquency for real estate secured receivables, partially offset by a decrease in dollars of delinquency for personal non-credit card receivables during the quarter. The increase in dollars of delinquency for real estate secured receivables reflects an increase in late stage delinquency reflecting the continuing impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities as previously discussed as the rate at which receivables are being transferred to REO has slowed. Dollars of delinquency for real estate secured receivables associated with real estate secured receivables carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell increased $426 million since September 30, 2011. These receivables, which are currently carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell, are generally in the process of foreclosure and will remain in our delinquency totals until we obtain title to the property. The increase in dollars of delinquency for receivables carried at net realizable value less cost to sell was partially offset by a decrease in dollars of delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent in the real estate secured receivable portfolio which was driven by a modest increase in re-age volumes during the quarter and lower receivable levels. While it currently remains unclear, a portion of this decrease in dollars of delinquency for real estate secured receivables less than 180 days contractually delinquent may have been partially offset by changes in customer payment behavior due to the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities. Dollars of delinquency for our personal non-credit card decreased as compared to September 30, 2011 reflecting the impact of lower receivable levels and improved credit quality partially offset by seasonal trends for higher delinquency during the second half of the year and the impact of continuing high unemployment levels.

 

79


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Dollars of two-month-and-over contractual delinquency for continuing operations decreased for both real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables as compared to December 31, 2010. In our real estate secured receivable portfolio, dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency decreased modestly as compared to December 31, 2010 as a significant increase in late stage delinquency driven by our earlier decision to temporarily suspend foreclosure activities was offset by a decrease in dollars of contractual delinquency on accounts less than 180 days contractually delinquent due to lower receivable levels and the impact of improvements in economic conditions. While it currently remains unclear, a portion of the decrease in dollars of delinquency for real estate secured receivables less than 180 days contractually delinquent may have been partially offset by changes in customer payment behavior due to the temporary suspension of foreclosure activities. Dollars of delinquency decreased in our personal non-credit card portfolio reflecting the impact of lower receivable levels and improved credit quality.

The delinquency ratio for continuing operations increased as compared to September 30, 2011 reflecting higher dollars of delinquency driven during the quarter by the continuing impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities as discussed above and lower receivable levels. The delinquency ratio for continuing operations also increased as compared to December 31, 2010 as the decrease in receivable levels outpaced the decrease in dollars of delinquency during the year driven by the continuing impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities as discussed above.

Dollars of delinquency for our discontinued credit card receivables at December 31, 2011 increased slightly as compared to September 30, 2011 but decreased as compared to December 31, 2010. The increase as compared to the prior quarter reflects seasonal trends for higher delinquency during the second half of the year. The decrease as compared to December 31, 2010 reflects the impact of lower receivable levels and improvements in credit quality. The delinquency ratio for credit card receivables has increased as compared to September 30, 2011 reflecting the higher delinquency levels discussed above. As compared to December 31, 2010, the delinquency ratio decreased as dollars of delinquency during the year decreased at a faster pace than receivable levels due to improvements in credit quality.

See “Customer Account Management Policies and Practices” regarding the delinquency treatment of re-aged accounts and accounts subject to forbearance and other customer account management tools.

 

80


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Net Charge-offs of Consumer Receivables  The following table summarizes net charge-off of consumer receivables both in dollars and as a percent of average consumer receivables (“net charge-off ratio”).

 

    2011     2010     2009  
   

Full
Year

    Quarter Ended(1)    

Full
Year

    Quarter Ended(1)     Full
Year
 
      Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31       Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31    
                                                                                         
    (dollars are in millions)  

Net charge-off dollars:

                     

Continuing operations:

                     

Real estate secured(1)

  $ 3,260      $ 757      $ 724      $ 763      $ 1,016      $ 5,155      $ 1,022      $ 1,196      $ 1,452      $ 1,485      $ 6,598   

Personal non-credit card

    718        147        137        174        260        1,954        357        380        539        678        3,812   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    3,978        904        861        937        1,276        7,109        1,379        1,576        1,991        2,163        10,410   

Discontinued operations

    643        -        127        229        287        1,785        311        360        511        603        2,742   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

  $ 4,621      $ 904      $ 988      $ 1,166      $ 1,563      $ 8,894      $ 1,690      $ 1,936      $ 2,502      $ 2,766      $ 13,152   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-off ratio:

                     

Continuing operations:

                     

Real estate secured(2)

    7.13     6.97     6.46     6.59     8.43     9.50     8.12     9.05     10.47     10.17     9.85

Personal non-credit card

    11.84        10.92        9.42        11.13        15.26        22.65        19.13        18.60        24.03        27.32        27.96   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    7.69        7.41        6.80        7.13        9.27        11.30        9.54        10.32        12.36        12.66        12.91   

Discontinued operations(3)

    10.32        -        8.23        9.94        11.92        14.24        12.60        12.19        15.07        16.15        15.53   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

    7.97     7.41     6.95     7.55     9.67     11.79     9.98     10.63     12.83     13.28     13.38
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate charge-offs and REO expense as a percent of average real estate secured receivables – continuing operations

    7.58     7.27     6.80     6.84     9.31     10.01     9.07     9.61     10.76     10.43     10.14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The net charge-off ratio for all quarterly periods presented is net charge-offs for the quarter, annualized, as a percentage of average consumer receivables for the quarter.

 

81


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(2) 

Real estate secured net charge-off of consumer receivables as a percent of average consumer receivables for our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses are as follows:

 

    2011     2010     2009  
   

Full
Year

    Quarter Ended    

Full
Year

    Quarter Ended    

Full
Year

 
      Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31       Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     Mar. 31    
                                                                                         
    (dollars are in millions)  

Net charge-off dollars:

                     

Mortgage Services:

                     

First lien

  $ 1,001      $ 221      $ 226      $ 242      $ 312      $ 1,558      $ 305      $ 360      $ 452      $ 441      $ 2,204   

Second lien

    339        73        70        86        110        619        132        134        157        196        1,052   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

  $ 1,340      $ 294      $ 296      $ 328      $ 422      $ 2,177      $ 437      $ 494      $ 609      $ 637      $ 3,256   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending:

                     

First lien

  $ 1,492      $ 357      $ 345      $ 329      $ 461      $ 2,210      $ 433      $ 537      $ 643      $ 597      $ 2,152   

Second lien

    427        105        83        106        133        768        152        165        200        251        1,190   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

  $ 1,919      $ 462      $ 428      $ 435      $ 594      $ 2,978      $ 585      $ 702      $ 843      $ 848      $ 3,342   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-off ratio:

                     

Mortgage Services:

                     

First lien

    7.88     7.36     7.26     7.51     9.27     10.13     8.66     9.62     11.45     10.56     11.35

Second lien

    17.85        16.93        15.23        17.62        21.10        24.52        23.52        22.16        24.25        27.46        28.72   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

    9.18     8.56     8.28     8.83     10.85     12.16     10.68     11.36     13.26     13.04     14.11
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending:

                     

First lien

    5.32     5.33     5.00     4.63     6.26     6.81     5.68     6.75     7.78     6.93     5.60

Second lien

    14.11        14.66        11.18        13.78        16.63        19.62        17.54        17.80        19.73        22.61        21.93   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

    6.18     6.23     5.60     5.52     7.28     8.19     6.88     7.91     9.09     8.73     7.62
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(3) 

During a quarter that receivables are transferred to receivables held for sale, those receivables continue to be included in the average consumer receivable balances prior to such transfer and any charge-offs related to those receivables prior to such transfer remain in our net charge-off totals. However, for periods following the transfer to the held for sale classification, the receivables are no longer included in average consumer receivable balance as such loans are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value and there are no longer any charge-offs reported associated with these receivables.

Full Year 2011 compared to Full Year 2010  Overall dollars of net charge-offs for continuing operations for the full year 2011 decreased significantly as compared to full year 2010 as all receivable portfolios were positively impacted by lower average dollars of delinquency as compared to the prior year and lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings. These decreases were partially offset for all receivable portfolios by the impact of continued high unemployment levels. The overall decrease in dollars of net charge-offs for real estate secured receivables reflects the impact of the decreases in average dollars of delinquency as fewer accounts have been migrating to charge-off due to lower receivable levels and the impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities because once the foreclosure process commences a higher payment is required for an account to be re-aged and as a result more accounts are re-aging. However, we anticipate charge-off levels for real estate secured receivables may increase in future periods as delinquency levels which began to rise during the second half of 2011 will remain under pressure and these receivables begin to migrate to charge-off in future periods.

The net charge-off ratio for receivables from continuing operations for full year 2011 decreased 361 basis points as compared to the full year 2010 reflecting lower dollars of net charge-offs as discussed above which significantly outpaced the decrease in average receivables as the rate at which receivables are being transferred to REO has slowed as a result of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities.

Real estate charge-offs and REO expenses as a percentage of average real estate secured receivables for full year 2011 decreased due to lower dollars of net charge-offs and lower REO expenses as a result of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities partially offset by the impact of lower average receivable levels. See “Results of Operations” for further discussion of REO expenses.

 

82


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Dollars of net charge-offs for discontinued credit card receivables for full year 2011 decreased as compared to full year 2010; however, a portion of the decrease reflects fewer charge-offs beginning in the third quarter as we stopped recording charge-offs on our credit card receivable portfolio after it became part of the disposal group held for sale to Capital One in August 2011 which is carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Assuming charge-off had been recorded for the full year 2011 in accordance with our existing charge-off policy, dollars of net charge-off would have remained lower due to the lower dollars of delinquency we have been experiencing over the past several quarters as a result of lower receivable levels and lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings, partially offset by the impact of continuing high unemployment levels.

The net charge-off ratio for our discontinued credit card receivable portfolio decreased 392 basis points for the full year 2011 as compared to the full year 2010. Excluding the impact of the transfer of the credit card receivable portfolio to held for sale in August 2011 as discussed above, the net charge-off ratio remained lower as the decrease in dollars of net charge-offs due to lower delinquency levels outpaced the decrease in average receivables.

Full Year 2010 compared to Full Year 2009  Dollars of net charge-offs for continuing operations decreased for the full year of 2010 for all products as compared to the full year 2009, reflecting lower delinquency levels as a result of lower average receivable levels, improvements in economic conditions since year-end 2009 and lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings during 2010, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels and as it relates to first lien real estate secured receivables in our Consumer Lending business, portfolio seasoning. Additionally, a portion of the decrease in dollars of net charge-offs reflects charge-off activity during 2009 that would have been recorded in prior periods had the changes made to the charge-off policy in December 2009 for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables been effective prior to 2009. Dollars of net charge-offs for real estate secured receivables for full year 2010 also reflect improvements in total loss severities as a result of an increase in the number of properties for which we accepted a deed-in-lieu and an increase in the number of short sales, both of which result in lower losses compared to loans which are subject to a formal foreclosure process for which average loss severities in 2010 have remained relatively flat to 2009 levels.

The net charge-off ratio for continuing operations decreased 161 basis points as the decrease in dollars of net charge-offs as discussed above outpaced the decrease in average receivables. The net charge-off ratio was also impacted by the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes as dollars of net charge-off in 2009 reflects charge-off activity that would have been recorded in prior periods had the changes been made to the charge-off policy in December 2009 been effective prior to 2009.

Real estate charge-offs and REO expenses as a percentage of average real estate secured receivables decreased during 2010 as a result of the decrease in dollars of net charge-offs as discussed above, partially offset by the impact of higher REO expense and lower average receivable levels. Higher REO expense during 2010 reflects a higher loss on sale of REO properties as home prices declined during the second half of 2010 as well as higher overall expenses for REO properties. See “Results of Operations” for further discussion of REO expenses.

Dollars of net charge-offs for our discontinued credit card receivables decreased for the full year 2010 as compared to full year 2009 reflecting lower delinquency levels as a result of lower average receivable levels as previously discussed, lower levels of personal bankruptcy filings and higher recoveries, partially offset by the impact of continued high unemployment levels. Lower dollars of net charge-offs also reflect improvements in economic conditions since year-end 2009.

The net charge-off ratio for our discontinued credit card receivable portfolio decreased 129 basis points for the full year 2010 as compared to the full year 2009 as the decrease in dollars of net charge-offs outpaced the decrease in average receivables.

 

83


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Nonperforming Assets  Nonperforming assets are summarized in the following table.

 

At December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Continuing operations:

      

Nonaccrual receivable portfolios(2):

      

Real estate secured:

      

First lien

   $ 6,200      $ 5,916      $ 6,306   

Second lien

     344        444        689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured(3)

     6,544        6,360        6,995   

Personal non-credit card

     330        530        998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming receivables

     6,874        6,890        7,993   

Real estate owned

     299        962        592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets – continuing operations

     7,173        7,852        8,585   

Discontinued operations(1)

     344        447        1,142   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 7,517      $ 8,299      $ 9,727   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit loss reserves as a percent of nonperforming receivables – continuing operations

     86.6     80.0     91.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes credit card receivables which continue to accrue interest after they become 90 or more days delinquent, consistent with industry practice.

 

(2) 

Nonaccrual receivables reflect all loans which are 90 or more days contractually delinquent. Nonaccrual receivables do not include receivables which have made qualifying payments and have been re-aged and the contractual delinquency status reset to current as such activity, in our judgment, evidences continued payment probability. If a re-aged loan subsequently experiences payment default and becomes 90 or more days contractually delinquent, it will be reported as nonaccrual.

 

(3) 

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, non-accrual real estate secured receivables include $4.7 billion, $4.1 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively, of receivables that are carried at fair value less cost to sell.

Total nonperforming receivables were essentially flat as compared to December 31, 2010 as a significant decrease in nonperforming personal non-credit card receivables, due to lower delinquency levels during 2011 as a result of lower receivable levels and improved credit quality, was largely offset by higher nonperforming real estate secured receivables. The higher levels of nonperforming real estate secured receivables reflect the impact of higher late stage delinquency reflecting the continuing impact of our temporary suspension of foreclosure activities as discussed above.

The following table below summarizes TDR Loans for continuing operations that are shown as nonperforming receivables in the table above. As discussed more fully in Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, during the third quarter of 2011 we adopted new accounting guidance for determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a TDR Loan. The TDR Loan balances in the table below as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 use our previous definition of TDR Loans as described in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and as such are not directly comparable to the balances at December 31, 2011.

The following table below summarizes TDR Loans for continuing operations that are shown as nonperforming receivables in the table above.

 

At December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured

   $ 2,685       $ 1,825       $ 1,607   

Personal non-credit card

     174         90         106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,859       $ 1,915       $ 1,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details regarding TDR Loan balances.

Customer Account Management Policies and Practices  Our policies and practices for the collection of consumer receivables, including our customer account management policies and practices, permit us to take action with respect to delinquent or troubled accounts based on criteria which, in our judgment, evidence continued payment probability, as well as, in the case of real estate secured receivables, a continuing desire for borrowers to stay in their homes. The policies and practices are designed to manage customer relationships, improve collection opportunities and avoid foreclosure as determined to be appropriate. From time to time we re-evaluate these policies and procedures and make changes as deemed appropriate.

Currently, we utilize the following account management actions:

 

   

Modification – Management action that results in a change to the terms and conditions of the loan either temporarily or permanently without changing the delinquency status of the loan. Modifications may include changes to one or more terms of the loan including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, extension of the amortization period, reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal.

 

   

Collection Re-age – Management action that results in the resetting of the contractual delinquency status of an account to current but does not involve any changes to the original terms and conditions of the loan. If an account which has been re-aged subsequently experiences a payment default, it will again become contractually delinquent. We use collection re-aging as an account and customer management tool in an effort to increase the cash flow from our account relationships, and accordingly, the application of this tool is subject to complexities, variations and changes from time to time.

 

   

Modification Re-age – Management action that results in a change to the terms and conditions of the loan, either temporarily or permanently, and also resets the contractual delinquency status of an account to current as discussed above. If an account which has been re-aged subsequently experiences a payment default, it will again become contractually delinquent.

It is our practice to defer past due interest on re-aged real estate secured and personal non-credit card accounts to the end of the loan period. We do not accrue interest on these past due interest payments consistent with our 2002 settlement agreement with the State Attorneys General. Our policies and practices for managing accounts are continually reviewed and assessed to assure that they meet the goals outlined above, and accordingly, we make exceptions to these general policies and practices from time to time. In addition, exceptions to these policies and practices may be made in specific situations in response to legal agreements, regulatory agreements or orders.

In April 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update which provides additional guidance to assist creditors in determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring. We adopted this new accounting guidance during the third quarter of 2011. Under this new guidance, we have determined that substantially all receivables modified as a result of a financial difficulty, regardless of whether the modification was permanent or temporary, including all modifications with trial periods should be reported as TDR Loans. Additionally, we have determined that all re-ages, except first time early stage delinquency re-ages where the customer has not been granted a prior modification or re-age since the first quarter of 2007, should be considered TDR Loans. The adoption of this new accounting guidance has resulted in significantly higher volumes of re-aged accounts and modified accounts being reported as TDR Loans. TDR Loans are typically reserved for using a discounted cash flow methodology which, in addition to credit losses, takes into consideration the time value of money and the difference between the current interest rate and the original effective interest rate. This methodology generally results in a higher reserve requirement for TDR Loans than the remainder of our receivable portfolio for which credit loss reserves are established using a roll rate migration analysis that only considers credit losses. As the level of TDR Loans increases, our overall credit loss reserves will increase due to the different methodology used to establish reserves on these receivables. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information on our adoption of this new accounting guidance.

 

85


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The projected cash flows and timing of cash flows on non-performing loans is based on our recent historical migration statistics which we believe are the best estimate of future cash flows and timing of cash flows for this run-off portfolio. Historically, we more heavily utilized certain third party loan default estimates, adjusted for macro-economic assumptions, which were adjusted for trends in our portfolio. We now estimate cash flows incorporating more directly this internal data. Our estimates of home price severity are based on a 12-month average of broker price opinions received which are discounted from the date we expect to receive the proceeds.

The following table summarizes the general policies and procedures for account management actions for all real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses which were implemented during the second quarter of 2010.

 

     Real Estate(1)   Personal Non-Credit Card(1)

Minimum time since prior account management action

  6 or 12 months depending on
type of account management action
  6 months

Minimum qualifying monthly payments required

  2 in 60 days after approval   2 in 60 days after approval

Maximum number of account management actions

  5 in 5 years   5 in 5 years

 

 

(1) 

We employ account modification, re-aging and other customer account management policies and practices as flexible customer account management tools and the specific criteria may vary by product line. In addition to variances in criteria by product, criteria may also vary within a product line. Also, we continually review our product lines and assess modification and re-aging criteria and, as such, they are subject to revision or exceptions from time to time. Accordingly, the description of our account modification and re-aging policies or practices provided in this table should be taken only as general guidance to the modification and re-aging approach taken within each product line, and not as assurance that accounts not meeting these criteria will never be modified or re-aged, that every account meeting these criteria will in fact be modified or re-aged or that these criteria will not change or that exceptions will not be made in individual cases. In addition, in an effort to determine optimal customer account management strategies, management may run tests on some or all accounts in a product line for fixed periods of time in order to evaluate the impact of alternative policies and practices.

With regard to real estate secured loans involving a bankruptcy, accounts whose borrowers are subject to a Chapter 13 plan filed with a bankruptcy court generally may be re-aged upon receipt of one qualifying payment. Accounts whose borrowers have filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy protection may be re-aged upon receipt of a signed reaffirmation agreement. In addition, for some products, accounts may be re-aged without receipt of a payment in certain special circumstances (e.g. in the event of a natural disaster or a hardship program).

The following summarizes our customer account management policies and practices for our discontinued credit card receivable portfolio.

Credit Card Re-aging Policies and Practices(1)

 

   

Accounts qualify for re-aging if we receive three consecutive minimum monthly payments or a lump sum equivalent.

 

   

Accounts qualify for re-aging if the account has been in existence for a minimum of nine months and the account has not been re-aged in the prior twelve months and not more than once in the prior five years.

 

   

Accounts entering third party debt counseling programs are limited to one re-age in a five-year period in addition to the general limits of one re-age in a twelve-month period and two re-ages in a five-year period,

 

 

(1)

We employ account re-aging and other customer account management policies and practices as flexible customer account management tools as criteria may vary by product line. In addition to variances in criteria by product, criteria may also vary within a product line. Also, we continually review our product lines and assess re-aging criteria and they are subject to modification or exceptions from time to time. Accordingly, the description of our account re-aging policies or practices provided in this table should be taken only as general guidance to the re-aging approach taken within each product line, and not as assurance that accounts not meeting these criteria will never be re-aged, that every account meeting these criteria will in fact be re-aged or that these criteria will not change or that exceptions will not be made in individual cases. In addition, in an effort to determine optimal customer account management strategies, management may run more conservative tests on some or all accounts in a product line for fixed periods of time in order to evaluate the impact of alternative policies and practices.

 

86


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

As a result of the expansion of our modification and re-age programs in response to the marketplace conditions previously described, modification and re-age volumes since January 2007 for real estate secured receivables have increased. Since January 2007, we have cumulatively modified and/or re-aged approximately 373,400 real estate secured loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $43.4 billion at the time of modification and/or re-age under our foreclosure avoidance programs which are described below and a proactive adjustable rate mortgage (“ARM”) reset modification program which ended during the fourth quarter of 2009 and more fully described in our 2010 Form 10-K. The following provides information about the subsequent performance of all real estate secured loans granted a modification and/or re-age since January 2007, some of which may have received multiple account management actions:

 

Status as of December 31, 2011   

Number

of Loans

   

Based on Outstanding
Receivable Balance at

Time of Account

Modification Action

 

Current or less than 30-days delinquent

     36     35

30- to 59-days delinquent

     6        6   

60-days or more delinquent

     19        23   

Paid-in-full

     8        8   

Charged-off, transferred to real estate owned or sold

     31        28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the number of real estate secured accounts remaining in our portfolio as well as the outstanding receivable balance of these accounts as of the period indicated for loans that we have taken an account management action by the type of action taken:

 

     Number of Accounts(1)      Outstanding Receivable
Balance(1)(4)
 
     

Consumer

Lending

    

Mortgage

Services

    

Consumer

Lending

    

Mortgage

Services

 
     (accounts are in thousands)      (dollars are in millions)  

December 31, 2011:

           

Collection re-age only

     90.9         28.5       $ 7,641       $ 2,488   

Modification only(2)

     8.2         5.4         855         584   

Modification re-age

     66.9         43.3         7,732         4,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans modified and/or re-aged(3)

     166.0         77.2       $ 16,228       $ 8,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

           

Collection re-age only

     90.0         32.0       $ 7,707       $ 2,843   

Modification only(2)

     11.8         7.6         1,340         868   

Modification re-age

     67.2         46.8         8,222         5,683   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans modified and/or re-aged(3)

     169.0         86.4       $ 17,269       $ 9,394   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2009:

           

Collection re-age only

     91.3         36.5       $ 7,779       $ 3,331   

Modification only(2)

     16.6         10.6         2,096         1,274   

Modification re-age

     67.5         53.1         8,805         6,917   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans modified and/or re-aged(3)

     175.4         100.2       $ 18,680       $ 11,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information describing modified and /or re-aged loans which are accounted for as trouble debt restructurings.

 

(2) 

Includes loans that have been modified under a proactive ARM reset modification program which ended during the fourth quarter of 2009 as described in our 2010 Form 10-K.

 

87


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(3) 

The following table provides information regarding the delinquency status of loans remaining in the portfolio that were granted modifications of loan terms and/or re-aged:

 

     Number of Accounts     Outstanding  Receivable
Balance
 
     

Consumer

Lending

   

Mortgage

Services

   

Consumer

Lending

   

Mortgage

Services

 

December 31, 2011:

        

Current or less than 30-days delinquent

     62     61     59     62

30- to 59-days delinquent

     10        9        11        9   

60-days or more delinquent

     28        30        30        29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

        

Current or less than 30-days delinquent

     65     63     62     63

30- to 59-days delinquent

     11        10        12        11   

60-days or more delinquent

     24        27        26        26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2009:

        

Current or less than 30-days delinquent

     62     64     59     65

30- to 59-days delinquent

     13        11        14        11   

60-days or more delinquent

     25        25        27        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(4) 

The outstanding receivable balance included in this table reflects the principal amount outstanding on the loan excluding any basis adjustments to the loan such as unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, purchase accounting fair value adjustments and premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

Another account management technique that we employ in respect of delinquent accounts is forbearance which may also be considered a modification. Under a forbearance agreement, we may agree not to take certain collection or credit agency reporting actions with respect to missed payments, often in return for the borrower’s agreement to pay an additional amount with future required payments. We typically use forbearance with individual borrowers in transitional situations, usually involving borrower hardship circumstances or temporary setbacks that are expected to affect the borrower’s ability to pay the contractually specified amount for a period of time. Additionally, in the past we also used loan rewrites to assist our customers which involved an extension of a new loan. We currently no longer offer loan rewrites. The amount of receivables subject to forbearance or rewrites is not significant.

In addition to the account management techniques discussed above, we have also increased the use of deed-in-lieu and short sales beginning in 2010 to assist our real estate secured receivable customers. In a deed-in-lieu, the borrower agrees to surrender the deed to the property without going through foreclosure proceedings and we release the borrower from further obligation. In a short sale, the property is offered for sale to potential buyers at a price which has been pre-negotiated between us and the borrower. This pre-negotiated price is based on updated property valuations and overall loss exposure given liquidation through foreclosure. Short sales also release the borrower from further obligation. From our perspective, total losses on deed-in-lieu and short sales are lower than expected total losses from foreclosed loans, or loans where we have previously decided not to pursue foreclosure, and provide resolution to the delinquent receivable over a shorter period of time. We currently anticipate the use of deed-in-lieu and short sales will continue to be elevated in future periods as we continue to work with our customers.

Modification programs Our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses actively use account modifications to reduce the rate and/or payment on a number of qualifying loans and generally re-age certain of these accounts upon receipt of two or more modified payments and other criteria being met. This account management practice is designed to assist borrowers who may have purchased a home with an expectation of continued real estate appreciation or whose income has subsequently declined. Additionally, our loan modification programs are designed to improve cash collections and avoid foreclosure as determined to be appropriate.

 

88


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Based on the economic environment and expected slow recovery of housing values, during 2008 we developed additional analytical review tools leveraging best practices to assist us in identifying customers who are willing to pay, but are expected to have longer term disruptions in their ability to pay. Using these analytical review tools, we expanded our foreclosure avoidance programs to assist customers who did not qualify for assistance under prior program requirements or who required greater assistance than available under the programs. The expanded program required certain documentation as well as receipt of two qualifying payments before the account could be re-aged. Prior to July 2008, for our Consumer Lending customers, receipt of one qualifying payment was required for a modified account before the account would be re-aged. We also increased the use of longer term modifications to provide assistance in accordance with the needs of our customers which may result in higher credit loss reserve requirements. For selected customer segments, this expanded program lowered the interest rate on fixed rate loans and for ARM loans the expanded program modified the loan to a lower interest rate than scheduled at the first interest rate reset date. The eligibility requirements for this expanded program allow more customers to qualify for payment relief and in certain cases can result in a lower interest rate than allowed under other existing programs. During the third quarter of 2009, in order to increase the long-term success rate of our modification programs we increased certain documentation requirements for participation in these programs. Late in the third quarter of 2011 the modification program was enhanced to improve underwriting and achieve a better balance between economics and customer-driven variables. The enhanced program offers a longer modification duration to select borrowers facing a temporary hardship and expands the treatment options to include term extension and principal forbearance.

By late 2009 and continuing into 2011, the volume of loans that qualified for a new modification had fallen significantly. We expect the volume of new modifications to continue to decline as we believe a smaller percentage of our customers with unmodified loans will benefit from loan modification in a way that will not ultimately result in a repeat default on their loans. Additionally, volumes of new loan modifications are expected to decrease due to the impact of improvements in economic conditions over the long-term, the continued seasoning of a liquidating portfolio and, beginning in the second quarter of 2010, the requirement for real estate secured and personal noncredit card borrowers to make two qualifying payments in 60 days before an account will be modified. Modification volumes will also be lower going forward as we are no longer originating real estate secured and personal noncredit card receivables.

We will continue to evaluate our consumer relief programs as well as all aspects of our account management practices to ensure our programs benefit our customers in accordance with their financial needs in ways that are economically viable for both our customers and our stakeholders. We have elected not to participate in the U.S. Treasury sponsored programs as we believe our long-standing home preservation programs provide more meaningful assistance to our customers. Loans modified under these programs are only included in the re-aging statistics table (“Re-age Table”) that is included in our discussion of our re-age programs if the delinquency status of a loan was reset as a part of the modification or was re-aged in the past for other reasons. Not all loans modified under these programs have the delinquency status reset and, therefore, are not considered to have been re-aged.

The following table summarizes loans modified during 2011 and 2010, some of which may have also been re-aged:

 

     Number of
Accounts Modified
     Outstanding Receivable
Balance at Time of
Modification
 
     

Consumer

Lending

    

Mortgage

Services

    

Consumer

Lending

    

Mortgage

Services

 
     (accounts are in thousands)      (dollars are in billions)  

Foreclosure avoidance programs(1)(2):

           

Year ended December 31, 2011

     16.6         12.3       $ 2.3       $ 1.6   

Year ended December 31, 2010

     24.9         17.6         3.6         2.4   

 

 

(1) 

Includes all loans modified during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 regardless of whether the loan was also re-aged.

 

89


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(2) 

If qualification criteria are met, loan modification may occur on more than one occasion for the same account. For purposes of the table above, an account is only included in the modification totals once in an annual period and not for each separate modification in an annual period.

A primary tool used during account modification, involves modifying the monthly payment through lowering the rate on the loan on either a temporary or permanent basis. The following table summarizes the weighted-average contractual rate reductions and the average amount of payment relief provided to customers that entered an account modification for the first time during the quarter indicated.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     

Dec. 31,

2011

   

Sept. 30,

2011

   

June 30,

2011

   

Mar. 31,

2011

   

Dec. 31,

2010

   

Sept. 30,

2010

   

June 30,

2010

   

Mar. 31,

2010

 

Weighted-average contractual rate reduction in basis points on account modifications during the period(1)(2)

     340        343        336        340        333        341        339        329   

Average payment relief provided on account modifications as a percentage of total payment prior to modification(2)

     26.2     27.1     27.1     27.2     25.4     27.6     27.3     26.5

 

 

(1) 

The weighted-average rate reduction was determined based on the rate in effect immediately prior to the modification, which for ARMs may be lower than the rate on the loan at the time of origination.

 

(2) 

Excludes any modifications on purchased receivable portfolios of our Consumer Lending business. The purchase receivable portfolios of our Consumer Lending business totaled $1.1 billion, $1.1 billion, $1.1 billion, $1.1 billion, $1.2 billion, $1.2 billion, $1.3 billion and 1.4 billion as of December 31, 2011, September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2011, December 31, 2010, September 30, 2010, June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively.

Re-age programs  Our policies and practices include various criteria for an account to qualify for re-aging, but do not, however, require us to re-age the account. The extent to which we re-age accounts that are eligible under our existing policies will vary depending upon our view of prevailing economic conditions and other factors which may change from period to period. In addition, exceptions to our policies and practices may be made in specific situations in response to legal or regulatory agreements or orders. It is our practice to defer past due interest on certain re-aged real estate secured and personal non-credit card accounts to the end of the loan period. We do not accrue interest on these past due interest payments consistent with our 2002 settlement agreement with the State Attorneys General.

We continue to monitor and track information related to accounts that have been re-aged. At December 31, 2011, approximately 92 percent of all re-aged receivables are real estate secured products. First lien real estate secured products generally have less loss severity exposure than other products because of the underlying collateral. Credit loss reserves, including reserves on TDR Loans, take into account whether loans have been re-aged or are subject to forbearance, an external debt management plan, modification, extension or deferment. Our credit loss reserves, including reserves on TDR Loans, also take into consideration the expected loss severity based on the underlying collateral, if any, for the loan. TDR Loans are typically reserved for using a discounted cash flow methodology.

We used certain assumptions and estimates to compile our re-aging statistics. The systemic counters used to compile the information presented below exclude from the reported statistics loans that have been reported as contractually delinquent but have been reset to a current status because we have determined that the loans should not have been considered delinquent (e.g., payment application processing errors). When comparing re-aging statistics from different periods, the fact that our re-age policies and practices will change over time, that exceptions are made to those policies and practices, and that our data capture methodologies have been enhanced, should be taken into account.

 

90


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Re-age Table(1)(2)(3)(4)

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  

Continuing operations:

    

Never re-aged

     50.0     52.7

Re-aged:

    

Re-aged in the last 6 months

     9.5        12.3   

Re-aged in the last 7-12 months

     12.1        11.6   

Previously re-aged beyond 12 months

     28.4        23.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total ever re-aged

     50.0        47.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total continuing operations:

     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Never re-aged

     96.9        95.8   

Re-aged

     3.1        4.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total discontinued operations

     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Re-aged by Product(1)(2)(3)(4)

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Continuing operations:

          

Real estate secured(5)

   $ 22,080         51.7   $ 24,125         48.9

Personal non-credit card

     1,874         36.1        2,565         36.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total – continuing operations

     23,954         50.0        26,690         47.3   

Discontinued operations

     295         3.1        412         4.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 24,249         42.6   $ 27,102         40.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The tables above includes both Collection Re-ages and Modification Re-ages, as discussed above.

 

(2) 

The outstanding receivable balance included in this table reflects the principal amount outstanding on the loan net of unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, purchase accounting fair value adjustments and premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

 

(3) 

Excludes commercial and other.

 

(4) 

The tables above exclude any accounts re-aged without receipt of a payment which only occurs under special circumstances, such as re-ages associated with disaster or in connection with a bankruptcy filing. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unpaid principal balance of re-ages without receipt of a payment totaled $783 million and $737 million, respectively.

 

(5) 

The Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses real estate secured re-ages are as shown in the following table:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Mortgage Services

   $ 7,728       $ 8,914   

Consumer Lending

     14,352         15,211   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

   $ 22,080       $ 24,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The overall decrease in dollars of re-aged loans during 2011 reflects the lower receivable levels as discussed above. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $6.9 billion (29 percent of total re-aged loans in the Re-age Table) and $7.0 billion (26 percent of total re-aged loans in the Re-age Table), respectively, of re-aged accounts have subsequently experienced payment defaults and are included in our two-months-and-over contractual delinquency at the period indicated.

We continue to work with advocacy groups in select markets to assist in encouraging our customers with financial needs to contact us. We have also implemented new training programs to ensure that our customer service representatives are focused on helping the customer through difficulties, are knowledgeable about the available re-aging and modification programs and are able to advise each customer of the best solutions for their individual circumstance.

 

91


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

We also support a variety of national and local efforts in homeownership preservation and foreclosure avoidance.

Geographic Concentrations  The following table reflects the percentage of receivables and receivables held for sale by state which individually account for 5 percent or greater of our portfolio as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

      Percentage of Receivables at
December 31, 2011
    Percentage of Receivables at
December 31, 2010
 
  

Real Estate

Secured

    Other     Total    

Real Estate

Secured

    Other     Total  

California

     9.5     5.1     9.1     9.9     5.8     9.4

New York

     7.2        6.8        7.2        7.0        6.8        7.0   

Pennsylvania

     6.1        6.7        6.2        5.9        6.4        6.0   

Florida

     5.9        5.8        5.9        6.3        5.7        6.2   

Ohio

     5.5        6.3        5.6        5.5        6.0        5.6   

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

During 2011, marketplace liquidity continued to be available for most sources of funding, except for mortgage securitizations. Companies in the financial sector continue to be able to issue debt, although during 2011 and in particular during the second half of 2011 credit spreads continued to be impacted by the European sovereign debt crisis and the current budgetary and economic environment in the United States.

HSBC Finance Corporation  HSBC Finance Corporation, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc., is the parent company that owns the outstanding common stock of its subsidiaries. In 2011 and 2010, HSBC Finance Corporation received cash dividends from its subsidiaries of $455 million and $64 million, respectively.

HSBC Finance Corporation has a number of obligations to meet with its available cash. It must be able to service its debt and meet the capital needs of its subsidiaries. It also must pay dividends on its preferred stock. We did not pay any dividends on our common stock to HINO in 2011 or 2010. We will maintain our capital at levels that we perceive to be consistent with our current credit ratings either by limiting the dividends to or through capital contributions from our parent.

HSBC Finance Corporation manages all of its operations directly and in 2011, funded these businesses primarily through cash generated from operations, issuances of commercial paper, retail-oriented medium-term notes, borrowings from HSBC affiliates and capital contributions from our parent. HSBC Finance Corporation markets its commercial paper primarily through an in-house sales force. Our term debt was generally marketed through subsidiaries of HSBC. Medium-term and long-term debt has historically also been marketed through unaffiliated investment banks.

Debt due to HSBC subsidiaries totaled $8.3 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. The interest rates on funding from HSBC subsidiaries are market-based and comparable to those available from unaffiliated parties.

At various times, we will make capital contributions to our subsidiaries to comply with regulatory guidance, support operations or provide funding for long-term facilities and technological improvements. During 2011, HSBC Finance Corporation made net capital contributions to its subsidiaries of $1.1 billion. During 2010, capital contributions to certain subsidiaries were more than offset by dividends paid to HSBC Finance Corporation. This resulted in a net return of capital to HSBC Finance Corporation from certain subsidiaries of $630 million in 2010.

 

92


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

HSBC Related Funding  Debt due to affiliates and other HSBC related funding are summarized in the following table:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in billions)  

Debt issued to HSBC subsidiaries:

    

Total debt

   $ 8.3 (1)    $ 8.3 (1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt outstanding to HSBC clients:

    

Euro commercial paper

     .4        .4   

Term debt

     .1        .3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt outstanding to HSBC clients

     .5        .7   

Cash received on bulk and subsequent sales of credit card receivables to HSBC Bank USA, net (cumulative)

     7.6        8.6   

Cash received on bulk and subsequent sales of private label credit card receivables to HSBC Bank USA, net (cumulative)

     12.8        13.5   

Real estate secured receivable activity with HSBC Bank USA (cumulative):

    

Cash received on sales

     3.7        3.7   

Direct purchases from correspondents

     4.2        4.2   

Reductions in real estate secured receivables sold to HSBC Bank USA

     (6.6     (6.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured receivable activity with HSBC Bank USA (cumulative)

     1.3        1.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash received from sale of U.K. and Canadian operations to HSBC affiliates

     3.4        3.4   

Capital contributions by HINO (cumulative)

     9.5        8.8   

Issuance of Series C Preferred Stock to HINO

     1.0        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total HSBC related funding

   $ 44.4      $ 45.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, debt due to affiliates includes $447 million and $436 million, respectively, carried at fair value.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, funding from HSBC, including debt issuances to HSBC subsidiaries and clients, represented 18 percent and 15 percent of our total debt and preferred stock funding, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we have committed back-up lines of credit totaling $2.0 billion with HSBC affiliates. There were no balances outstanding under these back-up lines of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Additionally, we have a $1.5 billion uncommitted secured credit facility and a $1.0 billion committed unsecured credit facility from HSBC Bank USA. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no balances outstanding under these facilities.

We have derivative contracts with a notional value of $40.4 billion, or approximately 99 percent of total derivative contracts, outstanding with HSBC affiliates at December 31, 2011 and $49.9 billion, or approximately 99 percent at December 31, 2010.

Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks and Other Short-Term Investments  Interest bearing deposits with banks totaled $1.1 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Securities purchased under agreements to resell totaled $920 million and $4.3 billion December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest bearing deposits with banks increased as compared to December 31, 2010 as a result of the sale of certain available-for-sale securities in the fourth quarter of 2011 which offset the withdrawal in the third quarter of 2011 of a $1.0 billion deposit we had made with HSBC Bank plc to fund on-going operations. The decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell reflects debt maturities and a decrease in collateral required from counterparties under our derivative agreements, partially offset by the generation of additional liquidity as a result of the run-off of our liquidating receivable portfolios and the sale of REO properties.

Commercial Paper  totaled $4.0 billion and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Included in this total was outstanding Euro commercial paper sold to customers of HSBC of $368 million and $450 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our funding strategies are structured such that committed bank credit facilities exceed 100 percent of outstanding commercial paper.

 

93


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

In April 2011, we refinanced all of our third party back-up lines, totaling $4.3 billion, into a new $4.0 billion credit facility, split evenly between tenors of 364 days and three years. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we also have credit facilities totaling $2.0 billion with HSBC affiliates to support our issuance of commercial paper as discussed above. In total, we have committed back-up lines of credit totaling $6.0 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $6.3 billion at December 31, 2010.

Long-Term Debt  decreased to $39.8 billion at December 31, 2011 from $54.4 billion at December 31, 2010. The following table summarizes issuances and repayments of long-term debt for continuing operations during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Long-term debt issued

   $ 245      $ 1,519 (1) 

Repayments of long-term debt

     (13,386     (14,734 )(1) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net long-term debt retired from continuing operations

   $ (13,141   $ (13,215
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

In addition to the amounts of debt issued and repaid in the table above, during 2010 we also exchanged $1.8 billion of senior debt for $1.9 billion of subordinated debt.

The long-term debt issued during 2011 relates to InterNotesSM (retail-oriented medium-term notes).

During the second quarter of 2011, we called $600 million of retail medium-term notes. This transaction was completed during July 2011. This transaction was funded through a $600 million loan agreement with HSBC North America which provided for three $200 million borrowings with maturities between 2034 and 2035. As of December 31, 2011, $600 million was outstanding under this loan agreement.

During 2011, the shelf registration statement under which we have historically issued long-term debt expired and we chose not to renew it. We currently do not expect third-party long-term debt to be a source of funding for us in the future given the run-off nature of our business subsequent to the sale of our Card and Retail Services business as previously discussed.

Secured financings previously issued under public trusts of $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011 are secured by $5.3 billion of closed-end real estate secured receivables. Secured financings of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010 were secured by $5.9 billion of closed-end real estate secured receivables.

In order to eliminate future foreign exchange risk, currency swaps are used at the time of issuance to fix in U.S. dollars substantially all foreign-denominated notes issued.

As it relates to our discontinued credit card operations, we have secured conduit credit facilities with commercial banks which provide for secured financings of credit card receivables on a revolving basis totaling $650 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2011, secured financings with a balance of $195 million were secured by $355 million of credit card receivables. At December 31, 2010, secured financings with a balance of $195 million were secured by $390 million of credit card receivables. These secured financings will be paid in full immediately prior to the sale of our Card and Retail Services business.

Preferred Shares  During the fourth quarter of 2010, our Board of Directors approved the issuance of up to 1,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. As a result, in November 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of Series C preferred stock to HINO for $1.0 billion. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are non-cumulative and payable quarterly at a rate of 8.625 percent. The Series C preferred stock may be redeemed at our option after November 30, 2025. Dividends paid during 2011 totaled $89 million. This transaction also enhanced both our common and preferred equity to total assets and tangible shareholders’ equity to tangible assets ratios. It did not, however, impact our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio.

In June 2005, we issued 575,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to third parties for $575 million. Dividends on the Series B preferred stock are non-cumulative and payable quarterly at a rate of 6.36 percent. The Series B preferred stock may be redeemed at our option after June 23, 2010. In 2011 and 2010, we paid dividends each year totaling $37 million on the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

94


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Common Equity  In 2011, HINO made capital contributions to us totaling $690 million in exchange for two shares of common stock. In 2010, HINO made a capital contribution to us totaling $200 million in exchange for one share of common stock. These contributions were made to support ongoing operations and to maintain capital at levels we believe are necessary to support our operations. As we continue to liquidate our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services receivable portfolios, HSBC’s continued support will be required to properly manage our business and maintain appropriate levels of capital. HSBC has historically provided significant capital in support of our operations and has indicated that they remain fully committed and have the capacity to continue that support.

Selected capital ratios  In managing capital, we develop a target for tangible common equity to tangible assets. This ratio target is based on discussions with HSBC and rating agencies, risks inherent in the portfolio and the projected operating environment and related risks. Additionally, we are required by our credit providing banks to maintain a minimum tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio of 6.75 percent. Our targets may change from time to time to accommodate changes in the operating environment or other considerations such as those listed above.

Selected capital ratios are summarized in the following table:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(1)

     7.12     7.31

Common and preferred equity to total assets

     10.91        10.01   

 

 

(1) 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets represents a non-U.S. GAAP financial ratio that is used by HSBC Finance Corporation management and applicable rating agencies to evaluate capital adequacy and may differ from similarly named measures presented by other companies. See “Basis of Reporting” for additional discussion on the use of non-U.S. GAAP financial measures and “Reconciliations to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” for quantitative reconciliations to the equivalent U.S. GAAP basis financial measure.

2012 Funding Strategy  Our current range of estimates for funding needs and sources for 2012 are summarized in the following table:

 

      (in billions)  

Funding needs:

        

Commercial paper maturities

   $ 4         -       $ 4   

Increase in short term investment

     1         -         1   

Term debt maturities

     11         -         12   

Secured financing maturities

     1         -         2   

Litigation bond

     3         -         4   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total funding needs

   $ 20         -       $ 23   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Funding sources:

        

Net asset attrition(1)

   $ 3         -       $ 2   

Commercial paper issuances

     4         -         5   

Sale of Card and Retail Services business

     12         -         13   

HSBC and HSBC subsidiaries, including capital infusions Term debt issuance

     -         -         1   

Other(2)

     1         -         2   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total funding sources

   $ 20         -       $ 23   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Net of receivable charge-off.

 

(2) 

Primarily reflects cash provided by operating activities and sales of REO properties.

For 2012, the sale of the Card and Retail Services business and continued portfolio attrition will be key sources of liquidity. The combination of the sale of our Card and Retail Services business, cash generated from operations, potential asset sales should market pricing for receivables improve and commercial paper issuances will generate the liquidity necessary to meet our maturing debt obligations in 2012.

 

95


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

During 2011, our commercial paper balances outstanding were higher than during 2010 as it served as a cost effective source of funding in the current rate environment. We anticipate average commercial paper outstanding will be higher in 2012 than during 2011 as a result of the current low interest rate environment. The majority of outstanding commercial paper in 2012 is expected to be directly placed, domestic commercial paper. Euro commercial paper will continue to be marketed predominately to HSBC clients.

Capital Expenditures  We made capital expenditures of $4 million and $10 million for continuing operations during 2011 and 2010, respectively. Capital expenditures in 2012 for continuing operations are not expected to be significant.

Commitments  We also enter into commitments to meet the financing needs of our customers. In most cases, we have the ability to reduce or eliminate these open lines of credit. As a result, the amounts below, which primarily relate to our discontinued credit card operations, do not necessarily represent future cash requirements at December 31, 2011:

 

As of December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in billions)  

Private label and credit cards(1)(2)

   $ 105.0       $ 99.2   

Other consumer lines of credit

     .5         .5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Open lines of credit

   $ 105.5       $ 99.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Amounts at December 31, 2011 and 2010 include open lines of credit totaling $94.5 billion and $88.2 billion related to private label credit cards and the GM and UP Portfolios for which we sell all new receivable originations to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis.

 

(2) 

Includes an estimate for acceptance of credit offers mailed to potential customers prior to December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Contractual Cash Obligations  The following table summarizes our long-term contractual cash obligations for our continuing operations at December 31, 2011 by period due:

 

      2012     2013     2014     2015     2016     Thereafter      Total  
     (in millions)  

Principal balance of debt:

               

Due to affiliates

   $ 1,250      $ 1,325      $ 1,805      $ 2,005      $ 500      $ 1,331       $ 8,216   

Long-term debt (including secured financings)

     11,228        6,937        3,538        5,500        5,244        7,122         39,569   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     12,478        8,262        5,343        7,505        5,744        8,453         47,785   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating leases:

               

Minimum rental payments

     10        7        6        6        5        -         34   

Minimum sublease income

     (3     (3     (4     (4     (3     -         (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating leases

     7        4        2        2        2        -         17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Obligation to the HSBC North America Pension Plan(1)

     54        43        13        -        -        -         110   

Non-qualified postretirement benefit liability(2)

     26        25        24        24        23        270         392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 12,565      $ 8,334      $ 5,382      $ 7,531      $ 5,769      $ 8,723       $ 48,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Our contractual cash obligation to the HSBC North America Pension Plan included in the table above is based on the Pension Funding Policy which was revised during the fourth quarter of 2011 and establishes required annual contributions by HSBC North America through 2014. The amounts included in the table above, reflect an estimate of our portion of those annual contributions based on plan participants at December 31, 2011. See Note 18, “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information about the HSBC North America Pension Plan.

 

(2) 

Expected benefit payments calculated include future service component.

We currently anticipate entering into site-sharing agreements with Capital One for certain locations for a period of time which are not reflected in the operating lease obligations above.

 

96


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

These cash obligations could be funded primarily through cash generated from operations, the sale of our Card and Retail Services business, capital infusions from HSBC, or through affiliate funding.

Our purchase obligations for goods and services at December 31, 2011 were not significant.

Fair Value

 

Net income volatility arising from changes in either interest rate or credit components of the mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives affects the comparability of reported results between periods. Accordingly, gain on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives for the year ended December 31, 2011 should not be considered indicative of the results for any future period.

Control Over Valuation Process and Procedures  A control framework has been established which is designed to ensure that fair values are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To that end, the ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values rests with the HSBC Finance Valuation Committee. The HSBC Finance Valuation Committee establishes policies and procedures to ensure appropriate valuations. Fair values for debt securities and long-term debt for which we have elected fair value option are determined by a third-party valuation source (pricing service) by reference to external quotations on the identical or similar instruments. An independent price validation process is also utilized. For price validation purposes, we obtain quotations from at least one other independent pricing source for each financial instrument, where possible. We consider the following factors in determining fair values:

 

   

similarities between the asset or the liability under consideration and the asset or liability for which quotation is received;

 

   

whether the security is traded in an active or inactive market;

 

   

consistency among different pricing sources;

 

   

the valuation approach and the methodologies used by the independent pricing sources in determining fair value;

 

   

the elapsed time between the date to which the market data relates and the measurement date; and

 

   

the manner in which the fair value information is sourced.

Greater weight is given to quotations of instruments with recent market transactions, pricing quotes from dealers who stand ready to transact, quotations provided by market-makers who originally underwrote such instruments, and market consensus pricing based on inputs from a large number of participants. Any significant discrepancies among the external quotations are reviewed by management and adjustments to fair values are recorded where appropriate.

Fair values for derivatives are determined by management using valuation techniques, valuation models and inputs that are developed, reviewed, validated and approved by the Quantitative Risk and Valuation Group of an HSBC affiliate. These valuation models utilize discounted cash flows or an option pricing model adjusted for counterparty credit risk and market liquidity. The models used apply appropriate control processes and procedures to ensure that the derived inputs are used to value only those instruments that share similar risk to the relevant benchmark indexes and therefore demonstrate a similar response to market factors. In addition, a validation process is followed which includes participation in peer group consensus pricing surveys, to ensure that valuation inputs incorporate market participants’ risk expectations and risk premium.

We have various controls over our valuation process and procedures for receivables held for sale. As these fair values are generally determined using modeling techniques, the controls may include independent development or validation of the logic within the valuation models, the inputs to those models, and adjustments required to outside valuation models. The inputs and adjustments to valuation models are reviewed with management and reconciled to inputs and assumptions used in other internal valuation processes. In addition, from time to time, certain portfolios are valued by independent third parties, primarily for related party transactions, which are used to validate our internal models.

 

97


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Fair Value Hierarchy  Accounting principles related to fair value measurements establish a fair value hierarchy structure that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to determine the fair value of an asset or liability (the “Fair Value Framework”). The Fair Value Framework distinguishes between inputs that are based on observed market data and unobservable inputs that reflect market participants’ assumptions. It emphasizes the use of valuation methodologies that maximize market inputs. For financial instruments carried at fair value, the best evidence of fair value is a quoted price in an actively traded market (Level 1). Where the market for a financial instrument is not active, valuation techniques are used. The majority of valuation techniques use market inputs that are either observable or indirectly derived from and corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the financial instrument (Level 2). Because Level 1 and Level 2 instruments are determined by observable inputs, less judgment is applied in determining their fair values. In the absence of observable market inputs, the financial instrument is valued based on valuation techniques that feature one or more significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The determination of the level of fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement of an asset or a liability is classified often requires judgment. We consider the following factors in developing the fair value hierarchy:

 

   

whether the pricing quotations vary substantially among independent pricing services;

 

   

whether the asset or liability is transacted in an active market with a quoted market price that is readily available;

 

   

the size of transactions occurring in an active market;

 

   

the level of bid-ask spreads;

 

   

a lack of pricing transparency due to, among other things, the complexity of the product structure and market liquidity;

 

   

whether only a few transactions are observed over a significant period of time;

 

   

whether the inputs to the valuation techniques can be derived from or corroborated with market data; and

 

   

whether significant adjustments are made to the observed pricing information or model output to determine the fair value.

Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that the reporting entity has the ability to access for the identical assets or liabilities. A financial instrument is classified as a Level 1 measurement if it is listed on an exchange or is an instrument actively traded in the OTC market where transactions occur with sufficient frequency and volume. We regard financial instruments that are listed on the primary exchanges of a country, such as equity securities and derivative contracts, to be actively traded. Non-exchange-traded instruments classified as Level 1 assets include securities issued by the U.S. Treasury.

Level 2 inputs are inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly but do not qualify as Level 1 inputs. We generally classify derivative contracts, corporate debt including asset-backed securities as well as our own debt issuance for which we have elected fair value option which are not traded in active markets, as Level 2 measurements. Currently, substantially all such items qualify as Level 2 measurements. These valuations are typically obtained from a third party valuation source which, in the case of derivatives, includes valuations provided by an affiliate, HSBC Bank USA.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Level 3 inputs incorporate market participants’ assumptions about risk and the risk premium required by market participants in order to bear that risk. We develop Level 3 inputs based on the best information available in the circumstances. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, our Level 3 instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include $18 million and $24 million, respectively, primarily U.S. corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities. As of December 31, 2010, our Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis included receivables held for sale totaling $4 million. As of December 31, 2011, we had no Level 3 assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis in continuing operations.

 

98


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Transfers between leveling categories are recognized at the end of each reporting period.

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 Measurements  There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011. Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 during 2010 totaled $59 million and transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 during 2010 totaled $9 million as a result of reclassifications in certain product groupings.

Transfers Between Level 2 and Level 3 Measurements  Assets recorded at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010 which have been classified as using Level 3 measurements include certain U.S. corporate debt securities and mortgage-backed securities. Securities are classified as using Level 3 measurements when one or both of the following conditions are met:

 

   

An asset-backed security is downgraded below a AAA credit rating; or

 

   

An individual security fails the quarterly pricing comparison test with a variance greater than 5 percent.

Transfers into or out of Level 3 classifications, net, represents changes in the mix of individual securities that meet one or both of the above conditions. During 2011, we transferred $55 million of U.S. Corporate debt securities, asset-backed securities and foreign corporate debt securities from Level 2 to Level 3 which met one or both of the conditions described above, partially offset by the transfer of $39 million of U.S. corporate debt securities and securities of U.S. government sponsored enterprises from Level 3 to Level 2 as they no longer met one or both of the conditions described above.

During 2010, we transferred $27 million of U.S. government sponsored enterprises and corporate debt securities, from Level 3 to Level 2 as they no longer met one or both of the conditions described above, which was partially offset by the transfer of $12 million of U.S. government sponsored enterprises, corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities from Level 2 to Level 3 which met one or both of the conditions described above.

We reported a total of $18 million and $24 million of available-for-sale securities, or approximately 1 percent of our securities portfolio as Level 3 at both December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At both December 31, 2011 and 2010, total Level 3 assets were 1 percent of total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

See Note 22, “Fair Value Measurements” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further details including our valuation techniques as well as the classification hierarchy associated with assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Risk Management

 

Overview  Some degree of risk is inherent in virtually all of our activities. Accordingly, we have comprehensive risk management policies and practices in place to address potential risks, which include the following:

 

   

Credit risk is the risk that financial loss arises from the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligations under a contract. Our credit risk arises primarily from our lending and treasury activities;

 

   

Liquidity risk is the potential that an institution will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due or fund its customers because of inadequate cash flow or the inability to liquidate assets or obtaining funding itself;

 

   

Market risk is the potential for losses in daily mark-to-market positions due to adverse movements in money, foreign exchange, equity or other markets and include net interest income and mark-to-market;

 

   

Interest rate risk is the potential impairment of net interest income due to mismatched pricing between assets and liabilities as well as losses in value due to rate movements;

 

   

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems or from external events (including legal risk but excluding strategic and reputational risk);

 

   

Compliance risk is the risk arising from failure to comply with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements governing the conduct of specific businesses;

 

99


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

Reputational risk is the risk arising from a failure to safeguard our reputation by maintaining the highest standards of conduct at all times and by being aware of issues, activities and associations that might pose a threat to the reputation of HSBC, locally, regionally or internationally; and

 

   

Strategic risk is the risk that the business will fail to identify, execute and react appropriately to opportunities and/or threats arising from changes in the market, some of which may emerge over a number of years such as changing economic and political circumstances, customer requirements, demographic trends, regulatory developments or competitor action.

The objective of our risk management system is to identify, measure, monitor and manage risks so that:

 

   

potential costs can be weighed against the expected rewards from taking the risks;

 

   

appropriate disclosures can be made to all concerned parties;

 

   

adequate protections, capital and other resources can be put in place to weather all significant risks; and

 

   

compliance with all relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements is ensured through staff education, adequate processes and controls, and ongoing monitoring efforts.

Our risk management policies are designed to identify and analyze these risks, to set appropriate limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and limits continually by means of reliable and up-to-date administrative and information systems. We continually modify and enhance our risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in markets and products and to better align overall risk management processes. Training, individual responsibility and accountability, together with a disciplined, conservative and constructive culture of control, lie at the heart of our management of risk.

Senior managers within an independent central risk organization under the leadership of HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer ensure risks are appropriately identified, measured, reported and managed. For all risk types, there are independent risk specialists that set standards, develop new risk methodologies, maintain central risk databases and conduct reviews and analysis. For instance, the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer provide day-to-day oversight of these types of risk management activities within their respective areas and work closely with internal audit and other senior risk specialists at HSBC North America and HSBC. Market risk is managed by the HSBC North America Head of Market Risk. Operational risk is decentralized and is the responsibility of each business and support unit to manage under the direction of the HSBC North America Head of Operational Risk and a centralized team. Compliance risk is managed through an effective enterprise-wide compliance risk management program to prevent, detect and deter compliance issues, including money laundering and terrorist financing activities. Our risk management policies assign primary responsibility and accountability for the management of compliance risk in the lines of business to business line management. Under the oversight of the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and senior management, the HSBC North America Chief Compliance Officer oversees the design, execution and administration of the enterprise-wide compliance program.

Historically, our approach toward risk management has emphasized a culture of business line responsibility combined with central requirements for diversification of customers and businesses. As such, extensive centrally determined requirements for controls, limits, reporting and the escalation of issues have been detailed in our policies and procedures. Our risk management policies are primarily carried out in accordance with practice and limits set by the HSBC Group Management Board which consists of senior executives throughout the HSBC organization.

In the course of our regular risk management activities, we use simulation models to help quantify the risk we are taking. The output from some of these models is included in this section of our filing. By their nature, models are based on various assumptions and relationships. We believe that the assumptions used in these models are reasonable, but events may unfold differently than what is assumed in the models. In actual stressed market conditions, these assumptions and relationships may no longer hold, causing actual experience to differ significantly from the results predicted in the model. Consequently, model results may be considered reasonable

 

100


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

estimates, with the understanding that actual results may vary significantly from model projections. Interest rate risk and liquidity metrics have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the pending sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One. The risk metrics reflect current assumed transaction dates, with balances reduced at projected sale date.

Risk management oversight begins with the HSBC Finance Corporation Board of Directors and its Audit, Risk and Compliance Committees. An HSBC Finance Corporation Risk Management Committee, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, focuses on governance, emerging issues, and risk management strategies.

In addition, the HSBC Finance Corporation Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) meets regularly to review liquidity and market risks and approve appropriate risk management strategies within the limits established by the HSBC Group Management Board and approved by our Audit and Risk Committee.

Further oversight is provided by a network of specialized subcommittees which function under the HSBC North America Risk Management Committee. These subcommittees are chaired by the Chief Risk Officer and his staff and include the Operational Risk and Internal Control Committee (“ORIC”), the Credit Risk Analytics Oversight Committee, a Capital Management Review Meeting, the HSBC North America Risk Executive Committee, the Risk Appetite Committee, and Stress Testing and Scenario Oversight Committee.

While the charters of the Risk Management Committee and each sub-committee are tailored to reflect the roles and responsibilities of each committee, they all have the following common themes:

 

   

defining and measuring risk and establishing policies, limits, and thresholds;

 

   

monitoring and assessing exposures, trends and the effectiveness of the risk management framework; and

 

   

reporting through the Chief Risk Officer to the Board of Directors.

HSBC North America’s Risk Appetite framework describes through its Risk Appetite Statement and its Risk Appetite Limits the quantum and types of risk that it is prepared to take in executing its strategy. It develops and maintains the linkages between strategy, capital, risk management processes, and HSBC Group strategy and directs HSBC North America’s businesses to be targeted along strategic and risk priorities and in line with the forward view of available capital under stress.

Oversight of all liquidity, interest rate and market risk is provided by ALCO which is chaired by the HSBC North America Chief Financial Officer. Subject to the approval of our Board of Directors and HSBC, ALCO sets the limits of acceptable risk, monitors the adequacy of the tools used to measure risk and assesses the adequacy of reporting. In managing these risks, we seek to protect both our income stream and the value of our assets. ALCO also conducts contingency planning with regard to liquidity.

Credit Risk Management  Credit risk is the risk that financial loss arises from the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligations under a contract. Our credit risk arises primarily from lending and treasury activities.

Day-to-day management of credit risk is administered by the HSBC North America Chief Retail Credit Officer who reports to the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer. The HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer reports to the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer and to the Group Managing Director and Chief Risk Officer of HSBC. We have established detailed policies to address the credit risk that arises from our lending activities. Our credit and portfolio management procedures focus on sound underwriting, effective collections and customer account management efforts for each loan. Our lending guidelines, which delineate the credit risk we are willing to take and the related terms, are specific not only for each product, but also take into consideration various other factors including borrower characteristics, return on equity, capital deployment and our overall risk appetite. We also have specific policies to ensure the establishment of appropriate credit loss reserves on a timely basis to cover probable losses of principal, interest and fees. Our customer account management policies and practices are described under the caption “Credit Quality – Customer Account Management Policies and Practices” in MD&A. Also see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further

 

101


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

discussion of our policies surrounding credit loss reserves. Our policies and procedures are consistent with HSBC standards and are regularly reviewed and updated both on an HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC level. The credit risk function continues to refine “early warning” indicators and reporting, including stress testing scenarios on the basis of current experience. These risk management tools are embedded within our business planning process.

A Credit Review and Risk Identification (“CRRI”) function is also in place in HSBC North America to identify and assess credit risk. The CRRI function consists of a Wholesale and Retail Credit Review function as well as functions responsible for the independent assessment of Wholesale and Retail models. The CRRI function provides an ongoing independent assessment of credit risk, the quality of credit risk management and in the case of wholesale credit risk, the accuracy of individual credit risk ratings. The functions independently and holistically assess the business units and risk management functions to ensure the business is operating in a manner that is consistent with HSBC Group strategy and appropriate local and HSBC Group credit policies, procedures and applicable regulatory guidelines. The Credit Risk Review functions examine asset quality, credit processes and procedures, as well as the risk management infra-structures in each commercial and retail lending unit. Selective capital markets based functions are included within this scope. CRRI also independently assesses the retail and wholesale credit risk and reserving models to determine if they are fit for purpose and consistent with regulatory requirements and HSBC Group Policy.

Credit risk is also inherent in our investment securities portfolio, particularly in relation to the corporate debt securities we hold in our investment securities portfolio. Prior to acquiring any investment securities, individual securities are subjected to our investment policies and to the requirements in our co-insurance agreements for securities purchased by our Insurance Services business. Our investment policies specify minimum rating levels as well as limitations on the total amount of investment in a particular industry or entity. For investment securities that have been acquired and have experienced an unrealized loss since the date of acquisition, we have established the Investment Impairment Assessment Committee to assess whether there have been any events or changes in economic circumstances to indicate that the investment security is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. The Investment Impairment Assessment Committee, which meets on a quarterly basis or more frequently if warranted, includes individuals from a variety of areas of our operations, including investment portfolio management, treasury and corporate finance. The committee determines which securities in an unrealized loss position should be reviewed, performs an analysis of these investment securities on an individual basis, forms a conclusion as to whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred and, if so, recommends the impairment amount to be recorded. The committee considers many factors in their analysis including the severity and duration of the impairment; our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for recovery in value; recent events specific to the issuer or industry; and for corporate debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades. For securities not deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, the committee verifies that we neither intend to nor expect to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery, even if that equates to holding securities until their individual maturities.

Counterparty credit risk is our primary exposure on our interest rate swap portfolio. Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction fails to perform according to the terms of the contract. Currently the majority of our existing derivative contracts are with HSBC subsidiaries, making them our primary counterparty in derivative transactions. Most swap agreements, both with unaffiliated and affiliated third parties, require that payments be made to, or received from, the counterparty when the fair value of the agreement reaches a certain level. Generally, non-affiliate swap counterparties provide collateral in the form of cash which is recorded in our balance sheet as derivative financial assets or derivative related liabilities. We provided third party swap counterparties with collateral totaling $10 million and $33 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair value of our agreements with affiliate counterparties required the affiliate to provide cash collateral of $584 million and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts are offset against the fair value amount recognized for derivative instruments that have been offset under the same master netting arrangement.

See Note 13, “Derivative Financial Instruments,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information related to interest rate risk management and Note 22, “Fair Value Measurements,” for information regarding the fair value of our financial instruments.

 

102


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Liquidity Risk Management  The balance sheet and credit dynamics described above have had a significant impact on our liquidity risk management processes. Continued success in reducing the size of our run-off real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivable portfolios coupled with the planned sale of our Card and Retail Services business during the second quarter of 2012 as previously discussed will be the primary driver of our liquidity management process going forward. However, lower cash flow, as a result of declining receivable balances as well as lower cash generated from balance sheet attrition due to increased charge-offs, will not provide sufficient cash to fully cover maturing debt over the next four to five years. During 2011, the shelf registration statement under which we have historically issued long-term debt expired and we chose not to renew it. We currently do not expect third-party long-term debt to be a source of funding for us in the future given the run-off nature of our business subsequent to the sale of our Card and Retail Services business as previously discussed. We anticipate any required incremental funding will be integrated into the overall HSBC North America funding plans or through direct support from HSBC and its affiliates. HSBC has indicated it remains fully committed and has the capacity to continue to provide such support. Should market pricing for receivables improve in future years, our intent may change and a portion of this required funding could be generated through selected receivable portfolio sales in our run-off portfolios.

Maintaining our credit ratings is an important part of maintaining our overall liquidity profile. As indicated by the major rating agencies, our credit ratings are directly dependent upon the continued support of HSBC. A credit rating downgrade would increase borrowing costs, and depending on its severity, substantially limit access to capital markets, require cash payments or collateral posting, require delivery of secured financing collateral documents, and permit termination of certain contracts material to us.

The following summarizes our credit ratings at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     

Standard &

Poor’s

Corporation

    

Moody’s

Investors

Service

     Fitch, Inc.  

As of December 31, 2011:

        

Senior debt

     A         A3         AA-   

Senior subordinated debt

     A-         Baa1         A+   

Commercial paper

     A-1         P-1         F1+   

Series B preferred stock

     BBB+         Baa2         A   

As of December 31, 2011, there were no pending actions in terms of changes to ratings for HSBC Finance Corporation from any of the rating agencies listed above. In December 2011, Fitch finalized a revised global criteria for assessing the credit ratings of non-common equity securities which qualify for treatment as bank regulatory capital. While the ratings of certain of our subordinated, trust preferred or preferred securities may be reduced as Fitch implements the criteria in the first quarter of 2012, we are unable to predict the likelihood or extent of any such action. On February 15, 2012, Moody’s announced rating actions affecting 114 financial institutions in 16 European countries, including the ratings of HSBC. The rating action follows Moody’s publications on January 19, 2012 where Moody’s announced that they expect to place a number of bank ratings under review for downgrade during the first quarter of 2012 in order to assess the overall negative impact of the adverse trends affecting banks in advanced countries and notably in Europe. On February 22, 2012, Moody’s put our long-term and short-term ratings on negative credit watch. We believe there is the potential for a multiple notch downgrade on our long-term rating. Any downgrade of the long-term rating would likely result in a minimum 1 notch downgrade of our short-term rating. Moody’s review is expected to take up to 90 days.

Other conditions that could negatively affect our liquidity include unforeseen capital requirements, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar, failure to complete or a delay in completing the sale of our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One, a slowdown in the rate of attrition of our balance sheet and an inability to obtain expected funding from HSBC, its subsidiaries and clients.

The measurement and management of liquidity risk is a primary focus for us. Three standard analyses are utilized to accomplish this goal. First, a rolling 90 day funding plan is updated several times each week to quantify near-term needs and develop the appropriate strategies to fund those needs. As part of this process, debt maturity profiles (daily, monthly, annual) are generated to assist in planning and limiting any potential rollover risk (which is the risk that we will be unable to pay our debt or borrow additional funds as it becomes due). Second, comprehensive plans identifying monthly funding requirements for the next two calendar years are updated weekly. These plans compare funding inflows from projected balance sheet attrition and cash generated from

 

103


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

operations with debt maturities and determine both the timing and size of potential funding requirements. Lastly, contingency funding plans are maintained as part of the liquidity management process. Multiple funding scenarios are regularly evaluated for a variety of time horizons and assume limited or no access to secured and unsecured sources of liquidity. These alternative scenarios are designed to enable us to identify funding shortfalls well in advance of their occurrence and execute alternate liquidity management strategies to fund these shortfalls. The results of these analyses are presented to both our Asset/Liability Management Committee and HSBC’s risk management function at least monthly.

Consistent with the experience of most other financial sector issuers, the quoted spreads on our primary and secondary market debt widened in 2011. Should our 2012 funding plans change and we elect to issue institutionally-placed senior debt, we anticipate a reduction in the total amount of debt that could be issued when compared to historical issuances.

See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further discussion of our liquidity position.

Market Risk Management  The objective of our market risk management process is to manage and control market risk exposures in order to optimize return on risk while maintaining a market profile as a provider of financial products and services. Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, will reduce our income or the value of our portfolios. The Regional Head of Market Risk oversees the management of market risk.

Our exposure to interest rate risk is also changing as the balance sheet declines and a growing percentage of our remaining real estate receivables are modified and/or re-aged. Prior to the credit crisis, our real estate portfolio was assumed to have a duration (average life) of approximately three years. While the loans had original maturities of 30 years, active customer refinancing resulted in the shorter duration assumption used in the risk management process. Debt was typically issued in intermediate and longer term maturities to maximize the liquidity benefit. The interest rate risk created by combining short duration assets with long duration liabilities was reduced by entering into hedge positions that reduced the duration of the liabilities portfolio.

The progression of the credit crisis over the last three years is impacting this risk profile. Originally modeled as three years, the duration assumption for our fixed rate real estate portfolio is estimated to be 5.5 years at December 31, 2011 reflecting the impact of a higher percentage of loans staying on our balance sheet longer due to the impact of modification programs and/or lack of refinancing alternatives. At the same time, the duration of our liability portfolio continues to decline due to the passage of time and the absence of new term debt issuance. As our receivable portfolio becomes smaller, our ability to more accurately project exposure will increase as well as our ability to manage that risk.

We maintain an overall risk management strategy that primarily uses standard interest rate and currency derivative financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. We managed our exposure to interest rate risk primarily through the use of interest rate swaps, but have used forwards, futures, options, and other risk management instruments. We do not use leveraged derivative financial instruments.

We manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk primarily through the use of currency swaps, options and forwards. Our financial statements are affected by movements in exchange rates on our foreign currency denominated debt as well as by movements in exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar related to specialty insurance products offered in Canada. Prior to the sale of our foreign subsidiaries in 2008, we did not enter into foreign exchange contracts to hedge our investment in foreign subsidiaries. We do not currently have any foreign subsidiaries.

Interest rate risk  Interest rate risk is defined as the impact of changes in market interest rates on our earnings. We use simulation models to measure the impact of anticipated changes in interest rates on net interest income and execute appropriate risk management actions. The key assumptions used in these models include projected balance sheet attrition, cash flows from derivative financial instruments and changes in market conditions. While these assumptions are based on our best estimates of future conditions, we can not precisely predict our earnings due to the uncertainty inherent in the macro-economic environment. We use derivative financial instruments, principally interest rate swaps, to manage these exposures.

 

104


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

HSBC has certain limits and benchmarks that serve as additional guidelines in determining the appropriate levels of interest rate risk. One such limit is expressed in terms of the Present Value of a Basis Point, which reflects the change in value of the balance sheet for a one basis point movement in all interest rates without considering other correlation factors or assumptions. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our absolute PVBP limit was $5.50 million and $8.20 million, respectively, which included the risk associated with the hedging instruments we employed. Thus, for a one basis point change in interest rates, the policy at December 31, 2011 and 2010 dictated that the value of the balance sheet could not increase or decrease by more than $5.50 million or $8.20 million, respectively. During the second quarter of 2011, the PVBP limit was decreased after we performed a comprehensive review of the projected cash flows to be generated by our remaining real estate secured receivable portfolio as well as the results of our portfolio of non-qualifying hedges. The results of this analysis supported a decrease in our reported PVBP limit, which we concluded would be sustainable for the foreseeable future.

The following table shows the components of our absolute PVBP position at December 31, 2011 and 2010 broken down by currency risk:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

USD

   $ 1.679       $ 6.351   

JPY

     .151         .132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Absolute PVBP risk

   $ 1.830       $ 6.483   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have issued debt in a variety of currencies and simultaneously executed currency swaps to hedge the future interest and principal payments. As a result of the loss of hedge accounting on currency swaps outstanding at the time of our acquisition, the recognition of the change in the currency risk on these swaps is recorded differently than the corresponding risk on the underlying foreign denominated debt. Currency risk on the swap is now recognized immediately in the net present value of all future swap payments. On the corresponding debt, currency risk is recognized on the principal outstanding which is converted at the period end spot translation rate and on the interest accrual which is converted at the average spot rate for the reporting period.

We also monitor the impact that an immediate hypothetical increase or decrease in interest rates of 25 basis points applied at the beginning of each quarter over a 12 month period would have on our net interest income assuming for 2011 and 2010 a declining balance sheet and the current interest rate risk profile. These estimates include the impact on net interest income of debt and related derivatives carried at fair value and also assume we would not take any corrective actions in response to interest rate movements and, therefore, exceed what most likely would occur if rates were to change by the amount indicated. The estimates as of December 31, 2011 have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the pending Capital One transaction previously discussed. The estimates reflect the current assumed transaction date, with balances reduced at the projected sale date and the associated impact of that reduction is included in these estimates. The following table summarizes such estimated impact, excluding any impacts on our portfolio of non-qualifying hedges:

 

As of December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Increase (decrease) in net interest income following a hypothetical 25 basis points rise in interest rates applied at the beginning of each quarter over the next 12 months

   $ 27      $ (38

Increase (decrease) in net interest income following a hypothetical 25 basis points fall in interest rates applied at the beginning of each quarter over the next 12 months

     (20     43   

The increase in net interest income following a hypothetical rate rise and decrease in net interest income following a hypothetical rate fall as compared to December 31, 2010 reflect the impact of the sale of the credit card operations as described above, regular adjustments of asset and liability behavior assumptions, updates of economic stress scenarios, and model enhancements. A principal consideration supporting both of the PVBP and margin at risk analyses is the projected prepayment of loan balances for a given economic scenario. Individual

 

105


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

loan underwriting standards in combination with housing valuations, loan modification program, changes to our foreclosure processes and macroeconomic factors related to available mortgage credit are the key assumptions driving these prepayment projections. While we have utilized a number of sources to refine these projections, we cannot currently project precise prepayment rates with a high degree of certainty in all economic environments given recent, significant changes in both subprime mortgage underwriting standards and property valuations across the country.

Operational Risk Management  Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk. Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities and, as with other types of risk, is managed through our overall framework designed to balance strong corporate oversight with well-defined independent risk management.

We have established an independent Operational Risk and Internal Control management discipline in North America, which is led by the HSBC North America Head of Operational Risk and Internal Control who reports to the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer. The Operational Risk and Internal Control Committee, chaired by the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer is responsible for oversight of operational risk management, including internal controls to mitigate risk exposure and comprehensive reporting. Results from this committee are communicated to the Risk Management Committee and subsequently to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors. Business management is responsible for managing and controlling operational risk and for communicating and implementing control standards. A central Operational Risk and Internal Control function provides functional oversight by coordinating the following activities:

 

   

developing Operational Risk Management policies and procedures;

 

   

developing and managing methodologies and tools to support the identification, assessment, and monitoring of operational risks;

 

   

providing firm-wide operational risk and control reporting and facilitating resulting action plan development;

 

   

identifying emerging risks and monitoring operational risks and internal controls to reduce foreseeable, future loss exposure;

 

   

perform root-cause analysis on large operational risk losses;

 

   

providing general and/or specific operational risk training and awareness programs for employees throughout the firm;

 

   

communicating with Business Risk Control Managers to ensure the operational risk management framework is executed within their respective business or function;

 

   

independently reviewing the operational risk and control assessments and communicating results to business management; and

 

   

modeling operational risk losses and scenarios for capital management purposes.

Management of operational risk includes identification, assessment, monitoring, mitigation, rectification, and reporting of the results of risk events, including losses and compliance with local regulatory requirements. These key components of the operational risk management process have been communicated by issuance of HSBC standards. Details and local application of the standards have been documented and communicated by issuance of a HSBC North America Operational Risk and Internal Control policy. Key elements of the policy and our operational risk management framework include:

 

   

business and function management is responsible for the assessment, identification, management, and reporting of their operational risks and monitoring the ongoing effectiveness of key controls;

 

   

material risks are assigned an overall risk prioritization / rating based on the typical and extreme assessments and considers the direct financial costs and the indirect financial impacts to the business. An

 

106


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

assessment of the effectiveness of key controls that mitigate these risks is made. An operational risk database records the risk and control assessments and tracks risk mitigation action plans. The risk assessments are reviewed at least annually, or as business conditions change;

 

   

key risk indicators are established and monitored where appropriate; and

 

   

the database is also used to track operational losses for analysis of root causes, comparison with risk assessments, lessons learned and capital modeling.

Management practices include standard monthly reporting to senior management and the Operational Risk and Internal Control Committee of high risks, control deficiencies, risk mitigation action plans, losses and key risk indicators. We also monitor external operational risk events to ensure that the firm remains in line with best practice and takes into account lessons learned from publicized operational failures within the financial services industry. Operational risk management is an integral part of the new product development and approval process and the employee performance management process, as applicable. An online certification process, attesting to the completeness and accuracy of operational risk assessments and losses, is completed by senior business management on an annual basis.

Internal audits provide an important independent check on controls and test institutional compliance with the operational risk management framework. Internal audit utilizes a risk-based approach to determine its audit coverage in order to provide an independent assessment of the design and effectiveness of key controls over our operations, regulatory compliance and reporting. This includes reviews of the operational risk framework, the effectiveness and accuracy of the risk assessment process, and the loss data collection and reporting activities.

Compliance Risk  Compliance risk is the risk arising from failure to comply with relevant laws, regulations, and regulatory requirements governing the conduct of specific businesses. It is a composite risk that can result in regulatory sanctions, financial penalties, litigation exposure and loss of reputation. Compliance risk is inherent throughout our organization.

The Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the compliance risk management program. The compliance function is led by the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) for HSBC North America, who reports directly to the HSBC North America Chief Risk Officer, the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer, and the HSBC Head of Group Compliance. Further, the line of business compliance personnel functionally report to the CCO for HSBC North America. This reporting relationship enables the CCO to have direct access to HSBC Group Compliance, the Chief Risk Officer and the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer as well as allowing for line of business personnel to be independent. The CCO for HSBC North America has broad authority from the Board of Directors and senior management to develop the enterprise-wide compliance program and oversee the compliance activities across all business units, jurisdictions and legal entities. This broad authority enables the CCO for HSBC North America to identify and resolve compliance issues in a timely and effective manner, and to escalate issues promptly to senior management, the Board of Directors, and HSBC as appropriate.

We are committed to delivering the highest quality financial products and services to our customers. Critical to our relationship with our customers is their trust in us, as fiduciary, advisor and service provider. That trust is earned not only through superior service, but also through the maintenance of the highest standards of integrity and conduct. We must, at all times, comply with high ethical standards, treat customers fairly, and comply with both the letter and spirit of all applicable laws, codes, rules, regulations and standards of good market practice, and HSBC policies and standards. It is also our responsibility to foster good relations with regulators, recognizing and respecting their role in ensuring adherence with laws and regulations. An important element of this commitment to our customers and shareholders is our compliance risk management program, which is applied enterprise-wide.

Our enterprise-wide program in HSBC North America is designed in accordance with HSBC policy and the principles established by the Federal Reserve in Supervision and Regulation Letter 08-8 (SR 08-8) dated October 16, 2008. By leveraging industry-leading practices and taking an enterprise-wide, integrated approach to

 

107


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

managing our compliance risks, we can better identify and understand our compliance requirements, monitor our compliance risk profile, and assess and report our compliance performance across the organization. Consistent with the expectations of HSBC North America’s regulators, our enterprise-wide compliance risk management program is designed to promote a consistent understanding of roles and responsibilities, as well as consistency in compliance program activities. The program is structured to pro-actively identify as well as quickly react to emerging issues and to assess, control, measure, monitor and report compliance risks across the company, both within and across business lines, support units, jurisdictions and legal entities.

Reputational Risk Management  The safeguarding of our reputation is of paramount importance to our continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of our staff. Reputational risk can arise from social, ethical or environmental issues, or as a consequence of operations risk events. Our good reputation depends upon the way in which we conduct our business, but can also be affected by the way in which customers, to whom we provide financial services, conduct themselves.

Reputational risk is considered and assessed by the HSBC Group Management Board, our Board of Directors and senior management during the establishment of standards for all major aspects of business and the formulation of policy and products. These policies, which are an integral part of the internal control systems, are communicated through manuals and statements of policy, internal communication and training. The policies set out operational procedures in all areas of reputational risk, including money laundering deterrence, environmental impact, anti-corruption measures and employee relations.

We have established a strong internal control structure to minimize the risk of operational and financial failure and to ensure that a full appraisal of reputational risk is made before strategic decisions are taken. The HSBC Internal Audit function monitors compliance with our policies and standards.

Reputational risk is managed at the regional level across HSBC Group. All HSBC businesses and corporate risk functions within HSBC North America are represented on the HSBC North America Reputational Risk Policy Committee. The HSBC North America Reputational Risk Policy Committee was established in 2011 and was chaired by the HSBC North America Regional Compliance Officer. In early 2012, the Reputational Risk Policy Committee will be chaired by the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer. The Reputational Risk Policy Committee is responsible for assessing reputational risk policy matters regionally and for advising HSBC Group Management and local senior management on matters relating to reputational risk. Notwithstanding the Reputational Risk Policy Committee, the responsibility of the practical implementation of such policies and the compliance with the letter and spirit of them rests with our Chief Executive Officer and senior management of our businesses.

Strategic Risk Management  Strategic risk is the risk that the business will fail to identify, execute, and react appropriately to opportunities and threats arising from changes in the market, some of which may emerge over a number of years such as changing economic and political circumstances, customer requirements, demographic trends, regulatory developments or competitor action. Risk may be mitigated by consideration of the potential opportunities and/or challenges through the strategic planning process.

This risk is also a function of the compatibility of an organization’s strategic goals, the business strategies developed to achieve those goals, the resources deployed against those goals and the quality of implementation.

We have established a strong internal control structure to minimize the impact of strategic risk to our earnings and capital. All changes in strategy as well as the process in which new strategies are implemented are subject to detailed reviews and approvals at business line, functional, regional, board and HSBC Group levels. This process is monitored by the Strategy and Implementation Group to ensure compliance with our policies and standards.

Business Continuity Planning   We are committed to the protection of employees, customers and shareholders by a quick response to all threats to the organization, whether they are of a physical or financial nature. We are governed by the HSBC North America Crisis Management Framework, which provides an enterprise-wide response and communication approach for managing major business continuity events or incidents. It is designed to be flexible and is scaled to the scope and magnitude of the event or incident.

 

108


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The Crisis Management Framework works in tandem with the HSBC North America Corporate Contingency Planning Policy, business continuity plans and key business continuity committees to manage events. The North American Crisis Management Committee, a 24/7 standing committee, is activated to manage the Crisis Management process in concert with our senior management. This committee provides critical strategic management of business continuity crisis issues, risk management, communication, coordination and recovery management. In particular, the HSBC North America Crisis Management Committee has implemented an enterprise-wide plan, response and communication approach for pandemic preparedness. Tactical management of business continuity issues is handled by the Corporate and Local Incident Response Teams in place at each major site. We have also designated an Institutional Manager for Business Continuity who plays a key role on the Crisis Management Committee. All major business and support functions have a senior representative assigned to our Business Continuity Planning Committee, which is chaired by the Institutional Manager.

We test business continuity and disaster recovery resiliency and capability through routine contingency tests and actual events. Business continuity and disaster recovery programs have been strengthened in numerous areas as a result of these tests or actual events. There is a continuing effort to enhance the program well beyond the traditional business resumption and disaster recovery model.

New Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted in Future Periods

 

Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts  In October 2010, the FASB issued guidance which amends the accounting rules that define which costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts qualify as deferrable acquisition costs by insurance entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, but must be applied as of the beginning of an entity’s annual reporting period. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Repurchase Agreements  In April 2011, the FASB issued a new Accounting Standards Update related to repurchase agreements. This new guidance removes the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and the related collateral maintenance guidance from the assessment of effective control. As a result, an entity is no longer required to consider the sufficiency of the collateral exchanged but will evaluate the transferor’s contractual rights and obligations to determine whether it maintains effective control over the transferred assets. The new guidance is required to be applied prospectively for all transactions that occur on or after January 1, 2012. Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures  In May 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update to converge with newly issued IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement. The new guidance clarifies that the application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts are not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or liabilities. This Accounting Standards Update also requires new and enhanced disclosures on the quantification and valuation processes for significant unobservable inputs, transfers between Levels 1 and 2, and the categorization of all fair value measurements into the fair value hierarchy, even where those measurements are only for disclosure purposes. The guidance is effective prospectively from January 1, 2012. Adoption is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income  In June 2011, the FASB issued a new Accounting Standards Update on the presentation of other comprehensive income. This Update requires entities to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. The option to present items of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity is eliminated. The new guidance is effective from January 1, 2012 with full retrospective application. We will adopt this Accounting Standards Update in the first quarter of 2012.

 

109


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

Basis point – A unit that is commonly used to describe changes in interest rates. The relationship between percentage changes and basis points can be summarized as a 1 percent change equals a 100 basis point change or .01 percent change equals 1 basis point.

Collateralized Funding Transaction – A transaction in which we use a pool of our consumer receivables as a source of funding and liquidity through either a Secured Financing or Securitization. Collateralized funding transactions allow us to limit our reliance on unsecured debt markets and can be a more cost-effective source of funding.

Contractual Delinquency – A method of determining aging of past due accounts based on the status of payments under the loan. An account is generally considered to be contractually delinquent when payments have not been made in accordance with the loan terms. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices such as the re-aging of accounts, forbearance agreements, extended payment plans, modification arrangements, external debt management plans, loan rewrites and deferments.

Delinquency Ratio – Two-months-and-over contractual delinquency expressed as a percentage of receivables and receivables held for sale at a given date.

Effective Hedge or Qualifying Hedge – A hedging relationship which qualifies for fair value or cash flow hedge accounting treatment.

Efficiency Ratio – Total operating expenses less policyholders’ benefits expressed as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and other revenues less policyholders’ benefits.

Federal Reserve – The Federal Reserve Board, the principal regulator of HSBC North America.

Fee Income and Enhancement Services Revenue – Income associated with interchange on credit cards and late and other fees from the origination, acquisition or servicing of loans as well as ancillary credit card revenue from products such as Account Secure (debt protection) and Identity Protection Plan.

Forbearance – The act of refraining from taking legal actions against a borrower despite the fact that the borrower is in arrears and is usually only granted when a borrower makes satisfactory arrangements to pay the amounts owed. Depending on state law, the borrower may be required to execute an agreement.

Foreign Exchange Contract – A contract used to minimize our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Futures Contract – An exchange-traded contract to buy or sell a stated amount of a financial instrument or index at a specified future date and price.

GM Portfolio – Our General Motors MasterCard receivable portfolio that was sold to HSBC Bank USA in January 2009 with new General Motors MasterCard receivable originations sold to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis.

Goodwill – The excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired, reduced by liabilities assumed in a business combination.

HBEU – HSBC Bank plc, a U.K. based subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc.

HINO – HSBC Investments (North America) Inc., which is the immediate parent of HSBC Finance Corporation.

HMUS – HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.; an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America and a holding company for investment banking and markets subsidiaries in the U.S.

HSBC or HSBC Group – HSBC Holdings plc.; HSBC North America’s U.K. parent company.

HSBC Affiliate – Any direct or indirect subsidiary of HSBC outside of our consolidated group of entities.

HSBC Bank USA – HSBC Bank USA, National Association and its subsidiaries; the principal banking subsidiary of HSBC North America.

 

110


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

HSBC North America – HSBC North America Holdings Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC. HSBC’s top-tier bank holding company in North America and the immediate parent of HINO.

HOHU – HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited, a U.K. based subsidiary of HSBC.

HTCD – HSBC Trust Company (Delaware); a wholly-owned banking subsidiary of HSBC USA Inc.

HTSU – HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC North America which provides information technology and centralized operational services, such as human resources, tax, finance, compliance, legal, corporate affairs and other services shared among HSBC Affiliates, primarily in North America.

HUSI – HSBC USA Inc. and its subsidiaries, an indirect wholly-owned bank holding company subsidiary of HSBC. HSBC Bank USA is the principal U.S. banking subsidiary of HUSI.

IFRS Basis – A non-U.S. GAAP measure of reporting results in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. IFRS Basis also assumes that all purchase accounting fair value adjustments relating to our acquisition by HSBC have been “pushed down” to HSBC Finance Corporation.

Intangible Assets – Assets (excluding financial assets) which lack physical substance. Our acquired intangibles include purchased credit card relationships and related programs, other loan related relationships, technology and customer lists.

Interchange Fees – Fees received for processing a credit card transaction through the MasterCard, Visa, American Express or Discover network.

Interest Rate Swap – Contract between two parties to exchange interest payments on a stated principal amount (notional principal) for a specified period. Typically, one party makes fixed rate payments, while the other party makes payments using a variable rate.

LIBOR – London Interbank Offered Rate; A widely quoted market rate which is frequently the index used to determine the rate at which we borrow funds.

Liquidity – A measure of how quickly we can convert assets to cash or raise additional cash.

Loan-to-Value (“LTV”) Ratio – The loan balance at time of origination expressed as a percentage of the appraised property value at the time of origination.

Net Charge-off Ratio – Net charge-offs of consumer receivables expressed as a percentage of average consumer receivables outstanding for a given period.

Net Interest Income – Interest income from receivables and noninsurance investment securities reduced by interest expense.

Net Interest Margin – Net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

Nonaccrual Receivables – Receivables which are 90 or more days contractually delinquent. Nonaccrual receivables do not include receivables which have made qualifying payments and have been re-aged and the contractual delinquency status reset to current as such activity, in our judgment, evidences continued payment probability. If a re-aged loan subsequently experiences payment default and becomes 90 or more days contractually delinquent, it will be reported as nonaccrual. Nonaccrual receivables also do not include credit card receivables which, consistent with industry practice, continue to accrue until charge-off.

Non-qualifying hedge – A hedging relationship that does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment but which may be an effective economic hedge.

Personal Non-Credit Card Receivables – Unsecured lines of credit or closed-end loans made to individuals.

Portfolio Seasoning – Relates to the aging of origination vintages. Loss patterns emerge slowly over time as new accounts are booked.

 

111


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Real Estate Secured Receivable – Closed-end loans and revolving lines of credit secured by first or subordinate liens on residential real estate.

Refreshed Loan-to-Value – For first liens, the current loan balance expressed as a percentage of the current property value. For second liens, the current loan balance plus the senior lien amount at origination expressed as a percentage of the current property value. Current property values are derived from the property’s appraised value at the time of loan origination updated by the change in the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s (formerly known as the Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight) house pricing index (“HPI”) at either a Core Based Statistical Area or state level. The estimated current value of the home could vary from actual fair values due to changes in condition of the underlying property, variations in housing price changes within metropolitan statistical areas and other factors.

Return on Average Assets – Net income as a percentage of average assets.

Return on Average Common Shareholder’s Equity – Net income less dividends on preferred stock as a percentage of average common shareholder’s equity.

SEC – The Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Financing – A type of Collateralized Funding Transaction in which the interests in a dedicated pool of consumer receivables, typically real estate secured, credit card, auto finance or personal non-credit card receivables, are sold to investors. Generally, the pool of consumer receivables are sold to a special purpose entity which then issues securities that are sold to investors. Secured Financings do not receive sale treatment for accounting purposes and, as a result, the receivables and related debt remain on our balance sheet.

Stated Income (Low Documentation) – Loans underwritten based upon the loan applicant’s representation of annual income, which is not verified by receipt of supporting documentation.

Tangible Assets – Total assets less intangible assets, goodwill and derivative financial assets.

Tangible Common Equity – Common shareholder’s equity excluding unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments, postretirement benefit plan adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on investments and interest-only strip receivables, as well as subsequent changes in fair value recognized in earnings associated with debt and related derivatives for which we elected fair value option accounting, less intangible assets and goodwill.

Tangible Shareholders’ Equity – Tangible common equity plus preferred stock and company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary trusts (including amounts due to affiliates).

Taxpayer Financial Services (“TFS”) Revenue – Our taxpayer financial services business provided consumer tax refund lending in the United States. This income primarily consisted of fees received from the consumer for a short term loan which will be repaid from their Federal income tax return refund. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we discontinued the operations of our TFS business and it is now reported in discontinued operations.

UP Portfolio – A Union Plus MasterCard/Visa receivable portfolio that was sold to HSBC Bank USA in January 2009 with new Union Plus MasterCard/Visa receivable originations sold to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis.

 

112


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CREDIT QUALITY STATISTICS – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (dollars are in millions)  

Two-Month-and-Over Contractual Delinquency Ratios

         

Continuing operations:

         

Real estate secured(1)

    18.98     16.56     15.78 %(5)      14.17     7.49

Private label(4)

    -        -        -        26.91        21.24   

Personal non-credit card

    9.35        10.94        13.65 (5)      19.06        14.48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    17.93        15.85        15.46 (5)      15.04        8.74   

Discontinued operations

    5.34        6.18        9.07        6.57        5.28   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

    15.94     14.41     14.27     12.52     7.56
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of Net Charge-offs to Average Receivables for the Year(6)

         

Continuing operations:

         

Real estate secured(2)

    7.13     9.50     9.85 %(5)      5.47     2.37

Private label(4)

    -        -        -        31.19        16.55   

Personal non-credit card

    11.84        22.65        27.96 (5)      13.46        8.28   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    7.69        11.30        12.91 (5)      6.91        3.42   

Discontinued operations

    10.32        14.24        15.53        9.12        5.89   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    7.97     11.79     13.38     7.58     4.22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate charge-offs and REO expense as a percent of average real estate secured receivables(6)

    7.58     10.01     10.14 %(5)      5.91     2.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonaccrual Receivables (Including Nonaccrual Receivables Held For Sale)

         

Continuing operations:

         

Real estate secured(3)

  $ 6,544      $ 6,360      $ 6,995 (5)    $ 7,705      $ 4,752   

Private label(4)

    -        -        -        12        25   

Personal non-credit card

    330        530        998 (5)      2,420        2,092   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer – continuing operations

    6,874        6,890        7,993 (5)      10,137        6,869   

Discontinued operations

    -        -        252        537        919   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 6,874      $ 6,890      $ 8,245      $ 10,674      $ 7,788   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accruing Consumer Receivables 90 or More Days Delinquent

         

Discontinued operations

    344        447        890        1,333        1,277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 344      $ 447      $ 890      $ 1,333      $ 1,277   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Owned

         

Continuing operations

  $ 299      $ 962      $ 592      $ 885      $ 1,008   

Discontinued operations

    -        -        -        -        15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 299      $ 962      $ 592      $ 885      $ 1,023   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Real estate secured two-months-and-over contractual delinquency ratios for our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses are below.

 

      2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Mortgage Services:

          

First lien

     21.88     19.12     17.62     18.07     11.70

Second lien

     9.25        11.23        12.87        18.37        15.61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

     20.31     18.05     16.91     18.11     12.47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending:

          

First lien

     19.00     16.18     15.37     11.64     3.72

Second lien

     12.31        12.81        14.03        14.45        6.93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

     18.36     15.85     15.21     12.00     4.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CREDIT QUALITY STATISTICS (Continued)

 

 

(2) 

Real estate secured net charge-off ratios for our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses are below.

 

      2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Mortgage Services:

          

First lien

     7.88     10.13     11.35     5.82     1.60

Second lien

     17.85        24.52        28.72        30.52        12.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

     9.18     12.16     14.11     10.38     3.77
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending:

          

First lien

     5.32     6.81     5.60     1.31     .79

Second lien

     14.11        19.62        21.93        10.41        3.79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

     6.18     8.19     7.62     2.52     1.20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Real estate nonaccrual receivables are comprised of the following:

 

      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Real estate secured:

              

Closed-end:

              

First lien

   $ 6,191       $ 5,910       $ 6,304       $ 6,452       $ 3,583   

Second lien

     232         320         510         931         801   

Revolving:

              

First lien

     9         6         2         8         19   

Second lien

     112         124         179         314         349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

   $ 6,544       $ 6,360       $ 6,995       $ 7,705       $ 4,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     (See “Credit Quality” in this MD&A for components of real estate nonaccrual receivables assuming the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes had not occurred.)

 

(4) 

Private label receivables consist primarily of the sales retail contracts in our Consumer Lending business which are liquidating. Due to the small size of this portfolio, slight changes in dollars of delinquency, the outstanding principal balance of the portfolio, net charge-off dollars or the average principal balance of the portfolio can result in significant changes in these ratios. In 2009, we began reporting this liquidating portfolio prospectively within our personal non-credit card portfolio.

 

(5) 

In December 2009, we changed our charge-off policy for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables. See Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for detailed discussion of these changes. This resulted in incremental charge-offs in December 2009 of $2.4 billion and $1.1 billion for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables, respectively. The following table presents credit quality statistics as reported as well as assuming the charge-off policy changes had not occurred:

 

      As Reported    

Excluding Policy

Change

 
     (dollars are in millions)  

Contractual Delinquency Ratios:

    

Real estate secured

     15.78     19.05

Personal non-credit card

     13.65        21.66   

Total consumer – continuing operations

     15.46        19.46   

Net Charge-off Ratios:

    

Real estate secured

     9.85     6.26

Personal non-credit card

     27.96        20.11   

Total consumer – continuing operations

     12.91        8.60   

Nonaccrual Receivables (Including Nonaccrual Receivables Held For Sale):

    

Real estate secured

   $ 6,995      $ 9,397   

Personal non-credit card

     998        2,069   

Total consumer – continuing operations

     7,993        11,466   

Real estate charge-offs and REO expenses as a percentage of average real estate secured receivables

     10.14     6.56

 

(6) 

See “Credit Quality” in this MD&A for discussion of the trends between years for the ratio of net charge-offs to average receivables and the ratio of real estate charge-offs and REO expense as a percent of average real estate secured receivables.

 

114


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

ANALYSIS OF CREDIT LOSS RESERVES ACTIVITY CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

      2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Total Credit Loss Reserves at January 1

   $ 5,512      $ 7,275      $ 9,781      $ 7,492      $ 4,116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Credit Losses

     4,418        5,346        7,904        9,072        7,079   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs(4):

          

Real estate secured(1)

     (3,354     (5,267     (6,663     (4,318     (2,199

Private label

     -        -        -        (34     (45

Personal non-credit card

     (1,127     (2,329     (4,039     (2,474     (1,729
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     (4,481     (7,596     (10,702     (6,826     (3,973

Commercial and other

     -        -        -        (1     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables charged off

     (4,481     (7,596     (10,702     (6,827     (3,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Real estate secured(2)

     94        112        65        49        72   

Private label

     -        -        -        7        9   

Personal non-credit card

     409        375        227        222        211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     503        487        292        278        292   

Commercial and other

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries on receivables

     503        487        292        278        292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reserves on Receivables Transferred to Held For Sale:

          

Real estate secured

     -        -        -        (224     -   

Personal non-credit card

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     -        -        -        (224     -   

Commercial and other

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reserves on receivables transferred to held for sale

     -        -        -        (224     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other, net

     -        -        -        (10     (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit Loss Reserves(4):

          

Real estate secured

     4,912        4,187        5,427        7,113        4,954   

Private label

     -        -        -        13        26   

Personal non-credit card

     1,040        1,325        1,848        2,655        2,511   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     5,952        5,512        7,275        9,781        7,491   

Commercial and other

     -        -        -        -        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Credit Loss Reserves at December 31

   $ 5,952      $ 5,512      $ 7,275      $ 9,781      $ 7,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of Credit Loss Reserves to:

          

Net charge-offs(3)(4)

     149.6     77.5     69.9     149.4     203.5

Receivables:

          

Consumer(3)(4)

     12.42        9.76        10.39        11.21        7.30   

Commercial

     -        -        -        -        .69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

     12.42     9.76     10.38     11.19     7.29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans:

          

Consumer(3)(4)

     86.6     80.0     91.1     96.8     109.5

Commercial

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

     86.6     80.1     91.1     96.8     109.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Real estate secured charge-offs can be further analyzed as follows:

 

      2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Closed end:

          

First lien

   $ (2,522   $ (3,804   $ (4,373   $ (1,942   $ (879

Second lien

     (660     (1,146     (1,787     (1,822     (928

Revolving:

          

First lien

     (5     (7     (8     (14     (20

Second lien

     (167     (310     (495     (540     (372
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (3,354   $ (5,267   $ (6,663   $ (4,318   $ (2,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

ANALYSIS OF CREDIT LOSS RESERVES ACTIVITY (CONTINUED)

 

 

(2) 

Real estate recoveries can be further analyzed as follows:

 

      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Closed end:

              

First lien

   $ 28       $ 37       $ 22       $ 10       $ 45   

Second lien

     51         58         30         30         20   

Revolving:

              

First lien

     6         6         3         1         2   

Second lien

     9         11         10         8         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 94       $ 112       $ 65       $ 49       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Ratio excludes receivables, nonperforming receivables and charge-offs associated with loan portfolios which are considered held for sale as these receivables are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value with no corresponding credit loss reserves.

 

(4) 

In December 2009, we changed our charge-off policy for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables. See Note 7, “Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for detailed discussion of these changes. This resulted in incremental charge-offs in December 2009 of $2.4 billion and $1.1 billion for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables, respectively. See “Credit Quality” in this MD&A for further discussion of ratios and trends including 2009 ratios excluding the impact of the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes.

 

116


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

NET INTEREST MARGIN – CONTINUING OPERATIONS 2011 COMPARED TO 2010

 

The following table shows the average balances of the principal components of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity together with their respective interest amounts and rates earned or paid and the average rate by each component for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Interest expense, the average rate on debt as well as net interest margin includes interest expense of $94 million and $263 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, that has been allocated to our discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policies as external interest expense is unaffected by the classification of businesses as discontinued operations.

 

     Average
Outstanding(1)
    Average
Rate(7)
    Finance and
Interest Income/
    Interest Expense    
    Increase/(Decrease) Due to:  
        Total
Variance
    Volume
Variance(2)
    Rate
Variance(2)
 
  2011     2010     2011     2010         2011             2010            
    (dollars are in millions)  

Receivables:

                 

Real estate secured(5)

  $ 45,689      $ 54,264        6.43     6.48   $ 2,936      $ 3,517      $ (581   $ (552   $ (29

Personal non-credit card(5)

    6,059        8,623        16.78        15.91        1,017        1,372        (355     (427     72   

Commercial and other(6)

    67        44        4.49        117.04        3        52        (49     18        (67
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

    51,815        62,931        7.63        7.85        3,956        4,941        (985     (852     (133

Noninsurance investments

    6,165        6,728        .83        .79        51        53        (2     (5     3   

Interest related to income tax receivables

    -        -        -        -        117        6        111        111        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets (excluding insurance investments)

  $ 57,980      $ 69,659        7.11     7.18   $ 4,124      $ 5,000      $ (876   $ (831   $ (45

Insurance investments

    2,049        2,107                 

Other assets

    1,236        3,636                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Total Assets

  $ 61,265      $ 75,402                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Debt:

                 

Commercial paper

  $ 3,815      $ 3,732        .24     .30   $ 9      $ 11      $ (2   $ -      $ (2

Due to related party

    8,447        8,473        1.94        1.73        164        147        17        -        17   

Long-term debt

    47,576        62,285        4.77        4.84        2,269        3,016        (747     (702     (45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

  $ 59,838      $ 74,490        4.08     4.26   $ 2,442      $ 3,174      $ (732   $ (602   $ (130

Other liabilities

    (5,067     (5,312              
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Total liabilities

    54,771        69,178                 

Preferred securities

    1,575        663                 

Common shareholder’s equity

    4,919        5,561                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 61,265      $ 75,402                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Net Interest Margin(3)

        2.90     2.62   $ 1,682      $ 1,826      $ (144   $ (229   $ 85   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Spreads(4)

        3.03        2.92             
     

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

(1) 

Nonaccrual loans are included in average outstanding balances.

 

(2) 

Rate/volume variance is allocated based on the percentage relationship of changes in volume and changes in rate to the total interest variance. For total receivables, total interest-earning assets and total debt, the rate and volume variances are calculated based on the relative weighting of the individual components comprising these totals. These totals do not represent an arithmetic sum of the individual components.

 

(3) 

Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.

 

(4) 

Represents the difference between the yield earned on interest-earning assets and the cost of the debt used to fund the assets.

 

(5) 

Excludes purchase accounting adjustments.

 

(6)

Excludes purchase accounting adjustments.

 

(7) 

Average rate may not recompute from the dollar figures presented due to rounding.

 

117


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

NET INTEREST MARGIN – CONTINUING OPERATIONS 2010 COMPARED TO 2009

 

The following table shows the average balances of the principal components of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity together with their respective interest amounts and rates earned or paid and the average rate by each component for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Interest expense, the average rate on debt as well as net interest margin includes interest expense of $263 million and $519 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, that has been allocated to our discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policies as external interest expense is unaffected by the classification of businesses as discontinued operations.

 

     Average
Outstanding(1)
    Average Rate(7)     Finance and
Interest Income/
Interest Expense
    Increase/(Decrease) Due to:  
        Total
Variance
    Volume
Variance(2)
    Rate
Variance(2)
 
  2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009        
    (dollars are in millions)  

Receivables:

                 

Real estate secured(5)

  $ 54,264      $ 67,083        6.48     6.25   $ 3,517      $ 4,196      $ (679   $ (826   $ 147   

Personal non-credit card(5)

    8,623        13,634        15.91        14.02        1,372        1,912        (540     (772     232   

Commercial and other(6)

    44        (28     117.04        35.74        52        (11     63        58        5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

    62,931        80,689        7.85        7.56        4,941        6,097        (1,156     (1,385     229   

Noninsurance investments

    6,728        5,614        .79        .74        53        42        11        8        3   

Interest related to income tax receivables

    -        -        -        -        6        -        6        6        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets (excluding insurance investments)

  $ 69,659      $ 86,303        7.18     7.11   $ 5,000      $ 6,139      $ (1,139   $ (1,194   $ 55   

Insurance investments

    2,107        2,062                 

Other assets

    3,636        (473              
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Total Assets

  $ 75,402      $ 87,892                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Debt:

                 

Commercial paper

  $ 3,732      $ 5,412        .30     .90   $ 11      $ 49      $ (38   $ (12   $ (26

Due to related party

    8,473        10,942        1.73        2.25        147        246        (99     (49     (50

Long-term debt

    62,285        74,210        4.84        5.17        3,016        3,837        (821     (589     (232
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

  $ 74,490      $ 90,564        4.26     4.56   $ 3,174      $ 4,132      $ (958   $ (698   $ (260

Other liabilities

    (5,312     (6,607              
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Total liabilities

    69,178        83,957                 

Preferred securities

    663        575                 

Common shareholder’s equity

    5,561        3,360                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 75,402      $ 87,892                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

               

Net Interest Margin(3)

        2.62     2.33   $ 1,826      $ 2,007      $ (181   $ (496   $ 315   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Spreads(4)

        2.92        2.55             
     

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

(1) 

Nonaccrual loans are included in average outstanding balances.

 

(2) 

Rate/volume variance is allocated based on the percentage relationship of changes in volume and changes in rate to the total interest variance. For total receivables, total interest-earning assets and total debt, the rate and volume variances are calculated based on the relative weighting of the individual components comprising these totals. These totals do not represent an arithmetic sum of the individual components.

 

(3) 

Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets.

 

(4) 

Represents the difference between the yield earned on interest-earning assets and the cost of the debt used to fund the assets.

 

(5) 

Excludes purchase accounting adjustments.

 

(6) 

Includes purchase accounting adjustments

 

(7)

Average rate does not recomputed from the dollar figures presented due to rounding.

 

118


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

RECONCILIATIONS TO U.S. GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). In addition to the U.S. GAAP financial results reported in our consolidated financial statements, MD&A includes reference to the following information which is presented on a non-U.S. GAAP basis:

IFRS Basis A non-U.S. GAAP measure of reporting results in accordance with IFRSs. For a reconciliation of IFRS Basis results to the comparable owned basis amounts, see Note 20, “Business Segments,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Equity Ratios In managing capital, we develop targets for tangible common equity to tangible assets. This ratio target is based on discussions with HSBC and rating agencies, risks inherent in the portfolio, the projected operating environment and related risks, and any acquisition objectives. We, certain rating agencies and our credit providing banks monitor ratios excluding the equity impact of unrealized gains losses on cash flow hedging instruments, postretirement benefit plan adjustments and unrealized gains on investments as well as subsequent changes in fair value recognized in earnings associated with debt and the related derivatives for which we elected the fair value option. Our targets may change from time to time to accommodate changes in the operating environment or other considerations such as those listed above.

Quantitative Reconciliations of Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures to U.S. GAAP Financial Measures Reconciliations of selected equity ratios follow.

 

119


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

RECONCILIATIONS TO U.S. GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

EQUITY RATIOS – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

 

 

      2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Tangible common equity:

          

Common shareholder’s equity

   $ 5,351      $ 6,145      $ 7,804      $ 12,862      $ 13,584   

Exclude:

          

Fair value option adjustment

     (755     (453     (518     (2,494     (545

Unrealized (gains) losses on cash flow hedging instruments

     494        575        633        1,316        718   

Postretirement benefit plan adjustments, net of tax

     11        -        (8     (4     3   

Unrealized (gains) losses on investments and interest-only strip receivables

     (102     (74     (31     55        13   

Intangible assets

     (514     (605     (748     (922     (1,107

Goodwill

     -        -        -        (2,294     (2,827
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

   $ 4,485      $ 5,588      $ 7,132      $ 8,519      $ 9,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible shareholders’ equity:

          

Tangible common equity

   $ 4,485      $ 5,588      $ 7,132      $ 8,519      $ 9,839   

Preferred stock

     1,575        1,575        575        575        575   

Mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of Household Capital Trusts

     1,000        1,000        1,000        1,275        1,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible shareholders’ equity

   $ 7,060      $ 8,163      $ 8,707      $ 10,369      $ 11,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets:

          

Total assets

   $ 63,469      $ 77,131      $ 94,806      $ 131,067      $ 165,504   

Exclude:

          

Intangible assets

     (514     (605     (748     (922     (1,107

Goodwill

     -        -        -        (2,294     (2,827

Derivative financial assets

     -        (75     -        (8     (48
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 62,955      $ 76,451      $ 94,058      $ 127,843      $ 161,522   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity ratios:

          

Common and preferred equity to total assets

     10.91     10.01     8.84     10.25     8.56

Tangible common equity to tangible assets(1)

     7.12        7.31        7.58        6.66        6.09   

Tangible shareholders’ equity to tangible assets(1)

     11.21        10.68        9.26        8.11        7.24   

 

(1) 

Prior to 2008, this calculation was performed using managed assets. Managed assets included owned assets plus loans which we sold and serviced with limited recourse. As previously disclosed, beginning in the third quarter of 2004, we began to structure all new collateralized funding transactions as secured financings which results in the receivables and related debt remaining on our balance sheet. Receivables serviced with limited recourse were reduced to zero during the first quarter of 2008 and, as a result, tangible managed assets and owned assets converged. The following table shows the tangible managed asset balances prior to 2008 as well as the ratios above calculated using total managed assets:

 

      2007  
    

(dollars are

in millions)

 

Total owned assets

   $ 165,504   

Receivables serviced with limited recourse

     124   
  

 

 

 

Total managed assets

     165,628   

Exclude:

  

Intangible assets

     (1,107

Goodwill

     (2,827

Derivative financial assets

     (48
  

 

 

 

Tangible managed assets

   $ 161,646   
  

 

 

 

Equity ratios:

  

Tangible common equity to tangible managed assets

     6.09

Tangible shareholders’ equity to tangible managed assets

     7.23   

 

120


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

Information required by this Item is included in the following sections of Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: “Liquidity and Capital Resources”, “Off Balance Sheet Arrangements and Secured Financings” and “Risk Management.”

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

Our 2011 Financial Statements meet the requirements of Regulation S-X. The 2011 Financial Statements and supplementary financial information specified by Item 302 of Regulation S-K are set forth below.

 

121


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

HSBC Finance Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Finance Corporation, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc, and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of HSBC Finance Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of HSBC Finance Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 6 to the financial statements, in the third quarter of 2011 the company adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-02—Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. The new guidance was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/    KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 27 2012

 

122


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

HSBC Finance Corporation:

We have audited HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). HSBC Finance Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, HSBC Finance Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Finance Corporation, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc, and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/    KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 27 2012

 

123


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Finance and other interest income

   $ 4,124      $ 5,000      $ 6,139   

Interest expense on debt held by:

      

HSBC affiliates

     164        147        246   

Non-affiliates

     2,184        2,764        3,367   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     2,348        2,911        3,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     1,776        2,089        2,526   

Provision for credit losses

     4,418        5,346        7,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses

     (2,642     (3,257     (5,378
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other revenues:

      

Insurance revenue

     246        274        334   

Investment income

     127        99        108   

Net other-than-temporary impairment losses(1)

     -        -        (25

Derivative related income (expense)

     (1,146     (379     300   

Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives

     1,164        741        (2,125

Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates

     21        36        111   

Other income (expense)

     27        41        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other revenues

     439        812        (1,208
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Salaries and employee benefits

     187        261        663   

Occupancy and equipment expenses, net

     52        56        116   

Real estate owned expenses

     206        274        199   

Other servicing and administrative expenses

     620        440        432   

Support services from HSBC affiliates

     311        275        317   

Goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges

     -        -        274   

Policyholders’ benefits

     155        152        197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,531        1,458        2,198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit

     (3,734     (3,903     (8,784

Income tax benefit

     1,424        1,359        2,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (2,310     (2,544     (5,917

Discontinued Operations (Note 3);

      

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax

     1,357        971        (1,286

Income tax benefit (expense)

     (455     (343     (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     902        628        (1,533
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,408   $ (1,916   $ (7,450
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

 

(1) 

During 2011 and 2010, other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on available-for-sale securities recognized in other revenues and in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) were nominal. During 2009, $36 million of gross other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities available-for-sale were recognized, of which $11 million was recognized in AOCI.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

124


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions,  
     except share data)  

Assets

    

Cash

   $ 222      $ 166   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     1,143        1,016   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     920        4,311   

Securities available-for-sale

     2,039        3,371   

Receivables, net (including $5.3 billion and $5.9 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, collateralizing long-term debt)

     43,128        52,338   

Properties and equipment, net

     92        101   

Real estate owned

     299        962   

Derivative financial assets

     -        75   

Deferred income taxes, net

     3,345        2,779   

Other assets

     1,465        1,384   

Assets of discontinued operations

     10,816        10,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 63,469      $ 77,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Debt:

    

Due to affiliates (including $447 million and $436 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, carried at fair value)

   $ 8,262      $ 8,255   

Commercial paper

     4,026        3,157   

Long-term debt (including $13.7 billion and $20.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, carried at fair value and $3.3 billion and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, collateralized by receivables)

     39,790        54,404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     52,078        65,816   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Insurance policy and claim reserves

     973        982   

Derivative related liabilities

     26        2   

Liability for postretirement benefits

     280        265   

Other liabilities

     1,710        1,316   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     1,476        1,030   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     56,543        69,411   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

    

Redeemable preferred stock:

    

Series B (1,501,100 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 575,000 shares issued and outstanding)

     575        575   

Series C (1,000 shares authorized, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding)

     1,000        1,000   

Common shareholder’s equity:

    

Common stock ($0.01 par value, 100 shares authorized; 68 shares and 66 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively)

     -        -   

Additional paid-in capital

     23,966        23,321   

Accumulated deficit

     (18,219     (16,685

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (396     (491
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common shareholder’s equity

     5,351        6,145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     6,926        7,720   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 63,469      $ 77,131   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

125


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

      2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Preferred stock

      

Balance at the beginning of period

   $ 1,575      $ 575      $ 575   

Issuance of Series C preferred stock

     -        1,000        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of period

   $ 1,575      $ 1,575      $ 575   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shareholder’s equity

      

Common stock

      

Balance at beginning and end of period

   $ -      $ -      $ -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 23,321      $ 23,119      $ 21,485   

Capital contribution from parent

     690        200        2,685   

Return of capital to parent

     -        -        (1,043

Employee benefit plans, including transfers and other

     (45     2        (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 23,966      $ 23,321      $ 23,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (16,685   $ (14,732   $ (7,245

Net loss

     (1,408     (1,916     (7,450

Dividends on preferred stock

     (126     (37     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ (18,219   $ (16,685   $ (14,732
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (491   $ (583   $ (1,378

Net change in unrealized gains (losses), net of tax, on:

      

Derivatives classified as cash flow hedges

     81        57        684   

Securities available-for-sale, not other-than temporarily impaired

     24        40        92   

Other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities available-for-sale(1)

     4        3        (7

Pension and postretirement benefit plan adjustments, net of tax

     (11     (8     4   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

     (3     -        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

     95        92        795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ (396   $ (491   $ (583
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total common shareholder’s equity

   $ 5,351      $ 6,145      $ 7,804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

      

Net loss

   $ (1,408   $ (1,916   $ (7,450

Other comprehensive income

     95        92        795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (1,313   $ (1,824   $ (6,655
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock

      

Number of shares at beginning of period

     576,000        575,000        575,000   

Number of shares of Series C preferred stock issued

     -        1,000        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares at the end of period

     576,000        576,000        575,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock

      

Number of shares at beginning of period

     66        65        60   

Number of shares of common stock issued to parent

     2        1        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares at end of period

     68        66        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  

 

 

(1) 

During 2011 and 2010, OTTI losses on available-for-sale securities recognized in other revenues and in AOCI were nominal. During 2009, $36 million of gross OTTI losses on securities available-for-sale were recognized, of which $11 million were recognized in AOCI.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

126


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (1,408   $ (1,916   $ (7,450

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     902        628        (1,533
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (2,310     (2,544     (5,917

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Provision for credit losses

     4,418        5,346        7,904   

Gain on receivable sales to HSBC affiliates

     -        -        (2

Loss on sale of real estate owned, including lower of amortized cost or market adjustments

     103        128        101   

Goodwill and other intangible impairment charges

     -        -        274   

Insurance policy and claim reserves

     (5     (53     (18

Depreciation and amortization

     19        26        48   

Mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives

     (560     48        2,880   

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision

     (635     279        (729

Net change in other assets

     (27     2,435        (172

Net change in other liabilities

     409        27        (618

Originations of loans held for sale

     -        -        (48

Sales and collections on loans held for sale

     -        4        143   

Foreign exchange and derivative movements on long-term debt and net change in non-FVO related derivative assets and liabilities

     (765     (630     (594

Change in accrued finance income related to December 2009 charge-off policy changes and nonaccrual policy change for re-aged loans

     -        -        541   

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

     -        -        25   

Lower of amortized cost or fair value on receivables held for sale

     -        (2     9   

Other, net

     273        409        128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities – continuing operations

     920        5,473        3,955   

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities – discontinued operations

     1,725        2,350        3,416   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     2,645        7,823        7,371   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Securities:

      

Purchased

     (1,052     (1,051     (536

Matured

     371        452        360   

Sold

     1,821        216        171   

Net change in short-term securities available-for-sale

     268        274        52   

Net change in securities purchased under agreements to resell

     3,391        (1,461     (1,825

Net change in interest bearing deposits with banks

     (127     (999     8   

Proceeds from sale of affiliate preferred shares to HSBC Holdings Plc

     -        -        242   

Proceeds from sale of Low Income Housing Tax Credit Investment Funds to HSBC Bank USA

     -        -        106   

Receivables:

      

Net collections

     3,600        4,520        5,639   

Proceeds from sales of real estate owned

     1,465        1,338        1,467   

Properties and equipment:

      

Purchases

     (4     (10     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities – continuing operations

     9,733        3,279        5,641   

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities – discontinued operations

     (477     3,667        11,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     9,256        6,946        17,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Debt:

      

Net change in short-term debt

     869        (1,135     (5,347

Net change in due to affiliates

     (3     (1,553     (4,225

Long-term debt issued

     245        1,519        3,778   

Long-term debt retired

     (13,386     (14,734     (17,502

Issuance of preferred stocks

     -        1,000        -   

Insurance:

      

Policyholders’ benefits paid

     (110     (80     (95

Cash received from policyholders

     63        66        58   

Capital contribution from parent

     690        200        2,410   

Return of capital to parent

     -        -        (1,043

Shareholders’ dividends

     (126     (37     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities – continuing operations

     (11,758     (14,754     (22,003

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities – discontinued operations

     -        (151     (2,705
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (11,758     (14,905     (24,708
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     143        (136     56   

Cash at beginning of period(1)

     175        311        255   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash at end of period(2)

   $ 318      $ 175      $ 311   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 2,414      $ 3,111      $ 3,966   

Income taxes paid during period

     16        26        98   

Income taxes refunded during period

     516        4,135        1,030   

Supplemental Noncash Investing and Capital Activities:

      

Fair value of properties added to real estate owned

   $ 906      $ 1,834      $ 1,275   

Transfer of receivables to held for sale

     8,620        2,910        609   

Transfer of receivables to held for investment

     5        -        1,294   

Extinguishment of indebtedness related to bulk receivable sale

     -        (431     (6,077

Issuance of subordinated debt exchanged for senior debt

     -        1,939        -   

Extinguishment of senior debt exchanged for subordinated debt

     -        (1,797     -   

Redemption of junior subordinated notes underlying the mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of the Household Capital Trust VIII for common stock

     -        -        (275

  

 

 

(1) 

Cash at beginning of period includes $9 million, $142 million and $65 million for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

(2) 

Cash at end of period includes $96 million, $9 million and $142 million for discontinued operations as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

128


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note          Page  
1   

Organization

     129   
2   

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements

     129   
3   

Discontinued Operations

     138   
4   

Strategic Initiatives

     142   
5   

Securities

     144   
6   

Receivables

     147   
7   

Changes in Charge-off Policies

     153   
8   

Credit Loss Reserves

     154   
9   

Properties and Equipment, Net

     156   
10   

Commercial Paper

     157   
11   

Long-Term Debt

     158   
12   

Fair Value Option

     160   
13   

Derivative Financial Instruments

     162   
Note          Page  
14   

Income Taxes

     168   
15   

Redeemable Preferred Stock

     172   
16   

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

     173   
17   

Share-based Plans

     174   
18   

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

     175   
19   

Related Party Transactions

     185   
20   

Business Segments

     191   
21   

Variable Interest Entities

     196   
22   

Fair Value Measurements

     197   
23   

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

     205   
24   

Concentration of Credit Risk

     209   
 

 

1.    Organization

 

HSBC Finance Corporation is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (“HSBC North America”), which is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Holdings plc (“HSBC”). HSBC Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries may also be referred to in these notes to the consolidated financial statements as “we,” “us” or “our.” HSBC Finance Corporation provides middle-market consumers with several types of loan products in the United States. Our lending products currently include MasterCard, Visa, American Express and Discover credit card receivables (“credit card”) as well as private label receivables. A portion of new credit card and all new private label originations are sold on a daily basis to HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC Bank USA”). We also offer specialty insurance products in the United States and Canada. Historically, our lending products have also included real estate secured, auto finance and personal non-credit card receivables in the United States, the United Kingdom and Canada and tax refund anticipation loans and related products in the United States. Additionally, we also previously offered credit and specialty insurance in the United Kingdom. We have one reportable segment: Consumer, which consists of our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and New Accounting Pronouncements

 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation  The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the basis that we will continue as a going concern. Such assertion contemplates the significant loss recognized in recent years and the challenges we anticipate with respect to a near-term return to profitability on a continuing operations basis under prevailing and forecasted economic conditions. HSBC continues to be fully committed and has the capacity to continue to provide the necessary capital and liquidity to fund continuing operations.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of HSBC Finance Corporation and all subsidiaries including all variable interest entities (“VIEs”) in which we are the primary beneficiary. HSBC Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries may also be referred to in these notes to consolidated financial statements as “we,” “us,” or “our.” All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

On January 1, 2010, we adopted new guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in June 2009 related to VIEs. The new guidance eliminated the concept of qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”) that were previously exempt from consolidation and changed the approach for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE, which is required to consolidate the VIE, from a quantitative approach focusing on risk and reward to a

 

129


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

qualitative approach focusing on (a) the power to direct the activities of the VIE and (b) the obligation to absorb losses and/or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE. We assess whether an entity is a VIE and, if so, whether we are its primary beneficiary at the time of initial involvement with the entity and on an ongoing basis. A VIE must be consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the entity with the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We are involved with VIEs primarily in connection with our collateralized funding transactions. See Note 11, “Long-Term Debt,” for additional discussion of those activities and the use of VIEs.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Areas which we consider to be critical accounting estimates and require a high degree of judgment and complexity include credit loss reserves, goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of financial instruments, deferred tax assets and contingent liabilities.

Unless otherwise indicated, information included in these notes to consolidated financial statements relates to continuing operations for all periods presented. In 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell our Card and Retail Services business to Capital One Financial Corporation (“Capital One”). In 2010, we completed the sale of our auto finance receivable servicing operations and auto finance receivables portfolio to Santander Consumer USA and we exited the Taxpayer Financial Services business. As a result, each of these businesses are reported as discontinued operations. See Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” for further details. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell  Securities purchased under agreements to resell are treated as collateralized financing transactions and are carried at the amounts at which the securities were acquired plus accrued interest. Interest income earned on these securities is included in net interest income.

Securities  We maintain investment portfolios of debt securities (comprised primarily of corporate debt securities) in both our noninsurance and insurance operations. Our entire investment securities portfolio is classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale investment securities are intended to be invested for an indefinite period but may be sold in response to events we expect to occur in the foreseeable future. These investments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as adjustments to common shareholder’s equity in other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes.

When the fair value of a security has declined below its amortized cost basis, we evaluate the decline to assess if it is considered other-than-temporary. To the extent that such a decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the security’s amortized cost and its fair value except that beginning in 2009, only the credit loss component of such a decline is recognized in earnings for a debt security that we do not intend to sell and for which it is not more-likely-than-not that we will be required to sell prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. A new cost basis is established for the security that reflects the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in earnings.

Cost of investment securities sold is determined using the specific identification method. Realized gains and losses from the investment portfolio are recorded in investment income. Interest income earned on the noninsurance investment portfolio is classified in the statements of income in net interest income, while investment income from the insurance portfolio is recorded in investment income. Accrued investment income is classified with investment securities.

For cash flow presentation purposes, we consider available-for-sale securities with original maturities less than 90 days as short term, and thus any purchases, sales and maturities are presented on a net basis.

Receivables Held for Sale  Receivables are classified as held for sale when management does not have the intent or the ability to hold the receivable for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff. Such receivables are

 

130


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value with any subsequent write downs or recoveries charged to other income. Unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated receivables, and discounts and premiums on purchased receivables are recorded as an adjustment of the cost of the receivable and are not reflected in earnings until the receivables are sold.

Receivables  Finance receivables are carried at amortized cost, which represents the principal amount outstanding, net of any unearned income, charge-offs, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, purchase accounting fair value adjustments and premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Finance receivables are further reduced by credit loss reserves and unearned credit insurance premiums and claims reserves applicable to credit risk on our consumer receivables. Finance income, which includes interest income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated receivables and premiums or discounts on purchased receivables, is recognized using the effective yield method. Premiums and discounts, including purchase accounting adjustments on receivables, are recognized as adjustments to the yield of the related receivables. Origination fees, which include points on real estate secured loans, are deferred and generally amortized to finance income over the estimated life of the related receivables, except to the extent they offset directly related lending costs.

Provision and Credit Loss Reserves  Provision for credit losses on receivables is made in an amount sufficient to maintain credit loss reserves at a level considered adequate, but not excessive, to cover probable incurred losses of principal, accrued interest and fees and, as it relates to loans which have been identified as troubled debt restructures, credit loss reserves are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rates. We estimate probable incurred losses for consumer receivables which do not qualify as a troubled debt restructuring using a roll rate migration analysis that estimates the likelihood that a loan will progress through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off. This analysis considers delinquency status, loss experience and severity and takes into account whether loans are in bankruptcy, have been re-aged, or are subject to forbearance, an external debt management plan, hardship, modification, extension or deferment. Our credit loss reserves also take into consideration the loss severity expected based on the underlying collateral, if any, for the loan in the event of default based on historical and recent trends. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices, such as the re-age of accounts, forbearance agreements, extended payment plans, modification arrangements, and deferments. When customer account management policies, or changes thereto, shift loans from a “higher” delinquency bucket to a “lower” delinquency bucket, this will be reflected in our roll rate statistics. To the extent that restructured accounts have a greater propensity to roll to higher delinquency buckets, this will be captured in the roll rates. Since the loss reserve is computed based on the composite of all these calculations, this increase in roll rate will be applied to receivables in all respective buckets, which will increase the overall reserve level. In addition, loss reserves on consumer receivables are maintained to reflect our judgment of portfolio risk factors which may not be fully reflected in the statistical roll rate calculation. Risk factors considered in establishing loss reserves on consumer receivables include product mix, bankruptcy trends, geographic concentrations, loan product features such as adjustable rate loans, economic conditions such as national and local trends in unemployment, housing markets and interest rates, portfolio seasoning, account management policies and practices, current levels of charge-offs and delinquencies, changes in laws and regulations and other items which can affect consumer payment patterns on outstanding receivables such as natural disasters and global pandemics.

While our credit loss reserves are available to absorb losses in the entire portfolio, we specifically consider the credit quality and other risk factors for each of our products. We recognize the different inherent loss characteristics in each of our products, and for certain products their vintages, as well as customer account management policies and practices and risk management/collection practices. Charge-off policies are also considered when establishing loss reserve requirements. We also consider key ratios such as reserves to nonperforming loans, reserves as a percentage of net charge-offs and reserves as a percentage of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency in developing our loss reserve estimate. Loss reserve estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments are reported in earnings when they become known. As these estimates are influenced by factors outside our control, such as consumer payment patterns and economic conditions, there is uncertainty inherent in these estimates, making it reasonably possible that they could change.

 

131


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Provisions for credit losses on consumer loans for which we have modified the terms of the loan as part of a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR Loans”) are determined using a discounted cash flow impairment methodology. During the third quarter of 2011, we adopted a new Accounting Standards Update which provided additional guidance for determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring for purposes of the identification and reporting of TDR Loans as well as for reporting impairment. Under this new guidance, we have determined that substantially all receivables modified as a result of a financial difficulty, regardless of whether the modification was permanent or temporary, including all modifications with trial periods, should be reported as TDR Loans. Additionally, we have determined that all re-ages, except first time early stage delinquency re-ages where the customer has not been granted a prior re-age or modification since the first quarter of 2007, should be considered TDR Loans. Prior to 2011, loans which have been granted a permanent modification, a twelve-month or longer modification, or two or more consecutive six-month modifications were considered TDR Loans. Modifications may include changes to one or more terms of the loan, including but not limited to, a change in interest rate, an extension of the amortization period, a reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal or accrued interest. TDR Loans are considered to be impaired loans. Interest income on TDR Loans is recognized in the same manner as loans which are not TDRs. Once a loan is classified as a TDR, it continues to be reported as such until it is paid off or charged-off.

Charge-Off and Nonaccrual Policies and Practices  Our consumer charge-off and nonaccrual policies vary by product and are summarized below:

 

Product    Charge-off Policies and Practices    Nonaccrual Policies and Practices
Real estate secured    Beginning in December 2009, carrying amounts in excess of fair value less cost to sell are generally charged-off at or before the time foreclosure is completed or settlement is reached with the borrower but, in any event, generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent. If foreclosure is not pursued (which frequently occurs on loans in the second lien position) and there is no reasonable expectation for recovery (insurance claim, title claim, pre-discharge bankrupt account), the account is generally charged-off no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent.(1)    Interest income accruals are suspended when principal or interest payments are more than three months contractually past due. Beginning in October 2009, interest accruals are resumed and suspended interest is recognized when the customer makes the equivalent of six qualifying payments under the terms of the loan, while maintaining a current payment status at the point of the sixth payment. If the re-aged receivable again becomes more than three months contractually delinquent, any interest accrued beyond three months delinquency is reversed.

 

132


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Product    Charge-off Policies and Practices    Nonaccrual Policies and Practices
   Prior to December 2009, carrying amounts in excess of fair value less costs to sell were charged-off at or before the time foreclosure was completed or when settlement was reached with the borrower. If foreclosure was not pursued and there was no reasonable expectation for recovery, generally the account was charged-off no later than by the end of the month in which the account became eight months contractually delinquent.    Prior to October 2009, upon re-age interest accruals were resumed and all suspended interest was recognized. For Consumer Lending, if the re-aged receivable again became more than three months contractually delinquent, any interest accrued beyond three months delinquency was reversed.
Auto finance(2)   

Carrying amounts in excess of fair value less costs to sell are charged off at the earlier of the following:

 

•the collateral has been repossessed and sold,

 

•the collateral has been in our possession for more than 30 days, or

 

•the loan becomes 120 days contractually delinquent (prior to January 2009, 150 days contractually delinquent).

   Interest income accruals are suspended and the portion of previously accrued interest expected to be uncollectible is written off when principal payments are more than two months contractually past due and resumed when the receivable becomes less than two months contractually past due.
Credit card(2)    Generally charged-off by the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent.    Interest generally accrues until charge-off.
Personal non-credit card   

Beginning in December 2009, accounts are generally charged-off by the end of the month in which the account becomes six months contractually delinquent.

 

Prior to December 2009, accounts were generally charged-off the month following the month in which the account became nine months contractually delinquent and no payment was received in six months, but in no event exceeded 12 months contractually delinquent.

  

Interest income accruals are suspended when principal or interest payments are more than three months contractually past due. Interest subsequently received is generally recorded as collected and accruals are not resumed upon a re-age when the receivable becomes less than three months contractually delinquent.

 

For PHL’s prior to October 2009 upon re-age, interest accruals were resumed and suspended interest accruals were recognized. If the receivable again becomes more than three months contractually delinquent, any interest accrued beyond three months delinquency is reversed.

 

 

(1) 

Values are determined based upon broker price opinions or appraisals, which are updated every 180 days. During the quarterly period between updates, real estate price trends are reviewed on a geographic basis and additional downward adjustments are recorded as necessary.

 

133


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Fair values of foreclosed properties at the time of acquisition are initially determined based upon broker price opinions. Subsequent to acquisition, a more detailed property valuation is performed, reflecting information obtained from a walk-through of the property in the form of a listing agent broker price opinion as well as an independent broker price opinion or appraisal. A valuation is determined from this information within 90 days and any additional write-downs required are recorded through charge-off at that time.

 

In determining the appropriate amounts to charge-off when a property is acquired in exchange for a loan, we do not consider losses on sales of foreclosed properties resulting from deterioration in value during the period the collateral is held because these losses result from future loss events which cannot be considered in determining the fair value of the collateral at the acquisition date.

 

(2) 

Our Credit Card business is now reported as discontinued operations as a result of decision to sell our credit card operations to Capital One in 2011. Our Auto Finance business is also reported as discontinued operations as a result of the sale of our auto finance receivable servicing operations and auto finance receivables during 2010. See Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” for additional information.

Charge-off involving a bankruptcy for our credit card receivables occurs by the end of the month at the earlier of 60 days after notification or 180 days delinquent. For auto finance receivables, bankrupt accounts were charged off at the earlier of (i) 60 days past due and 60 days after notification, or (ii) the end of the month in which the account becomes 120 days contractually delinquent.

Delinquency status for loans is determined using the contractual method which is based on the status of payments under the loan. An account is generally considered to be contractually delinquent when payments have not been made in accordance with the loan terms. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices such as the restructure, re-age or modification of accounts.

Payments applied to nonaccrual loans are generally applied first to reduce the current interest on the earliest payment due with any remainder applied to reduce the principal balance associated with that payment due.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Securitizations  Transfers of financial assets in which we have surrendered control over the transferred assets are accounted for as sales. In assessing whether control has been surrendered, we consider whether the transferee would be a consolidated affiliate, the existence and extent of any continuing involvement in the transferred financial assets and the impact of all arrangements or agreements made contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer, even if they were not entered into at the time of transfer. Control is generally considered to have been surrendered when (i) the transferred assets have been legally isolated from us and our consolidated affiliates, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the transferee (or, if the transferee is an entity whose sole purpose is to engage in securitization or asset-backed financing that is constrained from pledging or exchanging the assets it receives, each third-party holder of its beneficial interests) has the right to pledge or exchange the assets (or beneficial interests) it received without any constraints that provide more than a trivial benefit to us, and (iii) neither we nor our consolidated affiliates and agents have (a) both the right and obligation under any agreement to repurchase or redeem the transferred assets before their maturity, (b) the unilateral ability to cause the holder to return specific financial assets that also provides us with a more-than-trivial benefit (other than through a cleanup call) and (c) an agreement that permits the transferee to require us to repurchase the transferred assets at a price so favorable that it is probable that it will require us to repurchase them.

If the sale criteria are met, the transferred financial assets are removed from our balance sheet and a gain or loss on sale is recognized. If the sale criteria are not met, the transfer is recorded as a secured borrowing in which the assets remain on our balance sheet and the proceeds from the transaction are recognized as a liability (a “secured financing”). For the majority of financial asset transfers, it is clear whether or not we have surrendered control. For other transfers, such as in connection with complex transactions or where we have continuing involvement such as servicing responsibilities, we generally obtain a legal opinion as to whether the transfer results in a true sale by law.

We have used collateral funding transactions for certain real estate secured, credit card and personal non-credit card receivables where it provides an attractive source of funding. All collateralized funding transactions remaining on our balance sheet have been structured as secured financings.

 

134


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Properties and Equipment, Net  Properties and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets which generally range from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Repossessed Collateral  Collateral acquired in satisfaction of a loan is initially recognized at the lower of amortized cost or its fair value less estimated costs to sell and reported as either real estate owned or within other assets depending on the collateral. Once a property is classified as real estate owned, we do not consider the losses on past sales of foreclosed properties when determining the net realizable value of any collateral during the period it is held in real estate owned. A valuation allowance is created to recognize any subsequent declines in fair value less estimated costs to sell as they become known with a corresponding amount reflected in operating expenses. These values are periodically reviewed for impairment until the property is sold and any impairment identified is immediately recognized through the valuation allowance. Recoveries in value are also recognized against the valuation allowance but not in excess of cumulative losses previously recognized subsequent to the date of repossession. Adjustments to the valuation allowance, costs of holding repossessed collateral, and any gain or loss on disposition are credited or charged to operating expense.

Insurance  Insurance revenues on monthly premium insurance policies are recognized when billed. Insurance revenues on the remaining insurance contracts are recorded as unearned premiums and recognized into income based on the nature and terms of the underlying contracts. Liabilities for credit insurance policies are based upon estimated settlement amounts for both reported and incurred but not yet reported losses. Liabilities for future benefits on annuity contracts and specialty and corporate owned life insurance products are based on actuarial assumptions as to investment yields, mortality and withdrawals.

Intangible Assets  Intangible assets currently consist of purchased credit card relationships and related programs, other loan related relationships, technology and customer lists. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. These useful lives range from 7 years for certain technology and other loan related relationships to approximately 10 years for certain purchased credit card relationships and related programs. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment using discounted cash flows annually, or earlier if events indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We consider significant and long-term changes in industry and economic conditions to be our primary indicator of potential impairment. Impairment charges, when required, are calculated using discounted cash flow models, using inputs and assumptions consistent with those used by market participants. All of our remaining intangible assets are reported in discontinued operations. See Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” for additional discussion.

Goodwill  Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed from business combinations. Goodwill is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment annually using a discounted cash flow methodology. This methodology utilizes cash flow estimates based on internal forecasts updated to reflect current economic conditions and revised economic projections at the review date and discount rates that we believe adequately reflect the risk and uncertainty in our internal forecasts and are appropriate based on the implicit market rates in current comparable transactions. Impairment may be reviewed as of an interim date if circumstances indicate that the carrying amount is above fair value. We consider significant and long-term changes in industry and economic conditions to be examples of primary indicators of potential impairment.

The goodwill impairment analysis is a two step process. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, including allocated goodwill, there is no indication of impairment and no further procedures are required. If the carrying amount including allocated goodwill exceeds fair value, the second step is performed to quantify the impairment amount, if any. If the implied fair value of goodwill, as determined using the same methodology as used in a business combination, is less than the carrying amount of goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment recognized cannot exceed the amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment are not permitted. As of December 31, 2011, all of the goodwill previously recorded has been written off.

 

135


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Derivative Financial Instruments  All derivatives are recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value. At the inception of a hedging relationship, we designate the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or if the derivative does not qualify in a hedging relationship, a non-hedging derivative. Fair value hedges include hedges of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability and certain foreign currency hedges. Cash flow hedges include hedges of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability and certain foreign currency hedges.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges, along with the change in fair value of the hedged risk, are recorded as derivative related income (expense) in the current period. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, to the extent effective as a hedge, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified into net interest margin in the period during which the hedged item affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments and ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of hedging instruments are recognized in other revenue as derivative related income (expense) in current period earnings. Realized gains and losses as well as changes in the fair value of derivative instruments associated with fixed rate debt we have designated at fair value are recognized in other revenues as gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives in the current period.

For derivative instruments designated as qualifying hedges, we formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes our risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions, how hedge effectiveness will be assessed and how ineffectiveness will be measured. This process includes linking derivatives to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. We also formally assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on a quarterly basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. This assessment is conducted using statistical regression analysis. When as a result of the quarterly assessment, it is determined that a derivative is not expected to continue to be highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, we discontinue hedge accounting as of the beginning of the quarter in which such determination was made.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings. For fair value hedges, the formerly hedged asset or liability will no longer be adjusted for changes in fair value and any previously recorded adjustments to the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability will be amortized in the same manner that the hedged item affects income. For cash flow hedges, amounts previously recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) will be reclassified into income in the same manner that the hedged item affects income.

If the hedging instrument is terminated early, the derivative is removed from the balance sheet. Accounting for the adjustments to the hedged asset or liability or adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are the same as described above when a derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge.

If the hedged asset or liability is sold or extinguished, the derivative will continue to be carried on the balance sheet until termination at its fair value, with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings. The hedged item, including previously recorded mark-to-market adjustments, is derecognized immediately as a component of the gain or loss upon disposition.

Foreign Currency Translation  Effects of foreign currency translation in the statements of cash flows, primarily a result of the specialty insurance products we offer in Canada, were offset against the cumulative foreign currency adjustment within accumulated other comprehensive income, except for the impact on cash. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in income as they occur.

Share-Based Compensation  We account for all awards of HSBC stock granted to employees under various share option, restricted share, restricted stock units and employee stock purchase plans using the fair value based measurement method of accounting. The fair value of the rewards granted is recognized as expense over the

 

136


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

requisite service period (e.g., vesting period), generally one, three or five years for options and three years for restricted share awards. The fair value of each option granted, measured at the grant date, is calculated using a methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Compensation expense relating to restricted share awards is based upon the fair value of the shares on the date of grant.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits  We recognize the funded status of our postretirement benefit plans on the consolidated balance sheet. Net postretirement benefit cost charged to current earnings related to these plans is based on various actuarial assumptions regarding expected future experience.

Certain of our employees are participants in various defined contribution and other non-qualified supplemental retirement plans. Our contributions to these plans are charged to current earnings.

Through various subsidiaries, we maintain various 401(k) plans covering substantially all employees. Employer contributions to the plan, which are charged to current earnings, are based on employee contributions.

Income Taxes  HSBC Finance Corporation is included in HSBC North America’s consolidated federal income tax return and in various combined state income tax returns. As such, we have entered into a tax allocation agreement with HSBC North America and its subsidiary entities (“the HNAH Group”) included in the consolidated returns which governs the current amount of taxes to be paid or received by the various entities included in the consolidated return filings. Generally, such agreements allocate taxes to members of the HNAH Group based on the calculation of tax on a separate return basis, adjusted for the utilization or limitation of tax credits of the consolidated group. To the extent all the tax attributes available cannot be currently utilized by the consolidated group, the proportionate share of the utilized attribute is allocated based on each affiliate’s percentage of the available attribute computed in a manner that is consistent with the taxing jurisdiction’s laws and regulations regarding the ordering of utilization. In addition, we file some unconsolidated state tax returns.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits and net operating and other losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the deferred tax items are expected to be realized. If applicable, valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts we conclude are more-likely-than-not to be realized. Since we are included in HSBC North America’s consolidated federal tax return and various combined state tax returns, the related evaluation of the recoverability of the deferred tax assets is performed at the HSBC North America legal entity level. We look at the HNAH Group’s consolidated deferred tax assets and various sources of taxable income, including the impact of HSBC and HNAH Group tax planning strategies, in reaching conclusions on recoverability of deferred tax assets. The HNAH Group evaluates deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and any available carryback capacity. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the HNAH Group estimates future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. This process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period. Only those tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible, and for which management has the ability and intent to implement, are incorporated into our analysis and assessment.

Where a valuation allowance is determined to be necessary at the HNAH consolidated level, such allowance is allocated to principal subsidiaries within the HNAH Group in a manner that is systematic, rational and consistent with the broad principles of accounting for income taxes. The methodology allocates the valuation allowance to the principal subsidiaries based primarily on the entity’s relative contribution to the growth of the HNAH consolidated deferred tax asset against which the valuation allowance is being recorded.

 

137


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Further evaluation is performed at the HSBC Finance Corporation legal entity level to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance where we file separate company state income tax returns. Investment tax credits generated by leveraged leases are accounted for using the deferral method. Changes in estimates of the basis in our assets and liabilities or other estimates recorded at the date of our acquisition by HSBC are recorded through earnings.

Transactions with Related Parties  In the normal course of business, we enter into transactions with HSBC and its subsidiaries. These transactions occur at prevailing market rates and terms and include funding arrangements, derivative execution, purchases and sales of receivables, sales of businesses, servicing arrangements, information technology services, item processing and statement processing services, banking and other miscellaneous services, human resources, corporate affairs and other shared services in North America and beginning in 2010 also included tax, finance, compliance and legal.

New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

Credit Quality and Allowance for Credit Losses Disclosures  In July 2010, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update to provide more transparency about an entity’s allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The new disclosures relating to troubled debt restructurings contained in the Accounting Standards Update became effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in these consolidated financial statements for the expanded disclosure on troubled debt restructurings.

Troubled Debt Restructurings  In April 2011, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update which provided additional guidance to assist creditors in determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring, for purposes of the identification and disclosure of troubled debt restructurings, as well as for recording impairment. In the third quarter of 2011, we adopted this Accounting Standards Update. As required, the new guidance was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011 and for purposes of measuring impairment on these receivables, a discounted cash flow approach was applied. As a result, we reported an additional $4.8 billion of receivables as TDRs at September 30, 2011 ($4 million of which relates to our discontinued credit card operations), which resulted in approximately $925 million of loan loss provision being recorded for these receivables on a continuing operations basis in the third quarter of 2011 upon adoption. Credit loss reserves on this incremental TDR population on a continuing operations basis totaled $1.3 billion at September 30, 2011.

3.    Discontinued Operations

 

2011 Discontinued Operations:

Card and Retail Services In August 2011, HSBC, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc and other wholly-owned affiliates, agreed to sell its Card and Retail Services business to Capital One. In addition to receivables, the sale will include real estate and certain other assets and liabilities which will be sold at book value or, in the case of real estate, appraised value at the date of closing. Under the terms of the agreement, facilities in Chesapeake, Virginia; Las Vegas, Nevada; Mettawa, Illinois; Hanover, Maryland; Salinas, California; Sioux Falls, South Dakota and Tigard, Oregon will be sold or transferred to Capital One, although we may enter into site-sharing arrangements for certain of these locations for a period of time. We will also transfer a data center located in Volo, Illinois. The majority of the employees in our Card and Retail Services business will transfer to Capital One. As such, we anticipate severance costs or other restructuring charges as a result of this transaction will not be significant. The receivables and other assets being sold to Capital One were transferred to held for sale during the third quarter of 2011. As a result, we no longer record provisions for credit losses, including charge-offs. As a result of this transaction, our Card and Retail Services business, which was previously included in the Card and Retail Services segment, is now reported as discontinued operations.

 

138


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following summarizes the operating results of our discontinued Card and Retail Services business for the periods presented:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Net interest income and other revenues(1)

   $ 3,729       $ 3,852       $ 4,451   

Income from discontinued operations before income tax

     1,364         997         (1,315)   

 

 

(1) 

Interest expense, which is included as a component of net interest income, was allocated to discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policy. This policy uses match funding based on the expected lives of the assets and liabilities of the business at the time of origination, subject to periodic review, as demonstrated by the expected cash flows and re-pricing characteristics of the underlying assets.

The following summarizes the assets and liabilities of our discontinued Card and Retail Services business at December 31, 2011 and 2010 which are reported as a component of Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet. Of the amounts included in the table below, assets with a balance of approximately $9.7 billion at December 31, 2011, consisting primarily of credit card receivables with an outstanding principal balance of $9.6 billion, will be sold to Capital One and liabilities of approximately $95 million at December 31, 2011 will be assumed by Capital One. These assets and liabilities are considered held for sale at December 31, 2011.

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Cash

   $ 96       $ 9   

Receivables(1)

     9,001         8,995   

Intangible assets

     514         605   

Properties and equipment, net

     95         101   

Other assets

     1,102         722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets of discontinued operations

   $ 10,808       $ 10,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 211       $ 212   

Other liabilities

     1,257         801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 1,468       $ 1,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Since September 30, 2011, receivables have been recorded net of reserves at the time of transfer to held for sale. At December 31, 2010, receivables were carried at amortized cost and reduced by credit loss reserves. At December 31 2010, credit loss reserves totaled $979 million.

We have secured conduit credit facilities with commercial banks which provide for secured financings of credit card receivables on a revolving basis totaling $650 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2011, secured financings with a balance of $195 million were secured by $355 million of credit card receivables. At December 31, 2010, secured financings with a balance of $195 million were secured by $390 million of credit card receivables. These secured financings will be paid in full immediately prior to the sale of our Card and Retail Services business.

In January 2009, we sold our General Motors MasterCard receivable portfolio (“GM Portfolio”) and our Union Plus MasterCard/Visa receivable portfolio (“UP Portfolio”), which were part of our Card and Retail Services business, with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $6.3 billion and $6.1 billion, respectively, to HSBC Bank USA. The aggregate sales price for the GM and UP Portfolios was $12.2 billion which included the transfer of approximately $6.1 billion of indebtedness, resulting in net cash proceeds of $6.1 billion. The sales price was determined based on independent valuation opinions based on the fair values of the pool of receivables in late November and early December 2008, the dates the transaction terms were agreed upon, respectively. As a result,

 

139


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

during the first quarter of 2009 we recorded a gain of $130 million ($84 million after-tax) on the sale of the GM and UP Portfolios. This gain was partially offset by a loss of $(80) million ($(51) million after-tax) recorded on the termination of cash flow hedges associated with the $6.1 billion of indebtedness transferred to HSBC Bank USA as part of these transactions. We retained the customer account relationships and by agreement we sell additional receivable originations generated under existing and future accounts to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis at a sales price for each type of portfolio determined using a fair value which is calculated semi-annually. We continue to service the receivables sold to HSBC Bank USA for a fee. See Note 19, “Related Party Transactions,” for further discussion of the daily receivable sales to HSBC Bank USA and how fair value is determined.

2010 Discontinued Operations:

Taxpayer Financial Services During the third quarter of 2010, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) announced it would stop providing information regarding certain unpaid obligations of a taxpayer (the “Debt Indicator”), which historically served as a significant part of our underwriting process in our Taxpayer Financial Services (“TFS”) business. We determined that, without use of the Debt Indicator, we could no longer offer the product that historically accounted for the substantial majority of our TFS loan production and that we might not be able to offer the remaining products available under the program in a safe and sound manner. As a result, in December 2010, it was determined that we would not offer any tax refund anticipation loans or related products for the 2011 tax season and we exited the TFS business. As a result of this decision, our TFS business, previously included in the “All Other” caption within our segment reporting, is reported in discontinued operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2010 we recorded closure costs of $25 million which primarily reflect severance costs and the write off of certain pre-paid assets which are included as a component of loss from discontinued operations. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the liability associated with these closure costs totaled less than $1 million and $3 million, respectively.

The following summarizes the operating results of our TFS business for the periods presented:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Net interest income and other revenues(1)

   $ 2      $ 68       $ 106   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income tax

     (4     20         62   

 

 

(1) 

Interest expense, which is included as a component of net interest income, has been allocated to discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policy. This policy uses match funding based on the expected lives of the assets and liabilities of the business at the time of origination, subject to periodic review, as demonstrated by the expected cash flows and re-pricing characteristics of the underlying assets.

The following summarizes the assets and liabilities of our TFS business at December 31, 2011 and 2010 which are reported as Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet.

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Deferred income tax, net

   $ -       $ 3   

Other assets

     5         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets of discontinued operations

   $ 5       $ 58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

   $ 1       $ 10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 1       $ 10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Auto Finance In March 2010, we sold our auto finance receivable servicing operations as well as a portion of our auto finance receivable portfolio to Santander Consumer USA Inc. (“SC USA”) for $930 million in cash which resulted in a gain of $5 million ($3 million after-tax) during the first quarter of 2010. In August 2010, we sold the remainder of our auto finance receivable portfolio with an outstanding principal balance of $2.6 billion at the time of sale and other related assets to SC USA. The aggregate sales price for the auto finance receivables and other related assets was $2.5 billion which included the transfer of $431 million of indebtedness secured by auto finance receivables, resulting in net cash proceeds of $2.1 billion. We recorded a net loss as a result of this transaction of $43 million ($28 million after-tax) during the third quarter of 2010. This net loss is included as a component of loss from discontinued operations. Severance costs recorded as a result of this transaction were less than $1 million and are included as a component of loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. As a result of this transaction, our Auto Finance business, previously included in our Consumer Segment, is reported as discontinued operations.

The following summarizes the operating results of our Auto Finance business for the periods presented:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (In millions)  

Net interest income and other revenues(1)

   $ -      $ 219      $ 548   

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax

     (3     (46     (33

 

 

(1) 

Interest expense, which is included as a component of net interest income, has been allocated to discontinued operations in accordance with our existing internal transfer pricing policy. This policy uses match funding based on the expected lives of the assets and liabilities of the business at the time of origination, subject to periodic review, as demonstrated by the expected cash flows and re-pricing characteristics of the underlying assets.

The following summarizes the assets and liabilities of our Auto Finance business at December 31, 2011 and 2010 which are reported as Assets of discontinued operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheet. Other assets of discontinued operations at December 31, 2010 reflect current income taxes receivable on our Auto Finance business for the 2010 tax year.

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Deferred income tax, net

     2         4   

Other assets

     1         134   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets of discontinued operations

   $ 3       $ 138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other liabilities

     7         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 7       $ 7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prior to the sale of our remaining auto finance receivable portfolio as discussed above, in January 2009, we sold certain auto finance receivables with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $3.0 billion to HSBC Bank USA for an aggregate sales price of $2.8 billion. The sales price was based on an independent valuation opinion based on the fair values of the receivable in September 2008, the date the transaction terms were agreed upon. As a result, in the first quarter of 2009 we recorded a gain of $7 million ($4 million after-tax) on the sale of these auto finance receivables which is now reflected as a component of loss from discontinued operations. We continued to service these auto finance receivables for HSBC Bank USA for a fee until the sale of our auto finance servicing operations in March 2010.

 

141


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

4.    Strategic Initiatives

 

As discussed in prior filings, we have historically performed several comprehensive evaluations of the strategies and opportunities of our operations. As a result of these various evaluations, we discontinued all new customer account originations in our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses. As discussed more fully in Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” in August 2011 we announced we had entered into an agreement to sell our Card and Retail Services business and as a result, this business is now reported within discontinued operations. There were no other significant strategic actions related to our continuing operations during 2011 or 2010.

During 2009, we undertook a number of strategic actions for our continuing operations including the following:

 

  > Throughout 2009, we decided to exit certain lease arrangements and consolidate a variety of locations across the United States. The process of closing and consolidating these facilities, which began during the second quarter of 2009, was completed during the fourth quarter of 2010. As a result, we have exited certain facilities and/or significantly reduced our occupancy space in the following locations: Elmhurst, Illinois; Sioux Falls, South Dakota and Tampa, Florida. Additionally, we have consolidated our operations in Virginia Beach, Virginia into our Chesapeake, Virginia facility and consolidated certain servicing functions previously performed in Brandon, Florida to facilities in Buffalo, New York and Elmhurst, Illinois.

 

  > In late February 2009, we decided to discontinue new customer account originations for all products by our Consumer Lending business and close all branch offices.

The following summarizes the changes in the restructure liability during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, relating to actions implemented during 2009:

 

      One-Time
Termination and
Other Employee
Benefits
   

Lease Termination
and

Associated Costs

   


Other
   


Total
 
     (in millions)  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

        

Restructuring liability at January 1, 2011

   $ 4      $ 1      $ -      $ 5   

Restructuring costs recorded during the period

     -        -        -        -   

Restructuring costs paid during the period

     -        (1     -        (1

Adjustments to the restructure liability during the period

     (1     -        -        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructure liability at December 31, 2011

   $ 3      $ -      $ -      $ 3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

        

Restructuring liability at January 1, 2010

   $ 9      $ 9      $ 2      $ 20   

Restructuring costs recorded during the period

     1        -        -        1   

Restructuring costs paid during the period

     (6     (7     -        (13

Adjustments to the restructure liability during the period

     -        (1     (2     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructure liability at December 31, 2010

   $ 4      $ 1      $ -      $ 5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Summary of Strategic Initiatives The table below summarizes the net cash and non-cash expenses recorded for all restructuring activities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

      One-Time
Termination and
Other Employee
Benefits(1)
   
Lease Termination
and Associated
Costs(2)
   


Other(3)
    Fixed Assets
and Other
Non-Cash
Adjustments(4)
    


Total
 
     (in millions)  

Year ended December 31, 2011:

           

2009 Facility Closures

   $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -       $ -   

2009 Consumer Lending Closure

     (1     -        -        -         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense release

   $ (1   $ -      $ -      $ -       $ (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

           

2009 Consumer Lending Closure

     1        (1     (2     -         (2

2007 Mortgage Services initiatives(5)

     -        (14     -        -         (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense release

   $ 1      $ (15   $ (2   $ -       $ (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

           

2009 Facility Closures

   $ 4      $ 1      $ -      $ -       $ 5   

2009 Consumer Lending Closure(6)

     73        53        11        14         151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense release

   $ 77      $ 54      $ 11      $ 14       $ 156   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

One-time termination and other employee benefits are included as a component of Salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

(2) 

Lease termination and associated costs are included as a component of Occupancy and equipment expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

(3) 

The other expenses are included as a component of Other servicing and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

(4) 

Includes $29 million fixed asset write-offs during 2009, which were recorded as a component of Other servicing and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss). Other expenses during 2009 also includes $3 million relating to stock based compensation and other benefits, a curtailment gain of $16 million and a reduction of pension expense of $2 million which were recorded as a component of Salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

(5) 

During 2007 as it relates to our Mortgage Services business, we discontinued correspondent channel acquisitions and ceased operations of Decision One Mortgage Company.

 

(6) 

Excludes intangible asset impairment charges of $14 million recorded during 2009.

 

143


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

5.    Securities

 

Securities consisted of the following available-for-sale investments:

 

December 31, 2011   

Amortized

Cost

    

Non-Credit

Loss

Component of
OTTI

Securities(4)

    

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

    

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair

Value

 
     (in millions)  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 92       $ -       $ -       $ -      $ 92   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises(1)

     33         -         5         -        38   

U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed

     2         -         -         -        2   

Asset-backed securities(2)

     26         -         1         -        27   

U.S. corporate debt securities(3)

     1,175         -         140         (7     1,308   

Foreign debt securities(5)

     431         -         20         (2     449   

Equity securities

     10         -         -         -        10   

Money market funds

     93         -         -         -        93   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     1,862         -         166         (9     2,019   

Accrued investment income

     20         -         -         -        20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 1,882       $ -       $ 166       $ (9   $ 2,039   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010   

Amortized

Cost

    

Non-Credit

Loss

Component of
OTTI

Securities(4)

   

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

    

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair

Value

 
     (in millions)  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 341       $ -      $ 8       $ -      $ 349   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises(1)

     282         -        4         (1     285   

U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed

     10         -        1         -        11   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

     29         -        1         -        30   

Asset-backed securities(2)

     65         (7     2         -        60   

U.S. corporate debt securities(3)

     1,714         -        94         (6     1,802   

Foreign debt securities(5)

     424         -        19         (1     442   

Equity securities

     9         -        -         -        9   

Money market funds

     353         -        -         -        353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     3,227         (7     129         (8     3,341   

Accrued investment income

     30         -        -         -        30   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

   $ 3,257       $ (7   $ 129       $ (8   $ 3,371   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Includes $8 million and $33 million of mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(2) 

Includes $4 million and $31 million of residential mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

(3) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the majority of our U.S. corporate debt securities represent investments in the financial services, consumer products, healthcare and industrials sectors.

 

(4) 

For available-for-sale debt securities which are other-than-temporarily impaired, the non-credit loss component of other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income beginning in 2009. In 2011, all other-than-temporarily impaired securities were sold. There were no other-than-temporarily impaired securities held as of December 31, 2011.

 

(5) 

There were no foreign debt securities issued by the governments of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece or Spain at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

144


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

A summary of gross unrealized losses and related fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, classified as to the length of time the losses have existed follows:

 

     Less Than One Year      Greater Than One Year  
December 31, 2011   

Number
of

Securities

    

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Aggregate

Fair Value
of Investments

    

Number
of

Securities

    

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

    

Aggregate

Fair Value
of Investments

 
     (dollars are in millions)  

U.S. Treasury

     4       $ -      $ 4         -       $ -       $ -   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises

     1         -        5         -         -         -   

Asset-backed securities

     -         -        -         1         -         -   

U.S. corporate debt securities

     134         (7     191         3         -         13   

Foreign debt securities

     71         (2     91         -         -         -   

Equity Securities

     1         -        5         -         -         -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     211       $ (9   $ 296         4       $ -       $ 13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Less Than One Year      Greater Than One Year  
December 31, 2010   

Number
of

Securities

    

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Aggregate

Fair Value
of Investments

    

Number
of

Securities

    

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

   

Aggregate

Fair Value
of Investments

 
     (dollars are in millions)  

U.S. Treasury

     1       $ -      $ 25         -       $ -      $ -   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises

     13         (1     139         -         -        -   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

     4         -        5         -         -        -   

Asset-backed securities

     -         -        -         8         (7     18   

U.S. corporate debt securities

     100         (5     209         6         (1     23   

Foreign debt securities

     24         (1     56         -         -        -   

Equity Securities

     1         -        4         -         -        -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     143       $ (7   $ 438         14       $ (8   $ 41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross unrealized losses were broadly unchanged during 2011 while gross unrealized gains increased primarily due to a decrease in long-term interest rates since December 31, 2010 which increased the value of our securities. We have reviewed our securities for which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with our accounting policies for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). As a result of this review, during 2011 OTTI of less than $1 million was recognized in the statement of income (loss). During the third quarter of 2011, we recognized a $2 million loss in other comprehensive income relating to the non-credit component of OTTI. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we reviewed and made changes in our overall investment strategy. As a result of this review and in anticipation of the pending sale of our Card and Retail Services business as discussed above, it was determined that we would no longer hold this specific pool of asset-backed securities. We sold these securities in December 2011. At the time of the sale of these securities, all of the OTTI recognized in other comprehensive income was associated with this specific pool of asset-backed securities and was recognized as a component of investment income in the statement of income (loss).

During 2010, OTTI of less than $1 million was recognized in earnings on certain debt securities. In addition, during 2010 we recognized a recovery in accumulated other comprehensive income relating to the non-credit component of OTTI previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income totaling $4 million.

We do not consider any securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired because we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the securities and we neither intend to nor expect to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery, even if that equates to holding securities until their individual maturities. However, additional other-than-temporary impairments may occur in future periods if the credit quality of the securities deteriorates or if we make additional changes in our overall investment strategy.

 

145


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

On-Going Assessment for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment On a quarterly basis, we perform an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security with an unrealized loss has suffered other-than-temporary impairment. A debt security is considered impaired if the fair value is less than its amortized cost basis at the reporting date. If impaired, we then assess whether the unrealized loss is other-than-temporary.

An unrealized loss is generally deemed to be other-than-temporary and a credit loss is deemed to exist if the present value of the expected future cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis of the debt security. As a result, the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment write-down for debt securities is recorded in earnings while the remaining portion of the impairment loss is recognized net of tax in other comprehensive income (loss) provided we do not intend to sell the underlying debt security and it is more-likely-than-not that we would not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery.

For all our debt securities as of the reporting date, we do not have the intention to sell these securities and believe we will not be required to sell these securities for contractual, regulatory or liquidity reasons.

We consider the following factors in determining whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the debt security is expected to recover:

 

   

The length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

 

   

The level of credit enhancement provided by the structure which includes, but is not limited to, credit subordination positions, overcollateralization, protective triggers and financial guarantees provided by monoline wraps;

 

   

Changes in the near term prospects of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security, such as changes in default rates, loss severities given default and significant changes in prepayment assumptions;

 

   

The level of excess cash flows generated from the underlying collateral supporting the principal and interest payments of the debt securities; and

 

   

Any adverse change to the credit conditions of the issuer or the security such as credit downgrades by the rating agencies.

At December 31, 2011, approximately 88 percent of our corporate debt securities are rated A- or better and approximately 91 percent of our asset-backed securities, which totaled $27 million are rated “AAA.” At December 31, 2010, approximately 92 percent of our corporate debt securities were rated A- or better and approximately 66 percent of our asset-backed securities, which totaled $60 million were rated “AAA.” Other-than-temporary impairments may occur in future periods if the credit quality of the securities deteriorates.

The amortized cost and fair value of asset-backed securities with unrealized losses of more than 12 months for which no other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     

Amortized

Cost

    

Unrealized Losses for

More Than 12 Months

    

Fair

Value

 
     (in millions)  

Asset-backed securities at:

        

December 31, 2011

   $ -       $ -       $ -   

December 31, 2010

     3         -         3   

Although the fair value of a particular security is below its amortized cost for more than 12 months, it does not necessarily result in a credit loss and hence other-than-temporary impairment. The decline in fair value may be caused by, among other things, the illiquidity of the market. To the extent we do not intend to sell the debt security and it is more-likely-than-not we will not be required to sell the security before the recovery of the amortized cost basis, no other-than-temporary impairment is deemed to have occurred.

Proceeds from the sale, call or redemption of available-for-sale investments totaled $1,821 million, $216 million and $171 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We realized gross gains of $57 million, $7 million

 

146


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

and $13 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We realized gross losses of $11 million, less than $1 million and $3 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Contractual maturities and yields on investments in debt securities for those with set maturities were as follows:

 

December 31, 2011   

Due

Within

1 Year

   

After 1

but Within

5 Years

   

After 5

but Within

10 Years

   

After

10 Years

    Total  
     (dollars are in millions)  

U.S. Treasury:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 87      $ 5      $ -      $ -      $ 92   

Fair value

     87        5        -        -        92   

Yield(1)

     .60     1.25     -        -        .63

U.S. government sponsored enterprises:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 5      $ 5      $ 3      $ 20      $ 33   

Fair value

     5        6        3        24        38   

Yield(1)

     .23     4.39     5.56     4.67     4.02

U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed:

          

Amortized cost

   $ -      $ -      $ -      $ 2      $ 2   

Fair value

     -        -        -        2        2   

Yield(1)

     -        -        -        5.57     5.57

Asset-backed securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ -      $ 22      $ 3      $ 1      $ 26   

Fair value

     -        23        3        1        27   

Yield(1)

     -        4.83     6.25     4.99     4.99

U.S. corporate debt securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 46      $ 391      $ 190      $ 548      $ 1,175   

Fair value

     46        402        209        651        1,308   

Yield(1)

     2.65     3.10     5.01     5.32     4.43

Foreign debt securities:

          

Amortized cost

   $ 46      $ 289      $ 54      $ 42      $ 431   

Fair value

     47        297        56        49        449   

Yield(1)

     3.90     2.82     4.05     5.70     3.38

 

 

(1) 

Computed by dividing annualized interest by the amortized cost of respective investment securities.

6.    Receivables

 

Receivables consisted of the following:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured:

    

First lien

   $ 38,235      $ 43,859   

Second lien

     4,478        5,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     42,713        49,336   

Personal non-credit card

     5,196        7,117   

Commercial and other

     27        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

     47,936        56,486   

HSBC acquisition purchase accounting fair value adjustments

     36        43   

Accrued finance income

     1,184        1,444   

Credit loss reserve for owned receivables

     (5,952     (5,512

Unearned credit insurance premiums and claims reserves

     (76     (123
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables, net

   $ 43,128      $ 52,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

HSBC acquisition purchase accounting fair value adjustments represent adjustments which have been “pushed down” to record our receivables at fair value at the date of acquisition by HSBC.

Net deferred origination fees for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables totaled $254 million and $304 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in the receivable balance.

Net unamortized premium on our receivables totaled $169 million and $254 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unearned income on personal non-credit card receivables totaled $8 million and $30 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in the receivable balance.

Collateralized funding transactions Secured financings previously issued under public trusts with a balance of $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011 are secured by $5.3 billion of closed-end real estate secured receivables. Secured financings previously issued under public trusts with a balance of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010 were secured by $5.9 billion of closed-end real estate secured receivables.

Age Analysis of Past Due Receivables The following tables summarize the past due status of our receivables at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The aging of past due amounts is determined based on the contractual delinquency status of payments made under the receivable. An account is generally considered to be contractually delinquent when payments have not been made in accordance with the loan terms. Delinquency status may be affected by customer account management policies and practices such as re-age or modification. Additionally, delinquency status is also impacted by payment percentage requirements which vary between servicing platforms.

 

     Days Past Due     

Total

Past Due

           

Total

Receivables(1)

 
December 31, 2011    1 – 29 days      30 – 89 days      90+ days         Current     
                                                       
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured:

                 

First lien

   $ 5,828       $ 4,028       $ 6,248       $ 16,104       $ 22,131       $ 38,235   

Second lien

     754         416         329         1,499         2,979         4,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured(2)

     6,582         4,444         6,577         17,603         25,110         42,713   

Personal non-credit card

     686         388         315         1,389         3,807         5,196   

Commercial and other

     -         -         -         -         27         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 7,268       $ 4,832       $ 6,892       $ 18,992       $ 28,944       $ 47,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Days Past Due     

Total

Past Due

           

Total

Receivables(1)

 
December 31, 2010    1 – 29 days      30 – 89 days      90+ days         Current     
                                                       
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured:

                 

First lien

   $ 7,024       $ 4,909       $ 5,977       $ 17,910       $ 25,949       $ 43,859   

Second lien

     935         568         421         1,924         3,553         5,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured(2)

     7,959         5,477         6,398         19,834         29,502         49,336   

Personal non-credit card

     968         604         507         2,079         5,038         7,117   

Commercial and other

     -         -         -         -         33         33   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 8,927       $ 6,081       $ 6,905       $ 21,913       $ 34,573       $ 56,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The receivable balances included in this table reflects the principal amount outstanding on the loan and various basis adjustments to the loan such as deferred fees and costs on originated loans, purchase accounting fair value adjustments and premiums or discounts on purchased loans. However, these basis adjustments on the loans are excluded in other presentations regarding delinquent account balances.

 

(2) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately 57 percent and 54 percent, respectively, of our real estate secured receivables have been either modified and/or re-aged.

 

148


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Contractual maturities Contractual maturities of our receivables were as follows:

 

      2012      2013      2014      2015      2016      Thereafter      Total  
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured

                    

First lien

   $ 111       $ 37       $ 72       $ 89       $ 135       $ 37,791       $ 38,235   

Second lien

     78         31         32         26         47         4,264         4,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     189         68         104         115         182         42,055         42,713   

Personal non-credit card

     186         108         65         47         69         4,721         5,196   

Commercial and other

     27         -         -         -         -         -         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 402       $ 176       $ 169       $ 162       $ 251       $ 46,776       $ 47,936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a substantial portion of consumer receivables, based on our experience, will be repaid prior to contractual maturity, the above maturity schedule should not be regarded as a forecast of future cash collections.

The following table summarizes contractual maturities of receivables due after one year by repricing characteristic:

 

At December 31, 2011   

Over 1

But Within

5 Years

    

Over

5 Years

 
     (in millions)  

Receivables at predetermined interest rates

   $ 678       $ 41,473   

Receivables at floating or adjustable rates

     80         5,303   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 758       $ 46,776   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonperforming receivables Nonaccrual receivables are summarized in the following table.

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Nonaccrual receivable portfolios:

    

Real estate secured(1)

   $ 6,544      $ 6,360   

Personal non-credit card

     330        530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming receivables

     6,874        6,890   

Real estate owned

     299        962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 7,173      $ 7,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit loss reserves as a percent of nonperforming receivables

     86.6     80.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, nonaccrual real estate secured receivables include $4.7 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively, of receivables that are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell.

Nonaccrual consumer receivables for continuing operations reflect all receivables which are 90 or more days contractually delinquent and totaled $6.9 billion at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. Nonaccrual receivables do not include receivables which have made qualifying payments and have been re-aged and the contractual delinquency status reset to current. If a re-aged loan subsequently experiences payment default and becomes 90 or more days contractually delinquent, it will be reported as nonaccrual. Interest income on nonaccrual receivables that would have been recorded if the nonaccrual receivables had been current in accordance with contractual terms during the period was approximately $1.2 billion during 2011 and approximately $1.3 billion during 2010. Interest income that was recorded on these nonaccrual loans was approximately $462 million during 2011 and approximately $625 million during 2010 of which portions have been written-off as a result of the process to record receivables greater than 180 days delinquent at net realizable value less cost to sell.

Troubled Debt Restructurings Troubled debt restructurings represent receivables for which the original contractual terms have been modified to provide for terms that are less than what we would be willing to accept for new receivables with comparable risk because of deterioration in the borrower’s financial status.

 

149


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

During the third quarter of 2011 we adopted a new Accounting Standards Update which provided additional guidance to determine whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a TDR Loan. Under this new guidance, we have determined that substantially all receivables modified as a result of a financial difficulty, regardless of whether the modification was permanent or temporary, including all modifications with trial periods, should be reported as TDR Loans. Additionally, we have determined that all re-ages, except first time early stage delinquency re-ages where the customer has not been granted a prior re-age or modification since the first quarter of 2007, should be considered TDR Loans. As required, the new guidance was applied retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011 and has resulted in the reporting of an additional $4.1 billion of real estate secured receivables and an additional $717 million of personal non-credit card receivables as TDR Loans during the third quarter of 2011 with credit loss reserves of $1.3 billion associated with these receivables at September 30, 2011. An incremental loan loss provision for these receivables using a discounted cash flow analysis of approximately $925 million was recorded during the third quarter of 2011. The TDR Loan balances and related credit loss reserves for consumer receivables reported as of December 31, 2010 use our previous definition of TDR Loans and as such, are not directly comparable to the current period balances. At December 31, 2011, $1.0 billion of first time early stage delinquency accounts which had been re-aged since January 1, 2011, were not reported as TDR Loans.

Modifications for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables may include changes to one or more terms of the loan, including, but not limited to, a change in interest rate, an extension of the amortization period, a reduction in payment amount and partial forgiveness or deferment of principal. A substantial amount of our modifications involve interest rate reductions which lower the amount of finance income we are contractually entitled to receive in future periods. By lowering the interest rate and making other changes to the loan terms, we believe we are able to increase the amount of cash flow that will ultimately be collected from the loan, given the borrower’s financial condition. Re-aging is an account management action that results in the resetting of the contractual delinquency status of an account to current. TDR Loans are reserved for based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate which generally results in a higher reserve requirement for these loans. Once a loan is classified as a TDR, it continues to be reported as such until it is paid off or charged-off.

The following table presents information about receivables which as a result of any account management action taken during 2011 became classified as TDR Loans. During the year ended December 31, 2011, substantially all of the actions reflect re-aging of past due accounts or loan modifications involving interest rate reductions.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011  
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured:

  

First lien

   $ 6,145   

Second lien

     625   
  

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     6,770   

Personal non-credit card

     1,058   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,828   
  

 

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table presents information about our TDR Loans and the related credit loss reserves for TDR Loans:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

TDR Loans(1)(2):

     

Real estate secured:

     

First lien

   $ 13,186       $ 8,697   

Second lien

     1,057         647   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured(3)(4)

     14,243         9,344   

Personal non-credit card

     1,341         704   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDR Loans

   $ 15,584       $ 10,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Credit loss reserves for TDR Loans:

     

Real estate secured:

     

First lien

   $ 3,169       $ 1,728   

Second lien

     534         258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     3,703         1,986   

Personal non-credit card

     706         395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves for TDR Loans(5)

   $ 4,409       $ 2,381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

TDR Loans are considered to be impaired loans regardless of accrual status.

 

(2) 

The TDR Loan balances included in the table above reflect the current carrying amount of TDR Loans and includes all basis adjustments on the loan, such as unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans and premiums or discounts on purchased loans. The following table reflects the unpaid principal balance of TDR Loans:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured:

     

First lien

   $ 14,813       $ 9,650   

Second lien

     1,125         709   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     15,938         10,359   

Personal non-credit card

     1,341         705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDR Loans

   $ 17,279       $ 11,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(3) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, TDR Loans totaling $2.5 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell.

 

(4) 

The following table summarizes real estate secured TDR Loans for our Mortgage Services and Consumer Lending businesses:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Mortgage Services

   $ 4,900       $ 4,114   

Consumer Lending

     9,343         5,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

   $ 14,243       $ 9,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(5) 

Included in credit loss reserves.

 

151


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table discloses receivables which were classified as TDR Loans during the previous 12 months which became sixty days or greater contractually delinquent during 2011:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011  

Real estate secured:

  

First lien

   $ 1,941   

Second lien

     189   
  

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     2,130   

Personal non-credit card

     418   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,548   
  

 

 

 

Additional information relating to TDR Loans is presented in the table below:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Average balance of TDR Loans(1):

        

Real estate secured(2)

   $ 12,351       $ 9,534       $ 5,743   

Personal non-credit card

     1,161         736         731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average balance of TDR Loans

   $ 13,512       $ 10,270       $ 6,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income recognized on TDR Loans

        

Real estate secured

   $ 652       $ 446       $ 323   

Personal non-credit card

     133         47         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income recognized on TDR Loans

   $ 785       $ 493       $ 376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The increase in the average balance of TDR Loans during 2011 reflects, in part, the higher levels of receivables considered to be TDR Loans as a result of the adoption of the new accounting guidance as discussed above. These averages assume the new guidelines were adopted January 1, 2011.

 

(2) 

The following summarizes the average balance of real estate secured TDR Loans and interest income recognized on real estate secured TDR Loans split between first and second lien loans for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Average balance of TDR Loans:

     

First lien

   $ 11,450       $ 8,832   

Second lien

     901         702   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average balance of TDR Loans

   $ 12,351       $ 9,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income recognized on TDR Loans:

     

First lien

   $ 590       $ 407   

Second lien

     62         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income recognized on TDR Loans

   $ 652       $ 446   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Consumer Receivable Credit Quality Indicators Credit quality indicators used for consumer receivables include a loan’s delinquency status, whether the loan is performing and whether the loan is considered a TDR Loan.

Delinquency The following table summarizes dollars of two-months-and-over contractual delinquency and as a percent of total receivables and receivables held for sale (“delinquency ratio”) for our loan portfolio:

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     

Dollars of

Delinquency

    

Delinquency

Ratio

   

Dollars of

Delinquency

    

Delinquency

Ratio

 
     (dollars are in millions)  

Real estate secured:

          

First lien

   $ 7,605         19.89   $ 7,504         17.11

Second lien

     500         11.16        667         12.18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total real estate secured

     8,105         18.98        8,171         16.56   

Personal non-credit card

     486         9.35        779         10.94   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 8,591         17.93   $ 8,950         15.85
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonperforming The status of our consumer receivable portfolio are summarized in the following table:

 

     

Performing

Loans

    

Nonaccrual

Loans

     Total  

At December 31, 2011

        

Real estate secured(1)

   $ 36,169       $ 6,544       $ 42,713   

Personal non-credit card

     4,866         330         5,196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(2)

   $ 41,035       $ 6,874       $ 47,909   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

        

Real estate secured(1)

   $ 42,976       $ 6,360       $ 49,336   

Personal non-credit card

     6,587         530         7,117   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(2)

   $ 49,563       $ 6,890       $ 56,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, nonperforming real estate secured receivables include $4.7 billion and $4.1 billion, respectively, of receivables that are carried at fair value less cost to sell.

 

(2) 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, nonperforming receivables for continuing operations include $2.9 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, which are TDR Loans, some of which may also be carried at fair value less cost to sell.

Troubled debt restructurings See discussion of TDR Loans above for further details on this credit quality indicator.

7.    Changes in Charge-off Policies During 2009

 

Prior to 2009, we maintained charge-off policies within our Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses that were developed in consideration of the historical consumer finance customer profile. As such, these policies focused on maximizing the amount of cash collected while avoiding excessive collection expenses on loans which would likely become uncollectible. Our historical real estate secured charge-off policies reflected consideration of customer behavior in that initiation of foreclosure or repossession activities often served to prompt repayment of delinquent balances and, therefore, were designed to avoid ultimate foreclosure or repossession whenever it was economically reasonable. Charge-off policies for our personal non-credit card receivables were designed to be responsive to customer needs and collection experience which justified a longer collection and work out period for the consumer finance customer. Therefore, the charge-off policies for these products were historically longer than bank competitors who served a different market.

The impact of the economic turmoil which began in 2007 resulted in a change to the customer behavior patterns described above and it became clear in 2009 that the historical behavior patterns will not be re-established for the

 

153


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

foreseeable future, if at all. As a result of these changes in customer behavior and resultant payment patterns, in December 2009 we elected to adopt more bank-like charge-off policies for our real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables. As a result, real estate secured receivables are now written down to net realizable value less cost to sell generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. For personal non-credit card receivables, charge-off now occurs generally no later than the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent.

The impact of the changes in our charge-off policies adopted during the fourth quarter of 2009 resulted in an increase to our net loss of $227 million as summarized below:

 

     

Real
Estate

Secured

   

Personal

Non-Credit

Card

    Total  
     (in millions)  

Net interest income:

      

Reversal of accrued interest income on charged-off accounts(1)

   $ 246      $ 105      $ 351   

Provision for credit losses:

      

Charge-offs to comply with charge-off policy changes

     2,402        1,071        3,473   

Release of credit loss reserves associated with principal and accrued interest income

     (2,594     (878     (3,472

Tax benefit

     (19     (106     (125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reductions to net income

   $ 35      $ 192      $ 227   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Accrued interest income is reversed against finance and other interest income.

8.    Credit Loss Reserves

 

An analysis of credit loss reserves for continuing operations was as follows:

 

     2011     2010      2009  
    (in millions)  

Credit loss reserves at beginning of period

  $ 5,512      $ 7,275       $ 9,781   

Provision for credit losses

    4,418 (1)      5,346         7,904   

Charge-offs

    (4,481     (7,596      (10,702 )(2) 

Recoveries

    503        487         292   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit loss reserves at end of period

  $ 5,952      $ 5,512       $ 7,275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The provision for credit losses included approximately $925 million related to the adoption of new accounting guidance for TDR Loans in the third quarter of 2011 as discussed above.

 

(2) 

Includes $3.5 billion related to the changes in charge-off polices for real estate secured and personal non-credit card receivables in December 2009. See Note 7, “Changes to Charge-off Policies During 2009,” for additional information.

 

154


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the changes in credit loss reserves by product/class and the related receivable balance by product during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

     Real Estate Secured     Personal Non-
Credit Card
    Comm’l
and
Other
     Total  
      First Lien     Second Lien         

Year ended December 31, 2011:

           

Credit loss reserve balances at beginning of period

   $ 3,355      $ 832      $ 1,325      $ -       $ 5,512   

Provision for credit losses

     3,227        758        433        -         4,418   

Charge-offs

     (2,527     (827     (1,127     -         (4,481

Recoveries

     34        60        409        -         503   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (2,493     (767     (718     -         (3,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit loss reserve balance at end of period

   $ 4,089      $ 823      $ 1,040      $ -       $ 5,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reserve components:

           

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 632      $ 286      $ 334      $ -       $ 1,252   

Individually evaluated for impairment(1)

     3,026        534        706        -         4,266   

Receivables carried at net realizable value

     423        2        -        -         425   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     8        1        -        -         9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves

   $ 4,089      $ 823      $ 1,040      $ -       $ 5,952   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivables:

           

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 21,660      $ 3,358      $ 3,855      $ 27       $ 28,900   

Individually evaluated for impairment(1)

     10,693        1,024        1,341        -         13,058   

Receivables carried at net realizable value

     5,847        90        -        -         5,937   

Receivables acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     35        6        -        -         41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 38,235      $ 4,478      $ 5,196      $ 27       $ 47,936   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

           

Credit loss reserve balances at beginning of period

   $ 3,997      $ 1,430      $ 1,848      $ -       $ 7,275   

Provision for credit losses

     3,126        789        1,431        -         5,346   

Charge-offs

     (3,811     (1,456     (2,329     -         (7,596

Recoveries

     43        69        375        -         487   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (3,768     (1,387     (1,954     -         (7,109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit loss reserve balance at end of period

   $ 3,355      $ 832      $ 1,325      $ -       $ 5,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reserve components:

           

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 1,544      $ 570      $ 930      $ -       $ 3,044   

Individually evaluated for impairment(1)

     1,701        258        395        -         2,354   

Receivables carried at net realizable value

     94        1        -        -         95   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     16        3        -        -         19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves

   $ 3,355      $ 832      $ 1,325      $ -       $ 5,512   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivables:

           

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 31,556      $ 4,762      $ 6,413      $ 33       $ 42,764   

Individually evaluated for impairment(1)

     7,240        635        704        -         8,579   

Receivables carried at net realizable value

     5,022        73        -        -         5,095   

Receivables acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     41        7        -        -         48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

   $ 43,859      $ 5,477      $ 7,117      $ 33       $ 56,486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

           

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 4,998      $ 2,115      $ 2,668      $ -       $ 9,781   

Provision for credit losses

     3,354        1,558        2,992        -         7,904   

Charge-offs(2)

     (4,381     (2,282     (4,039     -         (10,702

Recoveries

     26        39        227        -         292   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (4,355     (2,243     (3,812     -         (10,410

Receivables transferred to held for sale

     -        -        -        -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,997      $ 1,430      $ 1,848      $ -       $ 7,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reserve components:

           

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,206      $ 1,051      $ 1,495      $ -       $ 4,752   

Individually evaluated for impairment(1)

     1,766        373        353        -         2,492   

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

     25        6        -        -         31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit loss reserves

   $ 3,997      $ 1,430      $ 1,848      $ -       $ 7,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) 

These amounts represent TDR Loans for which we evaluate reserves using a discounted cash flow methodology. Each loan is individually identified as a TDR Loan and then grouped together with other TDR Loans with similar characteristics. The discounted cash flow

 

155


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

  impairment analysis is then applied to these groups of TDR Loans. The receivable balance above excludes TDR Loans that are carried at fair value less cost to sell which totaled $2.5 billion, $1.5 billion and $773 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The reserve component above excludes credit loss reserves for TDR Loans that are carried at fair value less cost to sell which totaled $143 million and $27 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no credit loss reserves at December 31, 2009 associated with TDR Loans that were carried at fair value less cost to sell.

 

(2)

Includes $2.0 billion for first lien real estate secured receivables, $434 million for second lien real estate secured receivables and $1.1 billion for personal non-credit card receivables related to the December 2009 Charge-off Policy Changes.

During the third quarter of 2011, we reviewed our existing models for determining credit loss reserves. As part of this process, we considered recent environmental activity including the impact of the foreclosure delays, unique characteristics of our run-off portfolio and changes in how loans are ultimately running-off. As a result, we made the following enhancements to our credit loss reserve estimation process during the third quarter of 2011:

 

   

The projected cash flows and timing of cash flows on non-performing loans is based on our recent historical migration statistics which we believe are the best estimate of future cash flows and timing of cash flows for this run-off portfolio. Historically, we more heavily utilized certain third party loan default estimates, adjusted for macro-economic assumptions, which were adjusted for trends in our portfolio. We now estimate cash flows incorporating more directly this internal data. Our estimates of home price severity are based on a 12-month average of broker price opinions received which are discounted from the date we expect to receive the proceeds.

 

   

Historically, severity estimates were determined based on the average total losses incurred at the time the loans were transferred to Real Estate Owned (“REO”). Due to the significant reduction in loans transferred to REO during 2011, as a result of foreclosure delays and concentrations in the mix of loans transferred to REO in certain states that are no longer representative of our portfolio of loans requiring credit loss reserves, we determined that the best estimate of severity, should be based on a 12-month average of broker price opinions received.

 

   

As part of this review, we also increased the granularity of certain segments used to establish impairment provisions to include specific characteristics of the portfolios such as year of origination, location of the property and underlying economic factors affecting the location in which the property is located. Segmenting the portfolio based on these risk characteristics provides greater risk differentiation based on the underlying trends in our portfolio. We believe these enhancements to the credit loss reserve estimation process were responsive to the changing environment and will result in credit loss reserves that will be more responsive to the changing portfolio characteristics in the future as the loan portfolio continues to run-off.

9.     Properties and Equipment, Net

 

Property and Equipment consisted of the following:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010     Depreciable Life
     (dollars are in millions)

Land

   $ 3      $ 3      -

Buildings and improvements

     117        120      10-40 years

Furniture and equipment

     26        30      3-10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     146        153     

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (54     (52  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Properties and equipment, net

   $ 92      $ 101     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Depreciation and amortization expense for continuing operations totaled $11 million, $15 million and $21 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

156


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

10.    Commercial Paper

 

 

      Commercial
Paper
 
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2011

  

Balance

   $ 4,026   

Highest aggregate month-end balance

     4,304   

Average borrowings

     3,815   

Weighted-average interest rate:

  

At year-end

     .3

Paid during year

     .2   

December 31, 2010

  

Balance

   $ 3,157   

Highest aggregate month-end balance

     4,864   

Average borrowings

     3,732   

Weighted-average interest rate:

  

At year-end

     .3

Paid during year

     .3   

December 31, 2009

  

Balance

   $ 4,291   

Highest aggregate month-end balance

     6,973   

Average borrowings

     5,412   

Weighted-average interest rate:

  

At year-end

     .4

Paid during year

     .9   

Interest expense for commercial paper totaled $9 million in 2011, $11 million in 2010 and $49 million in 2009.

We maintain various bank credit agreements primarily to support commercial paper borrowings. We had committed back-up lines of credit totaling $6.0 billion and $6.3 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In April 2011, we refinanced all of our third party back-up lines, totaling $4.3 billion, into a new $4.0 billion credit facility, split evenly between tenors of 364 days and three years. As a result, we have committed back-up lines of credit totaling $6.0 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $6.3 billion at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $2.0 billion in back-up lines with HSBC affiliates. See Note 19, “Related Party Transactions,” for further discussion of the lines with HSBC affiliates.

Our third party back-up line agreements contain a financial covenant which requires us to maintain a minimum tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio of 6.75 percent. Additionally, we are required to maintain a minimum of $5.0 billion of debt extended to us from affiliates. At December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all applicable financial covenants.

Annual commitment fee expenses to support availability of these lines during 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $19 million, $33 million and $18 million, respectively, and included $10 million, $16 million and $9 million, respectively, for the HSBC lines.

 

157


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

11.    Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Senior debt:

    

Fixed rate:

    

Secured financings:

    

5.00% to 5.99%; due 2015 to 2022

   $ 270      $ 373   

Other fixed rate senior debt:

    

1.00% to 1.99%; due 2013 to 2014

     16        3   

2.00% to 2.99%; due 2013 to 2032

     892        697   

3.00% to 3.99%; due 2012 to 2016

     534        440   

4.00% to 4.99%; due 2011 to 2018

     3,774        4,069   

5.00% to 5.49%; due 2011 to 2021

     8,042        11,613   

5.50% to 5.99%; due 2011 to 2020

     3,643        6,281   

6.00% to 6.49%; due 2011 to 2033

     3,334        6,165   

6.50% to 6.99%; due 2011 to 2033

     8        2,111   

7.00% to 7.49%; due 2011 to 2032

     1,724        1,864   

7.50% to 7.99%; due 2012 to 2032

     1,071        1,075   

Variable interest rate:

    

Secured financings – .37% to 2.78%; due 2011 to 2023

     3,045        3,509   

Other variable interest rate senior debt – .43% to 5.94%; due 2011 to 2016

     10,229        13,004   

Subordinated debt

     2,208        2,208   

Junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts

     1,031        1,031   

Unamortized discount

     (67     (89

HSBC acquisition purchase accounting fair value adjustments

     36        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 39,790      $ 54,404   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

HSBC acquisition purchase accounting fair value adjustments represent adjustments which have been “pushed down” to record our long-term debt at fair value at the date of our acquisition by HSBC.

At December 31, 2011, long-term debt included carrying value adjustments relating to derivative financial instruments which increased the debt balance by $46 million and a foreign currency translation adjustment relating to our foreign denominated debt which increased the debt balance by $1.3 billion. At December 31, 2010, long-term debt included carrying value adjustments relating to derivative financial instruments which increased the debt balance by $34 million and a foreign currency translation adjustment relating to our foreign denominated debt which increased the debt balance by $2.1 billion.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we have elected fair value option accounting for certain of our fixed rate debt issuances. See Note 12, “Fair Value Option,” for further details. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, long-term debt totaling $13.7 billion and $20.8 billion, respectively, was carried at fair value.

Interest expense for long-term debt for continuing operations was $2.2 billion in 2011, $2.9 billion in 2010 and $3.5 billion in 2009. The weighted-average interest rates on long-term debt were 4.5 and 4.6 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, excluding HSBC acquisition purchase accounting adjustments. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of our long-term debt agreements. Debt denominated in a foreign currency is included in the applicable rate category based on the effective U.S. dollar equivalent rate as summarized in Note 13, “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

During the second quarter of 2011, we decided to call $600 million of senior long-term debt. This transaction was completed during July 2011. This transaction was funded through a $600 million loan agreement with HSBC North America which provided for three $200 million borrowings with maturities between 2034 and 2035. As of December 31, 2011, $600 million was outstanding under this loan agreement.

 

158


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2010, we offered noteholders of certain series of our debt the ability to exchange their existing senior notes for newly issued subordinated debt. As a result, we issued $1.9 billion in new 10-year fixed rate subordinated debt in exchange for tendered debt totaling $1.8 billion. Of the newly issued subordinated debt, $1.2 billion was recorded in long-term debt and $731 million was recorded in due to affiliates. In December 2010, we issued an additional $1.0 billion of 10-year fixed rate subordinated debt to institutional investors.

During 2010, we redeemed $1.0 billion of retail medium-term notes in four phases of approximately $250 million each. These redemptions were funded through a new $1.0 billion 364-day uncommitted revolving credit agreement with HSBC North America which was also executed during the third quarter of 2010 and allowed for borrowings with maturities of up to 15 years. During 2010, we borrowed $1.0 billion under this credit agreement with scheduled maturities between 2022 and 2025. In November 2010, we replaced the $1.0 billion outstanding under this loan through the issuance of preferred stock to HSBC Investments (North America) Inc. (“HINO”). See Note 15, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” for additional information regarding this issuance of preferred stock.

Receivables we have sold in collateralized funding transactions structured as secured financings remain on our balance sheet. The entities used in these transactions are VIEs and we are deemed to be their primary beneficiary because we hold beneficial interests that expose us to the majority of their expected losses. Accordingly, we consolidate these entities and report the debt securities issued by them as secured financings in long-term debt. Secured financings previously issued under public trusts of $3.3 billion at December 31, 2011 are secured by $5.3 billion of closed-end real estate secured receivables, which are reported as receivables in the consolidated balance sheet. Secured financings previously issued under public trusts of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010 are secured by $5.9 billion of closed-end real estate secured receivables. The holders of debt instruments issued by consolidated VIEs have recourse only to the receivables securing those instruments and have no recourse to our general credit.

The following table summarizes our junior subordinated notes issued to capital trusts (“Junior Subordinated Notes”) and the related company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities (“Preferred Securities”):

 

     

HSBC Finance Capital

Trust IX

(“HFCT IX”)

     (dollars are in millions)

Junior Subordinated Notes:

  

Principal balance

   $1,031

Interest rate:

  

Through November 30, 2015

   5.91%

December 1, 2015 through maturity

   3-month LIBOR

plus 1.926%

Redeemable by issuer

   November 2015

Stated maturity

   November 2035

Preferred Securities:

  

Rate:

  

Through November 30, 2015

   5.91%

December 1, 2015 through maturity

   3-month LIBOR

plus 1.926%

Face value

   $1,000

Issue date

   November 2005

The Preferred Securities must be redeemed when the Junior Subordinated Notes are paid. The Junior Subordinated Notes have a stated maturity date, but are redeemable by us, in whole or in part, beginning on the dates indicated above at which time the Preferred Securities are callable at par ($25 per Preferred Security) plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Dividends on the Preferred Securities are cumulative, payable quarterly in arrears,

 

159


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

and are deferrable at our option for up to five years. We cannot pay dividends on our preferred and common stocks during such deferments. The Preferred Securities have a liquidation value of $25 per preferred security. Our obligations with respect to the Junior Subordinated Notes, when considered together with certain undertakings of HSBC Finance Corporation with respect to HFCT IX, constitute full and unconditional guarantees by us of HFCT IX’s obligations under the Preferred Securities.

Maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011, including secured financings, conduit facility renewals and capital lease obligations were as follows:

 

      (in millions)  

2012(1)

   $ 11,325   

2013

     6,961   

2014

     3,547   

2015

     5,559   

2016

     5,282   

Thereafter

     7,116   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,790   
  

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Weighted average interest rate on long-term debt maturing in 2012 is 4.51%.

Certain components of our long-term debt may be redeemed prior to its stated maturity.

12.    Fair Value Option

 

We have elected FVO reporting for certain of our fixed rate debt issuances. At December 31, 2011, fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO totaled $14.1 billion, of which $13.7 billion is included as a component of long-term debt and $447 million is included as a component of due to affiliates. At December 31, 2011, we had not elected FVO for $11.8 billion of fixed rate long-term debt carried on our balance sheet. Fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO at December 31, 2011 has an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $13.9 billion which included a foreign currency translation adjustment relating to our foreign denominated FVO debt which increased the debt balance by $341 million.

At December 31, 2010, fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO totaled $21.3 billion, of which $20.8 billion is included as a component of long-term debt and $436 million is included as a component of due to affiliates. At December 31, 2010, we had not elected FVO for $16.8 billion of fixed rate long-term debt carried on our balance sheet. Fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO at December 31, 2010 has an aggregate unpaid principal balance of $20.4 billion which included a foreign currency translation adjustment relating to our foreign denominated FVO debt which increased the debt balance by $404 million.

We determine the fair value of the fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO through the use of a third party pricing service. Such fair value represents the full market price (credit and interest rate impact) based on observable market data for the same or similar debt instruments. See Note 22, “Fair Value Measurements,” for a description of the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate debt accounted for under FVO.

 

160


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The components of gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value(1):

      

Interest rate component

   $ 25      $ (269   $ 1,063   

Credit risk component

     616        109        (3,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value

     641        (160     (2,271

Mark-to-market on the related derivatives(1)

     (81     112        (609

Net realized gains on the related derivatives

     604        789        755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives

   $ 1,164      $ 741      $ (2,125
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives excludes market value changes due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Foreign currency translation gains (losses) recorded in derivative related income (expense) associated with debt designated at fair value was a gain of $63 million, $84 million and a loss of $75 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Offsetting gains (losses) recorded in derivative related income (expense) associated with the related derivatives was a loss of $63 million, $84 million and a gain of $75 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The movement in the fair value reflected in gain on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives includes the effect of credit spread changes and interest rate changes, including any economic ineffectiveness in the relationship between the related swaps and our debt and any realized gains or losses on those swaps. With respect to the credit component, as credit spreads narrow accounting losses are booked and the reverse is true if credit spreads widen. Differences arise between the movement in the fair value of our debt and the fair value of the related swap due to the different credit characteristics and differences in the calculation of fair value for debt and derivatives. The size and direction of the accounting consequences of such changes can be volatile from period to period but do not alter the cash flows intended as part of the documented interest rate management strategy. On a cumulative basis, we have recorded fair value option adjustments which increased the value of our debt by $232 million and $873 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The change in the fair value of the debt and the change in value of the related derivatives reflect the following:

 

   

Interest rate curve – During 2011, long-term U.S. interest rates decreased. However, while long-term U.S. interest rates were lower during 2011, changes in market movements on certain debt and related derivatives that mature in the near term resulted in a gain in the interest rate component on the mark-to-market of the debt and a loss on the mark-to-market of the related derivative. As these items near maturity, their values are less sensitive to interest rate movements. Interest rates in the U.S. also decreased during 2010 which resulted in a loss in the interest rate component on the mark-to-market of the debt and a gain on the mark-to-market of the related derivative. Changes in the value of the interest rate component of the debt as compared to the related derivative are also affected by differences in cash flows and valuation methodologies for the debt and the derivatives. Cash flows on debt are discounted using a single discount rate from the bond yield curve for each bond’s applicable maturity while derivative cash flows are discounted using rates at multiple points along an interest rate yield curve. The impacts of these differences vary as short-term and long-term interest rates shift and time passes. Furthermore, certain derivatives have been called by the counterparty resulting in certain FVO debt having no related derivatives. Approximately 3 percent and 7 percent of our FVO debt does not have a corresponding derivative at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

   

Credit – Our secondary market credit spreads widened in 2011 due to the continuing concerns with the European sovereign debt crisis which has caused spreads to widen throughout the financial services industry as well as the uncertain economic recovery in the United States. During 2010, we experienced an overall gain in the credit component of our debt primarily resulting from widening of credit spreads in our longer-dated debt, which was partially offset by the tightening of credit spreads in our shorter-dated debt.

 

161


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Net income volatility, whether based on changes in the interest rate or credit risk components of the mark-to-market on debt designated at fair value and the related derivatives, impacts the comparability of our reported results between periods. Accordingly, gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives for 2011 should not be considered indicative of the results for any future periods.

13.    Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Our business activities involve analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of some degree of risk or combination of risks. Accordingly, we have comprehensive risk management policies to address potential financial risks, which include credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, and operational risks. Our risk management policy is designed to identify and analyze these risks, to set appropriate limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and limits continually by means of reliable and up-to-date administrative and information systems. Our risk management policies are primarily carried out in accordance with practice and limits set by the HSBC Group Management Board. The HSBC Finance Corporation Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) meets regularly to review risks and approve appropriate risk management strategies within the limits established by the HSBC Group Management Board. Additionally, our Risk Committee (previously part of the Audit and Risk Committee) receives regular reports on our interest rate and liquidity risk positions in relation to the established limits. In accordance with the policies and strategies established by ALCO, in the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions involving derivative financial instruments. These derivative financial instruments primarily are used as economic hedges to manage risk.

Objectives for Holding Derivative Financial Instruments Market risk (which includes interest rate and foreign currency exchange risks) is the possibility that a change in interest rates or foreign exchange rates will cause a financial instrument to decrease in value or become more costly to settle. Prior to our ceasing originations in our Consumer Lending business and ceasing purchase activities in our Mortgage Services business, customer demand for our loan products shifted between fixed rate and floating rate products, based on market conditions and preferences. These shifts in loan products resulted in different funding strategies and produced different interest rate risk exposures. Additionally, the mix of receivables on our balance sheet and the corresponding market risk is changing as we manage the liquidation of all of our receivable portfolios. We maintain an overall risk management strategy that utilizes interest rate and currency derivative financial instruments to mitigate our exposure to fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates related to our debt liabilities. We manage our exposure to interest rate risk primarily through the use of interest rate swaps with the main objective of managing the interest rate volatility due to a mismatch in the duration of our assets and liabilities. We manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk primarily through the use of cross currency interest rate swaps. We do not use leveraged derivative financial instruments.

Interest rate swaps are contractual agreements between two counterparties for the exchange of periodic interest payments generally based on a notional principal amount and agreed-upon fixed or floating rates. The majority of our interest rate swaps are used to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates by converting floating rate debt to fixed rate or by converting fixed rate debt to floating rate. We have also entered into currency swaps to convert both principal and interest payments on debt issued from one currency to the appropriate functional currency.

We do not manage credit risk or the changes in fair value due to the changes in credit risk by entering into derivative financial instruments such as credit derivatives or credit default swaps.

Control Over Valuation Process and Procedures A control framework has been established which is designed to ensure that fair values are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk-taker. To that end, the ultimate responsibility for the determination of fair values rests with the HSBC Finance Valuation Committee. The HSBC Finance Valuation Committee establishes policies and procedures to ensure appropriate valuations. Fair values for derivatives are determined by management using valuation techniques, valuation models and inputs that are developed, reviewed, validated and approved by the Quantitative Risk and Valuation

 

162


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Group of an HSBC affiliate. These valuation models utilize discounted cash flows or an option pricing model adjusted for counterparty credit risk and market liquidity. The models used apply appropriate control processes and procedures to ensure that the derived inputs are used to value only those instruments that share similar risk to the relevant benchmark indices and therefore demonstrate a similar response to market factors. In addition, a validation process is followed which includes participation in peer group consensus pricing surveys, to ensure that valuation inputs incorporate market participants’ risk expectations and risk premium.

Credit Risk By utilizing derivative financial instruments, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction fails to perform according to the terms of the contract. We manage the counterparty credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments through established credit approvals, risk control limits, collateral, and ongoing monitoring procedures. We utilize an affiliate, HSBC Bank USA, as the primary provider of domestic derivative products. We have never suffered a loss due to counterparty failure.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, substantially all of our existing derivative contracts are with HSBC subsidiaries, making them our primary counterparty in derivative transactions. Most swap agreements require that payments be made to, or received from, the counterparty when the fair value of the agreement reaches a certain level. Generally, non-affiliate swap counterparties provide collateral in the form of cash which is recorded in our balance sheet as derivative related liabilities. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we provided third party swap counterparties with $10 million and $33 million of collateral, respectively, in the form of cash. When the fair value of our agreements with affiliate counterparties requires the posting of collateral, it is provided in either the form of cash and recorded on the balance sheet, consistent with third party arrangements, or in the form of securities which are not recorded on our balance sheet. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of our agreements with affiliate counterparties required the affiliate to provide collateral of $584 million and $2.5 billion, respectively, all of which was provided in cash. These amounts are offset against the fair value amount recognized for derivative instruments that have been offset under the same master netting arrangement and recorded in our balance sheet as a component of derivative financial assets or derivative related liabilities. At December 31, 2011, we had derivative contracts with a notional value of approximately $40.9 billion, including $40.4 billion outstanding with HSBC Bank USA. At December 31, 2010, we had derivative contracts with a notional value of $50.5 billion, including $49.9 billion outstanding with HSBC Bank USA. Derivative financial instruments are generally expressed in terms of notional principal or contract amounts which are much larger than the amounts potentially at risk for nonpayment by counterparties.

To manage our exposure to changes in interest rates, we entered into interest rate swap agreements and currency swaps which have been designated as fair value or cash flow hedges under derivative accounting principles or are treated as non-qualifying hedges. We currently utilize the long-haul method to assess effectiveness of all derivatives designated as hedges. In the tables that follow below, the fair value disclosed does not include swap collateral that we either receive or deposit with our interest rate swap counterparties. Such swap collateral is recorded on our balance sheet at an amount which approximates fair value and is netted on the balance sheet against the fair value amount recognized for derivative instruments.

 

163


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Fair Value Hedges Fair value hedges include interest rate swaps to convert our fixed rate debt to variable rate debt and currency swaps to convert debt issued from one currency into U.S. dollar variable rate debt. All of our fair value hedges are associated with debt. We recorded fair value adjustments for fair value hedges which increased the carrying amount of our debt by $36 million and $51 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The following table provides information related to the location of derivative fair values in the consolidated balance sheet for our fair value hedges.

 

     Asset Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
    Liability Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
 
      Balance Sheet
Location
   2011      2010    

Balance Sheet

Location

   2011      2010  
          (in millions)          (in millions)  

Interest rate swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
   $ 11       $ (4   Derivative
related
liabilities
   $ 7       $ 18   

Currency swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
     53         124      Derivative
related
liabilities
     -         -   
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value hedges

      $ 64       $ 120         $ 7       $ 18   
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents fair value hedging information, including the gain (loss) recorded on the derivative and where that gain (loss) is recorded in the consolidated statement of income (loss) as well as the offsetting gain (loss) on the hedged item that is recognized in current earnings, the net of which represents hedge ineffectiveness.

 

          

Location of Gain

(Loss) Recognized

in Income on Hedged

   Amount of Gain  (Loss)
Recognized in Income
on the Derivative
    Amount of Gain  (Loss)
Recognized in Income
on Hedged Item
 
   Hedged Item    Item and Derivative    2011     2010     2009     2011     2010      2009  
               (in millions)  

Interest rate swaps

   Fixed rate
borrowings
   Derivative related
income
   $ 34      $ 17      $ (13   $ (40   $ 7       $ 21   

Currency swaps

   Fixed rate
borrowings
   Derivative related
income
     (29     (13     35        44        12         (34
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $ 5      $ 4      $ 22      $ 4      $ 19       $ (13
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges Cash flow hedges include interest rate swaps to convert our variable rate debt to fixed rate debt by fixing future interest rate resets of floating rate debt as well as currency swaps to convert debt issued from one currency into U.S. dollar fixed rate debt. Gains and losses on current derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are reported in other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) net of tax and totaled a loss of $448 million and $492 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect $277 million ($179 million after-tax) of currently unrealized net losses will be reclassified to earnings within one year. However, these reclassified unrealized losses will be offset by decreased interest expense associated with the variable cash flows of the hedged items and will result in no significant net economic impact to our earnings. The following table provides information related to the location of derivative fair values in the consolidated balance sheet for our cash flow hedges.

 

     Asset Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
    Liability Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
 
      Balance Sheet
Location
   2011     2010    

Balance Sheet

Location

   2011      2010  
          (in millions)          (in millions)  

Interest rate swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
   $ (554   $ (437   Derivative
related liabilities
   $ -       $ -   

Currency swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
     441        985      Derivative
related liabilities
     -         -   
     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash flow hedges

      $ (113   $ 548         $ -       $ -   
     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides the gain or loss recorded on our cash flow hedging relationships.

 

    Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI

on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
    Location of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI into
Income
(Effective Portion)
   Gain (Loss)
Reclassed

From AOCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
    Location of Gain
(Loss) Recognized
in Income
on the Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)
  Gain (Loss)
Recognized In Income
on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)
 
     2011     2010     2009        2011     2010     2009       2011     2010     2009  

Interest rate swaps

  $ (116   $ (65   $ 473      Interest expense    $ (34   $ (62   $ (24   Derivative related
income
  $ 4      $ (1   $ 12   

Currency swaps

    189        70        441      Interest expense      (25     (34     (51   Derivative related
income
    22        (7     82   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 73      $ 5      $ 914         $ (59   $ (96   $ (75     $ 26      $ (8   $ 94   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Non-Qualifying Hedging Activities We may enter into interest rate and currency swaps which are not designated as hedges under derivative accounting principles. These financial instruments are economic hedges but do not qualify for hedge accounting and are primarily used to minimize our exposure to changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates through more closely matching both the structure and projected duration of our liabilities to the structure and duration of our assets. The following table provides information related to the location and derivative fair values in the consolidated balance sheet for our non-qualifying hedges:

 

     Asset Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
     Liability Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
 
      Balance Sheet
Location
   2011     2010     

Balance Sheet

Location

   2011      2010  
          (in millions)           (in millions)  

Interest rate swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
   $ (926   $ 165       Derivative
related liabilities
   $ 5       $ 5   

Currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts

   Derivative
financial assets
     38        67       Derivative
related liabilities
     4         -   
     

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ (888   $ 232          $ 9       $ 5   
     

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides detail of the realized and unrealized gain or loss recorded on our non-qualifying hedges:

 

     

Location of Gain (Loss)

Recognized in

Income on Derivative

     Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Derivative
Related Income (Expense)
 
      2011     2010     2009  
            (in millions)  

Interest rate contracts

     Derivative related income       $ (1,185   $ (394   $ 200   

Currency contracts

     Derivative related income         4        -        (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ (1,181   $ (394   $ 197   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have elected the fair value option for certain issuances of our fixed rate debt and have entered into interest rate and currency swaps related to debt carried at fair value. The interest rate and currency swaps associated with this debt are non-qualifying hedges but are considered economic hedges and realized gains and losses are reported as “Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives” within other revenues. The derivatives related to fair value option debt are included in the tables below. See Note 12, “Fair Value Option,” for further discussion.

 

     Asset Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
     Liability Derivatives Fair Value
as of December 31,
 
      Balance Sheet
Location
   2011      2010     

Balance Sheet

Location

   2011      2010  
          (in millions)           (in millions)  

Interest rate swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
   $ 693       $ 907       Derivative
related liabilities
   $ -       $ -   

Currency swaps

   Derivative
financial assets
     808         739       Derivative
related liabilities
     -         -   
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,501       $ 1,646          $ -       $ -   
     

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table provides the gain or loss recorded on the derivatives related to fair value option debt primarily due to changes in interest rates:

 

    

Location of Gain (Loss)

Recognized in Income on Derivative

   Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Derivative
Related Income (Expense)
 
             2011              2010              2009      
          (in millions)  

Interest rate contracts

   Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives    $ 263       $ 719       $ (39

Currency contracts

   Gain (loss) on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives      260         182         185   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 523       $ 901       $ 146   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notional Value of Derivative Contracts The following table summarizes the notional values of derivative contracts:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

     

Interest rate swaps

   $ 8,140       $ 8,917   

Currency swaps

     8,195         10,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,335         18,935   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-qualifying economic hedges:

     

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

     

Interest rate:

     

Swaps

     10,523         11,449   

Purchased caps

     -         173   

Foreign exchange:

     

Swaps

     715         1,221   

Forwards

     205         123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     11,443         12,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives associated with debt carried at fair value:

     

Interest rate swaps

     9,700         15,212   

Currency swaps

     3,376         3,376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,076         18,588   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 40,854       $ 50,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

14.    Income Taxes

 

Total income taxes were as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Benefit for income taxes related to continuing operations

   $ (1,424   $ (1,359   $ (2,867

Income taxes related to adjustments included in common shareholder’s equity:

      

Unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, not other-than-temporarily impaired, net

     13        22        51   

Unrealized gains (losses) on other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities available-for-sale

     3        1        (4

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedging instruments

     52        43        387   

Changes in funded status of postretirement benefit plans

     (6     (5     2   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (1     2        8   

Valuation allowance

     -        -        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,363   $ (1,296   $ (2,425
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provisions for income taxes related to our continuing operations were:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Current provision (benefit):

      

United States

   $ (789   $ (1,638   $ (2,138
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current benefit

     (789     (1,638     (2,138
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred provision (benefit):

      

United States

     (635     279        (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred benefit

     (635     279        (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income benefit

   $ (1,424   $ (1,359   $ (2,867
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant components of deferred provisions attributable to income from continuing operations were:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Deferred income tax (benefit) provision (excluding the effects of other components)

   $ (584   $ 238      $ (690

(Decrease) increase in valuation allowance

     (65     49        209   

Change in operating loss carryforwards

     14        (8     (282

Adjustment to statutory tax rate

     -        -        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax provision

   $ (635   $ 279      $ (729
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

168


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) compared with the amounts at the U.S. federal statutory rates was as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (dollars are in millions)  

Tax benefit at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   $ (1,307     (35.0 )%    $ (1,367     (35.0 )%    $ (3,074     (35.0 )% 

Increase (decrease) in rate resulting from:

            

State and local taxes, net of Federal benefit

     (98     (2.6     (33     (.8     72        .8   

Adjustment to valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

     (65     (1.7     (8     (.2     78        .9   

Uncertain tax positions

     25        .7        (5     (.1     -        -   

Leveraged leases

     1        -        48        1.2        20        .2   

State rate change effect on net deferred taxes

     -        -        -        -        34        .4   

Non-deductible goodwill

     -        -        -        -        87        1.0   

Low income housing and other tax credits

     -        -        -        -        (14     (.1

Other

     20        .5        6        .1        (70     (.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax benefit

   $ (1,424     (38.1 )%    $ (1,359     (34.8 )%    $ (2,867     (32.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The effective tax rate for continuing operations in 2011 was impacted by the non-deductible portion of the accrual relating to mortgage servicing matters, the release of a valuation allowance previously established on foreign tax credits, an increase in the valuation allowance on state deferred taxes, as well as an increase in uncertain tax positions. The effective tax rate for continuing operations in 2010 was impacted by amortization of purchase accounting adjustments on leveraged leases that matured in December 2010. The effective tax rate for continuing operations in 2009 was impacted by the non-tax deductible impairment of goodwill, an increase in the state and local tax valuation allowance and a decrease in low income housing credits. In 2011, 2010 and 2009, the effective tax rate for continuing operations was also impacted by state taxes, including states where we file combined unitary state tax returns with other HSBC affiliates.

Temporary differences which gave rise to a significant portion of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Deferred Tax Assets

    

Credit loss reserves

   $ 2,235      $ 2,107   

Unused tax benefit carryforwards

     784        797   

Market value adjustment related to derivatives and long-term debt carried at fair value

     452        316   

Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (“REMIC”)

     229        136   

Other

     563        486   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     4,263        3,842   

Valuation allowance

     (655     (720
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance

     3,608        3,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

    

Fee income

     -        99   

Deferred loan origination costs

     130        163   

Depreciation and amortization

     37        -   

Unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale

     57        46   

Insurance reserves

     29        22   

Other

     10        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     263        343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 3,345      $ 2,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The deferred tax valuation allowance is attributed to the following deferred tax assets that based on the available evidence it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

State tax benefit loss limitations

   $ 599       $ 537   

Deferred capital loss on sale to affiliates

     49         49   

Foreign tax credit carryforward

     -         127   

Other

     7         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 655       $ 720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

      2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 169      $ 196   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     4        13   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     61        25   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (19     (27

Settlements

     (42     (33

Reductions for lapse of statute of limitations

     (14     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 159      $ 169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The state tax portion of these amounts is reflected gross and not reduced by the federal tax effect. It is reasonably possible that there could be a change in the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months due to settlements or statutory expirations in various state and local tax jurisdictions. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits (hereinafter referred to as uncertain tax reserves) that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate was $96 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

It is our policy to recognize accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest income in the consolidated statement of income (loss) and to recognize penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of other servicing and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss). We had accruals for the payment of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions of $88 million and $75 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We increased our accrual for the payment of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions by $13 million during 2011 and decreased our accrual for the payment of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions by $2 million during 2010.

HSBC North America Consolidated Income Taxes We are included in HSBC North America’s consolidated Federal income tax return and in various combined state income tax returns. As such, we have entered into a tax allocation agreement with HSBC North America and its subsidiary entities (the “HNAH Group”) included in the consolidated returns which govern the current amount of taxes to be paid or received by the various entities included in the consolidated return filings. As a result, we have looked at the HNAH Group’s consolidated deferred tax assets and various sources of taxable income, including the impact of HSBC and HNAH Group tax planning strategies, in reaching conclusions on recoverability of deferred tax assets. Where a valuation allowance is determined to be necessary at the HSBC North America consolidated level, such allowance is allocated to the principal subsidiaries within the HNAH Group as described below in a manner that is systematic, rational and consistent with the broad principles of accounting for income taxes.

The HNAH Group evaluates deferred tax assets for recoverability using a consistent approach which considers the relative impact of negative and positive evidence, including historical financial performance, projections of future taxable income, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies and any available carryback capacity.

In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance, the HNAH Group estimates future taxable income based on management approved business plans, future capital requirements and ongoing tax planning strategies, including

 

170


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

capital support from HSBC necessary as part of such plans and strategies. The HNAH Group has continued to consider the impact of the economic environment on the North American businesses and the expected growth of the deferred tax assets. This evaluation process involves significant management judgment about assumptions that are subject to change from period to period.

In conjunction with the HNAH Group deferred tax evaluation process, based on our forecasts of future taxable income, which include assumptions about the depth and severity of home price depreciation and the U.S. economic environment, including unemployment levels and their related impact on credit losses, we currently anticipate that our results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to allow us to realize our deferred tax assets. However, since these market conditions have created losses in the HNAH Group in recent periods and volatility in our pre-tax book income, our analysis of the realizability of the deferred tax assets significantly discounts any future taxable income expected from continuing operations and relies to a greater extent on continued capital support from our parent, HSBC, including tax planning strategies implemented in relation to such support. HSBC has indicated they remain fully committed and have the capacity and willingness to provide capital as needed to run operations, maintain sufficient regulatory capital, and fund certain tax planning strategies.

Only those tax planning strategies that are both prudent and feasible, and which management has the ability and intent to implement, are incorporated into our analysis and assessment. The primary and most significant strategy is HSBC’s commitment to reinvest excess HNAH Group capital to reduce debt funding or otherwise invest in assets to ensure that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be utilized.

Currently, it has been determined that the HNAH Group’s primary tax planning strategy, in combination with other tax planning strategies, provides support for the realization of the net deferred tax assets recorded for the HNAH Group. Such determination is based on HSBC’s business forecasts and assessment as to the most efficient and effective deployment of HSBC capital, most importantly including the length of time such capital will need to be maintained in the U.S. for purposes of the tax planning strategy.

During the first quarter of 2011, the HNAH Group identified an additional tax planning strategy that provides support for the realization of the deferred tax assets recorded for its foreign tax credits and certain state related deferred tax assets. The use of foreign tax credits is limited by the HNAH Group’s U.S. tax liability and the availability of foreign source income. The tax planning strategy included the purchase of foreign bonds and REMIC residual interests. These purchases are expected to generate sufficient foreign source taxable income to allow for the utilization of the foreign tax credits before the credits expire unused and recognition of certain state deferred tax assets.

Notwithstanding the above, the HNAH Group has valuation allowances against certain state deferred tax assets and certain Federal tax loss carryforwards for which the aforementioned tax planning strategies do not provide appropriate support.

HNAH Group valuation allowances are allocated to the principal subsidiaries, including us. The methodology allocates the valuation allowance to the principal subsidiaries based primarily on the entity’s relative contribution to the growth of the HSBC North America consolidated deferred tax asset against which the valuation allowance is being recorded.

If future results differ from the HNAH Group’s current forecasts or the tax planning strategies were to change, a valuation allowance against some or all of the remaining net deferred tax assets may need to be established which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and capital position. The HNAH Group will continue to update its assumptions and forecasts of future taxable income, including relevant tax planning strategies, and assess the need for such incremental valuation allowances.

Absent the capital support from HSBC and implementation of the related tax planning strategies, the HNAH Group, including us, would be required to record a valuation allowance against the remaining deferred tax assets

HSBC Finance Corporation Income Taxes We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences related to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and

 

171


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

liabilities and their respective tax bases, and for tax credits and net operating and other losses. Our net deferred tax assets, including deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances, totaled $3.3 billion and $2.8 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During the second quarter of 2011, we reached a pending resolution of an issue with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Appeals Office covering the tax periods 1998 through 2005. We anticipate finalizing the resolution of this matter within the next twelve months. There is no resulting impact to our uncertain tax reserves.

The IRS began its audit of our 2006 and 2007 income tax returns in 2009, with an anticipated completion in 2012. The IRS began their examination of our 2008 and 2009 income tax returns during the third quarter of 2011, with an anticipated completion in 2013.

We remain subject to state and local income tax examinations for years 1998 and forward. We are currently under audit by various state and local tax jurisdictions. Uncertain tax positions are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits, developments in case law and the closing of statute of limitations. Such adjustments are reflected in the tax provision.

At December 31, 2011, we had net operating loss carryforwards of $11.2 billion for state tax purposes which expire as follows: $286 million in 2012-2016; $257 million in 2017-2021; $2.5 billion in 2022-2026; and $8.1 billion in 2027 and forward.

At December 31, 2011, we had foreign tax credit carryforwards of $108 million for federal income tax purposes which expire as follows: $26 million in 2015; $34 million in 2016; and $21 million in 2017; and $27 million in 2018.

At December 31, 2011, we had general business tax credit carryforwards of $34 million for Federal income tax purposes of which expire as follows: $15 million in 2028 and $19 million in 2029.

At December 31, 2011, we had general business tax credit carryforwards of $13 million for state income tax purposes of which $5 million expire in 2012-2016 and $8 million have no expiration period.

15.    Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

In November 2010, we issued 1,000 shares of 8.625 percent Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series C (“Series C Preferred Stock”) to our parent, HINO, for a cash purchase price of $1.0 billion. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are non-cumulative and payable quarterly at a rate of 8.625 percent. The Series C Preferred Stock may be redeemed at our option after November 30, 2025 at $1,000,000 per share, plus accrued dividends. The redemption and liquidation value is $1,000,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to payment before any capital distribution is made to the common shareholder and have no voting rights except for the right to elect two additional members to the board of directors in the event that dividends have not been declared and paid for six quarters, or as otherwise provided by law. Additionally, as long as any shares of the Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of stock that would rank prior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or amounts payable upon liquidation or dissolution of HSBC Finance Corporation must be approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding at that time. We began paying dividends during the first quarter of 2011. In 2011, we declared dividends totaling $89 million on the Series C Preferred Stock which were paid prior to December 31, 2011.

In June 2005, we issued 575,000 shares of 6.36 percent Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”) to third parties. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock are non-cumulative and payable quarterly at a rate of 6.36 percent. The Series B Preferred Stock may be redeemed at our option after June 23, 2010 at $1,000 per share, plus accrued dividends. The redemption and liquidation value is $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to payment before any capital distribution is made to the common shareholder and have no voting rights except for the right to elect two additional members to the board of directors in the event that dividends have not been declared and paid for six quarters, or as otherwise provided by law. Additionally, as long as any shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are

 

172


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

outstanding, the authorization, creation or issuance of any class or series of stock which would rank prior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to dividends or amounts payable upon liquidation or dissolution of HSBC Finance Corporation must be approved by the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock outstanding at that time. In both 2011 and 2010, we declared dividends totaling $37 million on the Series B Preferred Stock which were paid prior to December 31, 2011 and 2010.

16.    Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) includes certain items that are reported directly within a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedging instruments:

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (575   $ (632   $ (1,316

Other comprehensive income for period:

      

Net gains arising during period, net of tax of $29 million, $2 million and $329 million, respectively

     45        3        585   

Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income, net of tax of $23 million, $41 million and $56 million, respectively

     36        54        99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income for period

     81        57        684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (494     (575     (632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, not other-than temporarily impaired:

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 78      $ 38      $ (54

Other comprehensive income for period:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during period, net of tax of $33 million, $25 million and $48 million, respectively

     60        44        85   

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income, net of tax of $(20) million, $(3) million and $3 million, respectively

     (36     (4     7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income for period

     24        40        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     102        78        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on other-than-temporarily impaired debt securities available-for-sale:

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ (4   $ (7   $ -   

Other comprehensive income for period:

      

Other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities available-for-sale recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax of $(1) million, $1 million and $(6) million, respectively

     (1     3        (10

Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income, net of tax of $4 million, $- million and $2 million, respectively

     5        -        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive loss for period

     4        3        (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     -        (4     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension and postretirement benefit plan liability:

      

Balance at beginning of period

     -        8        4   

Other comprehensive income for period:

      

Pension and postretirement benefit plan adjustments, net of tax of $(6) million, $(5) million, and $2 million, respectively

     (11     (8     4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income for period

     (11     (8     4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (11     -        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

      

Balance at beginning of period

     10        10        (12

Other comprehensive loss for period:

      

Translation gains (losses), net of tax of $(1) million, $2 million and $8 million, respectively

     (3     -        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income for period

     (3     -        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     7        10        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss at end of period

   $ (396   $ (491   $ (583
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

173


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

17.    Share-Based Plans

 

Restricted Share Plans Subsequent to our acquisition by HSBC, key employees have been provided awards in the form of restricted share rights (“RSRs”), restricted shares (“RSs”) and restricted share units (“RSUs”) under the HSBC Group Share Plan. These shares have been granted subject to either time-based vesting or performance based-vesting, typically over three to five years. Currently, share-based awards granted to U.S. employees are granted in the form of RSUs. Annual awards to employees in 2011 and 2010 are subject to three-year time-based graded vesting. Also during 2011, we made a one-time grant of performance-based awards, which represented a significant portion of the shares awarded in 2011, that are subject to performance-based vesting periods ranging from 12 to 30 months. Annual awards to employees in 2009 vest after three years. We also issue a small number of off-cycle grants each year, primarily for reasons related to recruitment of new employees.

Information with respect to RSRs and RSUs awarded under HSBC’s Restricted Share Plan/Group Share Plan, all of which are in HSBC ordinary shares, is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  

RSRs and RSUs awarded

     1,410,531         740,340         3,346,266   

Weighted-average fair value per share

   $ 9.40       $ 10.33       $ 8.76   

RSRs and RSUs outstanding at December 31

     3,578,689         2,485,665         6,636,911   

Compensation cost: (in millions)

        

Pre-tax

   $ 12       $ 10       $ 20   

After-tax

     8         6         13   

As of December 31, 2011, future compensation cost related to grants which have not yet fully vested is approximately $8 million. This amount is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.67 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (the “HSBC Sharesave Plan”), allows eligible employees to enter into savings contracts of one, three or five year lengths, with the ability to decide at the end of the contract term to either use their accumulated savings to purchase HSBC ordinary shares at a discounted option price or have the savings plus interest repaid in cash. Employees can currently save up to $400 per month over all their HSBC Sharesave Plan savings contracts. HSBC ordinary shares granted and the related fair value of the options for 2011, 2010 and 2009 are presented below:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     

HSBC

Ordinary

Shares

Granted

    

Fair Value

Per Share of

Shares

Granted

    

HSBC

Ordinary

Shares

Granted

    

Fair Value

Per Share of

Shares

Granted

    

HSBC

Ordinary

Shares

Granted

    

Fair Value

Per Share of

Shares

Granted

 

1 year vesting period

     30,957       $ 1.62         45,322       $ 2.00         229,545       $ 2.07   

3 year vesting period

     19,880         2.08         38,328         2.57         356,025         2.41   

5 year vesting period

     12,099         2.22         9,764         2.76         244,087         2.19   

Compensation expense related to the grants under the HSBC Sharesave Plan totaled less than a million in 2011, $1 million in 2010 and $2 million in 2009.

The fair value of each option granted under the HSBC Sharesave Plan was estimated as of the date of grant using a third party option pricing model. The significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the options granted by year are as follows:

 

      2011    2010    2009

Risk-free interest rate

   .25 - 2.17%    .47 - 2.63%    .52 - 2.10%

Expected life

   1, 3 or 5 years    1, 3 or 5 years    1, 3 or 5 years

Expected volatility

   25%    30%    50%, 35%, 30%

 

174


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Stock Option Plans The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan (the “Group Share Option Plan”), which replaced the former Household stock option plans, was a long-term incentive compensation plan available to certain employees prior to 2005. Grants were usually made annually. At the 2005 HSBC Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the shareholders approved and HSBC adopted the HSBC Share Plan (“Group Share Plan”) to replace this plan. Since 2004, no further options have been granted to employees although stock option grants from previous years remain in effect subject to the same conditions as before. Such options were granted at market value. There was no compensation expense related to the Group Share Option Plan during 2011, 2010 or 2009. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were 6,076,829 HSBC ordinary shares outstanding and exercisable with a weighted average price per share of $12.93. At December 31, 2011, the stock options outstanding under the Group Share Plan had exercise prices in the range of $12.51 to $15.00 and a weighted-average remaining life of 1.98 years.

Prior to our acquisition by HSBC, certain employees were eligible to participate in the former Household stock option plan. Employee stock options generally vested equally over four years and expired 10 years from the date of grant. Upon completion of our acquisition by HSBC, all options granted prior to November 2002 vested and became outstanding options to purchase HSBC ordinary shares. Options granted under the former Household plan subsequent to October 2002 were converted into options to purchase ordinary shares of HSBC, but did not vest under the change in control. No compensation expense related to the former Household plan was recorded in 2011, 2010 or 2009 as all shares under the former Household plan are fully vested. At December 31, 2011, there were 1,904,957 stock options outstanding under the former Household plan which had exercise prices ranging from $9.01 to $12.50 with a weighted-average price per share of $9.29 and a weighted-average remaining life of 0.87 years.

18.    Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan Effective January 1, 2005, our previously separate qualified defined benefit pension plan was combined with that of HSBC Bank USA’s into a single HSBC North America qualified defined benefit pension plan (either the “HSBC North America Pension Plan” or the “Plan”) which facilitates the development of a unified employee benefit policy and unified employee benefit plan administration for HSBC companies operating in the U.S.

The table below reflects the portion of pension expense and its related components of the HSBC North America Pension Plan which has been allocated to us and is recorded in our consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Service cost – benefits earned during the period

   $ 5      $ 12      $ 14   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     33        39        33   

Expected return on assets

     (38     (38     (23

Partial plan termination(1)

     -        -        5   

Recognized losses

     18        23        17   

Amortization of curtailment gain

     (1     -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension expense

   $ 17      $ 36      $ 46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Effective September 30, 2009, HSBC North America voluntarily chose to allow all plan participants whose employment was terminated as a result of the strategic restructuring of its businesses between 2007 and 2009 to become fully vested in their accrued pension benefit, resulting in a partial termination of the plan. In accordance with interpretations of the Internal Revenue Service relating to partial plan terminations, plan participants who voluntarily left the employment of HSBC North America or its subsidiaries during this period were also deemed to have vested in their accrued pension benefit through the date their employment ended. As a result, incremental pension expense of $5 million, representing our share of the partial plan termination cost, was recognized during 2009.

Pension expense declined during 2011 due to lower service and interest costs as well as lower recognized losses.

During December 2011, an amendment was made to the Plan effective January 1, 2011 to amend the benefit formula, thus increasing the benefits associated with services provided by certain employees in past periods. The financial impact is being amortized to pension expense over the remaining life expectancy of the participants.

 

175


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

During the first quarter of 2010, we announced that the Board of Directors of HSBC North America had approved a plan to cease all future benefit accruals for legacy participants under the final average pay formula components of the HSBC North America Pension Plan effective January 1, 2011. Future accruals to legacy participants under the Plan are now provided under the cash balance based formula which has been used to calculate benefits for employees hired after December 31, 1999. Furthermore, all future benefit accruals under the Supplemental Retirement Income Plan ceased effective January 1, 2011.

The aforementioned changes to the Plan have been accounted for as a negative plan amendment and, therefore, the reduction in our share of HSBC North America’s projected benefit obligation as a result of this decision is being amortized to net periodic pension cost over the future service periods of the affected employees. The changes to the Supplemental Retirement Income Plan have been accounted for as a plan curtailment, which resulted in no significant immediate recognition of income or expense.

The assumptions used in determining pension expense of the HSBC North America Pension Plan are as follows:

 

      2011     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     5.30     5.60     7.15

Salary increase assumption

     2.75        2.90        3.50   

Expected long-term rate of return on Plan assets

     7.20        7.70        8.00   

Long-term historical rates of return in conjunction with our current outlook of return rates over the term of the pension obligation are considered in determining an appropriate long-term rate of return on Plan assets. In this regard, a “best estimate range” of expected rates of return on Plan assets is established by actuaries based on a portfolio of passive investments considering asset mix upon which a distribution of compound average returns for such portfolio is calculated over a 20 year horizon. This approach, however, ignores the characteristics and performance of the specific investments the pension plan is invested in, their historical returns and their performance against industry benchmarks. In evaluating the range of potential outcomes, a “best estimate range” is established between the 25th and 75th percentile. In addition to this analysis, we also seek the input of the firm which provides us pension advisory services. This firm performs an analysis similar to that done by our actuaries, but instead uses real investment types and considers historical fund manager performance. In this regard, we also focus on the range of possible outcomes between the 25th and 75th percentile, with a focus on the 50th percentile. The combination of these analyses creates a range of potential long-term rate of return assumptions from which we determine an appropriate rate.

Given the Plan’s current allocation of equity and fixed income securities and using investment return assumptions which are based on long term historical data, the long term expected return for plan assets is reasonable.

Investment Strategy for Plan Assets The primary objective of the HSBC North America Pension Plan is to provide eligible employees with regular pension benefits. Since the Plan is governed by the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), ERISA regulations serve as guidance for the management of plan assets. In this regard, an Investment Committee (the “Committee”) for the Plan has been established and its members have been appointed by the Chief Executive Officer as authorized by the Board of Directors of HSBC North America. The Committee is responsible for establishing the funding policy and investment objectives supporting the Plan including allocating the assets of the Plan, monitoring the diversification of the Plan’s investments and investment performance, assuring the Plan does not violate any provisions of ERISA and the appointment, removal and monitoring of investment advisers and the trustee. Consistent with prudent standards for preservation of capital and maintenance of liquidity, the goal of the Plan is to earn the highest possible total rate of return consistent with the Plan’s tolerance for risk as periodically determined by the Committee. A key factor shaping the Committee’s attitude towards risk is the generally long term nature of the underlying benefit obligations. The asset allocation decision reflects this long term horizon as well as the ability and willingness to accept some short-term variability in the performance of the portfolio in exchange for the expectation of competitive long-term investment results for its participants.

 

176


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The Plan’s investment committee utilizes a proactive approach to managing the Plan’s overall investment strategy. During the past year, this resulted in the Committee conducting four quarterly meetings including two strategic reviews and two in-depth manager performance reviews. These quarterly meetings are supplemented by the pension investment staff tracking actual investment manager performance versus the relevant benchmark and absolute return expectations on a monthly basis. The pension investment staff also monitors adherence to individual investment manager guidelines via a quarterly compliance certification process. A sub-committee consisting of the pension investment staff and three members of the investment committee are delegated responsibility for conducting in-depth reviews of managers performing below expectation. This sub-committee also provides replacement recommendations to the Committee when manager performance fails to meet expectations for an extended period. During the two strategic reviews in 2011, the Committee re-examined the Plan’s asset allocation levels, interest rate hedging strategy and investment menu options. In 2010, the Committee unanimously agreed to transition the Plan’s target asset allocation mix to 40 percent equity securities, 59 percent fixed income securities and 1 percent cash over a 24-month period. In 2011, the Committee unanimously agreed to accelerate the shift to 40 percent equity securities, 59 percent fixed income securities and 1 percent cash by year end. Should interest rates rise faster than currently projected by the Committee, a further shift to a higher percentage of fixed income securities may be made.

In order to achieve the return objectives of the Plan, investment diversification is employed to ensure that adverse results from one security or security class will not have an unduly detrimental effect on the entire portfolio. Diversification is interpreted to include diversification by type, characteristic, and number of investments as well as investment style of investment managers and number of investment managers for a particular investment style. Equity securities are invested in large, mid and small capitalization domestic stocks as well as international, global and emerging market stocks. Fixed income securities are invested in U.S. Treasuries (including Treasury Inflation Protected Securities), agencies, corporate bonds, and mortgage and other asset backed securities. Without sacrificing returns or increasing risk, the Committee prefers a limited number of investment manager relationships which improves efficiency of administration while providing economies of scale with respect to fees.

Prior to 2009, both third party and affiliate investment consultants were used to provide investment consulting services such as recommendations on the type of funds to be utilized, appropriate fund managers, and the monitoring of the performance of those fund managers. In 2009, the Committee approved the use of a third party investment consultant exclusively. Fund performance is measured against absolute and relative return objectives. Results are reviewed from both a short-term (less than 1 year) and intermediate term (three to five year i.e. a full market cycle) perspective. Separate account fund managers are prohibited from investing in all HSBC Securities, restricted stock (except Rule 144(a) securities which are not prohibited investments), short-sale contracts, non-financial commodities, investments in private companies, leveraged investments and any futures or options (unless used for hedging purposes and approved by the Committee). Commingled account and limited partnership fund managers however are allowed to invest in the preceding to the extent allowed in each of their offering memoranda. As a result of the current low interest rate environment and expectation that interest rates will rise in the future, the Committee mandated the suspension of its previously approved interest rate hedging strategy in June 2009. Outside of the approved interest rate hedging strategy, the use of derivative strategies by investment managers must be explicitly authorized by the Committee. Such derivatives may be used only to hedge an account’s investment risk or to replicate an investment that would otherwise be made directly in the cash market.

The Committee expects total investment performance to exceed the following long-term performance objectives:

 

   

A long-term return of 7.00 percent;

 

   

A passive, blended index comprised of 11.5 percent S&P 500, 5.6 percent Russell 2000, 9.9 percent EAFE, 2.0 percent S&P/Citigroup Extended Market World Ex-US, 5.5 percent MSCI AC World Free Index, 5.5 percent MSCI Emerging Markets, 50.0 percent Barclays Long Gov/Credit, 9.0 percent Barclays Treasury Inflation Protected Securities and 1.0 percent 90-day T-Bills; and

 

177


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

Above median performance of peer corporate pension plans.

HSBC North America’s overall investment strategy for Plan assets is to achieve a mix of at least 95 percent of investments for long-term growth and up to 5 percent for near-term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers. The target sector allocations of Plan assets at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     

Percentage of

Plan Assets at

December 31, 2011

 

Domestic Large/Mid-Cap Equity

     11.5

Domestic Small Cap Equity

     5.6   

International Equity

     11.9   

Global Equity

     5.5   

Emerging Market Equity

     5.5   

Fixed Income Securities

     59.0   

Cash or Cash Equivalents

     1.0   
  

 

 

 

Total

     100.0
  

 

 

 

Plan Assets A reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the fair value of net assets associated with the HSBC North America Pension Plan is shown below.

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Fair value of net Plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 2,564      $ 2,141   

Cash contributions by HSBC North America

     357        187   

Actual return on Plan assets

     393        397   

Benefits paid

     (184     (161
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of net Plan assets at end of year

   $ 3,130      $ 2,564   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the capital markets improving since December 2010, as well as the $357 million contribution to the Plan during 2011, the fair value of Plan assets at December 31, 2011 increased approximately 22 percent compared to 2010.

The Pension Protection Act of 2006 requires companies to meet certain pension funding requirements by January 1, 2015. As a result, during the third quarter of 2009, the Committee revised the Pension Funding Policy to better reflect current marketplace conditions and ensure the Plan’s ability to continue to make lump some payments to retiring participants. In 2011, we revised the Pension Funding Policy to lower the fourth criteria as listed below to $50 million (from $100 million) to reflect lower expected service costs. Until the Plan is fully funded, the revised Pension Funding Policy requires HSBC North America to annually contribute the greater of:

 

   

The minimum contribution required under ERISA guidelines;

 

   

An amount necessary to ensure the adjusted funding target attainment percentage for the Plan year is equal to or greater than 90 percent;

 

   

Pension expense for the year as determined under current accounting guidance; or

 

   

$50 million which approximates the actuarial present value of benefits earned by Plan participants on an annual basis.

As a result, HSBC North America made a contribution to the Plan of $357 million in 2011. Additional contributions during 2012 are anticipated.

Accounting principles related to fair value measurements provide a framework for measuring fair value and focuses on an exit price in the principal (or alternatively, the most advantageous) market accessible in an orderly transaction between willing market participants (the “Fair Value Framework”). The Fair Value Framework

 

178


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy with Level 1 representing quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs are inputs that are observable for the identical asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are inactive, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Transfers between leveling categories are recognized at the end of each reporting period.

The following table presents the fair values associated with the major categories of Plan assets and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011  
          Total             (Level 1)             (Level 2)              (Level 3)      
     (in millions)  

Investments at Fair Value:

         

Cash and short term investments

   $ 97      $ 97      $ -       $ -   

Equity Securities:

         

U.S. Large-cap Growth(1)

     347        342        5         -   

U.S. Small-cap Growth(2)

     159        158        1         -   

International Equity(3)

     282        117        165         -   

Global Equity

     174        86        88         -   

Emerging Market Equity

     175        -        175         -   

U.S. Treasury

     861        861        -         -   

U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed

     70        7        63         -   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

     50        -        42         8   

Asset-backed securities

     37        -        1         36   

U.S. corporate debt securities(4)

     598        -        598         -   

Corporate stocks – preferred

     4        3        1         -   

Foreign debt securities

     169        2        159         8   

Other investments

     61        -        61         -   

Accrued interest

     20        7        13         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     3,104        1,680        1,372         52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Receivables:

         

Receivables from sale of investments in process of settlement

     28        28        -         -   

Derivative financial asset(5)

     26        -        26         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

     54        28        26         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     3,158        1,708        1,398         52   

Liabilities

     (28     (28     -         -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Assets

   $ 3,130      $ 1,680      $ 1,398       $ 52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2010  
          Total             (Level 1)             (Level 2)             (Level 3)      
     (in millions)  

Investments at Fair Value:

        

Cash and short term investments

   $ 128      $ 128      $ -      $ -   

Equity Securities:

        

U.S. Large-cap Growth(1)

     485        478        7        -   

U.S. Small-cap Growth(2)

     295        215        80        -   

International Equity(3)

     280        119        161        -   

Global Equity

     203        84        119        -   

Emerging Market Equity

     203        -        203        -   

U.S. Treasury

     519        519        -        -   

U.S. Government agency issued or guaranteed

     35        4        31        -   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

     30        -        30        -   

Asset-backed securities

     34        -        6        28   

U.S. corporate debt securities(4)

     287        -        287        -   

Corporate stocks – preferred

     6        5        1        -   

Foreign debt securities

     116        -        99        17   

Other investment

     59        -        59        -   

Accrued interest

     13        5        8        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     2,693        1,557        1,091        45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Receivables:

        

Receivables from sale of investments in process of settlement

     36        36        -        -   

Derivative financial asset(5)

     17        -        17        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total receivables

     53        36        17        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

     2,746        1,593        1,108        45   

Liabilities

     (182     (80     (102     -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Net Assets

   $ 2,564      $ 1,513      $ 1,006      $ 45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

This category comprises actively managed enhanced index investments that track the S&P 500 and actively managed U.S. investments that track the Russell 1000.

 

(2) 

This category comprises actively managed U.S. investments that track the Russell 2000.

 

(3) 

This category comprises actively managed equity investments in non-U.S. and Canada developed markets that generally track the MSCI EAFE index. MSCI EAFE is an equity market index of 22 developed market countries in Europe, Australia, Asia and the Far East including Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.

 

(4) 

This category represents predominantly investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.

 

(5) 

This category is comprised completely of interest rate swaps.

The following table provides additional detail regarding the rating of our U.S. corporate debt securities at December 31, 2011:

 

      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

AAA to AA-(1)

   $ 60       $ -       $ 60   

A+ to A-(1)

     212         -         212   

BBB+ to Unrated(1)

     326         -         326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 598         -       $ 598   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

We obtain ratings on our U.S. corporate debt securities from Moody’s Investor Services, Standard and Poor’s Corporation and Fitch Ratings. In the event the ratings we obtain from these agencies differ, we utilize the lower of the three ratings.

 

180


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Significant Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 There were no significant transfers between Levels 1 and 2 during 2011.

Information on Level 3 Assets and Liabilities The following table summarizes additional information about changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets during 2011 and 2010.

 

          Total Gains  and
(Losses)

Included in
                                 

Current Period

Plan

Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

 
     Jan. 1,
2011
    Income     Other
Comp.
Income
    Purchases     Settlement     Transfers
Into
Level 3
    Transfers
Out of
Level 3
    Dec. 31,
2011
   
    (in millions)  

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $ -      $ -      $ -      $ 2      $ -      $ 6      $ -      $ 8      $ 1   

Asset-backed securities

    28        -        -        11        (4     1        -        36        -   

Foreign debt securities

    17        -        (2     -        (7     -        -        8        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 45      $ -      $ (2   $ 13      $ (11   $ 7      $ -      $ 52      $ 1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
          Total Gains and
(Losses)
Included in
                                 

Current Period

Plan
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)

 
     Jan. 1,
2010
    Income     Other
Comp.
Income
    Purchases     Settlement     Transfers
Into
Level 3
    Transfers
Out of
Level 3
    Dec. 31,
2010
   
    (in millions)  

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $ 2      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ (2   $ -      $ -   

Asset-backed securities

    18        -        2        -        (1     9        -        28        6   

Foreign debt securities

    1        -        -        16        -        -        -        17        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 21      $ -      $ 2      $ 16      $ (1   $ 9      $ (2   $ 45      $ 7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation Techniques for Plan Assets Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for significant categories of Plan assets recorded at fair value.

Securities: Fair value of securities is generally determined by a third party valuation source. The pricing services generally source fair value measurements from quoted market prices and if not available, the security is valued based on quotes from similar securities using broker quotes and other information obtained from dealers and market participants. For securities which do not trade in active markets, such as fixed income securities, the pricing services generally utilize various pricing applications, including models, to measure fair value. The pricing applications are based on market convention and use inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. The following summarizes the valuation methodology used for the major security types of our pension plan assets:

 

   

Equity securities – Since most of our securities are transacted in active markets, fair value measurements are determined based on quoted prices for the identical security. Equity securities and derivative contracts that are non-exchange traded are primarily investments in common stock funds. The funds permit investors to redeem the ownership interests back to the issuer at end-of-day for the net asset value (“NAV”) per share and there are no significant redemption restrictions. Thus the end-of-day NAV is considered observable.

 

   

U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed and Obligations of U.S. States and political subdivisions – As these securities transact in an active market, the pricing services source fair value measurements from quoted prices for the identical security or quoted prices for similar securities with adjustments as necessary made using observable inputs which are market corroborated.

 

181


Table of Contents
   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises – For certain government sponsored mortgage-backed securities which transact in an active market, the pricing services source fair value measurements from quoted prices for the identical security or quoted prices for similar securities with adjustments as necessary made using observable inputs which are market corroborated. For government sponsored mortgage-backed securities which do not transact in an active market, fair value is determined using discounted cash flow models and inputs related to interest rates, prepayment speeds, loss curves and market discount rates that would be required by investors in the current market given the specific characteristics and inherent credit risk of the underlying collateral.

 

   

Asset-backed securities – Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow models and inputs related to interest rates, prepayment speeds, loss curves and market discount rates that would be required by investors in the current market given the specific characteristics and inherent credit risk of the underlying collateral.

 

   

U.S. corporate and foreign debt securities – For non-callable corporate securities, a credit spread scale is created for each issuer. These spreads are then added to the equivalent maturity U.S. Treasury yield to determine current pricing. Credit spreads are obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading levels and dealer quotes. For securities with early redemption features, an option adjusted spread (“OAS”) model is incorporated to adjust the spreads determined above. Additionally, the pricing services will survey the broker/dealer community to obtain relevant trade data including benchmark quotes and updated spreads.

 

   

Corporate stocks – preferred – In general, fair value for preferred securities is calculated using an appropriate spread over a comparable U.S. Treasury security for each issue. These spreads represent the additional yield required to account for risk including credit, refunding and liquidity. The inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Derivatives – Derivatives are recorded at fair value. Asset and liability positions in individual derivatives that are covered by legally enforceable master netting agreements, including cash collateral are offset and presented net in accordance accounting principles which allow the offsetting of amounts relating to certain contracts. Derivatives traded on an exchange are valued using quoted prices. OTC derivatives, which comprise a majority of derivative contract positions, are valued using valuation techniques. The fair value for the majority of our derivative instruments are determined based on internally developed models that utilize independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, and currency rates. For complex or long-dated derivative products where market data is not available, fair value may be affected by the choice of valuation model and the underlying assumptions about, among other things, the timing of cash flows and credit spreads. The fair values of certain structured derivative products are sensitive to unobservable inputs such as default correlations and volatilities. These estimates are susceptible to significant change in future periods as market conditions change.

Projected Benefit Obligation A reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation of the defined benefit pension plan is shown below and reflects the projected benefit obligation of the merged HSBC North American plan.

 

      2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 3,384      $ 3,113   

Service cost

     45        76   

Interest cost

     178        174   

Actuarial losses

     466        326   

Plan amendment(1)

     34        (144

Benefits paid

     (184     (161
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 3,923      $ 3,384   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The Plan Amendments relate to the approval in December 2011 effective January 1, 2011 to amend the benefit formula, thus increasing the benefits associated with services provided by certain employees in past periods and to the approval in the first quarter of 2010 to cease all future benefit accruals for legacy participants under the final average pay formula effective January 1, 2011.

 

182


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the HSBC North America Pension Plan was $3.9 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As the projected benefit obligation and the accumulated benefit obligation relate to the HSBC North America Pension Plan, only a portion of this deficit could be considered our responsibility.

The assumptions used in determining the projected benefit obligation of the HSBC North America Pension Plan are as follows:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     4.60     5.45     5.95

Salary increase assumption

     2.75        2.75        3.50   

Estimated future benefit payments for the HSBC North America Pension Plan are as follows:

 

     

HSBC

North America

 
     (in millions)  

2012

   $ 180   

2013

     187   

2014

     194   

2015

     200   

2016

     206   

2017-2021

     1,094   

Supplemental Retirement Plan We also offer a non-qualified supplemental retirement plan. This plan, which is currently unfunded, provides eligible employees defined pension benefits outside the qualified retirement plan. Benefits are based on average earnings, years of service and age at retirement. The projected benefit obligation was $85 million and $81 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Pension expense related to the supplemental retirement plan was $4 million in 2011, $7 million in 2010 and $5 million in 2009.

Defined Contribution Plans We participate in the HSBC North America 401(k) savings plan and profit sharing plan which exist for employees meeting certain eligibility requirements. Under these plans, each participant’s contribution is matched up to a maximum of 6 percent of the participant’s compensation. Contributions are in the form of cash. Total expense for these plans for HSBC Finance Corporation was $5 million in 2011, $7 million in 2010 and $17 million in 2009.

Postretirement Plans Other Than Pensions Our employees also participate in plans which provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to retirees and eligible dependents. These plans cover substantially all employees who meet certain age and vested service requirements. We have instituted dollar limits on our payments under the plans to control the cost of future medical benefits.

The net postretirement benefit cost for continuing operations included the following:

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011      2010      2009  
     (in millions)  

Service cost – benefits earned during the period

   $ -       $ 1       $ 1   

Interest cost

     5         6         7   

Gain on curtailment

     -         -         (16

Recognized gains

     -         -         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost (income)

   $ 5       $ 7       $ (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2009, we recorded a curtailment gain of $16 million due to a reduction in the benefits to be provided by the postretirement benefit plan as a result of the decision to discontinue new customer account originations by our Consumer Lending business and to close the Consumer Lending branch offices.

 

183


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The assumptions used in determining the net periodic postretirement benefit cost for our postretirement benefit plans are as follows:

 

      2011     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     4.95     5.20     7.15

Salary increase assumption

     2.75        2.90        3.50   

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for both continuing and discontinued operations is as follows:

 

      2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Accumulated benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 184      $ 189   

Service cost

     1        1   

Interest cost

     9        9   

Transferred to HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. (“HTSU”)(1)

     -        (5

Actuarial losses

     13        5   

Gain on curtailment

     -        -   

Benefits paid, net

     (12     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 195      $ 184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Reflects the impact of the transfer of certain support functions to HTSU. See Note 19, “Related Party Transactions,” for additional information on the centralization of support functions within HTSU.

Our postretirement benefit plans are funded on a pay-as-you-go basis. We currently estimate that we will pay benefits of approximately $16 million relating to our postretirement benefit plans in 2012. The funded status of our postretirement benefit plans was a liability of $195 million and $184 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Estimated future benefit payments for our postretirement benefit plans for both continuing and discontinued operations are as follows:

 

      (in millions)  

2012

   $ 16   

2013

     16   

2014

     15   

2015

     15   

2016

     15   

2017-2021

     64   

The assumptions used in determining the benefit obligation of our postretirement benefit plans are as follows:

 

At December 31,    2011     2010     2009  

Discount rate

     4.25     4.95     5.60

Salary increase assumption

     2.75        2.75        3.50   

A 7.5 percent annual rate of increase in the gross cost of covered health care benefits for participants under the age of 65 and a 7.1 percent annual rate for participants over the age of 65 was assumed for 2011. This rate of increase is assumed to decline gradually to 4.5 percent in 2027.

 

184


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would increase (decrease) service and interest costs and the postretirement benefit obligation as follows:

 

     

One Percent

Increase

    

One Percent

Decrease

 
     (in millions)  

Effect on total of service and interest cost components

   $ .1       $ (.1

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

     3.9         (3.5

19.    Related Party Transactions

 

In the normal course of business, we conduct transactions with HSBC and its subsidiaries. These transactions occur at prevailing market rates and terms and include funding arrangements, derivative execution, purchases and sales of receivables, servicing arrangements, information technology and some centralized support services, item and statement processing services, banking and other miscellaneous services. The following tables present related party balances and the income and (expense) generated by related party transactions for continuing operations:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in millions)  

Assets:

     

Cash

   $ 214       $ 159   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     3         1,009   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     920         2,060   

Derivative related assets

     -         64   

Other assets

     124         126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,261       $ 3,418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

     

Due to affiliates (includes $447 and million $436 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010 carried at fair value, respectively)

   $ 8,262       $ 8,255   

Derivative related liability

     25         2   

Other liabilities(1)

     47         (60
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 8,334       $ 8,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Other liabilities includes $55 million and $119 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to accrued interest receivable on derivative positions with affiliates.

 

185


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,    2011     2010     2009  
     (in millions)  

Income/(Expense):

      

Interest income from HSBC affiliates

   $ 6      $ 7      $ 7   

Interest expense paid to HSBC affiliates(1)

     (578     (764     (1,103
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest income (loss)

     (572     (757     (1,096

Loss on FVO debt with affiliate

     (10     (4     -   

HSBC affiliate income:

      

Gain on receivable sales to HSBC affiliates:

      

Sales of real estate secured receivables

     -        -        2   

Gain (loss) on sale of other assets to HSBC affiliates

     -        -        20   

Loss on sale of affiliate preferred stock

     -        -        (6

Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates:

      

HSBC Bank USA:

      

Real estate secured servicing and related fees

     11        12        7   

Other servicing, processing, origination and support revenues from HSBC Bank USA and other HSBC affiliates

     11        16        45   

HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. (“HTSU”) administrative fees and rental revenue(2)

     (1     8        59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates

     21        36        111   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Support services from HSBC affiliates

     (311     (275     (317

Stock based compensation expense with HSBC

     (8     (10     (20

Insurance commission paid to HSBC Bank Canada

     (17     (33     (18

 

 

(1) 

Includes interest expense paid to HSBC affiliates for debt held by HSBC affiliates as well as net interest paid to or received from HSBC affiliates on risk management positions related to non-affiliated debt.

 

(2) 

During 2010, changes were made in the methodology used to allocate rental expense between us and HTSU. Rental revenue/(expense) from HTSU totaled $(9) million during 2011, $3 million during 2010 and $47 million during 2009.

Transactions with HSBC Bank USA:

 

 

In 2003 and 2004, we sold approximately $3.7 billion of real estate secured receivables to HSBC Bank USA. We continue to service these receivables for a fee. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we were servicing receivables totaling $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. Servicing fees for these receivables totaled $4 million and $5 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

 

Under multiple service level agreements, we also provide various services to HSBC Bank USA, including real estate and credit card servicing and processing activities and other operational and administrative support. Fees received for these services are reported as Servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates.

 

 

In the fourth quarter of 2009, an initiative was begun to streamline the servicing of real estate secured receivables across North America. As a result, certain functions that we had previously performed for our mortgage customers are now being performed by HSBC Bank USA for all North America mortgage customers, including our mortgage customers. Additionally, we are currently performing certain functions for all North America mortgage customers where these functions had been previously provided separately by each entity. During 2011 and 2010, we paid $10 million and $8 million, respectively, for services we received from HSBC Bank USA and received $7 million in both 2011 and 2010 for services we provided to HSBC Bank USA. During 2011, we began to separate these processes so that each entity is servicing its own mortgage customers.

 

 

In July 2010, we transferred certain employees in our real estate secured receivable servicing department to a subsidiary of HSBC Bank USA. These employees continue to service our real estate secured receivable portfolio and we pay a fee to HSBC Bank USA for these services. During 2011 and 2010, we paid $62 million and $34 million, respectively, for services we received from HSBC Bank USA.

 

186


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

HSBC Bank USA extended a secured $1.5 billion uncommitted secured credit facility to certain of our subsidiaries in December 2008. This is a 364 day credit facility which currently matures in November 2012. There were no balances outstanding at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

 

HSBC Bank USA serviced a portfolio of real estate secured receivables for us with an outstanding principal balance of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2009. During 2010, servicing of these receivables was transferred back to us. Fees paid relating to the servicing of this portfolio totaled $1 million during 2010 prior to the transfer of servicing to us compared to $6 million during 2009. These fees are reported in Support services from HSBC affiliates. The decrease during 2010 reflects a renegotiation of servicing fees for this portfolio.

 

 

In the third quarter of 2009, we sold $86 million of Low Income Housing Tax Credit Investment Funds to HSBC Bank USA for a loss on sale of $20 million.

 

 

In the second quarter of 2008, our Consumer Lending business launched a new program with HSBC Bank USA to sell real estate secured receivables to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). Our Consumer Lending business originated the loans in accordance with Freddie Mac’s underwriting criteria. The loans were then sold to HSBC Bank USA, generally within 30 days. HSBC Bank USA repackaged the loans and sold them to Freddie Mac under their existing Freddie Mac program. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, we sold $51 million of real estate secured loans to HSBC Bank USA for a gain on sale of $2 million. This program was discontinued in late February 2009 as a result of our decision to discontinue new customer account originations in our Consumer Lending business.

Transactions with HSBC Bank USA involving our Discontinued Operations:

 

 

As it relates to our discontinued credit card operations, in January 2009 we sold our GM and UP portfolios to HSBC Bank USA with an outstanding principal balance of $12.4 billion at the time of sale but retained the customer account relationships. In December 2004, we sold our private label receivable portfolio (excluding retail sales contracts at our Consumer Lending business) to HSBC Bank USA and also retained the customer account relationships. In July 2004, we purchased the account relationships associated with $970 million of credit card receivables from HSBC Bank USA. In each of these transactions, we agreed to sell on a daily basis all new receivable originations on these account relationships to HSBC Bank USA and service these receivables for a fee. The following table summarizes the receivable portfolios we are servicing for HSBC Bank USA at December 31, 2011 and 2010 as well as the cumulative amount of receivables sold on a daily basis during 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

            Credit Cards         
     

Private

Label

    

General

Motors

    

Union

Privilege

     Other      Total  
     (in billions)  

Receivables serviced for HSBC Bank USA:

              

December 31, 2011

   $ 12.8       $ 4.1       $ 3.5       $ 2.0       $ 22.4   

December 31, 2010

     13.5         4.5         4.1         2.0         24.1   

Total of receivables sold on a daily basis to HSBC Bank USA during:

              

2011

   $ 15.4       $ 13.0       $ 3.2       $ 4.1       $ 35.7   

2010

     14.6         13.5         3.2         4.1         35.4   

2009

     15.7         14.5         3.5         4.3         38.0   

Gains on the daily sales of the receivables discussed above, which are included as a component of Income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income (loss), totaled $567 million, $540 million and $467 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively. Fees received for servicing these loan portfolios, which are included as a component of Income from discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income (loss), totaled $594 million, $625 million and $635 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The GM and UP credit card receivables as well as the private label receivables are sold to HSBC Bank USA on a daily basis at a sales price for each type of portfolio determined using a fair value calculated semi-annually in

 

187


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

April and October by an independent third party based on the projected future cash flows of the receivables. The projected future cash flows are developed using various assumptions reflecting the historical performance of the receivables and adjusted for key factors such as the anticipated economic and regulatory environment. The independent third party uses these projected future cash flows and a discount rate to determine a range of fair values. We use the mid-point of this range as the sales price. If significant information becomes available that would alter the projected future cash flows, an analysis would be performed to determine if fair value rates needed to be updated prior to the normal semi-annual cycles. With the announcement of the Capital One transaction, an analysis was performed and an adjustment to the fair value rates was made effective August 10, 2011 to reflect the sale of the receivables to a third party during the first half of 2012. The rates will continue to be updated as part of our normal semi-annual cycle process until the time the transaction is completed.

HSBC Bank USA extended a $1.0 billion committed unsecured credit facility to HSBC Bank Nevada (“HOBN”) which is part of our credit card operations. This is a 364-day credit facility which matures in November 2012. There were no balances outstanding at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

We have extended revolving lines of credit to subsidiaries of HSBC Bank USA for an aggregate total of $1.0 billion. No balances were outstanding under any of these lines of credit at either December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

 

As it relates to our TFS operations, which terminated in the fourth quarter of 2010, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Trust Company (Delaware) (“HTCD”) originated the loans on behalf of our TFS business for clients of a single third party tax preparer. We historically purchased the loans originated by HSBC Bank USA and HTCD daily for a fee. During the first quarter of 2010, we began purchasing a smaller portion of these loans. The loans which we previously purchased were retained on HSBC Bank USA’s balance sheet. In the event any of the loans which HSBC Bank USA continued to hold on its balance sheet reached a defined delinquency status, we purchased the delinquent loans at par value as we assumed all credit risk associated with this program. We received a fee from HSBC Bank USA for both servicing the loans and assuming the credit risk associated with these loans which totaled $58 million during 2010 and is included as a component of loss from discontinued operations. For the loans which we continued to purchase from HTCD, we received taxpayer financial services revenue and paid an origination fee to HTCD. Fees paid for originations totaled $4 million in 2010 and $11 million in 2009 and are included as a component of loss from discontinued operations.

 

 

As it relates to our discontinued auto finance operations, in January 2009, we sold certain auto finance receivables with an outstanding principal balance of $3.0 billion at the time of sale to HSBC Bank USA and recorded a gain on the bulk sale of these receivables of $7 million which is included as a component of loss from discontinued auto operations for 2009. In March 2010, we repurchased $379 million of these auto finance receivables from HSBC Bank USA and immediately sold them to SC USA. Prior to the sale of our receivable servicing operations to SC USA in March 2010, we serviced these auto finance receivables for HSBC Bank USA for a fee, which is included as a component of loss from discontinued auto operations. In August 2010, we sold the remainder of our auto finance receivable portfolio to SC USA.

Transactions with HSBC Holdings plc:

 

 

We have a commercial paper back-stop credit facility of $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011 from HSBC supporting our domestic issuances of commercial paper of which $600 million matures in September 2012 and $500 million matures in September 2014. At December 31, 2010, we had a commercial paper back-stop credit facility of $2.0 billion. No balances were outstanding under this credit facility at December 31, 2011 or 2010. The annual commitment fee requirement to support availability of this line is included as a component of Interest expense – HSBC affiliates in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

 

 

Employees of HSBC Finance Corporation participate in one or more stock compensation plans sponsored by HSBC. These expenses are recorded in Salary and employee benefits and are reflected in the above table as Stock based compensation expense with HSBC.

 

188


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

During the second quarter of 2009, we sold to HSBC $248 million of affiliate preferred stock which we had received on the sale of our U.K. credit card business. As a result, we recorded a loss on sale of $6 million which is included as a component of other income during 2009.

 

 

In late February 2009, we effectively converted $275 million of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of the Household Capital Trust VIII which had been issued during 2003 to common stock by redeeming the junior subordinated notes underlying the preferred securities and then issuing common stock to HSBC Investments (North America) Inc. (“HINO”). Interest expense recorded on the underlying junior subordinated notes totaled $3 million in 2009. This interest expense is included in Interest expense – HSBC affiliates in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

Transactions with other HSBC affiliates:

 

 

HSBC North America’s technology and certain centralized support services including human resources, corporate affairs, risk management and other shared services and beginning in January 2010, legal, compliance, tax and finance are centralized within HTSU. Technology related assets are generally capitalized and recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. HTSU also provides certain item processing and statement processing activities to us. The fees we pay HTSU for the centralized support services and processing activities are included in support services from HSBC affiliates. We also receive fees from HTSU for providing them certain administrative services, such as internal audit, as well as receiving rental revenue from HTSU for certain office space. The fees and rental revenue we receive from HTSU are recorded as a component of servicing and other fees from HSBC affiliates.

 

 

We use HSBC Global Resourcing (UK) Ltd., an HSBC affiliate located outside of the United States, to provide various support services to our operations including among other areas, customer service, systems, collection and accounting functions. The expenses related to these services of $15 million in 2011, $24 million in 2010 and $40 million in 2009 are included as a component of Support services from HSBC affiliates in the table above. During 2010 and through February 2011, the expenses for these services for all HSBC North America operations were billed directly to HTSU who then billed these services to the appropriate HSBC affiliate who benefited from the services. Beginning in March 2011, HSBC Global Resourcing (UK) Ltd began billing us directly for the services we receive from them.

 

 

The notional value of derivative contracts outstanding with HSBC subsidiaries totaled $40.4 billion and $49.9 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. When the fair value of our agreements with affiliate counterparties requires the posting of collateral, it is provided in either the form of cash and recorded on the balance sheet or in the form of securities which are not recorded on our balance sheet. The fair value of our agreements with affiliate counterparties required the affiliate to provide collateral of $584 million and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, all of which was received in cash. These amounts are offset against the fair value amount recognized for derivative instruments that have been offset under the same master netting arrangement.

 

 

Due to affiliates includes amounts owed to subsidiaries of HSBC as a result of direct debt issuances. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, due to affiliates includes $447 million and $436 million carried at fair value under FVO reporting, respectively. During 2011 and 2010, loss on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives includes $10 million and $4 million, respectively, related to these debt issuances.

 

 

During the second quarter of 2011, we executed a $600 million loan agreement with HSBC North America which provides for three $200 million borrowings with maturities between 2034 and 2035. As of December 31, 2011, $600 million was outstanding under this loan agreement.

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we executed a commercial paper back-stop credit facility of $400 million with HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG (Trinkaus) maturing in December 2012. As of December 31, 2011, there were no amounts outstanding under this loan agreement.

 

189


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2011, we executed a commercial paper back-stop credit facility of $500 million with HSBC Investments (Bahamas) Limited maturing in April 2014. This facility is secured by a $500 million deposit at HSBC Bank USA. As of December 31, 2011, there were no amounts outstanding under this loan agreement.

 

 

During 2010, we executed a $1.0 billion 364-day uncommitted revolving credit agreement with HSBC North America which allowed for borrowings with maturities of up to 15 years, and borrowed the full amount available under this agreement during 2010. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we replaced this loan to HSBC North America with the issuance of 1,000 shares of Series C preferred stock to HINO for $1.0 billion. We began paying dividends on the Series C preferred stock during the first quarter of 2011. Dividends paid on the Series C Preferred Stock totaled $89 million during 2011. See Note 15, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” for further discussion of the Series C preferred stock.

 

 

In December 2010, we made a deposit totaling $1.0 billion with HSBC Bank plc (“HBEU”) at current market rates. This deposit was withdrawn during the third quarter of 2011. Interest income earned on this deposit which totaled $3 million during 2011 is included in interest income from HSBC affiliates in the table above. Interest income earned on this deposit during 2010 is immaterial.

 

 

We purchase from HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (“HSI”) securities under an agreement to resell. Interest income recognized on these securities totaled $3 million and $7 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is reflected as interest income from HSBC affiliates in the table above.

 

 

Support services from HSBC affiliates also includes banking services and other miscellaneous services provided by other subsidiaries of HSBC, including HSBC Bank USA.

 

 

Domestic employees of HSBC Finance Corporation participate in a defined benefit pension plan and other post-retirement benefit plans sponsored by HSBC North America. See Note 18, “Pension and Other Post-retirement Benefits,” for additional information on this pension plan.

 

 

We have utilized HSI to lead manage the underwriting of a majority of our ongoing debt issuances as well as manage the debt exchange which occurred during 2010. During 2010, fees paid to HSI for such services totaled $13 million. There were no fees paid to HSI for such services during 2011 or 2009. For debt not accounted for under the fair value option, these fees are amortized over the life of the related debt and included as a component of interest expense.

 

 

We continue to guarantee the long-term and medium-term notes issued by our Canadian business prior to its sale to HSBC Bank Canada. During 2011 and 2010, we recorded fees of $2 million and $5 million, respectively, for providing this guarantee. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding balance of the guaranteed notes was $107 million and the latest scheduled maturity of the notes is May 2012. As part of the sale of our Canadian business to HSBC Bank Canada, the sale agreement allows us to continue to distribute various insurance products through the branch network for a fee. Fees paid to HSBC Bank Canada for distributing insurance products through this network totaled $17 million and $33 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively, and are included in Insurance Commission paid to HSBC Bank Canada in the table above.

 

 

In September 2008, we borrowed $1.0 billion from an existing uncommitted credit facility with HBEU. The borrowing was for 60 days and matured in November 2008. We renewed this borrowing for an additional 95 days. The borrowing matured in February 2009 and we chose not to renew it at that time. Interest expense on this borrowing totaled $5 million in 2009.

 

 

In October 2008, we borrowed $1.2 billion from an uncommitted money market facility with a subsidiary of HSBC Asia Pacific (“HBAP”). The borrowing was for six months, matured in April 2009 and we chose not to renew it at that time. Interest expense on this borrowing totaled $19 million in 2009.

 

190


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

20.    Business Segments

 

Through June 30, 2011, we reported the results of our operations in two reportable segments: Card and Retail Services and Consumer. These segments were managed separately and were characterized by different middle-market consumer lending products, originations processes, and locations. As a result of the previously announced sale of our Card and Retail Services business in August 2011, these operations are reported in discontinued operations beginning in the third quarter of 2011. Because our segment results are reported on a continuing operations basis, we have one remaining reportable segment: Consumer.

Our Consumer segment consists of our run-off Consumer Lending and Mortgage Services businesses. The Consumer segment provided real estate secured and personal non-credit card loans with both revolving and closed-end terms and with fixed or variable interest rates. Loans were originated through branch locations and direct mail. Products were also offered and customers serviced through the Internet. Prior to the first quarter of 2007, we acquired loans from correspondent lenders and prior to September 2007 we also originated loans sourced through mortgage brokers. While these businesses are operating in run-off mode, they have not been reported as discontinued operations because we continue to generate cash flow from the ongoing collections of the receivables, including interest and fees.

The “All Other” caption includes our Insurance and Commercial businesses. Each of these businesses falls below the quantitative threshold tests under segment reporting accounting principles for determining reportable segments. The “All Other” caption also includes our corporate and treasury activities, which includes the impact of FVO debt as well as a small portion of our Card and Retail Services operations which are not being sold. Certain fair value adjustments related to purchase accounting resulting from our acquisition by HSBC and related amortization have been allocated to corporate, which is included in the “All Other” caption within our segment disclosure.

We report results to our parent, HSBC, in accordance with its reporting basis, International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”). Our segment results are presented on an IFRSs legal entity basis (“IFRS Basis”) (a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure) as operating results are monitored and reviewed and trends are evaluated on an IFRS Basis. However, we continue to monitor capital adequacy, establish dividend policy and report to regulatory agencies on a U.S. GAAP basis. Except as discussed above, there have been no other changes in measurement or composition of our segment reporting as compared with the presentation in our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 included in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 27, 2011.

For segment reporting purposes, intersegment transactions have not been eliminated. We generally account for transactions between segments as if they were with third parties.

A summary of the significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRSs as they impact our results are summarized below:

Net Interest Income

Effective interest rate – The calculation of effective interest rates under IAS 39, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” (“IAS 39”), requires an estimate of changes in estimated contractual cash flows, including fees and points paid or recovered between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate be included. U.S. GAAP generally prohibits recognition of interest income to the extent the net investment in the loan would increase to an amount greater than the amount at which the borrower could settle the obligation. Under U.S. GAAP, prepayment penalties are generally recognized as received. U.S. GAAP also includes interest income on loans originated as held for sale which is included in other revenues for IFRSs. During 2011, for IFRSs there was approximately $185 million of cumulative effective interest rate adjustments recognized to correct prior period errors.

Deferred loan origination costs and fees – Loan origination cost deferrals under IFRSs are more stringent and generally result in lower costs being deferred than permitted under U.S. GAAP. In addition, all deferred loan

 

191


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

origination fees, costs and loan premiums must be recognized based on the expected life of the receivables under IFRSs as part of the effective interest calculation while under U.S. GAAP they may be recognized on either a contractual or expected life basis.

Net interest income – Under IFRSs, net interest income includes the interest element for derivatives which correspond to debt designated at fair value. For U.S. GAAP, this is included in gain on debt designated at fair value and related derivatives which is a component of other revenues. Additionally, under IFRSs, insurance investment income is included in net interest income instead of as a component of other revenues under U.S. GAAP.

Other Operating Income (Total Other Revenues)

Present value of long-term insurance contracts – Under IFRSs, the present value of an in-force (“PVIF”) long-term insurance contract is determined by discounting future cash flows expected to emerge from business currently in force using appropriate assumptions plus a margin in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses, and a discount rate that reflects the risk free rate plus a margin for operational risk. Movements in the PVIF of long-term insurance contracts are included in other operating income. Under U.S. GAAP, revenue is recognized over the life insurance policy term.

During the second quarter of 2009, we refined the income recognition methodology in respect to long-term insurance contracts. This resulted in the recognition of a revenue item on an IFRSs basis of $66 million ($43 million after-tax). Approximately $43 million ($28 million after-tax) would have been recorded prior to January 1, 2009 if the refinement, in respect of income recognition, had been applied at that date.

During 2011, we updated the assumptions used to calculate the PVIF asset . This resulted in a net decrease of $53 million in the PVIF asset on an IFRSs basis. The decrease in the asset was recognized in other income. The decrease is primarily due to the increased mortality and policy expenses related to life insurance contracts and increased longevity in the annuity book.

Policyholder benefits – Other revenues under IFRSs include policyholder benefits expense which is classified as other expense under U.S. GAAP.

Loans held for sale – IFRSs requires loans designated as held for sale at the time of origination to be treated as trading assets and recorded at their fair value. Under U.S. GAAP, loans designated as held for sale are reflected as loans and recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Under IFRSs, the income and expenses related to receivables held for sale are reported in other operating income. Under U.S. GAAP, the income and expenses related to receivables held for sale are reported similarly to loans held for investment.

For receivables transferred to held for sale subsequent to origination, IFRSs requires these receivables to be reported separately on the balance sheet but does not change the recognition and measurement criteria. Accordingly, for IFRSs purposes such loans continue to be accounted for in accordance with IAS 39 with any gain or loss recorded at the time of sale. U.S. GAAP requires loans that meet the held for sale classification requirements be transferred to a held for sale category at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Under U.S. GAAP, the component of the lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment related to credit risk is recorded in the statement of income (loss) as provision for credit losses while the component related to interest rates and liquidity factors is reported in the statement of income (loss) in other revenues.

Certain receivables that were previously classified as held for sale under U.S. GAAP were transferred to held for investment during 2009 as at that time we intended to hold these receivables for the foreseeable future. Under U.S. GAAP, these receivables were subject to lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustments while classified as held for sale and were transferred to held for investment at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Since these receivables were not classified as held for sale under IFRSs during 2008, these receivables were always reported within loans and the measurement criteria did not change. As a result, loan impairment charges were recorded under IFRSs which were essentially included as a component of the lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustments under U.S. GAAP.

 

192


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Extinguishment of debt – During the fourth quarter of 2010, we exchanged $1.8 billion in senior debt for $1.9 billion in new fixed rate subordinated debt. Under IFRSs, the population of debt exchanged which qualified for extinguishment treatment was larger than under U.S. GAAP which resulted in a gain on extinguishment of debt under IFRSs compared to a small loss under U.S. GAAP.

Securities – Under IFRSs, securities include HSBC shares held for stock plans at fair value. These shares are recorded at fair value through other comprehensive income. If it is determined these shares have become impaired, the fair value loss is recognized in profit and loss and any fair value loss recorded in other comprehensive income is reversed. There is no similar requirement under U.S. GAAP.

During the second quarter of 2009, under IFRSs we recorded income for the value of additional shares attributed to HSBC shares held for stock plans as a result of HSBC’s rights offering earlier in 2009. During 2011 and 2010, under IFRSs we recorded additional gains as these shares vest. The additional shares are not recorded under U.S. GAAP.

Other-than-temporary impairments – Under U.S. GAAP, the credit loss component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security is recognized in earnings while the remaining portion of the impairment loss is recognized in other comprehensive income provided a company concludes it neither intends to sell the security nor concludes that it is more-likely-than-not that it will have to sell the security prior to recovery. Under IFRSs, there is no bifurcation of other-than-temporary impairment and the entire decline in fair value is recognized in earnings.

REO expense – Other revenues under IFRSs includes losses on sale and the lower of amortized cost or fair value less cost to sell adjustments on REO properties which are classified as other expense under U.S. GAAP.

Loan Impairment Charges (Provision for Credit Losses)

IFRSs requires a discounted cash flow methodology for estimating impairment on pools of homogeneous customer loans which requires the discounting of cash flows including recovery estimates at the original effective interest rate of the pool of customer loans. The amount of impairment relating to the discounting of future cash flows unwinds with the passage of time, and is recognized in interest income. Also under IFRSs, if the recognition of a write-down to fair value on secured loans decreases because collateral values have improved and the improvement can be related objectively to an event occurring after recognition of the write-down, such write-down can be reversed, which is not permitted under U.S. GAAP. Additionally under IFRSs, future recoveries on charged-off loans or loans written down to fair value less cost to obtain title and sell the collateral are accrued for on a discounted basis and a recovery asset is recorded. Subsequent recoveries are recorded to earnings under U.S. GAAP, but are adjusted against the recovery asset under IFRSs. Under IFRSs, interest on impaired loans is recorded at the effective interest rate on the customer loan balance net of impairment allowances, and therefore reflects the collectibility of the loans.

As discussed above, under U.S. GAAP the credit risk component of the initial lower of amortized cost or fair value adjustment related to the transfer of receivables to held for sale is recorded in the statement of income (loss) as provision for credit losses. There is no similar requirement under IFRSs.

As previously discussed, in the third quarter of 2011 we adopted new guidance under U.S. GAAP for determining whether a restructuring of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a TDR Loan. Credit loss reserves on TDR Loans are established based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans’ original effective interest rate.

Under IFRSs, impairment on the residential mortgage loans where we have granted the borrower a concession as a result of financial difficulty is measured based on the cash flows attributable to the credit loss events which occurred before the reporting date. HSBC’s accounting policy under IFRSs is to remove such loans from the category of impaired loans after a defined period of re-performance, although such loans remain segregated from loans that were not impaired in the past for the purposes of collective impairment assessment to reflect their credit risk. Under U.S. GAAP, when a loan is impaired the impairment is measured based on all expected cash flows over the remaining expected life of the loan. Such loans generally remain impaired for the remainder of their lives under U.S. GAAP.

 

193


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

Policyholder benefits – Operating expenses under IFRSs are lower as policyholder benefits expenses are reported as an offset to other revenues as discussed above.

Pension costs – Net income under U.S. GAAP is lower than under IFRSs as a result of the amortization of the amount by which actuarial losses exceeded the higher of 10 percent of the projected benefit obligation or fair value of plan assets (the “corridor.”) During the fourth quarter of 2011, under IFRSs we recorded a curtailment gain of $52 million related to our decision to sell our Card and Retail Services business, as previously discussed. Under U.S. GAAP, the curtailment gain will be recorded at the time of the transaction. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2011 an amendment was made to the benefit formula associated with services provided by certain employees in past periods. Under IFRSs, the financial impact of this amendment of $31 million was immediately recognized in earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, the financial impact was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be amortized to net periodic pension cost over the remaining life expectancy of the participants.

Furthermore, in 2010 changes to future accruals for legacy participants under the HSBC North America Pension Plan were accounted for as a plan curtailment under IFRSs, which resulted in immediate income recognition. Under U.S. GAAP, these changes were considered to be a negative plan amendment which resulted in no immediate income recognition.

Litigation accrual – A litigation accrual was recorded at year end related to a potential settlement of a legal matter where the loss criteria have been met and an accrual can be estimated for U.S. GAAP. Under IFRSs, apart from the likelihood of a potential settlement, it was determined that a present obligation does not exist at December 31, 2011 and, therefore, a liability was not recognized.

Share-based bonus arrangements – Under IFRSs, the recognition of compensation expense related to share-based bonuses begins on January 1 of the current year for awards expected to be granted in the first quarter of the following year. Under U.S. GAAP, the recognition of compensation expense related to share-based bonuses does not begin until the date the awards are granted.

Assets

Customer loans (Receivables) – On an IFRSs basis, loans designated as held for sale at the time of origination and accrued interest are classified as trading assets. However, the accounting requirements governing when receivables previously held for investment are transferred to a held for sale category are more stringent under IFRSs than under U.S. GAAP. Unearned insurance premiums are reported as a reduction to receivables on a U.S. GAAP basis but are reported as insurance reserves for IFRSs. IFRSs also allows for reversals of write-downs to fair value on secured loans when collateral values have improved which is not permitted under U.S. GAAP.

Other – In addition to the differences discussed above, derivative financial assets are higher under IFRSs than under U.S. GAAP as U.S. GAAP permits the netting of certain items. No similar requirement exists under IFRSs.

 

194


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Reconciliation of our IFRS Basis segment results to the U.S. GAAP consolidated totals are as follows:

 

     Consumer     All
Other
   

Adjustments/

Reconciling

Items

   

IFRS Basis

Consolidated

Totals

   

IFRS

Adjustments(2)

   

IFRS

Reclassifications(3)

   

U.S. GAAP

Consolidated

Totals

 
    (in millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

             

Net interest income

  $ 2,448      $ 514      $ -      $ 2,962      $ (523   $ (663   $ 1,776   

Other operating income (Total other revenues)

    (48     (579     (25 )(1)      (652     92        999        439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

    2,400        (65     (25     2,310        (431     336        2,215   

Loan impairment charges (Provision for credit losses)

    4,907        6        -        4,913        (495     -        4,418   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (2,507     (71     (25     (2,603     64        336        (2,203

Operating expenses

    1,021        238        (25     1,234        (39     336        1,531   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

  $ (3,528   $ (309   $ -      $ (3,837   $ 103      $ -      $ (3,734
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

    70        (45     (25 )(1)      -        -        -        -   

Depreciation and amortization

    1        14        -        15        8        (4     19   

Expenditures for long-lived assets(4)

    -        4        -        4        -        -        4   

Balances at end of period:

             

Customer loans (Receivables)

  $ 48,021      $ 95      $ -      $ 48,116      $ (180   $ -      $ 47,936   

Assets

    46,807        8,816        -        55,623        (2,895     (75     52,653   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

             

Net interest income

  $ 2,316      $ 844      $ -      $ 3,160      $ (208   $ (863   $ 2,089   

Other operating income (Total other revenues)

    (30     (304     (24 )(1)      (358     (67     1,237        812   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

    2,286        540        (24     2,802        (275     374        2,901   

Loan impairment charges (Provision for credit losses)

    5,686        1        -        5,687        (341     -        5,346   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (3,400     539        (24     (2,885     66        374        (2,445

Operating expenses

    883        174        (24     1,033        51        374        1,458   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

  $ (4,283   $ 365      $ -      $ (3,918   $ 15      $ -      $ (3,903
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

    73        (49     (24 )(1)      -        -        -        -   

Depreciation and amortization

    2        17        -        19        12        (5     26   

Expenditures for long-lived assets(4)

    -        10        -        10        -        -        10   

Balances at end of period:

             

Customer loans (Receivables)

  $ 56,650      $ 2,378      $ -      $ 59,028      $ (292   $ (2,250   $ 56,486   

Assets

    57,460        12,689        -        70,149        (3,519     (127     66,503   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

             

Net interest income

  $ 2,545      $ 1,039      $ -      $ 3,584      $ (317   $ (741   $ 2,526   

Other operating income (Total other revenues)

    71        (2,295     (26 )(1)      (2,250     (84     1,126        (1,208
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating income (loss)

    2,616        (1,256     (26     1,334        (401     385        1,318   

Loan impairment charges (Provision for credit losses)

    7,927        25        -        7,952        (43     (5     7,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (5,311     (1,281     (26     (6,618     (358     390        (6,586

Operating expenses

    1,279        591        (26 )(5)      1,844        (36     390        2,198   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

  $ (6,590   $ (1,872   $ -      $ (8,462   $ (322   $ -      $ (8,784
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intersegment revenues

    126        (100     (26 )(1)      -        -        -        -   

Depreciation and amortization

    7        17        -        24        37        (13     48   

Expenditures for long-lived assets(4)

    -        43        -        43        -        -        43   

Balances at end of period:

             

Customer loans (Receivables)

  $ 70,202      $ 1,450      $ -      $ 71,652      $ (281   $ (1,300   $ 70,071   

Assets

    71,298        11,344        -        82,642        (4,245     (181     78,216   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Eliminates intersegment revenues.

 

195


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(2) 

IFRS Adjustments, which have been described more fully above, consist of the following:

 

      Net
Interest
Income
    Other
Revenues
   

Provision
For
Credit

Losses

    Total
Costs
and
Expenses
    Profit
(Loss)
Before
Tax
    Receivables     Total
Assets
 
     (in millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2011:

              

Derivatives and hedge accounting

   $ 5      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ 5      $ -      $ (2,658

Purchase accounting

     (4     32        14        -        14        21        57   

Deferred loan origination costs and premiums

     (30     -        -        -        (30     142        83   

Credit loss impairment provisioning

     (499     -        (506     -        7        (300     (170

Loans held for resale

     6        -        -        -        6        (36     (23

Interest recognition

     (2     -        -        -        (2     10        (6

Other

     1        60        (3     (39     103        (17     (178
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (523   $ 92      $ (495   $ (39   $ 103      $ (180   $ (2,895
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2010:

              

Derivatives and hedge accounting

   $ 12      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ 12      $ -      $ (3,453

Goodwill and intangible assets

     -        -        -        5        (5     -        -   

Purchase accounting

     2        (10     23        -        (31     (7     48   

Deferred loan origination costs and premiums

     (68     -        -        -        (68     175        102   

Credit loss impairment provisioning

     (213     -        (369     -        156        (413     (175

Loans held for resale

     8        3        3        -        8        (42     (27

Interest recognition

     (2     -        -        5        (7     17        (5

Other

     53        (60     2        41        (50     (22     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (208   $ (67   $ (341   $ 51      $ 15      $ (292   $ (3,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2009:

              

Derivatives and hedge accounting

   $ 6      $ -      $ -      $ -        6      $ -      $ (4,113

Goodwill and intangible assets

     -        -        -        (115     115        -        -   

Purchase accounting

     (6     (13     (101     -        82        1        68   

Deferred loan origination costs and premiums

     (125     -        -        (6     (119     246        146   

Credit loss impairment provisioning

     (185     -        70        49        (304     (526     (307

Loans held for resale

     18        (4     -        -        14        (45     (29

Interest recognition

     (27     -        -        -        (27     43        27   

Other

     2        (67     (12     36        (89     -        (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (317   $ (84   $ (43   $ (36   $ (322   $ (281   $ (4,245
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(3) 

Represents differences in balance sheet and income statement presentation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP.

 

(4) 

Includes goodwill associated with purchase business combinations other than the HSBC merger as well as capital expenditures.

 

(5) 

In the first half of 2009, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge on an IFRSs basis of $2.4 billion which represents the entire remaining balance of goodwill.

21.    Variable Interest Entities

 

We consolidate VIEs in which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary through our holding of a variable interest which is determined as a controlling financial interest. The controlling financial interest is evidenced by the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and obligations to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could be potentially significant to the VIE. We take into account all of our involvements in a VIE in identifying (explicit or implicit) variable interests that individually or in the aggregate could be significant enough to warrant our designation as the primary beneficiary and hence require us to consolidate the VIE or otherwise require us to make appropriate disclosures. We consider our involvement to be significant where we, among other things, (i) provide liquidity facilities to support the VIE’s debt issuances, (ii) enter into derivative contracts to absorb the risks and benefits from the VIE or from the assets held by the VIE, (iii) provide a financial guarantee that covers assets held or liabilities issued, (iv) design, organize and structure the transaction and (v) retain a financial or servicing interest in the VIE.

 

196


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

We are required to evaluate whether to consolidate a VIE when we first become involved and on an ongoing basis. In almost all cases, a qualitative analysis of our involvement in the entity provides sufficient evidence to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary. In rare cases, a more detailed analysis to quantify the extent of variability to be absorbed by each variable interest holder is required to determine the primary beneficiary.

Consolidated VIEs In the ordinary course of business, we have organized special purpose entities (“SPEs”) primarily to meet our own funding needs through collateralized funding transactions. We transfer certain receivables to these trusts which in turn issue debt instruments collateralized by the transferred receivables. The entities used in these transactions are VIEs. As we are the servicer of the assets of these trusts and have retained the benefits and risks, we determined that we are the primary beneficiary of these trusts. Accordingly, we consolidate these entities and report the debt securities issued by them as secured financings in long-term debt. As a result, all receivables transferred in these secured financings have remained and continue to remain on our balance sheet and the debt securities issued by them have remained and continue to be included in long-term debt.

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of these consolidated secured financing VIEs as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
      Consolidated
Assets
     Consolidated
Liabilities
     Consolidated
Assets
     Consolidated
Liabilities
 
     (in millions)  

Real estate collateralized funding vehicles:

           

Receivables, net

   $ 4,486       $ -       $ 5,354       $ -   

Available-for-sale investments

     4         -         104         -   

Long-term debt

     -         3,315         -         3,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,490       $ 3,315       $ 5,458       $ 3,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assets of the consolidated VIEs serve as collateral for the obligations of the VIEs. The holders of the debt securities issued by these vehicles have no recourse to our general assets.

Unconsolidated VIEs We are involved with VIEs related to low income housing partnerships, leveraged lease and investments in community partnerships that were not consolidated at December 31, 2011 or 2010 because we are not the primary beneficiary. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we have assets totaling less than $1 million and $9 million, respectively, on our consolidated balance sheet, which represents our maximum exposure to loss for these VIEs.

As it relates to our discontinued Card and Retail Services business, we are also involved with other VIEs which provided funding to HSBC Bank USA through collateralized funding transactions. These VIEs are not consolidated at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010 because we are not the primary beneficiary as our relationship with these VIEs is limited to servicing certain credit card and private label receivables of the related trusts. In April 2011, the collateralized funding facilities were terminated by HSBC Bank USA.

22.    Fair Value Measurements

 

Accounting principles related to fair value measurements provide a framework for measuring fair value and focus on an exit price in the principal (or alternatively, the most advantageous) market accessible in an orderly transaction between willing market participants (the “Fair Value Framework”). The Fair Value Framework establishes a three-tiered fair value hierarchy with Level 1 representing quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs are inputs that are observable for the identical asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are inactive, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the

 

197


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

asset or liability and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Transfers between leveling categories are recognized at the end of each reporting period.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments The fair value estimates, methods and assumptions set forth below for our financial instruments, including those financial instruments carried at cost, are made solely to comply with disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes included in this Form 10-K. The following table summarizes the carrying values and estimated fair value of our financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

     December 31, 2011      December 31, 2010  
      Carrying
Value
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Carrying
Value
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in millions)  

Financial assets:

           

Cash

   $ 222       $ 222       $ 166       $ 166   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     1,143         1,143         1,016         1,016   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     920         920         4,311         4,311   

Securities

     2,039         2,039         3,371         3,371   

Consumer receivables(1):

           

Mortgage Services:

           

First lien

     10,575         7,209         12,687         8,810   

Second lien

     1,433         438         1,832         492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Mortgage Services

     12,008         7,647         14,519         9,302   

Consumer Lending:

           

First lien

     24,385         17,229         28,796         20,589   

Second lien

     2,395         672         3,000         691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending real estate secured receivables

     26,780         17,901         31,796         21,280   

Non-real estate secured receivables

     4,308         3,180         6,004         4,409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Consumer Lending

     31,088         21,081         37,800         25,689   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer receivables

     43,096         28,728         52,319         34,991   

Receivables held for sale

     -         -         4         4   

Due from affiliates

     124         124         126         126   

Derivative financial assets

     -         -         75         75   

Financial liabilities:

           

Commercial paper

     4,026         4,026         3,157         3,157   

Due to affiliates carried at fair value

     447         447         436         436   

Due to affiliates

     7,815         7,514         7,819         7,518   

Long-term debt carried at fair value

     13,664         13,664         20,844         20,844   

Long-term debt not carried at fair value

     26,126         25,090         33,561         32,712   

Insurance policy and claim reserves

     973         1,291         982         1,184   

Derivative financial liabilities

     26         26         2         2   

 

 

(1) 

The carrying amount of consumer receivables presented in the table above reflects the amortized cost of the receivable, including any accrued interest, less credit loss reserves.

 

198


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Receivable values presented in the table above were determined using the Fair Value Framework for measuring fair value, which is based on our best estimate of the amount within a range of values we believe would be received in a sale as of the balance sheet date (i.e. exit price). The secondary market demand and estimated value for our receivables has been heavily influenced by the challenging economic conditions during the past few years, including house price depreciation, rising unemployment, changes in consumer behavior, changes in discount rates and the lack of financing options available to support the purchase of receivables. Many investors are non-bank financial institutions or hedge funds with high equity levels and a high cost of debt. For certain consumer receivables, investors incorporate numerous assumptions in predicting cash flows, such as higher charge-off levels and/or slower voluntary prepayment speeds than we, as the servicer of these receivables, believe will ultimately be the case. The investor discount rates reflect this difference in overall cost of capital as well as the potential volatility in the underlying cash flow assumptions, the combination of which may yield a significant pricing discount from our intrinsic value. The estimated fair values at December 31, 2011 and 2010 reflect these market conditions.

 

199


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis The following table presents information about our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair value.

 

    

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets for

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

   

Significant Other

Observable Inputs

(Level 2)

   

Significant

Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)

    Netting(1)    

Total of Assets

(Liabilities)

Measured at

Fair Value

 
    (in millions)  

December 31, 2011:

         

Derivative financial assets:

         

Interest rate swaps

  $ -      $ 973      $ -      $ -      $ 973   

Currency swaps

    -        1,503        -        -        1,503   

Foreign exchange forward

    -        -        -        -        -   

Derivative netting

    -        -        -        (2,476     (2,476
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative financial assets

    -        2,476        -        (2,476     -   

Available-for-sale securities:

         

U.S. Treasury

    92        -        -        -        92   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises

    -        38        -        -        38   

U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed

    -        2        -        -        2   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

    -        -        -        -        -   

Asset-backed securities

    -        25        2        -        27   

U.S. corporate debt securities

    -        1,297        11        -        1,308   

Foreign debt securities:

         

Government

    5        119        -        -        124   

Corporate

    -        320        5        -        325   

Equity securities

    10        -        -        -        10   

Money market funds

    93        -        -        -        93   

Accrued interest

    -        20        -          20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

    200        1,821        18        -        2,039   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 200      $ 4,297      $ 18        (2,476   $ 2,039   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to affiliates carried at fair value

  $ -      $ (447   $ -      $ -      $ (447

Long-term debt carried at fair value

    -        (13,664     -        -        (13,664

Derivative related liabilities:

         

Interest rate swaps

    -        (1,762     -        -        (1,762

Currency swaps

    -        (163     -        -        (163

Foreign Exchange Forward

    -        (3     -        -        (3

Derivative netting

    -        -          1,902        1,902   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative related liabilities

    -        (1,928     -        1,902        (26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ -      $ (16,039   $ -      $ 1,902      $ (14,137
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2010:

         

Derivative financial assets:

         

Interest rate swaps

  $ -      $ 1,220      $ -      $ -      $ 1,220   

Currency swaps

    -        2,067        -        -        2,067   

Derivative netting

    -        -        -        (3,212     (3,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative financial assets

    -        3,287        -        (3,212     75   

Available-for-sale securities:

         

U.S. Treasury

    349        -        -        -        349   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises

    -        284        1        -        285   

U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed

    -        11        -        -        11   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

    -        30        -        -        30   

Asset-backed securities

    -        40        20        -        60   

U.S. corporate debt securities

    -        1,799        3        -        1,802   

Foreign debt securities:

         

Government

    14        84        -        -        98   

Corporate

    -        344        -        -        344   

Equity securities

    9        -        -        -        9   

Money market funds

    353        -        -        -        353   

Accrued interest

    1        29        -        -        30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available-for-sale securities

    726        2,621        24        -        3,371   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 726      $ 5,908      $ 24      $ (3,212   $ 3,446   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Due to affiliates carried at fair value

  $ -      $ (436   $ -      $ -      $ (436

Long-term debt carried at fair value

    -        (20,844     -        -        (20,844

Derivative related liabilities:

         

Interest rate swaps

    -        (611     -        -        (611

Currency swaps

    -        (151     -        -        (151

Foreign Exchange Forward

    -        (3     -        -        (3

Derivative netting

    -        -        -        763        763   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative related liabilities

    -        (765     -        763        (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ -      $ (22,045   $ -      $ 763      $ (21,282
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Represents counterparty and swap collateral netting which allow the offsetting of amounts relating to certain contracts when certain conditions are met.

 

200


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table provides additional detail regarding the rating of our U.S. corporate debt securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in millions)  

December 31, 2011:

        

AAA to AA-(1)

   $ 270       $ -       $ 270   

A+ to A-(1)

     872         9         881   

BBB+ to Unrated(1)

     155         2         157   

December 31, 2010:

        

AAA to AA-(1)

   $ 381       $ -       $ 381   

A+ to A-(1)

     1,280         -         1,280   

BBB+ to Unrated(1)

     138         3         141   

 

 

(1) 

We obtain ratings on our U.S. corporate debt securities from Moody’s Investor Services, Standard and Poor’s Corporation and Fitch Ratings. In the event the ratings we obtain from these agencies differ, we utilize the lower of the three ratings.

Significant Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011. Transfers from Level 1 (quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities) to Level 2 (using inputs that are observable for the identical asset or liability, either directly or indirectly) totaled $59 million during 2010 and transfers from Level 2 to Level 1 totaled $9 million during 2010 as a result of reclassifications in certain product groupings.

Information on Level 3 Assets and Liabilities The table below reconciles the beginning and ending balances for assets recorded at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during 2011 and 2010.

 

          Total Gains  and
(Losses)
Included in
                     

Transfers
Out of

Level 2
and Into

Level 3

   

Transfers
Out of

Level 3
and Into

Level 2

             
    Jan. 1,
2011
    Income     Other
Comp.
Income
    Purchases     Issuances     Settlement        

Dec. 31,

2011

   

Current Period

Unrealized

Gains (Losses)

 
                                                                                 
    (in millions)  

Assets:

                   

Securities available-for-sale:

                   

U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

  $ 1      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ -      $ (1   $ -      $ -   

Asset-backed securities

    20        -        (5     -        -        (16     3        -        2        -   

U.S. corporate debt securities

    3        -        (1     -        -        -        47        (38     11        1   

Foreign corporate debt securities

    -        -        -        -        -        -        5        -        5        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 24      $ -      $ (6   $ -      $ -      $ (16   $ 55      $ (39   $ 18      $ 1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

201


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

          Total Gains  and
(Losses)
Included in
                     

Transfers
Out of

Level 2
and Into

Level 3

   

Transfers
Out of

Level 3
and Into

Level 2

             
    Jan. 1,
2010
    Income     Other
Comp.
Income
    Purchases     Issuances     Settlement        

Dec. 31,

2010

   

Current Period

Unrealized

Gains (Losses)

 
                                                                                 
    (in millions)  

Assets:

                   

Securities available-for-sale:

                   

U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

  $ 2      $ -      $ (1   $ -      $ -      $ -      $ 2      $ (2   $ 1      $ -   

Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions

    1        -        -        -        -        (1     -        -        -        -   

Asset-backed securities

    26        -        (8     -        -        -        2        -        20        5   

U.S. corporate debt securities

    20        -        -        -        -        -        8        (25     3        -   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 49      $ -      $ (9   $ -      $ -      $ (1   $ 12      $ (27   $ 24      $ 5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis The following table presents information about our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair value.

 

     Non-Recurring Fair Value
Measurements as of

December 31, 2011
     Total Gains
(Losses) for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total     
     (in millions)  

Real estate owned(1)

   $ -       $ 325       $ -       $ 325       $ (188
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis

   $ -       $ 325       $ -       $ 325       $ (188
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Non-Recurring Fair Value
Measurements as of
December 31, 2010
     Total Gains
(Losses) for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total     
     (in millions)  

Real estate secured receivables held for sale at fair value

   $ -       $ -       $ 4       $ 4       $ 2   

Real estate owned(1)

     -         1,056         -         1,056         (224
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis

   $ -       $ 1,056       $ 4       $ 1,060       $ (222
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

Real estate owned is required to be reported on the balance sheet net of transactions costs. The real estate owned amounts in the table above reflect the fair value of the underlying asset unadjusted for transaction costs.

Valuation Techniques The following summarizes the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value but for which fair value disclosures are required.

Cash:  Carrying amount approximates fair value due to cash’s liquid nature.

 

202


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:  Carrying amount approximates fair value due to the asset’s liquid nature.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell:  The fair value of securities purchased under agreements to resell approximates carrying amount due to the short-term maturity of the agreements.

Securities:  Fair value for our available-for-sale securities is generally determined by a third party valuation source. The pricing services generally source fair value measurements from quoted market prices and if not available, the security is valued based on quotes from similar securities using broker quotes and other information obtained from dealers and market participants. For securities which do not trade in active markets, such as fixed income securities, the pricing services generally utilize various pricing applications, including models, to measure fair value. The pricing applications are based on market convention and use inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. The following summarizes the valuation methodology used for our major security types:

 

   

U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency issued or guaranteed and Obligations of U.S. States and political subdivisions – As these securities transact in an active market, the pricing services source fair value measurements from quoted prices for the identical security or quoted prices for similar securities with adjustments as necessary made using observable inputs which are market corroborated.

 

   

U.S. government sponsored enterprises – For certain government sponsored mortgage-backed securities which transact in an active market, the pricing services source fair value measurements from quoted prices for the identical security or quoted prices for similar securities with adjustments as necessary made using observable inputs which are market corroborated. For government sponsored mortgage-backed securities which do not transact in an active market, fair value is determined using discounted cash flow models and inputs related to interest rates, prepayment speeds, loss curves and market discount rates that would be required by investors in the current market given the specific characteristics and inherent credit risk of the underlying collateral.

 

   

Asset-backed securities – Fair value is determined using discounted cash flow models and inputs related to interest rates, prepayment speeds, loss curves and market discount rates that would be required by investors in the current market given the specific characteristics and inherent credit risk of the underlying collateral.

 

   

U.S. corporate and foreign debt securities – For non-callable corporate securities, a credit spread scale is created for each issuer. These spreads are then added to the equivalent maturity U.S. Treasury yield to determine current pricing. Credit spreads are obtained from the new issue market, secondary trading levels and dealer quotes. For securities with early redemption features, an option adjusted spread (“OAS”) model is incorporated to adjust the spreads determined above. Additionally, the pricing services will survey the broker/dealer community to obtain relevant trade data including benchmark quotes and updated spreads.

 

   

Preferred equity securities – In general, for perpetual preferred securities, fair value is calculated using an appropriate spread over a comparable U.S. Treasury security for each issue. These spreads represent the additional yield required to account for risk including credit, refunding and liquidity. The inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

 

   

Money market funds – Carrying amount approximates fair value due to the asset’s liquid nature.

Significant inputs used in the valuation of our investment securities include selection of an appropriate risk-free rate, forward yield curve and credit spread which establish the ultimate discount rate used to determine the net present value of estimated cash flows. For asset-backed securities, selection of appropriate prepayment rates, default rates and loss severities also serve as significant inputs in determining fair value. We perform validations of the fair values sourced from the independent pricing services at least quarterly. Such validation principally includes sourcing security prices from other independent pricing services or broker quotes. The validation process provides us with information as to whether the volume and level of activity for a security has significantly decreased and assists in identifying transactions that are not orderly. Depending on the results of the

 

203


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

validation, additional information may be gathered from other market participants to support the fair value measurements. A determination will be made as to whether adjustments to the observable inputs are necessary as a result of investigations and inquiries about the reasonableness of the inputs used and the methodologies employed by the independent pricing services.

Receivables and receivables held for sale:  The estimated fair value of our receivables was determined by developing an approximate range of value from a mix of various sources as appropriate for the respective pool of assets. These sources include, among other items, value estimates from an HSBC affiliate which reflect over-the-counter trading activity; forward looking discounted cash flow models using assumptions we believe are consistent with those which would be used by market participants in valuing such receivables; trading input from other market participants which includes observed primary and secondary trades; where appropriate, the impact of current estimated rating agency credit tranching levels with the associated benchmark credit spreads; and general discussions held directly with potential investors. For revolving products, the estimated fair value excludes future draws on the available credit line as well as other items and, therefore, does not include the fair value of the entire relationship.

Valuation inputs include estimates of future interest rates, prepayment speeds, default and loss curves, estimated collateral values and market discount rates reflecting management’s estimate of the rate of return that would be required by investors in the current market given the specific characteristics and inherent credit risk of the receivables. Some of these inputs are influenced by collateral value changes and unemployment rates. To the extent available, such inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation and other means. We perform analytical reviews of fair value changes on a quarterly basis and periodically validate our valuation methodologies and assumptions based on the results of actual sales of such receivables. In addition, from time to time, we may engage a third party valuation specialist to measure the fair value of a pool of receivables. Portfolio risk management personnel provide further validation through discussions with third party brokers. Since an active market for these receivables does not exist, the fair value measurement process uses unobservable significant inputs which are specific to the performance characteristics of the various receivable portfolios.

Real estate owned:  Fair value is determined based on third party appraisals obtained at the time we take title to the property and, if less than the carrying amount of the loan, the carrying amount of the loan is adjusted to the fair value. The carrying amount of the property is further reduced, if necessary, at least every 45 days to reflect observable local market data, including local area sales data.

Due from affiliates:  Carrying amount approximates fair value because the interest rates on these receivables adjust with changing market interest rates.

Commercial paper:  The fair value of these instruments approximates existing carrying amount because interest rates on these instruments adjust with changes in market interest rates due to their short-term maturity or repricing characteristics.

Long-term debt and Due to affiliates:  Fair value was primarily determined by a third party valuation source. The pricing services source fair value from quoted market prices and, if not available, expected cash flows are discounted using the appropriate interest rate for the applicable duration of the instrument adjusted for our own credit risk (spread). The credit spreads applied to these instruments were derived from the spreads recognized in the secondary market for similar debt as of the measurement date. Where available, relevant trade data is also considered as part of our validation process.

Insurance policy and claim reserves:  The fair value of insurance reserves for periodic payment annuities was estimated by discounting future expected cash flows at estimated market interest rates.

Derivative financial assets and liabilities:  Derivative values are defined as the amount we would receive or pay to extinguish the contract using a market participant as of the reporting date. The values are determined by management using a pricing system maintained by HSBC Bank USA. In determining these values, HSBC Bank USA uses quoted market prices, when available, principally for exchange-traded options. For non-exchange

 

204


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

traded contracts, such as interest rate swaps, fair value is determined using discounted cash flow modeling techniques. Valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows based on models that utilize independently-sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities, and currency rates. Valuations may be adjusted in order to ensure that those values represent appropriate estimates of fair value. These adjustments are generally required to reflect factors such as market liquidity and counterparty credit risk that can affect prices in arms-length transactions with unrelated third parties. Finally, other transaction specific factors such as the variety of valuation models available, the range of unobservable model inputs and other model assumptions can affect estimates of fair value. Imprecision in estimating these factors can impact the amount of revenue or loss recorded for a particular position.

Counterparty credit risk is considered in determining the fair value of a financial asset. The Fair Value Framework specifies that the fair value of a liability should reflect the entity’s non-performance risk and accordingly, the effect of our own credit risk (spread) has been factored into the determination of the fair value of our financial liabilities, including derivative instruments. In estimating the credit risk adjustment to the derivative assets and liabilities, we take into account the impact of netting and/or collateral arrangements that are designed to mitigate counterparty credit risk.

23.    Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

 

Lease Obligations We lease certain offices, buildings and equipment for periods which generally do not exceed 25 years. The leases have various renewal options. The office space leases generally require us to pay certain operating expenses. Net rental expense under operating leases was $9 million in 2011, $18 million in 2010 and $78 million in 2009. During 2010, changes were made in the methodology used to allocate rental expense between us and HTSU. See Note 19, “Related Party Transactions,” for additional information.

We have lease obligations on certain office space which has been subleased through the end of the lease period. Under these agreements, the sublessee has assumed future rental obligations on the lease.

Future net minimum lease commitments under noncancelable operating lease arrangements were:

 

Year Ending December 31,   

Minimum

Rental

Payments

    

Minimum

Sublease

Income

    Net  
     (in millions)  

2012

   $ 10       $ (3   $ 7   

2013

     7         (3     4   

2014

     6         (4     2   

2015

     6         (4     2   

2016

     5         (3     2   

Thereafter

     -         -        -   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net minimum lease commitments

   $ 34       $ (17   $ 17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

We currently anticipate entering into site-sharing agreements with Capital One for certain locations for a period of time which are not reflected in the table above.

Litigation and Regulatory Matters In addition to the matters described below, in the ordinary course of business, we are routinely named as defendants in, or as parties to, various legal actions and proceedings relating to activities of our current and/or former operations. These legal actions and proceedings may include claims for substantial or indeterminate compensatory or punitive damages, or for injunctive relief. In the ordinary course of business, we also are subject to governmental and regulatory examinations, information-gathering requests, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal), certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In connection with formal and informal inquiries by these regulators, we receive numerous requests, subpoenas and orders seeking documents, testimony and other information in connection with various aspects of our regulated activities.

 

205


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

In view of the inherent unpredictability of litigation and regulatory matters, particularly where the damages sought are substantial or indeterminate or when the proceedings or investigations are in the early stages, we cannot determine with any degree of certainty the timing or ultimate resolution of litigation and regulatory matters or the eventual loss, fines, penalties or business impact, if any, that may result. We establish reserves for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and can be reasonably estimated. The actual costs of resolving litigation and regulatory matters, however, may be substantially higher than the amounts reserved for those matters.

Given the substantial or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters, and the inherent unpredictability of such matters, an adverse outcome in certain of these matters could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements in particular quarterly or annual periods.

Litigation – Continuing Operations

Securities Litigation As a result of an August 2002 restatement of previously reported consolidated financial statements and other corporate events, including the 2002 settlement with 46 states and the District of Columbia relating to real estate lending practices, Household International and certain former officers were named as defendants in a class action lawsuit, Jaffe v. Household International, Inc., et al. (N.D. Ill. No. 02 C5893), filed August 19, 2002. The complaint asserted claims under § 10 and § 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, on behalf of all persons who acquired and disposed of Household International common stock between July 30, 1999 and October 11, 2002. The claims alleged that the defendants knowingly or recklessly made false and misleading statements of material fact relating to Household’s Consumer Lending operations, including collections, sales and lending practices, some of which ultimately led to the 2002 state settlement agreement, and facts relating to accounting practices evidenced by the restatement. A jury trial concluded on April 30, 2009, and the jury rendered a verdict on May 7 partially in favor of the plaintiffs with respect to Household International and three former officers. A second phase of the case was to proceed to determine the actual damages, if any, due to the plaintiff class and issues of reliance. On November 22, 2010, the Court issued a ruling on the second phase of the case. On the issue of reliance, the Court ruled that claim forms would be mailed to class members and that class members who file claims would be asked to check a “YES” or “NO” box to a question that asks whether they would have purchased Household stock had they known false and misleading statements inflated the stock price. As for damages, the Court set out a method for calculating damages for class members who file claims. As previously reported, in Court filings in March 2010, plaintiff’s lawyers have estimated that damages could range ‘somewhere between $2.4 billion to $3.2 billion to class members’, before pre-judgment interest. The defendants filed a motion for reconsideration from the Court’s November 22 ruling. On January 14, 2011, the Court partially granted that motion, slightly modifying the claim form, allowing defendants to take limited discovery on the issue of reliance and reserving on the issue whether the defendants would ultimately be entitled to a jury trial on the issues of reliance and damages. On January 31, 2011 and April 7, 2011, the Court issued other rulings clarifying the scope of discovery. Plaintiffs mailed the claim forms with the modified language to class members.

On December 22, 2011, plaintiffs submitted the report of the Court-appointed claims administrator to the Court. That report stated that the total number of claims that generated an allowed loss was 45,921, and that the aggregate amount of these claims was approximately $2.23 billion. Now that the claims administration process is complete, plaintiffs are expected to ask the Court to assess pre-judgment interest to be included as part of the Court’s final judgment. On January 27, 2012, the Court held a status conference at which it set a schedule for us to provide plaintiffs with objections to the claims and for plaintiffs to respond to such objections. The Court also indicated at that conference that it expects to schedule a further conference in April 2012. We expect the Court’s final judgment to be entered at some point after that April 2012 conference.

The timing and outcome of the ultimate resolution of this matter is uncertain. When a final judgment is entered by the District Court, the parties have 30 days in which to appeal the verdict to the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals. We continue to believe that we have meritorious grounds for appeal of one or more of the rulings in the case and intend to appeal the Court’s final judgment, which could involve a substantial amount once it is entered.

 

206


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Upon appeal, we will be required to secure the judgment in order to suspend execution of the judgment while the appeal is ongoing by depositing cash in an interest-bearing escrow account or posting an appeal bond in the amount of the judgment (including any pre-judgment interest awarded). Given the complexity and uncertainties associated with the actual determination of damages, including the outcome of any appeals, there is a wide range of possible damages. We believe we have meritorious grounds for appeal on matters of both liability and damages, and will argue on appeal that damages should be zero or a relatively insignificant amount. If the Appeals Court rejects or only partially accepts our arguments, the amount of damages, including pre-judgment interest, could be higher, and may lie in a range from a relatively insignificant amount to somewhere in the region of $3.5 billion and, therefore, it is reasonably possible that future expenses related to this matter could exceed $3.0 billion.

Litigation – Discontinued Operations

Card Services Litigation Since June 2005, HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC North America, and HSBC, as well as other banks and Visa Inc. and Master Card Incorporated, have been named as defendants in four class actions filed in Connecticut and the Eastern District of New York; Photos Etc. Corp. et al. v. Visa U.S.A., Inc., et al. (D. Conn. No. 05-CV-01007 (WWE)): National Association of Convenience Stores, et al. v. Visa U.S.A., Inc., et al.(E.D.N.Y. No. 05-CV 4520 (JG)); Jethro Holdings, Inc., et al. v. Visa U.S.A., Inc. et al. (E.D.N.Y. No. 05-CV-4521 (JG)); and American Booksellers Ass’n v. Visa U.S.A., Inc. et al. (E.D.N.Y. No. 05-CV-5391 (JG)). Numerous other complaints containing similar allegations (in which no HSBC entity is named) were filed across the country against Visa Inc., MasterCard Incorporated and other banks. These actions principally allege that the imposition of a no-surcharge rule by the associations and/or the establishment of the interchange fee charged for credit card transactions causes the merchant discount fee paid by retailers to be set at supracompetitive levels in violation of the Federal antitrust laws. These suits have been consolidated and transferred to the Eastern District of New York. The consolidated case is: In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant Discount Antitrust Litigation, MDL 1720, E.D.N.Y. (“MDL 1720”). A consolidated, amended complaint was filed by the plaintiffs on April 24, 2006 and a second consolidated amended complaint was filed on January 29, 2009. On February 7, 2011, MasterCard Incorporated, Visa Inc., the other defendants, including HSBC Finance Corporation, and certain affiliates of the defendants entered into settlement and judgment sharing agreements (the “Agreements”) that provide for the apportionment of certain defined costs and liabilities that the defendants, including HSBC Finance Corporation and our affiliates, may incur, jointly and/or severally, in the event of an adverse judgment or global settlement of one or all of these actions. The Agreements also cover any other potential or future actions that are transferred for coordinated pre-trial proceedings with MDL 1720. While we continue to believe that we have substantial meritorious defenses to the claims in this action, the parties are engaged in a mediation process at the direction of the District Court. Based on progress to date in mediation, we increased our litigation reserves in the fourth quarter of 2011 to an amount equal to our estimated portion of a potential settlement of this matter.

Debt Cancellation Litigation Between July 2010 and May 2011, eight substantially similar putative class actions were filed against our subsidiaries, HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. (“HSBC Bank Nevada”) and HSBC Card Services Inc.: Rizera et al v. HSBC Bank Nevada et al. (D.N.J. No. 10-CV-03375); Esslinger et al v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. et al. (E.D. Pa. No. 10-CV-03213); McAlister et al. v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. et al. (W.D. Wash. No. 10-CV-05831); Mitchell v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. et al. (D. Md. No. 10-CV-03232); Samuels v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. et al. (N.D. III. No. 11-CV-00548); McKinney v. HSBC Card Services et al. (S.D. III. No. 10-CV-00786); Chastain v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. (South Carolina Court of Common Pleas, 13th Circuit) (filed as a counterclaim to a pending collections action); Colton et al. v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. et al. (C.D. Ca. No. 11-CV-03742). These actions principally allege that cardholders were enrolled in debt cancellation or suspension products and challenge various marketing or administrative practices relating to those products. The plaintiffs’ claims include breach of contract and the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unconscionability, unjust enrichment, and violations of state consumer protection and deceptive acts and practices statutes. The Mitchell action was withdrawn by the plaintiff in March 2011. In July 2011, the parties in Rizera, Esslinger, McAlister, Samuels, McKinney and Colton executed a memorandum of settlement and filed

 

207


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

notices of settlement of all claims in each respective court. The parties have memorialized the terms and conditions of the settlement in a formal agreement, and submitted the settlement on a consolidated basis for approval by the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. On February 23, 2012, the District Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement and scheduled the final approval hearing for October 1, 2012. We are adequately reserved for the proposed settlement. A motion for class certification and a motion to defer consideration of class certification pending completion of the settlement were recently heard in the Chastain action. The motion to defer was granted and the case placed on stay pending progression of the consolidated settlement.

In October 2011, the Attorney General for the State of West Virginia filed a purported class action in the Circuit Court of Mason County, West Virginia, captioned State of West Virginia ex rel. Darrell V. McGraw, Jr. et al v. HSBC Bank Nevada, N.A. et al. (No. 11-C-93-N), alleging similar claims in connection with the marketing, selling and administering of debt cancellation and suspension products to consumers in West Virginia. In addition to damages, the Attorney General is seeking civil money penalties and injunctive relief. The action was removed to Federal Court and the Attorney General’s motion to remand is pending. We have received a similar inquiry from another state’s Attorney General, although no action has yet been filed.

Governmental and Regulatory Matters

Foreclosure Practices In April 2011, HSBC Finance Corporation and our indirect parent, HSBC North America, entered into a consent cease and desist order with the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”) (the “Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order”), and our affiliate, HSBC Bank USA, entered into a similar consent order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) (together with the Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order, the “Servicing Consent Orders”) following completion of a broad horizontal review of industry foreclosure practices. The Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order requires us to take prescribed actions to address the deficiencies noted in the joint examination and described in the consent order. We are committed to full compliance with the terms of the Servicing Consent Orders, as described in our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. We continue to work with the Federal Reserve and the OCC to align our processes with the requirements of the Servicing Consent Orders and are implementing operational changes as required.

The Servicing Consent Orders require an independent review of foreclosures pending or completed between January 2009 and December 2010 (the “Foreclosure Review Period”) to determine if any borrower was financially injured as a result of an error in the foreclosure process. Consistent with the industry, and as required by the Servicing Consent Orders, an independent consultant has been retained to conduct that review, and remediation, including restitution, may be required if a borrower is found to have been financially injured as a result of servicer errors. In conjunction with the foreclosure review, a communication and outreach plan has been developed and implemented to contact borrowers with foreclosures pending or completed during the Foreclosure Review Period. We will conduct the outreach efforts in collaboration with other mortgage loan servicers and independent consultants in order to present a uniform, coherent and user-friendly complaint process. Written communications have been sent to borrowers who were subject to foreclosure proceedings during the Foreclosure Review Period notifying them of the foreclosure complaint review process and providing them with forms that can be used to request a review of their foreclosure proceeding. The outreach plan currently includes a staggered mailing to borrowers, which began on November 1, and industry media advertising, which began in January 2012. We expect the costs associated with the Servicing Consent Orders, including the foreclosure review, customer outreach plan and complaint process and any resulting remediation, will result in significant increases in our operational expenses in future periods.

The Servicing Consent Orders do not preclude additional enforcement actions against HSBC Finance Corporation or our affiliates by bank regulatory, governmental or law enforcement agencies, such as the Department of Justice or State Attorneys General, which could include the imposition of civil money penalties and other sanctions relating to the activities that are the subject of the Servicing Consent Orders. The Federal Reserve has indicated in a press release that it believes monetary penalties are appropriate for the enforcement actions and that it plans to announce such penalties. We may also see an increase in private litigation concerning foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices.

 

208


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

On February 9, 2012, the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and State Attorneys General of 49 states announced a settlement with the five largest U.S. mortgage servicers with respect to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices. HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC Bank USA have had preliminary discussions with U.S. bank regulators and other governmental agencies regarding a potential resolution, although the timing of any settlement is not presently known. Based on discussions to date, an accrual was determined based on the total projected impact at HSBC North America associated with a proposed settlement of this matter. We have recorded an accrual of $157 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 which reflects the portion of the HSBC North America accrual that we currently believe is allocable to HSBC Finance Corporation. As this matter progresses and more information becomes available, we will continue to evaluate our portion of the HSBC North America liability which may result in a change to our current estimate. Any such settlement, however, may not completely preclude other enforcement actions by state or federal agencies, regulators or law enforcement agencies relating to foreclosure and other mortgage servicing practices, including, but not limited to, matters relating to the securitization of mortgages for investors, including the imposition of civil money penalties, criminal fines or other sanctions. In addition, such a settlement would not preclude private litigation concerning these practices.

24.    Concentration of Credit Risk

 

A concentration of credit risk is defined as a significant credit exposure with an individual or group engaged in similar activities or having similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions.

We have historically served non-conforming and non-prime consumers. Such customers are individuals who have limited credit histories, modest incomes, high debt-to-income ratios or have experienced credit problems caused by occasional delinquencies, prior charge-offs, bankruptcy or other credit related actions. The majority of our secured receivables have high loan-to-value ratios. Our receivables portfolios include the following types of loans:

 

   

Interest-only loans – A loan which allows a customer to pay the interest-only portion of the monthly payment for a period of time which results in lower payments during the initial loan period. However, subsequent events affecting a customer’s financial position could affect their ability to repay the loan in the future when the principal payments are required.

 

   

Stated income loans – Loans underwritten based upon the loan applicant’s representation of annual income, which is not verified by receipt of supporting documentation.

The following table summarizes the outstanding balances of interest-only loans and stated income loans in our receivable portfolios at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

At December 31,    2011      2010  
     (in billions)  

Interest-only loans

   $ 1.0       $ 1.3   

Stated income loans

     2.2         2.7   

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, interest-only and stated income loans comprise 7 percent and 8 percent of real estate secured receivables, including receivables held for sale, respectively.

 

209


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Because we primarily lend to individual consumers, we do not have receivables from any industry group that equal or exceed 10 percent of total receivables at December 31, 2011 and 2010. We lend nationwide and our receivables are distributed as follows at December 31, 2011:

 

State/Region   

Percent of Total

Receivables

 

California

     9

Midwest (IL, IN, IA, KS, MI, MN, MO, NE, ND, OH, SD, WI)

     22   

Southeast (AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, NC, SC, TN)

     21   

West (AK, CO, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, UT, WA, WY)

     8   

Middle Atlantic (DE, DC, MD, NJ, PA, VA, WV)

     19   

Southwest (AZ, AR, LA, NM, OK, TX)

     8   

Northeast (CT, ME, MA, NH, NY, RI, VT)

     13   

The following table reflects the percentage of consumer receivables by state which individually account for 5 percent or greater of our portfolio.

 

      Percentage of Receivables  at
December 31, 2011
    Percentage of Receivables  at
December 31, 2010
 
  

Real Estate

Secured

    Other     Total    

Real Estate

Secured

    Other     Total  

California

     9.5     5.1     9.1     9.9     5.8     9.4

New York

     7.2        6.8        7.2        7.0        6.8        7.0   

Pennsylvania

     6.1        6.7        6.2        5.9        6.4        6.0   

Florida

     5.9        5.8        5.9        6.3        5.7        6.2   

Ohio

     5.5        6.3        5.6        5.5        6.0        5.6   

 

210


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

 

     2011     2010  
      Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  
     (in millions)  

Net interest income

   $ 368      $ 452      $ 511      $ 445      $ 502      $ 542      $ 483      $ 562   

Provision for credit losses

     945        2,182 (1)      583        708        1,056        1,305        1,321        1,664   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest loss after provision for credit losses

     (577     (1,730     (72     (263     (554     (763     (838     (1,102

Other revenues

     149        (16     195        111        812        (248     97        151   

Operating expenses

     441        272        447        371        477        340        281        360   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income tax benefit

     (869     (2,018     (324     (523     (219     (1,351     (1,022     (1,311

Income tax benefit

     270        689        162        303        25        479        391        464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (599     (1,329     (162     (220     (194     (872     (631     (847

Income from discontinued operations

     321        268        114        199        153        120        111        244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (278   $ (1,061   $ (48   $ (21   $ (41   $ (752   $ (520   $ (603
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The provision for credit losses for the third quarter of 2011 included approximately $925 million related to the adoption of new accounting guidance for TDR Loans in the third quarter of 2011. See Note 6, “Receivables,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the adoption of this new accounting guidance.

 

211


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

There were no disagreements on accounting and financial disclosure matters between HSBC Finance Corporation and its independent accountants during 2011.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures We maintain a system of internal and disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by HSBC Finance Corporation in the reports we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis Board of Directors, operating through its Audit Committee, which is composed entirely of independent outside directors, provides oversight to our financial reporting process.

We conducted an evaluation, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report so as to alert them in a timely fashion to material information required to be disclosed in reports we file under the Exchange Act.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control structure and procedures over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria related to internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on the assessment performed, management concluded that as of December 31, 2011, HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The effectiveness of HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by HSBC Finance Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, as stated in their report appearing on page 123, which expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of HSBC Finance Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

Item 9B.    Other Information

 

None.

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Directors Set forth below is certain biographical information relating to the members of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board of Directors, including descriptions of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that support such person’s service as a Director of HSBC Finance Corporation. We have also set forth below the minimum director qualifications reviewed by HSBC and the Board in choosing Board members.

 

212


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

All of our Directors are or have been either chief executive officers or senior executives in specific functional areas at other companies or firms, with significant general and specific corporate experience and knowledge that promotes the successful implementation of the strategic plans of HSBC Finance Corporation and its parent HSBC North America, for which each of our Directors also serve as a Director. Our Directors also have high levels of personal and professional integrity and ethical character. Each possesses the ability to be collaborative but also assertive in expressing his or her views and opinions to the Board and management. Based upon his or her management experience each Director has demonstrated sound judgment and the ability to function in an oversight role.

Each director is elected annually. There are no family relationships among the directors.

Patrick J. Burke, age 50, joined HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board in May 2011 and was appointed Chairman of the Board in November 2011. Mr. Burke has been the Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation since July 2010. Prior to his current position, he was Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer, Card and Retail Services of HSBC Finance Corporation since June 2009. From February 2008 to June 2009, he was Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer – Card and Retail Services of HSBC Finance Corporation. From December 2007 to February 2008 he was Managing Director – Card and Retail Services of HSBC Finance Corporation. He was Managing Director – Card Services from July 2006 to December 2007. He was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Financial Limited Canada in January 2003 until July 2006. Mr. Burke was appointed Chief Financial Officer with HFC Bank Limited from 2000 until 2003. From the start of his career with HSBC in 1989, Mr. Burke has served the company in many roles including Deputy Director of Mergers and Acquisitions and Vice President of Strategy and Development.

Mr. Burke was a member of the Executive Committee until it was dissolved in December 2011.

Robert K. Herdman, age 63, joined HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board in January 2004 and is Chair of its Audit and Risk Committees. Since March 2005, he has served as a member of the Board of Directors of HSBC North America and as Chair of its Audit and Risk Committees. He was also a member of the HSBC North America Compliance Committee from October 2009 to May 2011 and its chair from October 2010 to May 2011. Since May 2010, he has also been a member of the Board of HSBC USA Inc. as well as Chair of its Audit and Risk Committees. HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC North America belong to a single controlled group of corporations and their Board of Directors and Audit and Risk Committees conduct their meetings simultaneously. Mr. Herdman was a member of and the Chair of the HSBC Finance Corporation Compliance Committee from December 2010 and the HSBC USA Inc. Compliance Committee from August 2010 to May 2011. Mr. Herdman has also served on the Board of Directors of Cummins Inc. since February 2008 and is Chair of its Audit Committee, and on the Board of Directors of WPX Energy, Inc. and is Chair of its Audit Committee since December 2011. Since January 2004, Mr. Herdman has been a Managing Director of Kalorama Partners LLC, a Washington, D.C. consulting firm specializing in providing advice regarding corporate governance, risk assessment, crisis management and related matters. Mr. Herdman was the Chief Accountant of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) from October 2001 to November 2002. The Chief Accountant serves as the principal advisor to the SEC on accounting and auditing matters, and is responsible for formulating and administering the accounting program and policies of the SEC. Prior to joining the SEC, Mr. Herdman was Ernst & Young’s Vice Chairman of Professional Practice for its Assurance and Advisory Business Services (“AABS”) practice in the Americas and the Global Director of AABS Professional Practice for Ernst & Young International. Mr. Herdman was the senior Ernst & Young partner responsible for the firms’ relationships with the SEC, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”). He served on the AICPA’s SEC Practice Section Executive Committee from 1995 to 2001 and as a member of the AICPA’s Board of Directors from 2000 to 2001. He also served as a director of Westwood One, Inc. from 2005 to 2006.

Mr. Herdman is Chair of the Audit and Risk Committees.

Mr. Herdman’s membership on the Board is supported by his financial background. His experience with the SEC and in the public accounting profession provided Mr. Herdman with broad insight into the business operations and financial performance of a significant number of public and private companies.

George A. Lorch, age 70, joined HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board in September 1994 and served as the Chair of its Compensation Committee until the committee was disbanded in 2008. He also serves as a member of the

 

213


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Board of Directors of HSBC North America. From May 2000 until August 2000, Mr. Lorch served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Armstrong Holdings Inc. (the parent of Armstrong World Industries, Inc.). Mr. Lorch served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (a manufacturer of interior finishes) from 1994 and President and Chief Executive Officer from 1993 until May 1994. Mr. Lorch is a Director of WPX Energy, Autoliv, Inc., Pfizer Inc. and Masonite Inc., a privately held company. Mr. Lorch was Chairman of the Board of Pfizer Inc. from December 2010 through December 2011 and now serves as its Lead Director.

Mr. Lorch is a member of the Risk and Compliance Committees. He was a member of the Executive Committee until it was dissolved in December 2011 and a member of an ad hoc Nominating Committee from July 2011 until it was dissolved in January 2012. He was also a member of the Audit Committee through May 2011.

Mr. Lorch served as an executive officer with Armstrong Holdings Inc. and its subsidiary Armstrong Industries for 17 years. He served as Chief Executive Officer of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. for over 7 years. In addition, he has been Chairman of the Board at these companies. In these roles, Mr. Lorch was responsible for aspects of the operations of a global public company, affording him experience in developing and executing strategic plans and motivating and managing the performance of his management team and the organization as a whole. Additionally, Mr. Lorch has served on the Board of Directors for HSBC Finance Corporation, which was previously Household International, since September 1994, and, as a result, he is able to provide a historical perspective to the Board of HSBC Finance Corporation.

Samuel Minzberg, age 62, joined HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board in May 2008. He has been a Director of HSBC North America since March 2005 and has served on its Audit and Risk Committees since 2005. Mr. Minzberg is a partner with the law firm of Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg, in Montreal. Mr. Minzberg is currently also Chairman of HSBC Bank Canada and Chairman of its Audit Committee, a Director of Reitmans (Canada) Limited, Quebecor Media Inc. and Richmont Mines Inc., and a Director and past President of the Sir Mortimer B. Davis – Jewish General Hospital Centre Board.

Mr. Minzberg is a member of the Audit and Risk Committees and was a member of an ad hoc Nominating Committee from July 2011 until it was dissolved in January 2012.

Mr. Minzberg’s experience as a tax attorney provides a unique expertise in evaluating and advising HSBC Finance Corporation on tax strategies and particularly with respect to transactional matters. As a partner with a firm with a diverse client base, he has had experience with a number of industries with varied considerations in effecting business and tax strategies. As a Canadian, he brings diverse perspectives and knowledge to the Boardroom, which is also relevant for understanding the prior cross-border operations of HSBC Finance Corporation and the continuing broader context of HSBC’s global operations, as well as the potential tax and other considerations of potential cross-border initiatives of HSBC Finance Corporation and its affiliates.

Beatriz R. Perez, age 42, joined HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board in May 2008. She has served on the Board of HSBC North America since April 2007. Ms. Perez has been employed by Coca-Cola since 1994. She became Chief Sustainability Officer for the North America Division of Coca-Cola as of July 2011. Prior to her current position, Ms. Perez held the positions of Chief Marketing Officer from April 2010 to July 2011, Senior Vice President, Integrated Marketing for the North America Division of Coca-Cola from May 2007 to April 2010 and Vice President, Media, Sports and Entertainment Marketing from 2005 to 2007. From 1996 to 2005, she held the positions Associate Brand Manager, Classic Coke, Sports Marketing and NASCAR Manager, Vice President of Sports, and Vice President Sports and Entertainment. Ms. Perez is active in the not-for-profit world. Ms. Perez is a member of the Foundation Board of Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta and of the Victory Junction Group board. Ms. Perez is also the Chairman of the Grammy Foundation.

Ms. Perez is a member of the Compliance and Risk Committees. She was also a member of the Audit Committee through May 2011.

Ms. Perez’s leadership roles in the marketing and sustainability functions at Coca-Cola bring a particular knowledge of mass and targeted marketing and sustainability programs that are of value in HSBC’s efforts to promote its brand image and in its general product marketing efforts.

 

214


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Larree M. Renda, age 53, joined HSBC Finance Corporation’s Board in September 2001. Since May 2008, she has served as a member of the Board of Directors of HSBC North America. Ms. Renda has been employed by Safeway Inc. since 1974. In August 2010, Ms. Renda was appointed as Executive Vice President of Safeway Inc. and President of Safeway Health Inc. Prior to her current position, she had been Executive Vice President, Chief Strategist and Administrative Officer of Safeway Inc. since November 2005. From 1999 to November 2005, she served as Executive Vice President for Retail Operations, Human Resources, Public Affairs, Labor and Government Relations. Prior to this position, she was a Senior Vice President from 1994 to 1999, and a Vice President from 1991 to 1994. She is also a director and Chairwoman of the Board of The Safeway Foundation and serves on the Board of Directors for Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. Ms. Renda serves as a Trustee on the National Joint Labor Management Committee. In addition, she serves on the Board of Directors for the California Chamber of Commerce and serves as a National Vice President of the Muscular Dystrophy Association. Ms. Renda is also on the Board of Regents for the University of Portland.

Ms. Renda is a member of the Audit and Risk Committees. She was also a member of the Executive Committee until it was dissolved in December 2011 and Chair of an ad hoc Nominating Committee from July 2011 until it was dissolved in January 2012.

Ms. Renda has 21 years of experience as an executive officer at Safeway Inc. where she has held several roles critical to its operations. Ms. Renda’s responsibilities at Safeway Inc. included public affairs, human resources, government relations, strategy, labor relations, philanthropy, corporate social responsibility, cost reduction, re-engineering, health initiatives and communications. Ms. Renda has served on the Board of Directors for HSBC Finance Corporation, which was previously Household International, since September 2001, and, as a result, she is able to provide a historical perspective to the Board of HSBC Finance Corporation.

Executive Officers Information regarding the executive officers of HSBC Finance Corporation as of February 27, 2012 is presented in the following table.

 

Name    Age     

Year

Appointed

     Present Position
Patrick J. Burke      50         2010       Chief Executive Officer
Michael A. Reeves      49         2010       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jon N. Couture      46         2007       Senior Executive Vice President – Human Resources
Patrick A. Cozza      56         2008       Senior Executive Vice President – Regional Head of Insurance
C. Mark Gunton      55         2009       Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer
Eric L. Larson      54         2011       Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Eli I. Sinyak      52         2011       Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Julie A. Davenport      51         2011       Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Eric K. Ferren      38         2010       Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
Brian D. Hughes      44         2010       Executive Vice President and Head of Card and Retail Services
Loren C. Klug      51         2012       Executive Vice President, Head of Strategy and Planning
Kathryn Madison      50         2009       Executive Vice President and Chief Servicing Officer, Consumer and Mortgage Lending
Satyabama S. Ravi      44         2009       Executive Vice President and Chief Auditor
Patrick D. Schwartz      54         2008       Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary
Lisa M. Sodeika      48         2005       Executive Vice President – Corporate Affairs

Patrick J. Burke, Director and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation. See Directors for Mr. Burke’s biography.

Michael A. Reeves, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation since May 2010. Prior to his current position, he was Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of HSBC Consumer Finance since July 2009. From May 2008 to July 2009, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of HSBC Card and Retail Services, and from May 2005 to May 2008, he was Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Credit Card Services. Mr. Reeves joined HSBC in 1993 and has held a

 

215


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

succession of management positions in Accounting, Finance and Treasury. Prior to joining HSBC, Mr. Reeves was an Audit Manager with Deloitte & Touche, LLP and practiced in its San Jose and London offices.

Jon N. Couture, Senior Executive Vice President-Human Resources of HSBC Finance Corporation since December 2007 and Senior Executive Vice President-Human Resources of HSBC North America since February 2008. Mr. Couture is also Senior Executive Vice President, Human Resources, of HSBC USA Inc. since June 2011. Mr. Couture joined HSBC in December 2007 as Executive Vice President and Head of Human Resources of HSBC North America. Mr. Couture was formerly with National City Corporation where he was Executive Vice President, Human Resources and Corporate Senior Vice President from May 2004 to December 2007. Prior to that Mr. Couture was with Siemens Business Services, Inc. from 1998 until May 2004 where he held the position of Senior Vice President, Human Resources. Mr. Couture has been a member of the Board of Directors of Banking Administration Institute since 2006.

Patrick A. Cozza, Senior Executive Vice President – Regional Head of Insurance of HSBC Finance Corporation since February 2008. Since July 2010, Mr. Cozza has also been Senior Executive Vice President and Regional Head-Insurance of HSBC USA Inc. From May 2004 to February 2008 he was Group Executive of HSBC Finance Corporation. Mr. Cozza became President – Refund Lending and Insurance Services in 2002 and Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer – Refund Lending in 2000. Mr. Cozza serves as a board member and Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Household Life Insurance Company, First Central National Life Insurance Company of New York and HSBC Insurance Company of Delaware, all subsidiaries of HSBC Finance Corporation. He serves on the board of directors of Junior Achievement in New Jersey (Chairman), Cancer Hope Network, Hudson County Chamber of Commerce, The American Council of Life Insurers and The American Bankers Insurance Association.

C. Mark Gunton, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC North America and HSBC USA Inc. since January 2009. He is responsible for all Risk functions in North America, including Credit Risk, Operational Risk and Market Risk, as well as the enterprise-wide risk framework. Prior to January 2009, he served as Chief Risk Officer, HSBC Latin America. Mr. Gunton joined HSBC in 1977 and held numerous HSBC risk management positions including: Director of International Credit for Trinkaus and Burkhardt; General Manager of Credit and Risk for Saudi British Bank; and Chief Risk Officer, HSBC Mexico. He also managed a number of risk related projects for HSBC, including the implementation of the Group Basel II risk framework.

Eric L. Larson, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC North America and HSBC USA Inc. since January 2011. Prior to joining HSBC he was Head of Legal, Compliance & Assurance for Standard Chartered Bank from 2007 through January 2011. Previously he was Senior Counsel, Compliance Director, for Willis, N.A. from 2003 to 2006. From 2000 to 2003, he worked for Citigroup where he held positions as Chief Compliance Officer, Citigroup Emerging Markets – Consumer and Corporate Banking, General Counsel for Investments and Insurance and General Counsel for Primerica Financial Services. Prior to that he was Regional Counsel for Prudential Securities from 1994 to 1995, and a Legal Officer with Smith Barney from 1982 to 1994.

Eli I. Sinyak, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation since September 2011. Mr. Sinyak also holds this title with HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC North America since September 2011. He was previously Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Technology & Services Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC North America and HSBC USA Inc. from March 2011 to September 2011. Prior to that he was Chief Technology & Services Officer of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and for HSBC Global Commercial Banking from 2008 to 2011. From 2005 to 2008 he was Chief Information Officer for HSBC Asia Pacific and for HSBC Global Commercial Banking. Mr. Sinyak joined HSBC in 1999 and has held a variety of senior information technology positions. He was appointed a Group General Manager in May 2010.

Julie A. Davenport, Executive Vice President and General Counsel since April 2011. She joined Household International, Inc. in September of 1989. From 1989 to 1997, she held the positions of Counsel and then Senior Counsel in the Household Bank, f.s.b. law department, primarily supporting the Fannie Mae/Freddie Mac

 

216


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

residential mortgage business. In 1997, she moved to the Credit Card Services law department where she held the positions of Associate General Counsel and then Deputy General Counsel. In March 2004, she was promoted to the position of General Counsel—Retail Services and after the integration of the Retail Services and Card Services business units in the summer of 2007, she became General Counsel of the combined businesses. In June 2009, she was promoted to the position of Senior Vice President—Group General Counsel leading a team of lawyers supporting the Personal Financial Services, Card and Retail Services, Taxpayer Financial Services and Insurance businesses, as well as the Technology Services function. Effective April 2011, she assumed the position of General Counsel of HSBC Finance Corporation providing support for Card and Retail Services, Consumer and Mortgage Lending and Insurance.

Eric K. Ferren, Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation since July 2010. Mr. Ferren has also served as Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of HSBC North America and HSBC USA Inc. since July 2010. Prior to Mr. Ferren’s appointment as Chief Accounting Officer, Mr. Ferren was responsible for several accounting areas across HSBC North America and its subsidiaries. Prior to joining HSBC, Mr. Ferren was the Controller for UBS’s North American Asset Management business from May 2005 to June 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Ferren was the Controller for Washington Mutual’s Home Loans Capital Market’s business and several finance roles within the Servicing business from January 2002 through May 2005. Prior to January 2002, Mr. Ferren was a Senior Manager at Ernst & Young LLP in Chicago where he focused on global banking, commercial banking, and securitizations. He is a Certified Public Accountant registered in the United States of America and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Brian D. Hughes,  Executive Vice President and Head of Card and Retail Services of HSBC Finance Corporation since July 2010. Mr. Hughes joined HSBC in 2004 and has held a number of leadership positions in Marketing, with his most recent position being Executive Vice President, Marketing for Card and Retail Services, where he was responsible for the strategic direction and day-day-operation of the Retail Services business. Prior to joining HSBC, Hughes spent ten years in management consulting, focusing on growth strategy and marketing effectiveness. He was a Principal with Booz Allen Hamilton.

Loren C. Klug,  Executive Vice President, Head of Strategy and Planning of HSBC Finance Corporation since January 2012. He is also Executive Vice President, Strategy and Planning of HSBC North America and HSBC USA Inc. He was Executive Vice President – Strategy & Planning of HSBC Finance Corporation and of HSBC North America from February 2008 through December 2011. From March 2004 to January 2008, he was Managing Director – Strategy and Development, and concurrently from January 2005 to November 2007 he was responsible for strategy development and customer group oversight for HSBC Group plc’s global consumer finance activities. Mr. Klug joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1989, and since that time has held a variety of commercial finance and strategy positions. Prior to such time he held positions in commercial real estate and banking.

Kathryn Madison,  Executive Vice President and Chief Servicing Officer, Consumer and Mortgage Lending of HSBC Finance Corporation since July 2009. From August 2005 through December 2008, she was Executive Vice President of originations for Consumer and Mortgage Lending. From 2003 through July 2005, Ms. Madison was the Managing Director of Strategic Planning and Development for the Consumer Lending business. Prior to such time, she held various leadership positions in the consumer and direct lending businesses. Ms. Madison joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1988 as a Manager of Strategic Planning for Consumer Lending.

Satyabama S. Ravi,  Executive Vice President and Chief Auditor of HSBC Finance Corporation since November 2009. Prior to November 2009 and since joining HSBC Finance Corporation in February 2004, Ms. Ravi has held various positions of increasing responsibility, including a rotation as Head of Professional Practices for HSBC North America. Prior to February 2004, Ms. Ravi was with PricewaterhouseCoopers in the Financial Services Practice for six years. She began her career with Citigroup in India and was in various management positions in the areas of Credit, Loan Operations, Branch Banking and Audit located in India and the U.S. Ms. Ravi is also a C.P.A.

 

217


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Patrick D. Schwartz,  Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary of HSBC Finance Corporation since May 2008. From June 2009 to May 2011 he was also the General Counsel and from February 2008 to June 2009 he was the Deputy General Counsel – Corporate. He has also held that position with HSBC North America since February 2008. He has served as a senior legal advisor of HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC North America since 2004 and as Corporate Secretary of each entity since 2007. Mr. Schwartz has been the Executive Vice President and Secretary of HSBC USA Inc. since May 2008. He has held several different legal titles for HSBC USA Inc. since September 2007, but served as its Secretary continuously since that time. Mr. Schwartz counsels management and the Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC North America with respect to corporate governance matters.

Lisa M. Sodeika,  Executive Vice President – Corporate Affairs of HSBC Finance Corporation since July 2005 and of HSBC North America since June 2005. Ms. Sodeika directs HSBC North America’s public affairs, internal communications, public policy and community engagement activities. Since joining HSBC Finance Corporation, Ms. Sodeika has held management positions in the personal financial services businesses including marketing, collections, quality assurance and compliance, underwriting and human resources. Ms. Sodeika served as member and chairperson of the Federal Reserve Board’s Consumer Advisory Council from 2005 to 2007. Ms. Sodeika is also a board member of Junior Achievement USA and Big Brothers Big Sisters of Metropolitan Chicago.

Corporate Governance

 

Board of Directors – Board Structure  The business of HSBC Finance Corporation is managed under the direction of the Board of Directors, whose principal responsibility is to enhance the long-term value of HSBC Finance Corporation to HSBC. The affairs of HSBC Finance Corporation are governed by the Board of Directors, in conformity with the Corporate Governance Standards, in the following ways:

 

   

providing input and endorsing business strategy formulated by management and HSBC;

 

   

providing input and approving the annual operating, funding and capital plans and Risk Appetite Statement prepared by management;

 

   

monitoring the implementation of strategy by management and HSBC Finance Corporation’s performance relative to approved operating, funding and capital plans and its Risk Appetite Statement;

 

   

reviewing and advising as to the adequacy of the succession plans for the Chief Executive Officer and senior executive management;

 

   

reviewing and providing input to HSBC concerning evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer’s performance;

 

   

reviewing and approving the Corporate Governance Standards and monitoring compliance with the standards;

 

   

assessing and monitoring the major risks facing HSBC Finance Corporation consistent with the Board of Director’s responsibilities to HSBC; and

 

   

monitoring the risk management structure designed by management to ensure compliance with applicable law and regulation, HSBC policies, ethical standards and business strategies.

Board of Directors – Committees and Charters The Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Risk Committee. The charters of the Audit Committee, the Compliance Committee and the Risk Committee, as well as our Corporate Governance Standards, are available on our website at www.us.hsbc.com or upon written request made to HSBC Finance Corporation, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

Audit Committee The Audit Committee is responsible, on behalf of the Board of Directors, for oversight and advice to the Board of Directors with respect to:

 

   

the integrity of HSBC Finance Corporation’s financial reporting processes and effective systems of internal controls over financial reporting;

 

218


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

HSBC Finance Corporation’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that may have a material impact on our financial statements; and

 

   

the qualifications, independence, performance and remuneration of HSBC Finance Corporation’s independent auditors.

The Audit Committee is currently comprised of the following independent directors (as defined by our Corporate Governance Standards which are based upon the rules of the New York Stock Exchange): Robert K. Herdman (Chair), Samuel Minzberg and Larree M. Renda. The Board of Directors has determined that each of these individuals is financially literate. The Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Herdman qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.”

Compliance Committee The Compliance Committee is responsible, on behalf of the Board of Directors, for monitoring and oversight of:

 

   

the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) functions of the Corporation;

 

   

the corrective actions in the foreclosure processing and loss mitigation functions of the Corporation and to ensure that the Corporation complies with the Federal Reserve Servicing Consent Order; and

 

   

HSBC Finance Corporation’s Compliance function.

The Compliance Committee is currently comprised of the following directors: George A. Lorch (Chair), Patrick J. Burke and Beatriz R. Perez.

Risk Committee The Risk Committee is responsible, on behalf of the Board of Directors, for oversight and advice to the Board with respect to:

 

   

HSBC Finance Corporation’s risk appetite, tolerance and strategy;

 

   

our systems of risk management and internal control to identify, measure, aggregate, control and report risk;

 

   

management of capital levels and regulatory ratios, related targets, limits and thresholds, and the composition of our capital;

 

   

alignment of strategy with our risk appetite, as defined by the Board of Directors; and

 

   

maintenance and development of a supportive risk management culture that is appropriately embedded through procedures, training and leadership actions so that all employees are alert to the wider impact on the whole organization of their actions and decisions.

The Risk Committee is currently comprised of the following directors: Robert K. Herdman (Chair), George A. Lorch, Samuel Minzberg, Beatriz R. Perez and Larree M. Renda.

Nominating and Compensation Committees The Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation does not maintain a standing nominating committee or compensation committee. The Nominating and Governance Committee of the HSBC North America Board of Directors (the “Nominating and Governance Committee”) is responsible for, among other things, oversight and advice to the HSBC North America Board of Directors with respect to:

 

   

making recommendations concerning the structure and composition of the HSBC North America Board of Directors and its committees and the Boards and committees of its subsidiaries, including HSBC Finance Corporation, to enable these Boards to function most effectively; and

 

   

identifying qualified individuals to serve on the HSBC North America Board of Directors and its committees and the Boards and committees of its subsidiaries, including HSBC Finance Corporation.

 

219


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The Nominating and Governance Committee also has specified responsibilities with respect to executive officer compensation. See Item 11. Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Oversight of Compensation Decisions. The Nominating and Governance Committee is currently comprised of the following directors: Anthea Disney (Chair), George A. Lorch and Larree M. Renda. Ms. Disney currently serves as a director of HSBC North America and HSBC USA.

Board of Directors – Director Qualifications HSBC and the Board of Directors believe a Board comprised of members from diverse professional and personal backgrounds who provide a broad spectrum of experience in different fields and expertise best promotes the strategic objectives of HSBC Finance Corporation. HSBC and the Board of Directors evaluate the skills and characteristics of prospective Board members in the context of the current makeup of the Board of Directors. This assessment includes an examination of whether a candidate is independent, as well as consideration of diversity, skills and experience in the context of the needs of the Board of Directors, including experience as a chief executive officer or other senior executive or in fields such financial services, finance, technology, communications and marketing, and an understanding of and experience in a global business. Although there is no formal written diversity policy, the Board considers a broad range of attributes, including experience, professional and personal backgrounds and skills, to ensure there is a diverse Board. A majority of the non-executive Directors are expected to be active or retired senior executives of large companies, educational institutions, governmental agencies, service providers or non-profit organizations. Advice and recommendations from others, such as executive search firms, may be considered, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

The Board of Directors reviews all of these factors, and others considered pertinent by HSBC and the Board of Directors, in the context of an assessment of the perceived needs of the Board of Directors at particular points in time. Consideration of new Board candidates typically involves a series of internal discussions, development of a potential candidate list, review of information concerning candidates, and interviews with selected candidates. Under our Corporate Governance Standards, in the event of a major change in a Director’s career position or status, including a change in employer or a significant change in job responsibilities or a change in the Director’s status as an “independent director,” the Director is expected to offer to resign. The Chairman of the Board, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer and senior executive management, will determine whether to present the resignation to the Board of Directors. If presented, the Board of Directors has discretion after consultation with management to either accept or reject the resignation. In addition, the Board of Directors discusses the effectiveness of the Board and its committees on an annual basis, which discussion includes a review of the composition of the Board.

As set forth in our Corporate Governance Standards, while representing the best interests of HSBC and HSBC Finance Corporation, each Director is expected to:

 

   

promote HSBC’s brand values and standards in performing their responsibilities;

 

   

have the ability to spend the necessary time required to function effectively as a Director;

 

   

develop and maintain a sound understanding of the strategies, business and senior executive succession planning of HSBC Finance Corporation;

 

   

carefully study all Board materials and provide active, objective and constructive participation at meetings of the Board and its committees;

 

   

assist in affirmatively representing HSBC to the world;

 

   

be available to advise and consult on key organizational changes and to counsel on corporate issues;

 

   

develop and maintain a good understanding of global economic issues and trends; and

 

   

seek clarification from experts retained by HSBC Finance Corporation (including employees of HSBC Finance Corporation) to better understand legal, financial or business issues affecting HSBC Finance Corporation.

 

220


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Under the Corporate Governance Standards, Directors have full access to senior management and other employees of HSBC Finance Corporation. Additionally, the Board and its committees have the right at any time to retain independent outside financial, legal and other advisors, at the expense of HSBC Finance Corporation.

Board of Directors – Delegation of Authority The HSBC North America Board of Directors has delegated its powers, authorities and discretion, to the extent they concern the management and day to day operation of the businesses and support functions of HSBC North America and its subsidiaries to a management Executive Committee comprised of senior executives from the businesses and staff functions. Under this authority, the Executive Committee approves and addresses all matters which are of a routine or technical nature and relate to matters in the ordinary course of business. The HSBC Finance Corporation Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Head of Strategy and Planning, Chief Servicing Officer of Consumer and Mortgage Lending, Corporate Secretary and Head of Corporate Affairs are members of the HSBC North America Executive Committee.

The objective of the Executive Committee is to maintain a reporting and control structure in which all of the line operations of HSBC North America and all its subsidiaries, including HSBC Finance Corporation, are accountable to individual members of the Executive Committee who report to the HSBC North America Chief Executive Officer, who in turn reports to the HSBC Chief Executive Officer.

Board of Directors – Risk Oversight by Board HSBC Finance Corporation has a comprehensive risk management framework designed to ensure all risks, including credit, liquidity, interest rate, market, operational, reputational and strategic risk, are appropriately identified, measured, monitored, controlled and reported. The risk management function oversees, directs and integrates the various risk-related functions, processes, policies, initiatives and information systems into a coherent and consistent risk management framework. Our risk management policies are primarily implemented in accordance with the practices and limits by the HSBC Group Management Board. Oversight of all risks specific to HSBC Finance Corporation commences with the Board of Directors, which has delegated principal responsibility for a number of these matters to the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee and the Compliance Committee.

Audit Committee As set forth in our Audit Committee charter, the Audit Committee has the responsibility, power, direction and authority to receive regular reports from the Internal Audit Department concerning major findings of internal audits and to review the periodic reports from the Internal Audit Department that include an assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of HSBC Finance Corporation’s processes for controlling activities and managing risks.

Risk Committee  As set forth in our Risk Committee charter, the Risk Committee has the responsibility, power, direction and authority to:

 

   

receive regular reports from the Chief Risk Officer that enable the Risk Committee to assess the risks involved in the business and how risks are monitored and controlled by management;

 

   

review and discuss with the Chief Risk Officer the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control and risk management framework in relation to our strategic objectives and related reporting;

 

   

advise the Board of Directors on all high-level risks;

 

   

approve with HSBC the appointment and replacement of the Chief Risk Officer (who also serves as the North America Regional Chief Risk Officer for HSBC);

 

   

review and approve the annual key objectives and performance review of the Chief Risk Officer;

 

   

seek appropriate assurance as to the Chief Risk Officer’s authority, access, independence and reporting lines;

 

   

review the effectiveness of our internal control and risk management framework and whether management has discharged its duty to maintain an effective internal control system;

 

221


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

consider the risks associated with proposed strategic acquisitions or dispositions;

 

   

receive regular reports from HSBC Finance Corporation’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) in order to assess major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; and

 

   

review with senior management and, as appropriate, approve, guidelines and policies to govern the process for assessing and managing various risk topics, including litigation risk and reputational risk.

At each quarterly Risk Committee meeting, the Chief Risk Officer makes a presentation to the committee reviewing key risks for HSBC Finance Corporation, including operational and internal controls, market, credit, information security, capital management, liquidity and litigation. In addition, the head of each Risk functional area is available to provide the Risk Committee a review of particular potential risks to HSBC Finance Corporation and management’s plan for mitigating these risks.

In 2011, the HSBC Finance Corporation Risk Management Committee was combined with the HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Risk Management Committee (the “Risk Management Committee”), which provides strategic and tactical direction to risk management functions throughout HSBC North America, including HSBC Finance Corporation, focusing on: credit, funding and liquidity, capital, market, operational, security, fraud, reputational and compliance risks. The Risk Management Committee is comprised of the function heads of each of these areas, as well as other control functions within the organization. The Chief Risk Officer of HSBC North America is the Chair of this committee. On an annual basis, the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation Boards review the Risk Management Committee’s charter and framework. ALCO, the HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Operational Risk & Internal Control Committee (the “ORIC Committee”) and the HSBC Finance Corporation Disclosure Committee report to the Risk Management Committee and, together, define the risk appetite, policies and limits; monitor excessive exposures, trends and effectiveness of risk management; and promulgate a suitable risk management culture, focused within the parameters of their specific areas of risk.

ALCO provides oversight and strategic guidance concerning the composition of the balance sheet and pricing as it affects net interest income. It establishes limits of acceptable risk and oversees maintenance and improvement of the management tools and framework used to identify, report, assess and mitigate market, interest rate and liquidity risks.

In 2011, the HSBC Finance Corporation Operational Risk & Internal Control Committee was combined with the ORIC Committee, which is responsible for oversight of the identification, assessment, monitoring, appetite for, and proactive management and control of, operational risk for HSBC North America, including HSBC Finance Corporation. Operational risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. The ORIC Committee is designed to ensure that senior management fully considers and effectively manages our operational risk in a cost-effective manner so as to reduce the level of operational risk losses and to protect the organization from foreseeable future operational losses.

The HSBC Finance Corporation Disclosure Committee is responsible for maintenance and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures and for assessing the materiality of information required to be disclosed in periodic reports filed with the SEC. Among its responsibilities is the review of quarterly certifications of business and financial officers throughout HSBC Finance Corporation as to the integrity of our financial reporting process, the adequacy of our internal and disclosure control practices and the accuracy of our financial statements.

Compliance Committee As set forth in our Compliance Committee charter, the Compliance Committee has the responsibility, power, direction and authority to:

 

   

receive regular reports from the Chief Compliance Officer that enable the Compliance Committee to assess major compliance exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the manner in which the regulatory and legal requirements of pertinent jurisdictions are evaluated and addressed;

 

222


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

   

approve the appointment and replacement of the Chief Compliance Officer and other statutory compliance officers and review and approve the annual key objectives and performance review of the Chief Compliance Officer;

 

   

review the budget, plan, changes in plan, activities, organization and qualifications of the Compliance Department as necessary or advisable in the Committee’s judgment;

 

   

review and monitor the effectiveness of the Compliance Department and the Compliance Program, including testing and monitoring functions, and obtain assurances that the Compliance Department, including testing and monitoring functions, is appropriately resourced, has appropriate standing within the organization and is free from management or other restrictions;

 

   

seek such assurance as it may deem appropriate that the Chief Compliance Officer participates in the risk management and oversight process at the highest level on an enterprise-wide basis; has total independence from individual business units; reports to the Compliance Committee and has internal functional reporting lines to the HSBC Head of Group Compliance; and has direct access to the Chairman of the Compliance Committee, as needed; and

 

   

upon request of the Board, provide the Board with negative assurance as to such regulatory and legal requirements as the Compliance Committee deems possible.

In support of these responsibilities, HSBC Finance Corporation maintains an Executive Compliance Steering Committee, which is a management committee established to provide overall strategic direction and oversight to significant HSBC Finance Corporation compliance issues. Patrick Burke, the Chief Executive Officer, is the Chair of this committee, the membership of which also includes the heads of our business segments and senior management of our Compliance, Legal and other control functions. The Executive Compliance Steering Committee reports to both the Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors and the HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Executive Compliance Steering Committee, which serves a similar role for HSBC North America. This committee defines deliverables, provides ongoing direction to project teams, approves all regulatory submissions and prepares materials for presentation to the Board of Directors. The Project Steering Committee also provides oversight to individual project managers, compliance subject matter experts, and external consultants to ensure any regulatory requested deliverables are met.

For further discussion of risk management generally, see the “Risk Management” section of the MD&A.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance  Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, as amended, requires certain of our Directors, executive officers and any persons who own more than 10 percent of a registered class of our equity securities to report their initial ownership and any subsequent change to the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). With respect to the issue of HSBC Finance Corporation preferred stock outstanding, we reviewed copies of all reports furnished to us and obtained written representations from our Directors and executive officers that no other reports were required. Based solely on a review of copies of such forms furnished to us and written representations from the applicable Directors and executive officers, all required reports of changes in beneficial ownership were filed on a timely basis for the 2011 fiscal year.

Code of Ethics  HSBC Finance Corporation has adopted a Code of Ethics that is applicable to its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer and controller, which Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference in Exhibit 14 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. HSBC Finance Corporation also has a general code of ethics applicable to all employees, which is referred to as its Statement of Business Principles and Code of Ethics. That document is available on our website at www.us.hsbc.com or upon written request made to HSBC Finance Corporation, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

 

223


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following compensation discussion and analysis (the “2011 CD&A”) summarizes the principles, objectives and factors considered in evaluating and determining the compensation of HSBC Finance Corporation’s executive officers in 2011. Specific compensation information relating to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the next three most highly compensated executives is contained in this portion of the Form 10-K. Collectively, these officers are referred to as the Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”).

Oversight of Compensation Decisions  The Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation did not play a role in establishing remuneration policy for 2011 or determining executive officer compensation in any of the comparative periods discussed in this 2011 CD&A. The Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation did review fixed pay recommendations for 2012 and proposed annual discretionary variable pay awards related to 2011 performance for the NEOs and had the opportunity to recommend changes before awards were finalized.

Remuneration Committee  The Board of Directors of HSBC Holdings plc (“HSBC”) has a Remuneration Committee (“REMCO”) which meets regularly to consider Human Resources issues, particularly terms and conditions of employment, remuneration and retirement benefits. With authority delegated by the HSBC Board, REMCO is responsible for approving the remuneration policy of HSBC, including the terms of variable pay plans, share plans and other long-term incentive plans worldwide. In this role, REMCO is also responsible for approving the individual remuneration packages for the most senior HSBC executives, generally those having an impact on HSBC’s risk profile (“senior executives”).

The members of REMCO are the following non-executive directors of HSBC: J L Thornton (Chairman), J D Coombe, W S H Laidlaw and G Morgan. As an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC, HSBC Finance Corporation is subject to the remuneration policy established by HSBC and the Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation is one of the senior executives whose compensation is reviewed and approved by REMCO.

Delegation of Authority from Remuneration Committee  The remuneration of executives who are not “senior executives” within the broader view of HSBC is determined by HSBC executives who have the authority delegated to them by REMCO to endorse remuneration (up to pre-determined levels of compensation and levels of management that vary by level of delegated authority). At the highest level, REMCO delegates this authority to the HSBC Group Chief Executive, Stuart T. Gulliver (“Mr. Gulliver”). Within his powers, Mr. Gulliver further delegated this authority regionally to approve pay packages to Niall Booker (“Mr. Booker”), who as the Former Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America had oversight and recommendation responsibility for HSBC North America and its subsidiaries. In a similar manner, Mr. Patrick J. Burke (“Mr. Burke”), as HSBC Finance Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, received delegated authority for approval over executive remuneration from Mr. Booker. Remuneration decisions can be further delegated to other relevant authorities within HSBC, as appropriate, depending on their level of responsibility and the scope of their role. Those with delegated authority to approve remuneration for executives generally do so after consultation with HSBC’s Group Managing Director of Human Resources.

Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors  As of January 1, 2012, the responsibilities of a previously ad-hoc Nominating Committee of HSBC Finance Corporation have been assumed by a permanent Nominating and Governance Committee of HSBC North America, and this Committee’s role has been expanded to include oversight and endorsement of certain compensation matters. Given the timing of the formation of the Nominating and Governance Committee, certain responsibilities related to oversight and endorsements of compensation for 2011 performance were performed by the Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation. These duties will be assumed by the Nominating and Governance Committee in the future. The duties of the Nominating and Governance Committee, among others, include: i) reviewing the corporate governance framework to ensure that best practices are maintained and relevant stakeholders are effectively represented, ii) overseeing the framework for assessing risk in the responsibilities of employees, the determination of who are Covered Employees (“Covered Employees”) under the Interagency Guidelines on Incentive Based Compensation

 

224


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Arrangements as published by the Federal Reserve Board, and the measures used to ensure that risk is appropriately considered in making variable compensation recommendations, iii) making recommendations concerning proposed performance assessments and incentive compensation award proposals for the Chief Executive Officer, direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer and certain other Covered Employees, including any recommendations for reducing or canceling incentive compensation previously awarded, and iv) reviewing the coverage and competitiveness of employee pension and retirement plans and general benefits. The recommendations related to employee compensation are incorporated into the submissions to REMCO, or to Mr. Gulliver and Mr. Burke, in instances where REMCO has delegated remuneration authority. During the first quarter of 2012, the Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation reviewed final incentive compensation for performance in 2011 based on actual results and risk outcomes, and the Nominating and Governance Committee reviewed proposed reductions or cancellations of prior grants.

Compensation and Performance Management Governance Sub-Committee  In 2010, HSBC North America established the Compensation and Performance Management Governance Sub-Committee (“CPMG Sub-Committee”). The CPMG Sub-Committee was created to provide a more systematic approach to incentive compensation governance and ensure the involvement of the appropriate levels of leadership in a comprehensive view of compensation practices and associated risks. The members of the CPMG Sub-Committee are senior executive representatives from HSBC North America’s staff and control functions, consisting of Risk, Compliance, Legal, Finance, Audit, and Human Resources. The CPMG maintains the frameworks under which the risk in the responsibilities of employees is assessed and the determination of which employees are considered covered employees under guidelines on incentive compensation arrangements as published by the Federal Reserve Board is made. The CPMG also reviews the objectives assigned to employees and other measures used to ensure risk as appropriately considered in making variable compensation recommendations. These materials are provided to the HSBC North America Nominating and Governance Committee for review. The CPMG also makes recommendations to the HSBC North America Nominating and Governance Committee concerning the terms of any clawbacks of incentive compensation previously awarded to employees. The CPMG Sub-Committee held three meetings in 2011, as well as one meeting during the first quarter of 2012. During the first quarter of 2011, the CPMG Sub-Committee performed a review of incentive plans in place for 2011 and approved the list of Covered Employees and their mandatory scorecard objectives for 2011. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2012, the CPMG Sub-Committee reviewed the scope of reduction of incentive compensation for 2011 performance based on actual results and risk outcomes, as well as potential reductions or cancellations of grants previously awarded.

Objectives of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Compensation Program  A global reward strategy for HSBC, as approved by REMCO, is utilized by HSBC Finance Corporation. The usage of a global reward strategy promotes a uniform compensation philosophy throughout HSBC, common standards and practices throughout HSBC’s global operations, and a particular framework for REMCO to use in carrying out its responsibilities. The reward strategy includes the following elements:

 

   

A focus on total compensation (fixed pay and annual discretionary variable pay) with the level of annual discretionary variable pay (namely, cash, deferred cash and the value of long-term equity incentives) differentiated by performance;

 

   

An assessment of reward with reference to clear and relevant objectives set within scorecard frameworks.

 

  -  

Most HSBC employees, including Mr. Michael A. Reeves (“Mr. Reeves”), set objectives using a balanced scorecard, where objectives are established under four categories – financial, process, customer and people. Financial objectives are established considering the prior year’s business performance, expectations for the upcoming year for business and individual goals, HSBC Finance Corporation’s annual business plan, HSBC’s business strategies, and objectives related to building value for HSBC shareholders. Process objectives include consideration of risk mitigation and achievement of sustainable cost reductions. Customer objectives include standards for superior service and responsiveness. People objectives include development of skills and knowledge of our teams to sustain HSBC over the short and medium term and retention of key talent.

 

225


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

  -  

Beginning in 2011, our most senior executives, including Pat Burke (“Mr. Burke”), Eli Sinyak (“Mr. Sinyak”), C. Mark Gunton (“Mr. Gunton”), and Eric Larson (“Mr. Larson”), set objectives using a performance scorecard framework. Under a performance scorecard framework, objectives are separated into two categories, financial objectives and non-financial objectives, and the weighting between categories varies by executive. The performance scorecard also requires an assessment of the executive’s adherence to HSBC values and behaviors consistent with managing a sound financial institution.

 

  -  

In both balanced scorecards and performance scorecards, certain objectives have quantitative standards that may include meeting designated financial performance targets for the company or the executive’s respective business unit and increasing employee engagement metrics. Qualitative objectives may include key strategic business initiatives or projects for the executive’s respective business unit. Quantitative and qualitative objectives only provide some guidance with respect to 2011 compensation. However, in keeping with HSBC’s reward strategy, discretion played a considerable role in establishing the annual discretionary variable pay awards for HSBC Finance Corporation’s senior executives;

 

  -  

The use of considered discretion to assess the extent to which performance has been achieved, rather than applying a formulaic approach which, by its nature, is inherently incapable of considering all factors affecting results and may encourage inappropriate risk taking. In addition, environmental factors and social and governance aspects that would otherwise not be considered by applying absolute financial metrics may be taken into consideration. While there are specific quantitative goals as outlined above, the final reward decision is not solely dependent on the achievement of one or all of the objectives;

 

   

Delivery of a significant proportion of variable pay in deferred HSBC shares to align recipient interests to the future performance of HSBC and to retain key talent; and

 

   

A total compensation package (fixed pay, annual discretionary variable pay, and other benefits) that is competitive in relation to comparable organizations in each of the markets in which HSBC operates.

Internal Equity  HSBC Finance Corporation’s executive officer compensation is analyzed internally at the direction of HSBC’s Group Managing Director of Human Resources with a view to align treatment globally and across business segments and functions, taking into consideration individual responsibilities, size and scale of the businesses the executives lead, and contributions of each executive, along with geography and local labor markets. These factors are then calibrated for business and individual performance within the context of their business environment against their respective Comparator Group, as detailed herein.

Link to Company Performance  HSBC’s compensation plans are designed to motivate its executives to improve the overall performance and profitability of HSBC as well as the specific region, unit or function to which they are assigned. HSBC seeks to offer competitive fixed pay with a significant portion of variable compensation components determined by measuring overall performance of the executive, his or her respective business unit, legal entity and HSBC overall. The discretionary annual variable pay awards are based on individual and business performance, as more fully described under Elements of Compensation – Annual Discretionary Variable Pay Awards. Common objectives for the NEOs included: improvement in cost efficiency; enhancement in customer service; mitigation of risk and compliance to regulatory and HSBC standards. Each NEO also had other individual objectives specific to his or her role.

We have a strong orientation to use variable pay to reward performance. Consequently, variable pay makes up a significant proportion of total compensation, while maintaining an appropriate balance between fixed and variable elements. Actual compensation paid will increase or decrease based on the executive’s individual performance, including business results and the management of risk within his or her responsibilities.

As the determination of the variable pay awards relative to 2011 performance considered the overall satisfaction of objectives that could not be evaluated until the end of 2011, the final determination on 2011 total compensation was not made until February 2012. To make that evaluation, Mr. Gulliver and Mr. Burke received reports from management concerning satisfaction of 2011 corporate, business unit and individual objectives.

 

226


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Competitive Compensation Levels and Benchmarking  When making compensation decisions, HSBC looks at the compensation paid to similarly-situated executives in our Comparator Group, a practice referred to as “benchmarking.” Benchmarking provides a point of reference for measurement, but does not replace analyses of internal pay equity and individual performance of the executive officers that HSBC also considers when making compensation decisions. HSBC Finance Corporation strives to maintain a compensation program that may attract and retain qualified executives, but also has levels of compensation that vary based on performance.

In 2011, REMCO retained Towers Watson to provide REMCO with market trend information for use during the annual pay review process and advise REMCO as to the competitive position of HSBC’s total direct compensation levels in relation to the Comparator Group. Towers Watson provided competitive positions on the highest level executives in HSBC, including HSBC Finance Corporation’s NEOs, with the exception of Mr. Reeves. Comparative competitor information was provided to Mr. Gulliver to evaluate the competitiveness of proposed executive compensation. Mr. Burke reviewed the competitor information where appropriate.

The Comparator Group consists of our global peers with comparable business operations located within U.S. borders. These organizations are publicly held companies that compete with HSBC for business, customers and executive talent. The Comparator Group is reviewed annually with the assistance of Towers Watson. The Comparator Group for 2011 consisted of:

 

Global Peers

Bank of America

   JPMorgan Chase

Barclays

   Santander

BNP Paribas

   Standard Chartered

Citigroup

   UBS

Deutsche Bank

  

The aggregate fee paid to Towers Watson for services provided to HSBC was $372,500, of which $10,492 was apportioned to HSBC Finance Corporation. Separately, the management of HSBC North America retained Towers Watson to perform non-executive compensation consulting services. In 2011, the aggregate fee paid to Towers Watson by HSBC North America for these other services was $1,890,306. The amount disclosed in 2010 for aggregate fees paid to Towers Watson by HSBC North America for non-executive compensation consulting services was $642,284, but the amount excluded $376,143 in additional fees paid for risk and financial services consulting.

The total compensation review for Mr. Reeves included comparative competitor information based on broader financial services industry data and general industry data that was compiled from compensation surveys prepared by third-party consulting firms McLagan and Towers Watson.

Elements of Compensation  The primary elements of executive compensation, which are described in further detail below, are fixed pay and annual discretionary variable pay awards, which are delivered in cash, deferred cash and long-term equity incentive awards.

In addition, executives are eligible to receive company funded retirement benefits that are offered to employees at all levels who meet the eligibility requirements of such qualified and non-qualified plans. Although perquisites are provided to certain executives, they typically are not a significant component of compensation.

Fixed Pay  Fixed pay helps HSBC attract and retain executive talent because it provides a degree of financial certainty and is less subject to risk than most other pay elements. In establishing individual fixed pay levels, consideration is given to market pay, as well as the specific responsibilities and experience of the NEO. Fixed Pay is reviewed annually and may be adjusted based on performance and changes in the competitive market. Consideration is given to compensation paid for similar positions at Comparator Group companies, particularly at the median level. Other factors such as potential for future advancement, specific job responsibilities, length of time in current position, pay history, and internal equity influence the final fixed pay recommendations for individual executives. Fixed pay increases proposed by senior management are prioritized towards high performing employees and those who have demonstrated rapid development. Additionally, consideration is given to maintaining an appropriate ratio between fixed pay and variable pay as components of total compensation.

 

227


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Annual Discretionary Variable Pay Awards  Annual discretionary variable pay (“variable pay”) awards vary from year to year and are offered as part of the total compensation package to motivate and reward strong performance. Superior performance is encouraged by placing a part of the executive’s total compensation at risk. In the event certain quantitative or qualitative performance goals are not met, cash awards may be reduced or not paid at all. Variable pay awards may be granted as cash, deferred cash, and long-term equity incentive awards. Employees will become fully entitled to deferred cash over a three year vesting period.

Long-term equity incentive awards may be made in the form of stock options, restricted shares, and restricted share units (“RSUs”). The purpose of equity-based compensation is to help HSBC attract and retain outstanding employees and to promote the growth and success of HSBC Finance Corporation’s business over a period of time by aligning the financial interests of these employees with those of HSBC’s shareholders.

Historically, (prior to the merger with HSBC in 2003), Household equity awards were primarily made in the form of stock options and restricted stock rights. The stock options typically vested in three, four or five equal installments, subject to continued employment and expire ten years from the grant date. No stock options have been granted to executive officers after 2004.

In 2005, HSBC shifted its equity-based compensation awards to restricted shares with a time vesting condition, in lieu of stock options. Starting in 2009, RSUs have been awarded as the long-term equity incentive component of variable discretionary pay. The restricted shares and RSUs granted consist of a number of shares to which the employee will become fully entitled, generally over a three year vesting period. The restricted shares and RSUs granted by HSBC also carry rights over dividend equivalents which are paid or accrue on all underlying share or share unit awards at the same rate paid to ordinary shareholders.

Following shareholder approval of the HSBC Share Plan 2011, HSBC introduced a new form of long-term equity incentive awards for senior executives under the Group Performance Share Plan (“GPSP”). Grants under the GPSP aim to achieve alignment between the interests of participants and the interests of shareholders and to encourage participants to take a long-term approach to the performance of the business. Grants under the GPSP are approved by REMCO, by considering performance delivered prior to the date of grant against a pre-determined scorecard. Performance measures on the scorecard are composed of 60 percent financial measures, such as return on equity, capital efficiency ratio, capital strength and dividends, and 40 percent non-financial measures, including strategy execution, brand equity, compliance, reputation and people. Grants under the GPSP comprise a number of shares to which the employee will become fully entitled, generally over a five year vesting period, subject to the individual remaining in employment. Shares which are released upon vesting of an award must be retained until the employee retires from or terminates employment with HSBC. Awards granted in June 2011 for performance in 2010 will vest in March 2016, which is slightly shorter than the typical five year vesting period. The delayed grant date and resulting shorter vesting period occurred because grants under the GPSP could not be made until the HSBC Share Plan 2011 was approved at the Annual General Meeting of HSBC.

Long-term equity incentive awards are granted based on general guidelines reviewed each year by Mr. Gulliver and endorsed by REMCO and in consideration of the individual executive’s total compensation package, individual performance, goal achievement and potential for growth. While share dilution is not a primary factor in determining award amounts, there are limits to the number of shares that can be issued under HSBC equity-based compensation programs. These limits, more fully described in the various HSBC Share Plans, were established by vote of HSBC’s shareholders.

Perquisites  HSBC Finance Corporation’s philosophy is to provide perquisites that are intended to help executives be more productive and efficient or to protect HSBC Finance Corporation and its executives from certain business risks and potential threats. Our review of competitive market data indicates that the perquisites provided to executives are reasonable and within market practice. Perquisites are generally not a significant component of compensation, except as described below.

Messrs. Sinyak and Gunton participated in general benefits available to executives of HSBC Finance Corporation and certain additional benefits and perquisites available to executives on international assignments.

 

228


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Compensation packages for international assignees are modeled to be competitive globally and within the country of assignment and attractive to the executive in relation to the significant commitment that must be made in connection with a global posting. The additional benefits and perquisites may be significant when compared to other compensation received by other executive officers of HSBC Finance Corporation and can consist of housing expenses, children’s education costs, car allowances, travel expenses and tax equalization. These benefits and perquisites are, however, consistent with those paid to similarly-situated international assignees subject to appointment to HSBC locations globally and are deemed appropriate by HSBC senior management. Perquisites are further described in the Summary Compensation Table.

Retirement Benefits  HSBC North America offers a qualified defined benefit pension plan that HSBC Finance Corporation executives may participate and receive a benefit equal to that provided to all eligible employees of HSBC Finance Corporation with similar dates of hire. We also maintain a qualified defined contribution plan with a 401(k) feature and company matching contributions. Executives and certain other highly compensated employees can elect to participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, in which such employees can elect to defer the receipt of earned compensation to a future date. HSBC Finance Corporation does not pay any above-market or preferential interest in connection with deferred amounts. As international assignee, Mr. Gunton is accruing pension benefits under foreign-based defined benefit plans. Additional information concerning these plans is contained in the Pension Benefits Table.

Performance Year 2011 Compensation Actions  HSBC and HSBC Finance Corporation aim to have a reward policy that adheres to the governance initiatives of all relevant regulatory bodies and appropriately considers the risks associated with elements of total compensation.

In 2011, levels of fixed pay were reviewed and management determined that, in most instances, the market did not warrant adjustments to the fixed pay of NEOs, except in the case of Mr. Burke. Mr. Burke received a fixed pay increase from $530,000 to $700,000 effective January 10, 2011, upon his appointment as Group General Manager of HSBC.

HSBC Finance Corporation continues to face difficult business conditions. We believe the strength of our strategic objectives and the direction of our executive officers are united to support and protect HSBC’s interests and that of HSBC’s shareholders. Recommended variable pay awards for HSBC Finance Corporation were approved to be awarded to all of the Named Executive Officers.

Variable pay awarded to most employees in respect of 2011 performance is subject to deferral requirements under the 2010 HSBC Minimum Deferral Policy, which requires 10% to 50% of variable pay be awarded in the form of RSUs for HSBC Holdings plc that are subject to a three year vesting period. The deferral percentage increases in a graduated manner in relation to the amount of total variable pay awarded.

Some executives, however, are subject to a different set of deferral requirements because they are designated as Code Staff (“Code Staff”), as defined by the United Kingdom’s Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) Remuneration Code (“the Code”). HSBC Finance Corporation, as a subsidiary of HSBC, must have remuneration practices for executive officers that comply with the Code, which requires firms to identify Code Staff employees. Code Staff are defined as all employees that have a material impact on the firm’s risk profile, including individuals who perform significant influence functions for a firm, executives, senior managers, and risk takers, as defined by the Code.

Variable pay awarded to Code Staff in respect of 2011 performance is subject to different deferral rates under the 2010 HSBC Minimum Deferral Policy than other employees. Variable pay awards in excess of $750,000 are subject to a 60 percent deferral rate and variable pay awards below $750,000 are subject to a 40 percent deferral rate. Deferral rates are applied to total variable pay award less GPSP award amounts, if any. The deferral amounts are split equally between deferred cash and deferred RSUs. Thirty-three percent (33%) of the deferred cash and deferred RSUs vest on the first anniversary of the grant date, thirty-three percent (33%) on the second anniversary, and thirty-four percent (34%) on the third anniversary of the grant date. RSUs are subject to an additional six-month retention period upon becoming vested, with provision made for the release of shares as required to meet associated income tax obligations. At the end of the vesting period, deferred cash is credited

 

229


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

with a notional rate of return equivalent to the annual dividend yield of HSBC Holdings plc shares over the period. Amounts not deferred and not delivered in GPSP awards are also split equally between non-deferred cash and non-deferred share awards. Non-deferred share awards granted are immediately vested, yet subject to a six-month retention period with a provision made for the release of shares as required to meet associated tax obligations. Non-deferred cash awarded for 2011 performance will be paid on March 9, 2012. Deferred cash, deferred RSUs, and non-deferred shares will be granted on March 12, 2012.

Of the HSBC Finance Corporation Named Executive Officers for 2011, Messrs. Burke and Sinyak were identified as Code Staff. As such, their respective variable pay awards for 2011 performance were paid in the following components:

 

  -  

Mr. Burke’s variable pay award for performance in 2011 is $2,000,000. He received a GPSP award of $350,000. The deferred portion of his variable pay consists of $495,000 in deferred cash and $495,000 in deferred RSUs. Mr. Burke’s remaining variable pay award is delivered in equal parts non-deferred cash ($330,000) and immediately vested shares ($330,000).

 

  -  

Mr. Sinyak’s variable pay award for performance in 2011 is $875,000. He received a GPSP award of $350,000. The deferred portion of his variable pay consists of $105,000 in deferred cash and $105,000 in deferred RSUs. Mr. Sinyak’s remaining variable pay is delivered in equal parts non-deferred cash ($157,500) and immediately vested shares ($157,500).

Messrs. Reeves, Gunton, and Larson are not recognized as Code Staff employees and are not subject to the deferral rates applicable only to Code Staff. Under the 2010 HSBC Minimum Deferral Policy applicable to those not recognized as Code Staff, Messrs. Reeves, Gunton, and Larson each will receive 20%, 35% and 30%, respectively, in RSUs as a percent of their total variable pay award for performance in 2011. Messrs. Reeves, Gunton and Larson did not receive GPSP awards.

 

230


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the compensation decisions made with respect to the NEOs for the 2010 and 2011 performance years. The table below differs from the Summary Compensation Table because we determine equity award amounts after the performance year concludes, while SEC rules require that the Summary Compensation Table include equity compensation in the year granted. Also, the Summary Compensation Table includes changes in pension value and non-qualified deferred compensation earnings and other elements of compensation as part of total compensation and those amounts are not shown in the table below.

 

    Fixed Pay     Annual Discretionary
Variable Cash(1)
    Long-term Equity
Incentive Award(2)
    Total Compensation     Year over
Year %

Change
 
     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010     2011     2010     2011    

Patrick J. Burke

  $ 503,777      $ 688,885      $ 750,000      $ 825,000      $ 825,000      $ 1,175,000      $ 2,003,077      $ 2,688,885        34

Chief Executive Officer

                 

Michael A. Reeves

  $ 330,008      $ 330,008      $ 264,000      $ 240,000      $ 66,000      $ 310,000 (6)    $ 660,008      $ 880,008        33

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

                 

Eli Sinyak(3)

    N/A      $ 578,846        N/A      $ 262,500        N/A      $ 612,500        N/A      $ 1,453,846        –     

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief

Operating Officer

                 

C. Mark Gunton(4)

  $ 514,157      $ 523,144      $ 422,500      $ 446,550      $ 227,500      $ 240,450      $ 1,164,157      $ 1,210,144        4

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief

Risk Officer

                 

Eric Larson(5)

    N/A      $ 432,693        N/A      $ 350,000        N/A      $ 150,000        N/A      $ 932,693        –     

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer

                 

 

 

 

(1)

Annual Discretionary Variable Cash amount pertains to the performance year indicated and is paid in the first quarter of the subsequent calendar year. Amounts include cash and deferred cash.

 

(2)

Long-term Equity Incentive Award amount pertains to the performance year indicated and is typically awarded in the first quarter of the subsequent calendar year. For example, the Long-term Equity Incentive Award indicated above for 2011 is earned in performance year 2011 but will be granted in March 2012. However, as required in the Summary Compensation Table, the grant date fair market value of equity granted in March 2011 is disclosed for the 2011 fiscal year under the column of Stock Awards in that table. The grant date fair value of equity granted in March 2012 will be disclosed for the 2012 fiscal year under the column of Stock Awards in the Summary Compensation Table reported for the 2012 fiscal year. Amounts include immediately vested shares, deferred RSUs and GPSP awards.

 

  An exception to the above description exists for GPSP awards granted to Mr. Burke in June 2011, which are included in the long-term equity award amount for performance year 2010 despite not being granted in the first quarter of the subsequent calendar year. These awards were delayed awaiting shareholder approval of the HSBC Share Plan 2011, which was approved on 27 May 2011. As a result of the delayed grant date, Mr. Burke’s award under the GPSP granted in June 2011 was also omitted in the in the 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2010.

 

(3)

In his role as Chief Operating Officer of HSBC North America, Mr. Sinyak has oversight over HSBC Finance Corporation, as well as HSBC USA. Amounts discussed within the 2011 CD&A and the accompanying executive compensation tables represent the full compensation paid to Mr. Sinayk for his role as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for all three companies. Mr. Sinyak has also been disclosed as an NEO in the HSBC USA Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011. Amounts shown only reflect compensation received from HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA and HSBC North America beginning February 28, 2011 and does not reflect compensation received for fulfilling other roles within HSBC but outside of HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA and HSBC North America.

 

(4)

In his role as Chief Risk Officer of HSBC North America, Mr. Gunton has risk oversight over HSBC Finance Corporation, as well as HSBC USA. Amounts discussed within the 2011 CD&A and the accompanying executive compensation tables represent the full compensation paid to Mr. Gunton for his role as Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer for all three companies. Mr. Gunton has also been disclosed as an NEO in the HSBC USA Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

(5)

In his role as Chief Compliance Officer of HSBC North America, Mr. Larson has compliance oversight over HSBC Finance Corporation, as well as HSBC USA. Amounts discussed within the 2011 CD&A and the accompanying executive compensation tables represent the full compensation paid to Mr. Larson for his role as Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer for all three companies.

 

(6) 

Long-term Equity Incentive amount for Mr. Reeves includes a special award of $250,000, paid entirely in shares (RSUs), in recognition of the NEO’s critical contribution to the sale of the Card and Retail Services business. This award is paid in addition to the variable pay delivered in deferred shares ($60,000) and follows the same vesting schedule.

 

231


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Compensation-Related Policies

Reduction or Cancellation of Deferred Cash and Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards, including “Clawbacks” RSUs granted after January 1, 2010 and deferred cash granted after January 1, 2011 may be amended, reduced or cancelled by REMCO at any time at its sole discretion, before an award has vested. Amendments may include amending any performance conditions associated with the award or imposing additional conditions on the award. Further, the number of RSUs or the amount of deferred cash awarded may be reduced or the entire award of shares or cash may be cancelled outright.

Circumstances that may prompt such action by REMCO include, but are not limited to: participant conduct considered to be detrimental or bringing the business into disrepute; evidence that past performance was materially worse than originally understood; prior financial statements are materially restated, corrected or amended; and evidence that the employee or the employee’s business unit engaged in improper or inadequate risk analysis or failed to raise related concerns.

Additionally, all employees with unvested share awards or awards subject to a retention period will be required to certify annually that they have not used personal hedging strategies or remuneration contracts of insurance to mitigate the risk alignment of the unvested awards.

Employment Contracts and Severance Protection  There are no employment agreements between HSBC Finance Corporation and the NEOs. However, Mr. Burke has an agreement that provides additional severance benefits upon a change in control of HSBC Finance Corporation. The terms of this agreement are as follows:

If during the 18 month period following a change in control of HSBC Finance Corporation his employment is terminated due to a “qualifying termination” (which includes a termination other than for “cause” or disability, or resignation by such person for “good reason”), he will be entitled to receive a cash payment consisting of:

 

   

A pro rata annual bonus through the date of termination, based on the highest of the annual bonuses payable during the three years preceding the year in which the termination occurs;

 

   

A payment equal to 1.5 times the sum of the applicable base salary and highest annual bonus; and

 

   

A payment equal to the value of 18 months of additional employer contributions under HSBC North America’s tax-qualified and supplemental defined contribution plans.

In addition, upon a qualifying termination following a change in control, Mr. Burke will be entitled to continue welfare benefit coverage for 18 months after the date of termination, 18 months of additional age and service credit under HSBC North America’s tax-qualified and supplemental defined benefit retirement plans, and outplacement services. If any amounts or benefits received under the employment protection agreement or otherwise are subject to the excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, an additional payment will be made to restore such person to the after-tax position in which he would have been if the excise tax had not been imposed. However, if a small reduction in the amount payable would render the excise tax inapplicable, then this reduction will be made instead.

The HSBC-North America (U.S.) Severance Pay Plan and the HSBC-North America (U.S.) Supplemental Severance Pay Plan provide any eligible employees with severance pay for a specified period of time in the event that his or her employment is involuntarily terminated for certain reasons, including displacement or lack of work or rearrangement of work. Regular U.S. full-time or part-time employees who are scheduled to work 20 or more hours per week are eligible. Employees are required to sign an employment release as a condition for receiving severance benefits. Benefit amounts vary according to position. However, the benefit is limited for all employees to a 52-week maximum.

Repricing of Stock Options and Timing of Option Grants  HSBC Finance Corporation does not, and our parent, HSBC, does not, reprice stock option grants. In addition, neither HSBC Finance Corporation nor HSBC has ever engaged in the practice known as “back-dating” of stock option grants, nor have we attempted to time the

 

232


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

granting of historical stock options in order to gain a lower exercise price. For HSBC equity option plans, the exercise price of awards made in 2003 and 2004 was the higher of the average market value for HSBC ordinary shares on the five business days preceding the grant date or the market value on the date of the grant.

HSBC also offers to all employees a stock purchase plan under its Sharesave Plan in which an employee who commits to contributing up to 250 GBP each month for one, three or five years is awarded options to acquire HSBC ordinary shares. At the end of the term, the employee may opt to use the accumulated amount, plus interest, if any, to purchase shares under the option. The exercise price for each option is the average market value of HSBC ordinary shares on the five business days preceding the date of the invitation to participate, less a 15 to 20 percent discount (depending on the term).

Tax Considerations  Limitations on the deductibility of compensation paid to executive officers under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are not applicable to HSBC Finance Corporation, as it is not a public corporation as defined by Section 162(m). As such, all compensation to our executive officers is deductible for federal income tax purposes, unless there are excess golden parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code following a change in control.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation  As described in the 2011 CD&A, HSBC Finance Corporation is subject to the remuneration policy established by REMCO and the delegations of authority with respect to executive officer compensation described above under “Oversight of Compensation Decisions.”

Compensation Committee Report  HSBC Finance Corporation does not have a Compensation Committee. While the HSBC North America Board of Directors and HSBC Finance Corporation Board of Directors were presented with information on proposed compensation for performance in 2011, the final decisions regarding remuneration policies and executive officer awards were made by REMCO or by Mr. Gulliver or Mr. Burke where REMCO has delegated final decisions. We, the members of the Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation, have reviewed the 2011 CD&A and discussed it with management, and have been advised that management of HSBC has reviewed the 2011 CD&A and believes it accurately reflects the policies and practices applicable to HSBC Finance Corporation executive compensation in 2011. HSBC Finance Corporation senior management has advised us that they believe the 2011 CD&A should be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon the information available to us, we have no reason to believe that the 2011 CD&A should not be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and therefore recommend that it should be included.

Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation

Patrick J. Burke

Robert K. Herdman

George A. Lorch

Samuel Minzberg

Beatriz R. Perez

Larree M. Renda

 

233


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Executive Compensation  The following tables and narrative text discuss the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid as of December 31, 2011 to (i) Mr. Patrick J. Burke who served as HSBC Finance Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Mr. Michael A. Reeves, who served as HSBC Finance Corporation’s Chief Financial Officer: and (iii) the next three most highly compensated executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2011.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Bonus(1)    

Stock

Awards(2)

   

Option

Awards

   

Non-Equity

Incentive

Plan

Compensation

   

Change in

Pension

Value and

Non-Qualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings(3)

   

All

Other

Compensation(4)

    Total  
Patrick J. Burke     2011      $ 688,885      $ 825,000      $ 825,000      $ -      $ -      $ 1,881,648      $ 103,220      $ 4,323,753   
Chief Executive     2010      $ 503,077      $ 750,000      $ 387,500      $ -      $ -      $ 381,761      $ 88,245      $ 2,110,583   
Officer     2009      $ 498,462      $ 387,500      $ 442,500      $ -      $ -      $ 431,340      $ 39,069      $ 1,798,871   
Michael A. Reeves(5)     2011      $ 330,008      $ 240,000      $ 66,000      $ -      $ -      $ 219,106      $ 15,462      $ 870,576   
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer     2010      $ 330,008      $ 264,000      $ 75,000      $ -      $ -      $ 295,614      $ 15,600      $ 980,222   
Eli Sinyak(5)(6)(7)     2011      $ 578,846      $ 262,500      $ 753,228      $ -      $ -      $ 237,586      $ 1,336,304      $ 3,168,464   
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer                  
C. Mark Gunton(5)(6)     2011      $ 523,144      $ 446,550      $ 227,500      $ -      $ -      $ 446,837      $ 540,587      $ 2,184,618   
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer     2010      $ 514,157      $ 422,500      $ 300,000      $ -      $ -      $ 159,083      $ 797,513      $ 2,193,253   
Eric Larson(5)(6)     2011      $ 432,693      $ 350,000      $ 510,000      $ -      $ -      $ 0 (8)    $ 185,000      $ 1,477,693   
Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer                  

 

 

(1) 

The amounts disclosed in 2011 are related to 2011 performance but paid in 2012. In the case of Messrs. Burke and Sinyak, bonus amount includes portion granted in the form of deferred cash as disclosed under Performance Year 2011 Compensation Actions. Messrs. Burke and Sinyak will become fully entitled to the deferred cash over a three year vesting period, and during the period, the deferred cash will be credited with a notional rate of return equal to the annual dividend yield of HSBC Holdings plc shares over the period.

 

(2) 

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of awards granted during the year. The grants are subject to various time vesting conditions as disclosed in the footnotes to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End Table. Dividend equivalents, in the form of cash and additional shares, are paid on all underlying shares and restricted share units at the same rate as dividends paid on shares of HSBC.

 

(3) 

The HSBC – North America (U.S.) Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”), the HSBC – North America Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”), the Supplemental HSBC Finance Corporation Retirement Income Plan (“SRIP”) and the HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefit Scheme (Jersey) (“ISRBS”) are described under Savings and Pension Plans.

 

  Increase in values by plan for each participant are: Mr. Burke – $441,366 (Pension Plan), $1,440,282 (SRIP); Mr. Reeves – $160,833 (Pension Plan), $28,278 (SRIP) $29,995 (NQDCP); Mr. Sinyak – $170,423 (Pension Plan), $67,163 (SRIP); and Mr. Gunton – $446,837 (ISRBS).

 

234


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

(4) 

Components of All Other Compensation are disclosed in the aggregate. All Other Compensation includes perquisites and other personal benefits received by each Named Executive Officer, such as financial planning, expatriate benefits and car allowance, to the extent such perquisites and other personal benefits exceeded $10,000 in 2011. The value of perquisites provided to Mr. Reeves did not exceed $10,000. The following itemizes perquisites and other benefits for each named executive officer who received perquisites and other benefits in excess of $10,000: Executive Tax Services and/or Financial Planning for Messrs. Burke and Sinyak were $572 and $590 respectively; Executive Travel Allowances, for Messrs. Sinyak and Gunton were $13,673 and $65,036, respectively; Foreign/Temporary Housing Allowance and Utilities for Messrs. Burke, Sinyak and Gunton were $38,061, $271,780 and $123,771, respectively; Relocation Assistance for Messrs. Burke and Sinyak in the amounts of $48,279 and $205,962 respectively; Tax Equalization resulted in net payments to Messrs. Sinyak and Gunton of $844,299 and $242,588 respectively; Mortgage Subsidies for Mr. Gunton in amount of $13,277; Children’s Education Allowance for Mr. Gunton in amount of $52,279; Car and Driver Services for Messrs. Burke and Gunton in the amounts of $384 and $136, respectivey. Mr. Larson was awarded a cash award of $185,000 on March 25, 2011 as a means of replacing a portion of certain equity-based compensation he forfeited when he resigned from his previous employer.

 

  All Other Compensation also includes HSBC Finance Corporation’s contribution for the named executive officer’s participation in the HSBC – North America (U.S.) Tax Reduction Investment Plan (“TRIP”) in 2011, as follows: Messrs. Burke and Reeves each had a contribution of $14,700. Mr. Gunton had a company contribution in the HSBC International Retirement Benefit Plan (“IRBP”) for International Managers in amount of $43,500. The value of Mr. Gunton’s company contribution in the IRBP was calculated using an exchange rate from GBP to U.S. dollars of 1.5483. TRIP and IRBP are described under Savings and Pension Plans – Deferred Compensation Plans.

 

(5) 

This table only reflects those officers who were Named Executive Officers for the particular referenced years above. Accordingly, Messrs. Reeves and Gunton were not Named Executive Officers in fiscal year 2009 so the table only reflects compensation for fiscal years 2010 and 2011. Similarly, Messrs. Sinyak and Larson were not Named Executive Officers in the years 2009 and 2010, so the table only reflects their compensation in fiscal year 2011.

 

(6) 

Amounts shown for Mr Sinyak represent compensation earned for their respective service to HSBC Finance Corporation, as well as for HSBC USA and HSBC North America. Amounts shown for Messrs. Gunton and Larson represent the compensation earned in connection with their respective service to HSBC Finance Corporation, as well as for HSBC USA. Messrs. Sinyak and Gunton have also been disclosed as Named Executive Officers in the HSBC USA Form 10-K for year ended 2011.

 

(7) 

For Mr. Sinyak, amounts shown in salary, bonus, stock awards, and all other compensation columns only reflects compensation received from HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA and HSBC North America beginning February 28, 2011 and does not reflect compensation received for fulfilling other roles within HSBC but outside of HSBC USA, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC North America.

 

(8)

Eric Larson was not a participant in the Pension Plan as of December 31, 2011. As a result, he is shown with a $0 benefit under the Pension Plan as of that date.

 

235


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

 

          Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
 

All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or

Units

   

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying

Options

 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option

Awards

 

Grant
Date
Fair
Value of
Stock
and

Option
Awards

 
    Grant     Threshold   Target     Maximum   Threshold   Target   Maximum        
Name   Date     ($)   ($)     ($)   (#)   (#)   (#)   (#)     (#)   ($/Sh)   ($)  
                                                             

Patrick J. Burke

    03/15/2011 (1)                  71,913          $ 750,000   

Chief Executive Officer

    06/23/2011 (2)                  7,706          $ 75,000   

Michael A. Reeves

    03/15/2011 (1)                  6,328          $ 66,000   

Executive Vice

President, Chief

Financial Officer

                     

Eli Sinyak

    03/15/2011 (3)                  34,704          $ 361,937   

Senior Executive Vice

    03/15/2011 (4)                  23,136          $ 241,291   

President,

    03/15/2011 (5)      $ 361,937                15,412          $ 150,000   

Chief Operating Officer

    06/23/2011 (2)                     

C. Mark Gunton

    03/15/2011 (1)                  21,813          $ 227,500   

Senior Executive Vice

President, Chief Risk

Officer

                     

Eric Larson

    03/15/2011 (1)                  20,135          $ 210,000   

Senior Executive Vice

President, Chief

Compliance Officer

    03/31/2011 (6)                  29,254          $ 300,000   

 

(1) 

Reflects grant of RSUs, which vest thirty-three percent (33%) on the first anniversary of the grant date, thirty-three percent (33%) on the second anniversary of the grant date, and thirty-four percent (34%) on the third anniversary of the grant date. The total grant date fair value is based on 100% of the fair market value of the underlying HSBC ordinary shares on March 15, 2011 of GBP 6.50 and converted into U.S. dollars using the GBP exchange rate as of the date of grant which was 1.6045.

 

(2)

Reflects grant of GPSP awards, which vests one-hundred percent (100%) on March 15, 2016. The total grant date fair value is based on 100% of the fair market value of the underlying HSBC ordinary shares on June 23, 2011 of GBP 6.06 and converted into U.S. dollars using the GBP exchange rate as of the date of grant which was 1.6071.

 

(3)

Reflects grant of RSUs, which vests thirty-three percent (33%) on the first anniversary of the grant date, thirty-three percent (33%) on the second anniversary of the grant date, and thirty-four percent (34%) on the third anniversary of the grant date. Upon vesting, RSUs are subject to an additional six-month retention period, with provision made for the release of shares as required to meet associated income tax obligations. The total grant date fair value is based on 100% of the fair market value of the underlying HSBC ordinary shares on March 15, 2011 of GBP 6.50 and converted into U.S. dollars using the GBP exchange rate as of the date of grant which was 1.6045.

 

(4)

Reflects grant of immediately-vested shares, yet subject to an additional six-month retention period, with provision made for the release of shares as required to meet associated income tax obligations. The total grant date fair value is based on 100% of the fair market value of the underlying HSBC ordinary shares on March 15, 2011 of GBP 6.50 and converted into U.S. dollars using the GBP exchange rate as of the date of grant which was 1.6045.

 

(5)

Reflects grant of deferred cash, which vests thirty-three percent (33%) on the first anniversary of the grant date, thirty-three percent (33%) on the second anniversary of the grant date, and thirty-four percent (34%) on the third anniversary of the grant date. At the end of the vesting period, deferred cash is credited with a notional rate of return equal to the annual dividend yield of HSBC Holdings plc shares over the period. Mr. Sinyak’s deferred cash award was converted into U.S. dollars using the HKD exchange rate as of the date of grant which was 0.1284.

 

(6)

Reflects grant of RSUs, which vest eighty percent (80%) on the first anniversary of the grant date, and twenty (20%) on the second anniversary of the grant date. The total grant date fair value is based on 100% of the fair market value of the underlying HSBC ordinary shares on March 31, 2011 of GBP 6.41 and converted into U.S. dollars using the GBP exchange rate as of the date of grant which was 1.6062.

 

236


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End Table

 

              Option Awards                     Stock Awards    
Name   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
 

Equity
Incentive

Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)

  Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#)(1)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($)(2)
   

Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number

of Unearned
Shares,

Units or
Other

Rights

That Have
Not Vested
(#)(1)

 

Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares,

Units or
Other Rights
That Have
Not Vested
($)(2)

Patrick J. Burke

    23,023 (3)        $ 9.2895        11/20/2012        76,886 (4)    $ 584,559       

Chief Executive

    68,852 (3)          GBP7.9606        11/03/2013        27,013 (5)    $ 205,378       

Officer

    68,852 (3)          GBP7.2181        04/30/2014        75,066 (6)    $ 570,721       
              7,881 (7)    $ 59,919       
              13,155 (8)    $ 100,017       

Michael A. Reeves

              24,838 (4)    $ 188,842       

Executive Vice

              5,227 (5)    $ 39,741       

President,

              6,605 (6)    $ 50,217       

Chief Financial

Officer

                 

Eli Sinyak

    45,901 (3)          GBP7.9606        11/03/2013        114,488 (4)    $ 870,444       

Senior Executive

    45,901 (3)          GBP7.2181        04/30/2014        38,283 (5)    $ 291,063       

Vice President and

              36,225 (6)    $ 275,416       

Chief Operating

              15,762 (7)    $ 119,837       

Officer

                 

C. Mark Gunton

              17,857 (4)    $ 135,765       

Senior Executive

              20,913 (5)    $ 159,000       

Vice President,

              22,769 (6)    $ 173,111       

Chief Risk Officer

                 

Eric Larson

              21,017 (6)    $ 159,791       

Senior Executive

Vice President,

              30,183 (9)    $ 229,479       

Chief Compliance

Officer

                 

 

(1)

Share amounts include additional awards accumulated over the vesting periods, including any adjustments for the HSBC share rights issue completed in April 2009. During the rights issue, HSBC raised capital by offering the opportunity to purchase new shares at a fixed price to all qualifying shareholders on the basis of five new shares for every twelve existing shares. The number of unvested restricted shares and restricted share units held by employees was automatically increased, without any action required on the part of employees, in an effort to not disadvantage employees by the rights issue. Similarly, the number of unexercised stock options held by employees was automatically increased and a corresponding decrease was made in the option exercise price, without any action required on the part of employees, and such that the employee will pay the same total amount to exercise the adjusted stock option award as before the rights issue. The adjustment to stock options, restricted shares and restricted share units were made based on a formula that HSBC’s auditors, KPMG, confirmed was fair and reasonable.

 

(2)

The HSBC share market value of the shares on December 31, 2011 was GBP 4.9105 and the exchange rate from GBP to U.S. dollars was 1.5483.

 

(3)

Reflects fully vested options adjusted for the HSBC share rights issue completed in April 2009.

 

(4)

This award will vest in full on March 5, 2012.

 

(5)

Thirty-three percent (33%) of this award vested on February 28, 2011, thirty-three percent (33%) will vest on February 27, 2012, and thirty-four percent (34%) will vest on February 25, 2013.

 

(6) 

Thirty-three percent (33%) of this award vested on March 15, 2012, thirty-three percent (33%) will vest on March 15, 2013, and thirty-four percent (34%) will vest on March 17, 2014.

 

(7) 

This award will vest in full on March 15, 2016.

 

(8) 

This award will vest in full on June 30, 2012.

 

(9) 

Eighty percent (80%) of this award will vest on March 31, 2012 and twenty percent (20%) will vest on March 31, 2013.

 

237


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards  
Name   

Number of

Shares

Acquired

on Exercise

(#)

  

Value

Realized

on Exercise

(#)(1)

  

Number of

Shares

Acquired

on Vesting

(#)(2)

   

Value

Realized

on Vesting

($)(1)

 

Patrick J. Burke

           59,898 (3)    $ 632,002   

Chief Executive Officer

          

Michael A. Reeves

           18,184 (4)    $ 191,008   

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

          

Eli Sinyak

           88,504 (5)    $ 935,719   

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

          

C. Mark Gunton

           33,258 (6)    $ 351,965   

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer

          

Eric Larson

          

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer

          

 

(1)

Value realized on exercise or vesting uses the GBP fair market value on the date of exercise / release and the exchange rate from GBP to USD on the date of settlement.

 

(2)

Includes the release of additional awards accumulated over the vesting period and resulting from the HSBC share rights issue completed in April 2009.

 

(3)

Includes the release of 36,267 shares granted on March 31, 2008, and the partial release of 37,321 shares granted on March 1, 2010.

 

(4)

Includes the release of 12,089 shares granted on March 31, 2008, and the partial release of 7,223 shares granted on March 1, 2010.

 

(5)

Includes the release of 38,181 shares granted on October 31, 2008, the partial release of 52,892 shares granted on March 1, 2010, and the release of 23,136 shares granted on March 15, 2011.

 

(6)

Includes the release of 17,991 shares granted on March 31, 2008 and the partial release of 28,894 shares granted on March 1, 2010.

 

238


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Name    Plan Name(1)  

Number of

Years Credited

Service

(#)

   

Present Value

of Accumulated

Benefit

($)

   

Payments

During Last

Fiscal Year

($)

 

Patrick J. Burke(2)

   Pension Plan-Household     22.8      $ 851,577      $ 0   

Chief Executive Officer

   SRIP-Household     21.8      $ 2,875,932      $ 0   

Michael A. Reeves

   Pension Plan-Household     18.7      $ 505,770      $ 0   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

   SRIP-Household     17.7      $ 407,493      $ 0   

Eli Sinyak

   Pension Plan-Household     12.8      $ 461,180      $ 0   

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

   SRIP-Household     11.8      $ 899,789      $ 0   

C. Mark Gunton

   ISRBS     33.0      $ 3,743,915 (3)    $ 0   

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer

        

Eric Larson

   Pension Plan     $ 0      $ 0   

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

        

 

(1) 

Plan described under Savings and Pension Plans.

 

(2) 

Value of age 65 benefit. Participant is also eligible for an immediate early retirement benefit with a value of $989,131 (Pension Plan) and $3,426,446 (SRIP).

 

(3) 

The amounts were converted into USD from GBP utililizing the exchange rate of 1.5483 at December 31, 2011.

 

239


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Savings and Pension Plans

Pension Plan The HSBC North America (U.S.) Pension Plan (“Pension Plan”), formerly known as the HSBC North America (U.S.) Retirement Income Plan, is a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan for employees of HSBC North America and its U.S. subsidiaries who are at least 21 years of age with one year of service and not part of a collective bargaining unit. Benefits are determined under a number of different formulas that vary based on year of hire and employer. As further described in Note 22, “Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2011, all employees who are eligible to participate in the Pension Plan will earn benefits under the Cash Balance formula only and not under any of the legacy formulas. However, both Legacy Household Formulas (Old and New) were amended in 2011 to provide an Adjusted Benefit Formula to all participants who were actively employed by of HSBC North America and its U.S. subsidiaries at any time in 2011 and do not meet the requirements for early retirement eligibility upon their termination of employment. The Adjusted Benefit Formula accelerated the service proration component of the Legacy Household benefit calculation that previously would have occurred only upon satisfying the age and service requirements for early retirement eligibility. This change was made to ensure full compliance with applicable regulations and eliminate the need to complete annual testing of early retirement benefits.

Supplemental Retirement Income Plan (SRIP) The Supplemental HSBC Finance Corporation Retirement Income Plan (“SRIP”) is a non-qualified defined benefit retirement plan that is designed to provide benefits that are precluded from being paid to legacy Household employees by the Pension Plan due to legal constraints applicable to all qualified plans. SRIP benefits are calculated without regard to these limits but are reduced effective January 1, 2008, for compensation deferred to the HSBC – North America Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”). The resulting benefit is then reduced by the value of qualified benefits payable by the Pension Plan so that there is no duplication of payments. Benefits are paid in a lump sum to executives covered by a Household or Account Based Formula between July and December in the calendar year following the year of termination. No additional benefits have accrued or will accrue under SRIP after December 31, 2010.

Formulas for Calculating Benefits

Legacy Household Formula (Old):  Applies to executives who were hired prior to January 1, 1990 by Household International. The benefit at age 65 is determined under whichever formula, A or B below, provides the higher amount. Executives who are at least age 50 with 15 years of service or at least age 55 with 10 years of service may retire before age 65, in which case the benefits are reduced.

 

  A. The normal retirement benefit at age 65 is the sum of (i) 51 percent of average salary that does not exceed the integration amount and (ii) 57 percent of average compensation in excess of the integration amount. For this purpose, the integration amount is an average of the Social Security taxable wage bases for the 35 year period ending with the year of retirement. The benefit is reduced pro rata for executives who retire with less than 15 years of service. If an executive has more than 30 years of service, the benefit percentages in the formula, (the 51 percent and 57 percent) are increased 1/24 of 1 percentage point for each month of service in excess of 30 years, but not more than 5 percentage points. The benefit percentages are reduced for retirement prior to age 65.

 

  B. The normal retirement benefit at age 65 is determined under (a) below, limited to a maximum amount determined in (b):

 

  (a) 55 percent of average salary, reduced pro rata for less than 15 years of service, and increased 1/24 of 1 percentage point for each month in excess of 30 years, but not more than 5 percentage points; the benefit percentage of 55 percent is reduced for retirement prior to age 65.

 

  (b) The amount determined in (a) is reduced as needed so that when added to 50 percent of the primary Social Security benefit, the total does not exceed 65 percent of the average salary. This maximum is applied for payments following the age at which full Social Security benefits are available.

 

240


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Both formulas use an average of salaries for the 48 highest consecutive months selected from the 120 consecutive months preceding date of retirement; for this purpose, salary includes total base wages and bonuses.

Legacy Household Formula (New):  Applies to executives who were hired after December 31, 1989, but prior to January 1, 2000, by Household International, Inc. The normal retirement benefit at age 65 is the sum of (i) 51% of average salary that does not exceed the integration amount and (ii) 57% of average compensation in excess of the integration amount. For this purpose, compensation includes total fixed pay and cash variable pay (as earned); provided, effective January 1, 2008, compensation is reduced by any amount deferred under the NQDCP, and is averaged over the 48 highest consecutive months selected from the 120 consecutive months preceding date of retirement. The integration amount is an average of the Social Security taxable wage bases for the 35 year period ending with the year of retirement. The benefit is reduced pro-rata for executives who retire with less than 30 years of service. If an executive has more than 30 years of service, the percentages in the formula, (the 51% and 57%) are increased 1/24 of 1 percentage point for each month of service in excess of 30 years, but not more than 5 percentage points. Executives who are at least age 55 with 10 or more years of service may retire before age 65 in which case the benefit percentages (51% and 57%) are reduced.

Account Based Formula:  Applies to executives who were hired by Household after December 31, 1999. It also applies to executives who were hired by HSBC Bank USA after December 31, 1996 and became participants in the Pension Plan on January 1, 2005, or were hired by HSBC after March 28, 2003. The formula provides for a notional account that accumulates 2% of annual fixed pay for each calendar year of employment. For this purpose, compensation includes total fixed pay and cash incentives as paid effective January 1, 2008, compensation is reduced by any amount deferred under the NQDCP. At the end of each calendar year, interest is credited on the notional account using the value of the account at the beginning of the year. The interest rate is based on the lesser of average yields for 10-year and 30-year Treasury bonds during September of the preceding calendar year. The notional account is payable at termination of employment for any reason after three years of service although payment may be deferred to age 65.

Provisions Applicable to All Formulas:  The amount of compensation used to determine benefits is subject to an annual maximum that varies by calendar year. The limit for 2010 is $245,000. The limit for years after 2010 will increase from time-to-time as specified by IRS regulations. Benefits are payable as a life annuity, or for married participants, a reduced life annuity with 50% continued to a surviving spouse. Participants (with spousal consent, if married) may choose from a variety of other optional forms of payment, which are all designed to be equivalent in value if paid over an average lifetime. Retired executives covered by a Legacy Household or Account Based Formula may be eligible to elect a lump sum form of payment (spousal consent is required for married executives).

HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme (Jersey) (ISRBS)  The HSBC International Staff Retirement Benefits Scheme (Jersey) (“ISRBS”) is a defined benefit plan maintained for certain international managers. Each member must contribute five percent of his fixed pay to the plan during his service, but each member who has completed 20 years of service or who enters the senior management or general management sections during his service shall contribute 6 2/3 percent of his salary. In addition, a member may make voluntary contributions, but the total of voluntary and mandatory contributions cannot exceed 15 percent of his total compensation. Upon leaving service, the value of the member’s voluntary contribution fund, if any, shall be commuted for a retirement benefit.

The annual pension payable at normal retirement is 1/480 of the member’s final fixed pay for each completed month in the executive section, 1.25/480 of his final fixed pay for each completed month in the senior management section, and 1.50/480 of his final fixed pay for each completed month in the general management section. A member’s normal retirement date is the first day of the month coincident with or next following his 53rd birthday. Payments may be deferred or suspended but not beyond age 75.

If a member leaves before normal retirement with at least 15 years of service, he will receive a pension which is reduced by 0.25 percent for each complete month by which termination precedes normal retirement. If he terminates with at least 5 years of service, he will receive an immediate lump sum equivalent of his reduced pension.

 

241


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

If a member dies before age 53 while he is still accruing benefits in the ISRBS then both a lump sum and a widow’s pension will be payable immediately.

The lump sum payable would be the cash sum equivalent of the member’s Anticipated Pension, where the Anticipated Pension is the notional pension to which the member would have been entitled if he had continued in service until age 53, computed on the assumption that his final fixed pay remains unaltered. In addition, where applicable, the member’s voluntary contributions fund will be paid as a lump sum.

In general, the widow’s pension payable would be equal to one half of the member’s Anticipated Pension. As well as this, where applicable, a children’s allowance is payable on the death of the Member equal to 25% of the amount of the widow’s pension.

If the member retires before age 53 on the grounds of infirmity he will be entitled to a pension as from the date of his leaving service equal to his Anticipated Pension, where Anticipated Pension has the same definition as in the previous section.

Present Value of Accumulated Benefits

For the Account Based formula:  The value of the notional account balances currently available on December 31, 2011.

For other formulas:  The present value of the benefit payable at assumed retirement using interest and mortality assumptions consistent with those used for financial reporting purposes under SFAS 87 with respect to the company’s audited financial statements for the period ending December 31, 2011. However, no discount has been assumed for separation prior to retirement due to death, disability or termination of employment. Further, the amount of the benefit so valued is the portion of the benefit at assumed retirement that has accrued in proportion to service earned on December 31, 2011.

Deferred Compensation Plans

Tax Reduction Investment Plan:  HSBC North America maintains the HSBC – North America (U.S.) Tax Reduction Investment Plan (“TRIP”), which is a deferred profit-sharing and savings plan for its eligible employees. With certain exceptions, a U.S. employee who has been employed for 30 days and who is not part of a collective bargaining unit may contribute into TRIP, on a pre-tax and after-tax basis (after-tax contributions are limited to employees classified as non-highly compensated), up to 40 percent of the participant’s cash compensation (subject to a maximum annual pre-tax contribution by a participant of $16,500 for 2011 (plus an additional $5,500 catch-up contribution for participants age 50 and over for 2011), as adjusted for cost of living increases, and certain other limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code) and invest such contributions in separate equity or income funds.

If the employee has been employed for at least one year, HSBC Finance Corporation contributes three percent of compensation each pay period on behalf of each participant who contributes one percent and matches any additional participant contributions up to four percent of compensation. However, matching contributions will not exceed six percent of a participant’s compensation if the participant contributes four percent or more of compensation. The plan provides for immediate vesting of all contributions. With certain exceptions, a participant’s after-tax contributions that have not been matched by us can be withdrawn at any time. Both our matching contributions made prior to 1999 and the participant’s after-tax contributions that have been matched may be withdrawn after five years of participation in the plan. A participant’s pre-tax contributions and our matching contributions after 1998 may not be withdrawn except for an immediate financial hardship, upon termination of employment, or after attaining age 59 1/2. Participants may borrow from their TRIP accounts under certain circumstances.

Supplemental Tax Reduction Investment Plan:  HSBC North America also maintains the Supplemental HSBC Finance Corporation Tax Reduction Investment Plan (“STRIP”), which is unfunded plan for eligible employees of HSBC Finance Corporation and its participating subsidiaries who are legacy Household employees and whose

 

242


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

compensation exceeded limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Beginning January 1, 2008, STRIP participants received a 6% contribution for such excess compensation, reduced by any amount deferred under the NQDCP, invested in STRIP through a credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by us which deems such contributions to be invested in equity or income funds selected by the participant. Employer contributions to STRIP were terminated effective December 31, 2010.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan:  HSBC North America maintains the NQDCP for the highly compensated employees in the organization, including executives of HSBC Finance Corporation. Certain NEOs are eligible to contribute up to 80 percent of their fixed pay and/or cash variable pay in any plan year. Participants are required to make an irrevocable election with regard to the percentage of compensation to be deferred and the timing and manner of future payout. Two types of distributions are permitted under the plan, either a scheduled in-service withdrawal, which must be scheduled at least 2 years after the end of the plan year in which the deferral is made, or payment upon termination of employment. For either the scheduled in-service withdrawal or payment upon termination, the participant may elect either a lump sum payment or, if the participant has over 10 years of service, installment payments over 10 years. Due to the unfunded nature of the plan, participant elections are deemed investments whose gains or losses are calculated by reference to actual earnings of the investment choices. In order to provide the participants with the maximum amount of protection under an unfunded plan, a Rabbi Trust has been established where the participant contributions are segregated from the general assets of HSBC Finance Corporation. The Investment Committee for the plan endeavors to invest the contributions in a manner consistent with the participant’s deemed elections, reducing the likelihood of an underfunded plan.

HSBC International Retirement Benefit Plan (“IRBP”) for International Managers:  The HSBC International Retirement Benefit Plan (“IRBP”) is a defined contribution retirement savings plan maintained for certain international managers who have attained the maximum number of years of service for participation in other plans covering international managers, including the ISRBS. Participants receive an employer paid contribution equal to 15% of fixed pay and may elect to contribute 2.5% of fixed pay as non-mandatory employee contributions, which contributions are matched by employer contributions. Additionally, participants can make unlimited additional voluntary contributions of fixed pay. The plan provides for participant direction of account balances in a wide range of investment funds and immediate vesting of all contributions.

 

243


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Non-Qualified Defined Contribution and Other Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans

 

Name   

Executive

Contributions

in 2011 (1)

    

Employer
Contributions

in 2011 (2)

    

Aggregate

Earnings

in 2011

   

Aggregate

Withdrawals/

Distributions
in 2011

    

Aggregate

Balance at

12/31/2011

 

Patrick J. Burke

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 5,446      $ 0       $ 329,224   

Chief Executive Officer

             

Michael A. Reeves

   $ 0       $ 0       $ 32,808      $ 0       $ 593,773   

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

             

Eli Sinyak

   $ 0       $ 0       $ (886   $ 0       $ 180,562   

Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

             

C. Mark Gunton

   $ 31,071       $ 43,500       $ (12,033     N/A       $ 155,802   

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer

             

Eric Larson

     N/A         N/A         N/A        N/A         N/A   

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer

             

 

(1) 

For Mr. Gunton, amount reflects contributions under the International Retirement Benefit Plan (“IRBP”) for International Managers, converted from GBP to USD using the exchange rate of 1.5483 as of December 31, 2011. Both the NQDCP and the IRBP for International Managers are described under Savings and Pension Plans.

 

(2) 

For Mr. Sinyak and Mr. Gunton, amounts reflect contributions under the Supplemental HSBC Finance Corporation Tax Reduction Investment Plan (“STRIP”), which is described under Savings and Pension Plans. Employer contributions were invested in STRIP through a credit to a bookkeeping account, which deems such contributions to be invested in equity or income mutual funds selected by the participant. Effective December 31, 2010, no additional employer contributions under STRIP will be made. Distributions are made in a lump sum upon termination of employment.

For Mr. Gunton, amount reflects contributions under the IRBP for International Managers, converted from GBP to USD using the exchange rate of 1.5483 as of December 31, 2011.

 

244


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change-In-Control

The following tables describe the payments that HSBC Finance Corporation would be required to make as of December 31, 2011 to each of Messrs. Burke, Reeves, Sinyak, Gunton and Larson as a result of their termination, retirement, disability or death or a change in control of the company as of that date. These amounts shown are in addition to those generally available to salaried employees, such as disability benefits, accrued vacation pay and COBRA continuation coverage. The specific circumstances that would trigger such payments are identified and the terms of such payments are defined under the HSBC North America (U.S.) Severance Pay Plan and the particular terms of deferred cash awards and long-term equity incentive awards.

Patrick J. Burke

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon
Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

  Disability    

Normal

Retirement

   

Involuntary

Not for

Cause

Termination

   

For Cause

Termination

 

Voluntary for

Good Reason

Termination

    Death    

Change in

Control

Termination

 

Cash Compensation

               

Fixed Pay

        $ 592,308 (1)          $ 1,050,000 (2) 

Variable Pay

                $ 3,750,000 (2) 

Long-term Incentive Awards

               

Restricted Stock/Units

    $ 1,520,593 (3)    $ 1,520,593 (3)    $ 1,520,593 (3)      $ 1,520,593 (3)    $ 1,520,593 (3)    $ 1,520,593 (3) 

Benefits and Perquisites

               

Defined Contribution Retirement Benefit

                $ 126,800 (4) 

Welfare Benefit Coverage

                $ 26,204 (5) 

Defined Benefit Retirement Benefit

                $ 924,127 (6) 

Outplacement Services

                $ 7,452   

 

(1) 

Under the terms of the HSBC – North America (U.S.) Severance Pay Plan, Mr. Burke would receive 44 weeks of his current fixed pay upon separation from the company.

 

(2) 

Refer to the description of Mr. Burke’s employment protection agreement. Mr. Burke will be entitled to receive a pro rata annual variable pay through the date of termination, based on the highest of the annual variable pay payable during the three years proceding the year in which the termination occurs; and a payment equal to 1.5 times the sum of the applicable fixed pay and highest annual variable pay.

 

(3) 

This amount represents a full vesting of the outstanding restricted shares assuming “good leaver” status is granted by REMCO and a termination date of December 31, 2011, and is calculated using the closing price of HSBC ordinary shares and exchange rate on December 31, 2011.

 

(4) 

Mr. Burke’s employment protection agreement provides 18 months of additional employer contributions under HSBC North America’s tax-qualified plan.

 

(5) 

Mr. Burke’s employment protection agreement provides continued welfare benefit coverage for 18 months after the date of termination. The value of this coverage is calculated based on the COBRA rates applicable to Mr. Burke’s current coverage election and assumes termination due to change in control occurred on December 31, 2011.

 

(6) 

Mr. Burke’s employment protection agreement provides an additional 18 months of age and service credit under HSBC North America’s supplemental defined benefit retirement plan. The present value of this benefit was determined by HSBC Finance Corporation’s actuaries to be $924,127.

 

 

245


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Michael A. Reeves

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon
Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

  Disability    

Normal

Retirement

   

Involuntary

Not for

Cause

Termination

   

For Cause

Termination

 

Voluntary for

Good Reason

Termination

    Death    

Change in

Control

Termination

 

Fixed Pay

        $ 228,467 (1)         

Restricted Stock/Units

    $ 278,799 (2)    $ 278,799 (2)    $ 278,799 (2)      $ 278,799 (2)    $ 278,799 (2)    $ 278,799 (2) 

 

(1) 

Under the terms of the HSBC – North America (U.S.) Severance Pay Plan, Mr. Reeves would receive 36 weeks of his current fixed pay upon separation from the company.

 

(2) 

This amount represents a full vesting of the outstanding restricted shares assuming “good leaver” status is granted by REMCO and a termination date of December 31, 2011, and is calculated using the closing price of HSBC ordinary shares and exchange rate on December 31, 2011.

Eli Sinyak

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon
Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

  Disability    

Normal

Retirement

   

Involuntary

Not for

Cause

Termination

   

For Cause

Termination

 

Voluntary for

Good Reason

Termination

    Death    

Change in

Control

Termination

 

Fixed Pay

        $ 350,000 (1)         

Restricted Stock/Units

    $ 1,556,760 (2)    $ 1,556,760 (2)    $ 1,556,760 (2)      $ 1,556,760 (2)    $ 1,556,760 (2)    $ 1,556,760 (2) 

Deferred Cash

    $ 361,937 (3)    $ 361,937 (3)    $ 361,937 (3)      $ 361,937 (3)    $ 361,937 (3)    $ 361,937 (3) 

 

(1) 

Under the terms of the HSBC – North America (U.S.) Severance Pay Plan, Mr. Sinyak would receive 26 weeks of his current fixed pay upon separation from the company.

 

(2) 

This amount represents a full vesting of the outstanding restricted shares assuming “good leaver” status is granted by REMCO and a termination date of December 31, 2011, and is calculated using the closing price of HSBC ordinary shares and exchange rate on December 31, 2011.

 

(3) 

This amount represents a full vesting of the outstanding deferred cash assuming “good leaver” status is granted by REMCO and a termination date of December 31, 2011.

C. Mark Gunton

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

  Disability    

Normal

Retirement

   

Involuntary

Not for

Cause

Termination

   

For Cause

Termination

 

Voluntary
for

Good
Reason

Termination

    Death    

Change in

Control

Termination

 

Fixed Pay

               

Restricted Stock/Units

    $ 467,877 (1)    $ 467,877 (1)    $ 467,877 (1)      $ 467,877 (1)    $ 467,877 (1)    $ 467,877 (1) 

 

(1) 

This amount represents a full vesting of the outstanding restricted shares assuming “good leaver” status is granted by REMCO and termination date of December 31, 2011, and is calculated using the closing price of HSBC ordinary shares and exchange rate on December 31, 2011.

 

246


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Eric Larson

 

Executive Benefits and

Payments Upon
Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

  Disability    

Normal

Retirement

   

Involuntary

Not for

Cause

Termination

   

For Cause

Termination

 

Voluntary for

Good Reason

Termination

    Death    

Change in

Control

Termination

 

Fixed Pay

        $ 225,000 (1)         

Restricted Stock/Units

    $ 389,270 (2)    $ 389,270 (2)    $ 389,270 (2)      $ 389,270 (2)    $ 389,270 (2)    $ 389,270 (2) 

 

(1) 

Under the terms of the HSBC – North America (U.S.) Severance Pay Plan, Mr. Larson would receive 26 weeks of his current fixed pay upon separation from the company.

 

(2) 

This amount represents a full vesting of the outstanding restricted shares assuming “good leaver” status is granted by REMCO and a termination date of December 31, 2011, and is calculated using the closing price of HSBC ordinary shares and exchange rate on December 31, 2011.

Director Compensation  The following table and narrative footnotes discuss the compensation earned by our Non-Executive Directors in 2011. Mr. Burke began service on the Board of Directors on October 31, 2011, and Mr. Booker’s service on the Board of Directors concluded October 31, 2011. Mr. Burke, as an Executive Director, and Mr. Booker, as a former Executive Director, received no additional compensation for service on the Board of Directors in 2011.

During 2011, HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA adjusted compensation for the Non-Executive Directors in response to increased demands upon the Directors and the revised committee structure of the Board of Directors. The table below outlines the differences in the annual compensation program for Non-Executive Directors for the first half of 2011 compared to the second half of 2011.

 

247


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Annualized Compensation Rates for Non-Executive Directors

Related to Service on the Board of Directors and Committees for HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC
North America

 

     Effective through
June 30, 2011
          Effective beginning
July 1, 2011
 

Board Retainer

        
HSBC North America & HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 210,000      

HSBC North America

HSBC Finance Corporation

   $

$

105,000

105,000

  

  

Audit Committee and Risk Committee

  

     
Audit and Risk Committee Chair for HSBC North America    $ 85,000       Audit Committee Chair for HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA    $ 80,000   
Audit and Risk Committee Chair for HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 55,000       Audit Committee Member for HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 20,000   
Audit and Risk Committee Member for HSBC North America    $ 15,000         
Audit and Risk Committee Member for Finance Corporation    $ 15,000         

-

      Risk Committee Chair for HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA    $ 80,000   

-

      Risk Committee Member for HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 20,000   

Compliance Committee

        

-

      Compliance Committee Chair for HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 80,000   

-

      Compliance Committee Member for HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 50,000   

Nominating Committee

        

-

      Nominating Committee Chair for HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 40,000   

-

      Nominating Committee Membership for HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation    $ 20,000   

Grandfathered Amounts

        
Robert K. Herdman    $ 40,000      

            -

  
George A. Lorch    $ 115,000       George A. Lorch    $ 65,000   

 

248


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The 2011 total compensation of our Non-Executive Directors in their capacities as directors of HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation, and in the case of Mr. Herdman, also as the director of HSBC USA, is shown in the following table:

 

Name   

Fees Earned or

Paid in

Cash

($)(1)

    

Stock

Awards

($)(2)

    

Option

Awards

($)(2)

    

Change in

Pension Value

And

Non-Qualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings ($)(3)

   

All Other

Compensation

($)(4)

    

Total

($)

 

Robert K. Herdman

   $ 465,000       $ -       $ -       $ -      $ 919       $ 465,919   

George A. Lorch

   $ 375,000       $ -       $ -       $ (91,304   $ 2,625       $ 286,321   

Samuel Minzberg

   $ 255,000       $ -       $ -       $ -      $ 2,625       $ 257,625   

Beatriz R. Perez

   $ 252,500       $ -       $ -       $ -      $ 2,625       $ 255,125   

Larree M. Renda

   $ 257,500       $ -       $ -       $ (274   $ 2,625       $ 259,851   

 

(1) 

Represents aggregate compensation for service on Board of Directors and Committees HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and, in the case of Mr. Herdman, HSBC USA.

Fees paid to Mr. Herdman include the following amounts for service from January 1, 2011 to July 1, 2011: $105,000 as part of annual cash retainer for membership on the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $42,500 for serving as Chair of the HSBC North America Audit and Risk Committee, $27,500 for serving as Chair of the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit and Risk Committee, $32,500 for serving as Chair of the HSBC USA Audit and Risk Committee; and $20,000 in grandfathered fees related to his level of compensation in 2007. Fees paid to Mr. Herdman also include the following amounts for service from July 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011: $52,500 annual cash retainer for membership on each of the HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA boards; $13,333 for serving as Chair of each of the Audit Committees of HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA; and $13,333 for serving as Chair of each of the Risk Committees of HSBC North America, HSBC Finance Corporation and HSBC USA.

Fees paid to Mr. Lorch include the following amounts for service from January 1, 2011 to July 1, 2011: $105,000 as part of annual cash retainer for membership on the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $7,500 for membership on the HSBC North America Audit and Risk Committee, $7,500 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit and Risk Committee; and $57,500 in grandfathered fees related to his level of compensation in 2007. Fees paid to Mr. Lorch also include the following amounts for service from July 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011: $52,500 annual cash retainer for membership on each of the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $40,000 for serving as Chair of the Compliance Committee for HSBC Finance Corporation; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Nominating Committee, $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Nominating Committee; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Risk Committee, $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Risk Committee; and $32,500 in grandfathered fees related to his level of compensation in 2007.

Fees paid to Mr. Minzberg include the following amounts for service from January 1, 2011 to July 1, 2011: $105,000 as part of annual cash retainer for membership on the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $7,500 for membership on the HSBC North America Audit and Risk Committee, and $7,500 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit and Risk Committee. Fees paid to Mr. Minzberg also include the following amounts for service from July 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011: $52,500 annual cash retainer for membership on each of the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Audit Committee, $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit Committee; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Nominating Committee, $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Nominating Committee; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Risk Committee, and $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Risk Committee.

Fees paid to Ms. Perez include the following amounts for service from January 1, 2011 to July 1, 2011: $105,000 as part of annual cash retainer for membership on the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards and $7,500 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit and Risk Committee. Fees paid to Ms. Perez also include the following amounts for service from July 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011: $52,500 annual cash retainer for membership on each of the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $8,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Compliance Committee, $16,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Compliance Committee; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Risk Committee, and $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Risk Committee.

Fees paid to Ms. Renda include the following amounts for service from January 1, 2011 to July 1, 2011: $105,000 as part of annual cash retainer for membership on the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards and $7,500 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit and Risk Committee. Fees paid to Ms. Renda also include the following amounts for service from July 1, 2011 to December 31, 2011: $52,500 annual cash retainer for membership on each of the HSBC North America and HSBC Finance Corporation boards; $20,000 for serving as Chair of the Nominating Committee for HSBC Finance Corporation; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North

 

249


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

America Audit Committee, and $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Audit Committee; $3,333 for membership on the HSBC North America Risk Committee, and $6,667 for membership on the HSBC Finance Corporation Risk Committee.

 

(2) 

HSBC Finance Corporation does not grant stock awards or stock options to its Non-Executive Directors.

Prior to the merger with HSBC, Non-Executive Directors could elect to receive all or a portion of their cash compensation in shares of common stock of Household International, Inc., defer it under the Deferred Fee Plan for Directors or purchase options to acquire common stock. Under the Deferred Fee Plan, Directors were permitted to invest their deferred compensation in either units of phantom shares of the common stock of HSBC Finance Corporation (then called Household International, Inc.), with dividends credited toward additional stock units, or cash, with interest credited at a market rate set under the plan. Prior to 1995, HSBC Finance Corporation offered a Directors’ Retirement Income Plan where the present value of each Director’s accrued benefit was deposited into the Deferred Phantom Stock Plan for Directors. Under the Deferred Phantom Stock Plan, Directors with less than ten years of service received 750 phantom shares of common stock of Household International, Inc. annually during the first ten years of service as a Director. In January 1997, the Board eliminated this and all future Director retirement benefits. All payouts to Directors earned under the Deferred Phantom Stock Plan will be made only when a Director leaves the Board due to death, retirement or resignation and will be paid in HSBC ordinary shares either in a lump sum or in installments as selected by the Director. Following the acquisition, all rights to receive common stock of Household International, Inc. under both plans described above were converted into rights to receive HSBC ordinary shares. In May 2004, when the plans were rolled into the HSBC North America Directors Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, those rights were revised into rights to receive American Depository Shares in HSBC ordinary shares, each of which represents five ordinary shares. No new shares may be issued under the plans. As of December 31, 2011, 8,470 American Depository Shares were held in the deferred compensation plan account for Directors currently serving on the Board of Directors. Of the current Non-Executive Directors, Mr. Lorch held 8,444 American Depository Shares and Ms. Renda held 26 American Depository Shares.

 

(3) 

The HSBC North America Directors Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan allows Non-Executive Directors to elect to defer their cash fees in any plan year. Directors have the ability to defer up to 100% of their annual retainers and/or fees into the HSBC-North America Directors Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Under this plan, pre-tax dollars may be deferred with the choice of receiving payouts while still serving on the Board of HSBC Finance Corporation according to a schedule established by the Director at the time of deferral or a distribution after leaving the Board in either lump sum or quarterly installments. Amounts shown for Mr. Lorch and Ms. Renda reflect the gains or losses calculated by reference to the actual earnings of the investment choices.

 

(4) 

Components of All Other Compensation are disclosed in aggregate. We provide each Director with $250,000 of accidental death and dismemberment insurance for which the company paid a premium of $200 per annum for each participating Director and a $10,000,000 personal excess liability insurance policy for which the company paid premium of $1,706 per annum for each participating Director. Mr. Herdman declined the personal excess liability insurance policy; the amount shown pertains to the annual premium for AD&D insurance exclusively. Additionally, in 2011, we provided to the Non-Executive Directors an Apple® iPad® tablet, at a cost of $719 per device.

Under HSBC’s Matching Gift Program, for all Non-Executive Directors who were members of the Board in 2006 and continue to be on the Board, we match charitable gifts to qualified organizations (subject to a maximum of $10,000 per year), including eligible non-profit organizations which promote neighborhood revitalization or economic development for low and moderate income populations, with a double match for the first $500 donated to higher education institutions (both public and private). Additionally, each current Non-Executive Director, who was a member of the Board in 2006 and continues to be on the Board, may ask us to contribute up to $10,000 annually to charities of the Director’s choice which qualify under our philanthropic program. We made charitable donations of $6,000 under the Matching Gift Program and $10,000 under the philanthropic program at Mr. Lorch’s request and $10,500 under the Matching Gift Program and $10,000 under the philanthropic program at Ms. Renda’s request.

Compensation Policies and Practices Related to Risk Management

 

All HSBC Finance Corporation employees are eligible for some form of incentive compensation; however, those who actually receive payments are a subset of eligible employees, based on positions held and individual and business performance. Employees participate in either the annual discretionary variable pay plan, the primary incentive compensation plan for all employees, or in formulaic plans, which are maintained for specific groups of employees who are typically involved in production/call center or direct sales environments.

A key feature of HSBC’s remuneration policy is that it is risk informed, seeking to ensure that risk-adjusted returns on capital are factored into the determination of annual variable pay and that variable pay pools are calculated only after appropriate risk-adjusted return has accrued on shareholders’ capital. We apply Economic Profit (defined as the average annual difference between return on invested capital and HSBC’s benchmark cost of capital) and other metrics to develop variable pay levels and target a 12% to 15% return on shareholder equity. These requirements are built into the performance scorecard or the balanced scorecard of the senior HSBC executives and are incorporated in regional and business scorecards in an aligned manner, thereby ensuring that return, risk, and efficient capital usage shape reward considerations. The HSBC Group Chief Risk Officer and the Global Risk Function of HSBC provide input into the performance scorecard or the balanced scorecard, ensuring that key risk measures are included.

 

250


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The use of a performance scorecard or a balanced scorecard framework ensures an aligned set of objectives and impacts the level of individual pay received, as achievement of objectives is considered when determining the level of variable pay awarded under the annual discretionary cash award plan. On a performance scorecard, objectives are separated into two categories: financial and non-financial. On a balanced scorecard, objectives are set under four categories: financial, process (including risk mitigation), customer, and people. Financial objectives, as well as other objectives relating to efficiency and risk mitigation, customer development and the productivity of human capital are all measures of performance that may influence reward levels.

In 2010, building upon the combined strengths of our performance and balanced scorecard and risk management processes, outside consultants were engaged to assist in the development of a formal incentive compensation risk management framework. Commencing with the 2011 objectives-setting process, standard risk performance measures and targets were established and monitored for employees who were identified as having the potential to expose the organization to material risks, or who are responsible for controlling those risks.

The Nominating and Governance Committee of HSBC North America and the Compensation and Performance Management Governance Sub-Committee (“CPMG Sub-Committee”) have been established, which among other duties, have oversight for objectives-setting and risk monitoring. As of January 1, 2012, the responsibilities of a previously ad-hoc Nominating Committee of Board of Directors of HSBC Finance Corporation have been assumed by a permanent Nominating and Governance Committee of HSBC North America, and this Committee’s role has been expanded to include oversight and endorsement of certain compensation matters. As part of its duties, the Nominating and Governance Committee oversees the framework for assessing risk in the responsibilities of employees, the determination of who are Covered Employees (“Covered Employees”) under the Interagency Guidelines on Incentive Based Compensation Arrangements as published by the Federal Reserve Board, and the measures used to ensure that risk is appropriately considered in making variable pay recommendations. The Nominating and Governance Committee also can make recommendations concerning proposed performance assessments and incentive compensation award proposals for the Chief Executive Officer, direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer and certain other Covered Employees, including any recommendations for reducing or canceling incentive compensation previously awarded. The recommendations related to employee compensation are incorporated into the submissions to the HSBC Holdings plc Remuneration Committee (“REMCO”) of the Board of Directors of HSBC, or to Mr. Gulliver and Mr. Burke, in instances where REMCO has delegated remuneration authority.

In 2010, HSBC North America established the CPMG Sub-Committee within the existing HSBC North America Human Resources Steering Committee. The CPMG Sub-Committee was created to provide a more systematic approach to incentive compensation governance and to ensure the involvement of the appropriate levels of leadership in a comprehensive view of compensation practices and associated risks. The members of the CPMG Sub-Committee are senior executive representatives from HSBC North America’s staff and control functions, consisting of Risk, Compliance, Legal, Finance, Audit and Human Resources. The CPMG maintains the frameworks under which the risk in the responsibilities of employees is assessed and the determination of which employees are considered covered employees under guidelines on incentive compensation arrangements as published by the Federal Reserve Board is made. The CPMG also reviews the objectives assigned to employees and other measures used to ensure risk as appropriately considered in making variable compensation recommendations. These materials are provided to the HSBC North America Nominating and Governance Committee for their review. The CPMG also makes recommendations to the HSBC Nominating and Governance Committee concerning the terms of any clawbacks of incentive compensation previously awarded to employees.

 

251


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Risk oversight of formulaic plans is ensured through HSBC’s formal policies requiring that the HSBC North America Office of Operational Risk Management approve all plans relating to the sale of “credit,” which are those plans that impact employees selling loan products such as credit cards.

Incentive compensation awards are also impacted by controls established under a comprehensive risk management framework that provides the necessary controls, limits, and approvals for risk taking initiatives on a day-to-day basis (“Risk Management Framework”). Business management cannot bypass these risk controls to achieve scorecard targets or performance measures. As such, the Risk Management Framework is the foundation for ensuring excessive risk taking is avoided. The Risk Management Framework is governed by a defined risk committee structure, which oversees the development, implementation, and monitoring of the risk appetite process for HSBC Finance Corporation. Risk Appetite is set by the Board of HSBC and is annually reviewed and approved by the HSBC North America Risk Management Committee and the HSBC North America Board of Directors.

Risk Adjustment of Incentive Compensation  HSBC Finance Corporation uses a number of techniques to ensure that the amount of incentive compensation received by an employee appropriately reflects risk and risk outcomes, including risk adjustment of awards, deferral of payment, appropriate performance periods, and reducing sensitivity to short-term performance. The techniques used vary depending on whether the incentive compensation is paid under the general discretionary cash award plan or a formulaic plan.

The discretionary plan is designed to allow managers to exercise judgment in making variable pay recommendations, subject to appropriate oversight. When making award recommendations for an employee participating in the discretionary plan, performance against the objectives established in the performance scorecard or balanced scorecard is considered. Where objectives have been established with respect to risk and risk outcomes, managers will consider performance against these objectives when making variable pay award recommendations.

Participants in the discretionary plan are subject to the 2010 HSBC Minimum Deferral Policy, which provides minimum deferral guidelines for variable pay awards. Deferral rates applicable to compensation earned in performance year 2011, ranging from 0 to 60%, increase in relation to the level of variable pay earned and in respect of an employee’s classification under the United Kingdom’s Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) Remuneration Code (“the Code”), as further described under the section “Performance Year 2011 Compensation Actions” in the 2011 CD&A. Variable pay is deferred in the form of cash and/or through the use of Restricted Share Units. The deferred Restricted Share Units have a three-year graded vesting. At the end of the vesting period, deferred cash is credited with a notional rate of return equivalent to the annual dividend yield of HSBC Holdings plc shares over the period. The economic value of pay deferred in the form of Restricted Share Units will ultimately be determined by the ordinary share price and foreign exchange rate in effect when each tranche of shares awarded is released. Grants under the Group Performance Share Plan (“GPSP”) consist of a number of shares to which the employee will become fully entitled, generally over a five-year vesting period, subject to the individual remaining in employment. Shares that are released upon vesting of an award must be retained until the employee retires from or terminates employment with HSBC. An employee who retires from or terminates employment with “good leaver status” will have vested awards under the GPSP released immediately. An employee who terminates employment without “good leaver status” will have vested awards under the GPSP released in three equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the termination of employment with HSBC.

An employee who terminates employment without “good leaver” status being granted by REMCO forfeits all unvested equity and deferred cash. A clawback provision has been added to deferred variable pay awards, as further described under the section “Reduction or Cancellation of Long-Term Equity Awards” in the 2011 CD&A. Additionally, all employees with unvested awards or awards subject to a retention period are required to certify annually that they have not used personal hedging strategies or remuneration contracts of insurance to mitigate the risk alignment of the unvested awards.

 

252


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Employees in formulaic plans are held to performance standards that may result in a loss of incentive compensation when quality standards are not met. For example, participants in these plans may be subject to a reduction in future commission payments if they commit a “reportable event” (e.g., an error or omission resulting in a loss or expense to the company) or fail to follow required regulations, procedures, policies, and/or associated training. Participants may be altogether disqualified from participation in the plans for unethical acts, breach of company policy, or any other conduct that, in the opinion of HSBC Finance Corporation, is sufficient reason for disqualification or subject to a recapture provision, if it is determined that commissions were paid in excess of the amount that should have been paid. Some formulaic incentive plans include limits or caps on the financial measures that are considered in the determination of incentive award amounts.

Performance periods for the formulaic plans are often one month or one quarter, with features that may reserve or hold back a portion of the incentive award earned until year-end. This design is a conscious effort to align the reward cycle to the successful performance of job responsibilities, as longer performance periods may fail to adequately reinforce the desired behaviors on the part of formulaic plan participants.

Incentive Compensation Monitoring  HSBC North America monitors and evaluates the performance of its incentive compensation arrangements, both the discretionary and formulaic plans, to ensure adequate focus and control.

The nature of the discretionary plan allows for compensation decisions to reflect individual and business performance based on performance or balanced scorecard achievements. Payments under the discretionary plan are not tied to a formula, which enables payments to be adjusted as appropriate based on individual performance, business performance, and risk assessment. Performance or balanced scorecards may also be updated as needed by leadership during the performance year to reflect significant changes in the operating plan, risk, or business strategy of HSBC Finance Corporation. Additionally, the discretionary plan is reviewed annually by REMCO to ensure that it is meeting the desired objectives. The review includes a comparison of actual payouts against the targets established, a cost/benefit analysis, the ratio of payout to overall business performance and a review of any unintended consequences (e.g., deteriorating service standards).

Formulaic programs are reviewed and revised annually by HSBC North America Human Resources using an incentive plan review template, which highlights basic identifiers for overall plan performance. The review includes: an examination of overall plan expenditures versus actual business performance versus planned expenditures; an examination of individual pay out levels within plans; a determination of whether payment levels align with expected performance levels and market indicators; and a determination of whether the compensation mix is appropriate for the role in light of market practice and business philosophy.

In addition to the annual review, plan performance is monitored regularly by the business management and periodically by HSBC North America Human Resources, which tracks plan expenditures and plan performance to ensure that plan payouts are consistent with expectations. Calculations for plans are performed systematically based on plan measurement factors to ensure accurate calculation of incentives, and all performance payouts are subject to the review of the designated plan administrator to ensure payment and performance of the plan are tracking in line with expectations. Plan inventories are refreshed during the course of the year to identify plans to be eliminated, consolidated, or restructured based on relevant business and commercial factors. Finally, all plans contain provisions that enable modification of the plan if necessary to meet business objectives.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

 

HSBC Finance Corporation’s common stock is 100% owned by HSBC Investments (North America) Inc. (“HINO”). HINO is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of HSBC.

 

253


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Security Ownership by Management

 

The following table lists the beneficial ownership, as of January 31, 2012, of HSBC ordinary shares or interests in HSBC ordinary shares and Series B Preferred Stock of HSBC Finance Corporation held by each director and each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table, individually, and the directors and executive officers as a group. Each of the individuals listed below and all directors and executive officers as a group own less than one percent of the HSBC ordinary shares and the Series B Preferred Stock of HSBC Finance Corporation. No director or executive officer of HSBC Finance Corporation owned any of HSBC’s American Depositary Shares, Series A at January 31, 2012.

 

     

Number of

Shares

Beneficially

Owned of HSBC

Holdings plc(1)(2)

    

HSBC Shares

That May Be

Acquired Within

60 Days By

Exercise of

Options(3)

    

HSBC

Restricted

Shares

Released

Within

60 Days(4)

    

Number of

HSBC Ordinary

Share

Equivalents(5)

    

Total

HSBC Ordinary

Shares(2)

    

Series B

Preferred of

HSBC

Finance

Corporation

 

Directors

                 

Patrick J. Burke(6)

     4,516         160,727         115,164         -         280,407         -   

Robert K. Herdman

     82         -         -         -         82         -   

George A. Lorch

     2,730         -         -         8,444         11,174         -   

Samuel Minzberg

     500         -         -         -         500         -   

Beatriz R. Perez

     150         -         -         -         150         -   

Larree M. Renda

     8,250         -         -         26         8,250         10 (7) 

Named Executive Officers

                 

Michael A. Reeves

     5,280         -         29,631         -         34,911         -   

C. Mark Gunton

     693         -         35,827         -         36,520         -   

Eric L. Larson

     -         -         31,082         -         31,082         -   

Eli Sinyak

     6,421         91,802         145,568         -         243,791         -   

All directors and executive officers as a group

     128,479         1,002,612         788,636         9,159         1,928,886         10   

 

 

 

(1) 

Directors and executive officers have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed above, except that the number of ordinary shares held by spouses, children and charitable or family foundations in which voting and investment power is shared (or presumed to be shared) is as follows: Directors and executive officers as a group, 20,301.

 

(2) 

Some of the shares included in the table above were held in American Depository Shares, each of which represents five HSBC ordinary shares, including the shares listed above in the first column for Messrs. Minzberg and Reeves and Mss. Renda and Perez.

 

(3) 

Represents the number of ordinary shares that may be acquired by HSBC Finance Corporation’s Directors and executive officers through April 1, 2012 pursuant to the exercise of stock options.

 

(4) 

Represents the number of ordinary shares that may be acquired by HSBC Finance Corporation’s Directors and executive officers through April 1, 2012 pursuant to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

 

(5) 

Represents the number of ordinary share equivalents owned by executive officers under the HSBC North America Employee Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and by Directors under the HSBC North America Directors Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. The shares included in the table above were held in American Depository Shares, each of which represents five HSBC ordinary shares.

 

(6) 

Also a Named Executive Officer.

 

(7) 

Represents 400 Depositary Shares, each representing one-fortieth of a share of 6.36% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Transactions with Related Persons  During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, HSBC Finance Corporation was not a participant in any transaction, and there is currently no proposed transaction, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which a director or an executive officer, or a member

 

254


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

of the immediate family of a director or an executive officer, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the agreement with Mr. Burke described in Item 11. Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Compensation of Officers Reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

HSBC Finance Corporation maintains a written Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons which provides that any “Transaction with a Related Person” must be reviewed and approved or ratified in accordance with specified procedures. The term “Transaction with a Related Person” includes any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which (1) the aggregate dollar amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) HSBC Finance Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is, or is proposed to be, a participant, and (3) a director or an executive officer, or a member of the immediate family of a director or an executive officer, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10 percent beneficial owner of another entity). The following are specifically excluded from the definition of “Transaction with a Related Person”:

 

   

compensation paid to directors and executive officers reportable under rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission;

 

   

transactions with other companies if the only relationship of the director, executive officer or family member to the other company is as an employee (other than an executive officer), director or beneficial owner of less than 10 percent of such other company’s equity securities;

 

   

charitable contributions, grants or endowments by HSBC Finance Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to charitable organizations, foundations or universities if the only relationship of the director, executive officer or family member to the organization, foundation or university is as an employee (other than an executive officer) or a director;

 

   

transactions where the interest of the director, executive officer or family member arises solely from the ownership of HSBC Finance Corporation’s equity securities and all holders of such securities received or will receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis;

 

   

transactions where the rates or charges involved are determined by competitive bids; and

 

   

transactions involving services as a bank depositary of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture or similar services.

The policy requires each director and executive officer to notify the Office of the General Counsel in writing of any Transaction with a Related Person in which the director, executive officer or an immediate family member has or will have an interest and to provide specified details of the transaction. The Office of the General Counsel, through the Corporate Secretary, will deliver a copy of the notice to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will review the material facts of each proposed Transaction with a Related Person at each regularly scheduled committee meeting and approve, ratify or disapprove the transaction.

The vote of a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors is required for the approval or ratification of any Transaction with a Related Person. The Board of Directors may approve or ratify a Transaction with a Related Person if the Board of Directors determines, in its business judgment, based on the review of all available information, that the transaction is fair and reasonable to, and consistent with the best interests of, HSBC Finance Corporation and its subsidiaries. In making this determination, the Board of Directors will consider, among other things, (i) the business purpose of the transaction, (ii) whether the transaction is entered into on an arms-length basis and on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, (iii) whether the interest of the director, executive officer or family member in the transaction is material and (iv) whether the transaction would violate any provision of the HSBC North America Holdings Inc. Statement of Business Principles and Code of Ethics, the HSBC Finance Corporation Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers or the HSBC Finance Corporation Corporate Governance Standards, as applicable.

 

255


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

In any case where the Board of Directors determines not to approve or ratify a Transaction with a Related Person, the matter will be referred to the Office of the General Counsel for review and consultation regarding the appropriate disposition of such transaction including, but not limited to, termination of the transaction, rescission of the transaction or modification of the transaction in a manner that would permit it to be ratified and approved.

Director Independence The HSBC Finance Corporation Corporate Governance Standards, together with the charters of committees of the Board of Directors, provide the framework for our corporate governance. Director independence is defined in the HSBC Finance Corporation Corporate Governance Standards which are based upon the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. The HSBC Finance Corporation Corporate Governance Standards are available on our website at www.us.hsbc.com or upon written request made to HSBC Finance Corporation, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

According to the HSBC Finance Corporation Corporate Governance Standards, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors must be independent. The composition requirement for each committee of the Board of Directors is as follows:

 

Committee    Independence/Member Requirements

Audit Committee

   Chair and all voting members

Compliance Committee

   A majority of all members

Risk Committee

   Chair and all voting members

Messrs. Herdman, Lorch, Minzberg, Ms. Perez and Ms. Renda are considered to be independent directors. Mr. Burke currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation. Because of the position held by Mr. Burke, he is not considered to be an independent director. Niall S.K. Booker served as Chairman of the Board of HSBC Finance Corporation from July 12, 2010 until October 31, 2011. He was also Chief Executive Officer and a director of HSBC North America and a Group General Manager of HSBC. Because of the positions held by Mr. Booker, he was not considered to be an independent director.

See Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance – Board of Directors – Committees and Charters for more information about our Board of Directors and its committees.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

Audit Fees. The aggregate amount billed by our principal accountant, KPMG LLP, for audit services performed during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $4,355,800 and $4,396,000, respectively. Audit services include the auditing of financial statements, quarterly reviews, statutory audits, and the preparation of comfort letters, consents and review of registration statements.

Audit Related Fees. The aggregate amount billed by KPMG LLP in connection with audit related services performed during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $240,000 and $248,000, respectively. Audit related services include employee benefit plan audits, and audit or attestation services not required by statute or regulation.

Tax Fees. The aggregate amount billed by KPMG LLP for tax related services performed during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 was $218,700. There were no fees billed by KPMG LLP for tax related services during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. These services include tax related research, general tax services in connection with transactions and legislation and tax services for review of Federal and state tax accounts for possible over assessment of interest and/or penalties.

All Other Fees. The aggregate amount billed by KPMG LLP for other services performed during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 was $10,159. There were no fees billed by KPMG LLP for other services during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

All of the fees described above were approved by HSBC Finance Corporation’s Audit Committee.

 

256


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

The Audit Committee has a written policy that requires pre-approval of all services to be provided by KPMG LLP, including audit, audit-related, tax and all other services. Pursuant to the policy, the Audit Committee annually pre-approves the audit fee and terms of the audit services engagement. The Audit Committee also approves a specified list of audit, audit-related, tax and permissible non-audit services deemed to be routine and recurring services. Any service not included on this list must be submitted to the Audit Committee for pre-approval. On an interim basis, any proposed engagement that does not fit within the definition of a pre-approved service may be presented to the Chair of the Audit Committee for approval and to the full Audit Committee at its next regular meeting.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements.

The consolidated financial statements listed below, together with an opinion of KPMG LLP dated February 27, 2012 with respect thereto, are included in this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Form 10-K.

HSBC Finance Corporation and Subsidiaries:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

(a)(2) Not applicable.

(a)(3) Exhibits.

3(i)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of HSBC Finance Corporation effective as of December 15, 2004, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 22, 2005, Exhibit 3.1(b) to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2005 and Exhibit 3.1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 30, 2010).
3(ii)   Bylaws of HSBC Finance Corporation, as amended July 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 28, 2011).
4.1   Amended and Restated Standard Multiple-Series Indenture Provisions for Senior Debt Securities of HSBC Finance Corporation dated as of December 15, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statements on Form S-3 Nos. 333-120494, 333-120495 and 333-120496.
4.2   Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and U.S. Bank National Association (formerly known as First Trust of Illinois, National Association, successor in interest to Bank of America Illinois, formerly known as Continental Bank, National Association), as Trustee, amending and restating the Indenture dated as of October 1, 1992 between Household Finance Corporation and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120494).

 

257


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

4.3    Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly BNY Midwest Trust Company, formerly Harris Trust and Savings Bank), as Trustee, amending and restating the Indenture dated as of December 19, 2003 between Household Finance Corporation and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120494).
4.4    Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as successor in interest to Bank One, National Association, formerly known as the First National Bank of Chicago), as Trustee, amending and restating the Indenture dated as of April 1, 1995 between Household Finance Corporation and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120494).
4.5    Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of March 7, 2007 between HSBC Finance and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-130580).
4.6    Indenture for Senior Subordinated Debt Securities dated December 17, 2008 between HSBC Finance and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, as amended and supplemented (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-156219 and Exhibit 4.3 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 9, 2010).
4.7    Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance Corporation (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, amended and restating the Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated December 1, 1993 between Household Finance Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as successor to The Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association)), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120495).
4.8    Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance Corporation (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, amended and restating the Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated March 1, 2001 and amended and restated April 30, 2003, between Household Finance Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120496).
4.9    The principal amount of debt outstanding under each other instrument defining of the rights of Holders of our long-term senior and senior subordinated debt does not exceed 10 percent of our total assets. HSBC Finance Corporation agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of our long-term senior and senior subordinated debt.
10    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 10, 2011, among HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc., HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. and Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 12, 2011).
12    Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

 

258


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

14    Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed February 28, 2005).
21    Subsidiaries of HSBC Finance Corporation.
23    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Form 10-K).
31    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document(1),(2)
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document(1),(2)
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document(1),(2)
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document(1),(2)
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document(1),(2)
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document(1),(2)

 

(1) 

Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, includes the following financial information included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in eXentsible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”) interactive data files: (i) the Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2) 

As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information shall be not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

Upon receiving a written request, we will furnish copies of the exhibits referred to above free of charge. Requests should be made to HSBC Finance Corporation, 26525 North Riverwoods Boulevard, Mettawa, Illinois 60045, Attention: Corporate Secretary.

 

259


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Index

 

Accounting:

new pronouncements 109, 138

policies (critical) 46

policies (significant) 129

Account management policies and practices 85

Assets:

by business segment 195

fair value of financial assets 198

fair value measurements 197

nonperforming 84, 149

Audit committee 218

Auditors’ report:

financial statement opinion 122

internal control opinion 123

Balance sheet (consolidated) 125

Basel II 11, 18, 41

Basel III 11, 18

Basis of reporting 42, 129

Business:

consolidated performance review 32

focus 32

operations 4

organization history 4

Capital:

2012 funding strategy 95

common equity movements 95

consolidated statement of changes 126

selected capital ratios 95

Cash flow (consolidated) 127

Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements 13

Committees 218

Competition 13

Compliance committee 219

Compliance risk 107

Consumer business segment 5, 64, 191

Contingent liabilities:

critical accounting policy 52

litigation 205

Controls and procedures 212

Corporate governance and controls 13, 218

Customers 8

Credit quality 37, 69

Credit risk:

accounting policy 131

concentration 92, 209

critical accounting policy 47

management 101

Critical accounting policies and estimates 46

Current environment 27

Deferred tax assets 51, 172

Derivatives:

accounting policy 136

cash flow hedges 165

critical accounting policy 49

fair value hedges 164

income (expense) 61

non-qualifying hedges 166

notional value 167

Directors:

biographies 213

board of directors 212

executive 215

compensation (executives) 234

responsibilities 218

Discontinued operations 138

Employees:

compensation and benefits 224

number of 8

Equity:

consolidated statement of changes 126

ratios 95

Equity securities available-for-sale 144

Estimates and assumptions 46, 130

Executive overview 27

Fair value measurements:

assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis 200

assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis 202

control over valuation process 97

financial instruments 198

hierarchy 98

transfers into/out of level one and two 99, 201

transfers into/out of level two and three 99, 201

valuation techniques 202

Financial highlights metrics 25

Financial liabilities:

designated at fair value 160

fair value of financial liabilities 198, 200

Forward looking statements 13

Funding 8, 41, 92

Future prospects 42

Gain (loss) from debt designated at fair value 62, 161

Geographic concentration of receivables 92, 209

Goodwill:

accounting policy 135

 

 

260


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

critical accounting policy 48

Impairment:

accounting policy 135

available-for-sale securities 144

credit losses 34, 58, 154

critical accounting policy 48

nonperforming receivables 84, 149

Income taxes:

accounting policy 137

critical accounting policy — deferred taxes 51

expense 168

Insurance:

policyholders benefits expense 63

revenue 60

Intangible assets:

accounting policy 135

critical accounting policy 48

Internal control 212

Interest income:

net interest income 57

sensitivity 105

Interest rate risk 104

Key performance indicators 25

Legal proceedings 24, 205

Liabilities:

commercial paper 93, 157

commitments, lines of credit 94, 157

financial liabilities designated at fair value 160, 200

long-term debt 94, 158

Lease commitments 96, 205

Liquidity and capital resources 92

Liquidity risk 103

Litigation and regulatory matters 24, 205

Loans and advances — see Receivables

Loan impairment charges — see Provision for credit losses

Market risk 104

Market turmoil — see Current environment

Mortgage lending products 53, 147

Net interest income 57

New accounting pronouncements adopted 138

New accounting pronouncements to be adopted in future periods 109

Nominating and compensation committees 219

Operating expenses 62

Operational risk 106

Other revenues 60

Pension and other postretirement benefits:

accounting policy 137

Performance, developments and trends 32

Profit (loss) before tax:

by segment — IFRSs basis 195

consolidated 124

Properties 24

Property, plant and equipment:

accounting policy 135

Provision for credit losses 34, 58

Ratios:

capital 95

charge-off (net) 81

credit loss reserve related 71

delinquency 78

earnings to fixed charges — Exhibit 12

efficiency 37, 64

financial 25

Re-aged receivables 91

Real estate owned 55

Receivables:

by category 53, 147

by change-off (net) 81

by delinquency 78

geographic concentration 92, 209

modified and/ or re-aged 87

nonperforming 84, 149

overall review 53

risk concentration 92, 209

troubled debt restructures 31, 35, 84, 85, 132, 149

Reconciliation to U.S. GAAP financial measures 119

Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP results to IFRSs 43

Refreshed loan-to-value 54

Regulation 8

Related party transactions 185

Reputational risk 108

Results of operations 57

Risk committee 219

Risk and uncertainties 14

Risk elements in the loan portfolio by product 209

Risk factors 14

Risk management:

credit 101

compliance 107

interest rate 104

liquidity 103

market 104

operational 106

overview 99

reputational 108

strategic 108

Securities:

fair value 144, 200

maturity analysis 147

Segment results — IFRSs basis:

consumer 65, 195

“All Other” grouping 195

 

 

261


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

overall summary 64, 191

Selected financial data 25

Senior management:

biographies 215

Sensitivity:

projected net interest income 105

Share-based payments:

accounting policy 136

Statement of cash flows 127

Statement of change in shareholders’ equity 126

Statement of changes in comprehensive income (loss) 126

Statement of income (loss) 124

Strategic initiatives and focus 32, 142

Strategic risk 108

Table of contents 2

Tangible common equity to tangible managed assets 95, 120

Tax expense 168

Troubled debt restructures 31, 35, 84, 85, 132, 149

Unresolved staff comments 24

Variable interest entities 196

 

 

262


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, HSBC Finance Corporation has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this, the 27th day of February, 2012.

 

HSBC FINANCE CORPORATION
By:   /s/    Patrick J. Burke
  Patrick J. Burke
  Chief Executive Officer

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints P. D. Schwartz and M. J. Forde as his/her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him/her in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, this Form 10-K and any and all amendments and exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, granting unto each such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of HSBC Finance Corporation and in the capacities indicated on the 27th day of February, 2012.

 

Signature   Title

/S/    (P. J. BURKE)        

(P. J. Burke)

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director

(as Principal Executive Officer)

/S/    (R. K. HERDMAN)        

(R. K. Herdman)

  Director

/S/    (G. A. LORCH)        

(G. A. Lorch)

  Director

/S/    (S. MINZBERG)        

(S. Minzberg)

  Director

/S/    (B. R. PEREZ)        

(B. R. Perez)

  Director

/S/    (L. M. RENDA)        

(L. M. Renda)

  Director

 

263


Table of Contents

HSBC Finance Corporation

 

 

 

Signature   Title

/S/    (M. A. REEVES)        

(M. A. Reeves)

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(as Principal Financial Officer)

/S/    (E. K. FERREN)        

(E. K. Ferren)

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

(as Principal Accounting Officer)

 

264


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

 

3(i)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of HSBC Finance Corporation effective as of December 15, 2004, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 22, 2005, Exhibit 3.1(b) to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 19, 2005 and Exhibit 3.1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 30, 2010).
3(ii)   Bylaws of HSBC Finance Corporation, as amended July 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 28, 2011).
4.1   Amended and Restated Standard Multiple-Series Indenture Provisions for Senior Debt Securities of HSBC Finance Corporation dated as of December 15, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statements on Form S-3 Nos. 333-120494, 333-120495 and 333-120496.
4.2   Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and U.S. Bank National Association (formerly known as First Trust of Illinois, National Association, successor in interest to Bank of America Illinois, formerly known as Continental Bank, National Association), as Trustee, amending and restating the Indenture dated as of October 1, 1992 between Household Finance Corporation and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120494).
4.3   Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly BNY Midwest Trust Company, formerly Harris Trust and Savings Bank), as Trustee, amending and restating the Indenture dated as of December 19, 2003 between Household Finance Corporation and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120494).
4.4   Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as successor in interest to Bank One, National Association, formerly known as the First National Bank of Chicago), as Trustee, amending and restating the Indenture dated as of April 1, 1995 between Household Finance Corporation and the Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120494).
4.5   Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of March 7, 2007 between HSBC Finance and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-130580).
4.6   Indenture for Senior Subordinated Debt Securities dated December 17, 2008 between HSBC Finance and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, as amended and supplemented (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-156219 and Exhibit 4.3 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 9, 2010).
4.7   Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance Corporation (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, amended and restating the Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated December 1, 1993 between Household Finance Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as successor to The Chase Manhattan Bank (National Association)), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120495).

 

265


Table of Contents
4.8    Amended and Restated Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated as of December 15, 2004 between HSBC Finance Corporation (successor to Household Finance Corporation) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, amended and restating the Indenture for Senior Debt Securities dated March 1, 2001 and amended and restated April 30, 2003, between Household Finance Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank), as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to HSBC Finance Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 333-120496).
4.9    The principal amount of debt outstanding under each other instrument defining of the rights of Holders of our long-term senior and senior subordinated debt does not exceed 10 percent of our total assets. HSBC Finance Corporation agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of our long-term senior and senior subordinated debt.
10    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated August 10, 2011, among HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc., HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. and Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 12, 2011).
12    Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
14    Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of HSBC Finance Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 filed February 28, 2005).
21    Subsidiaries of HSBC Finance Corporation.
23    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Form 10-K).
31    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document(1),(2)
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document(1),(2)
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document(1),(2)
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document(1),(2)
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document(1),(2)
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document(1),(2)

 

(1) 

Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T, includes the following financial information included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in eXentsible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”) interactive data files: (i) the Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, (iii) the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iv) the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2) 

As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information shall be not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

 

266